DIALOGUES

 &

 

CLIN D'OEIL

 

 

   Episode 1ada05

285 South

Le Mystère du Dôme

 

 

  La série des épisodes "excellents" commence...

  Les traducteurs ont pris pas mal de liberté avec le texte original, dans beaucoup de scènes. Comme d'habitude, ça a tendance à "lisser" les personnages, Michael est plus "civilisé", Maria moins "effrontée" (voir la scène en classe d'histoire ...).

 

  Je n'avais pas fait attention qu'il était marqué sur le façade "ROSWELL CIVIL DEFENSE AUTHORITY".
(Défense civile de Roswell)

 

  Michael : "Désolé mon pote".

 

   La medaille pourrait être la "National Defense Service Medal"

 

  Seulement pour les ufologues certifiés.
Interdit au public

  Humour. Ufologue n'est ni un titre légal, ni un métier, ni rien de certifié... Juste une passion.

 

  Maison et centre de recherche d'Atherton.

 

  La photo est sensée représenter la maison d'Atherton ainsi que son centre de recherche à Marathon, Texas.

  Une bien grande maison qui n'a rien à voir avec le dôme ci-dessus...

 

  Atherton, James P. (1911-1959). James Atherton d'origine modeste est né à East Pohawnee, Tennessee en 1911. Elevé durant les temps difficiles des USA, Atherton a vu deux guerres mondiales qui ont déchiré sa famille. Se réconfortant en observant le ciel, le jeune Atherton est assez impresionné par l'unité d'astromie de l'institut technique d'East Pohawnee, il obtient une bourse d'étude et un nouvel observateur d'étoile était né.

 

  East Pohawnee n'existe pas, ni dans le Tennesse ni ailleurs.

  Peut-être que les scénaristes ont été influencés par la tribu des indien Pawnee dans l'Oklahoma ?

 

  Au début, Atherton étudie beaucoup et avec intérêt. Mais bientôt il se lasse des mesures de la course des étoiles et de la réfractions de la lumière des novas. Quand sa curiosité piquée au vif par cette infâme visite d'inspection de Buffalo en 1927, il sut alors qu'il avait probablement  trouver sa vraie vocation .

 

  Je n'ai rien trouvé concernant Buffalo et en 1927, il ne s'est pas passé grand chose.

 

 

  En 1948 l'Air Force commença à travailler pour la 1ere commision d'enquête gouvernementale officielle sur les OVNI, le Projet Sign, qui a étudié 243 observations. Ça a été remplacé par le Projet Grudge (rancune) qui a enquêté sur 244 autres observations. En mars 1952 la plus ambitieuse des commision fut le Projet Blue Book, organisé par l'Air Force. La commision employa nombre de scientifique, incluant des physyciens, ingénieurs, métérologistes et un astronomes.

 

Bon, là attention, j'ai récupéré une tonne d'info sur http:/rr0.org concernant l'année 1948, le projet Sign, le projet Grudge, le projet Blue Book et l'année 1952.


ANNEE 1948

 

  • Janvier
    • A Chehalis (Washington), Mrs Bernard Zaikowski voit un homme avec des ailes argentées bruissant et sifflant à presque 100 m au-dessus de sa grange.
    • A Glendale (Illinois), James Trares, 12 ans, crie à sa mère, tout excité : Il y a un oiseau dehors, comme un B-29 ! [Keel 1975].
    • 7 Janvier
      • 14 h 45 : Rencontre fatale pour Thomas Mantell.
      • 17 h : A Lockbourne (Colombus), un objet rond ou ovale, plus gros qu'un C-47, volant horizontalement à plus de 800 km/h est suivi par la tour de contrôle pendant 20 mn. Il est silencieux, change de couleur, possède une traînée de 5 fois sa longueur, et vole parfois comme un ascenseur en descendant jusqu'à terre. Il est perdu de vue sur l'horizon [GEPAN, Note d'information n°3, 1981].
    • 22 Janvier : Lancement effectif du projet Sign.
  • 13 Février : Crash de Aztec (Nouveau-Mexique).
  • Avril
    • 4 Avril : A Alton, Calédonia, Overland, Richmond Heights et Freeport (Illinois), des temoins voient une sorte d'homme-oiseau géant. Parmi eux, Walter Siegmund, colonel à la retraite : J'ai d'abord cru que mes yeux me jouaient un tour, mais c'était bien un oiseau et pas un planeur, ou un jet... D'après les mouvements de cet objet et son envergure, je me suis dit qu'il ne pouvait s'agir que d'un oiseau d'une taille gigantesque [Keel 1975].
    • 5 Avril : A la base de l'USAF de Holloman (Nouveau Mexique), les observateurs de ballon de laboratoire de géophysique Alsen, Johnson et Chance observent 2 objets irréguliers, ronds, blanc ou dorés. L'un d'eux fait 3 boucles puis monte et disparaît rapidement; l'autre vole selon un arc rapide en direction de l'ouest durant les 30 s de l'observation. Des officiers occupés à des tâches de maintenance comme des pilotes sont surpris d'observer un object en forme de soucoupe en train d'effectuer des manoeuvres rapides et dangereuses au-dessus de la base aérienne. Les témoins s'accordent sur un diamètre de 35 pieds pour cet objet.
    • 6 Avril : A la base de White Sands, le capitaine de frégate R. B. Mac-Laughlin et des techniciens et la Navy suivent au théodolite la montée d'un V-2 et voient un disque de 30 m de diamètre, accompagnant la fusée à 1600 km/h et en faisant le tour. Arrivé à une altitude de 50 km, l'objet disparaît à une vitesse de 28000 km/h [Keyhoe, 1973] ou 9000 km/h [Pottier 1973].
    • 9 Avril
      • A Longview (Washington), 2 employés d'une laverie voient un trio d'hommes-oiseaux décrivant des cercles au-dessus de la ville à une altitude de moins de 100 m : Quand ils sont apparus, j'ai d'abord cru que c'étaient des mouettes mais, comme ils approchaient, j'ai bien vu que c'étaient des hommes, et non des oiseaux. Je pouvais très bien voir qu'ils étaient humains (...) Ils portaient des espèces de combinaisons de vol gris foncé. Je ne distinguais pas leurs bras, mais je voyais leurs jambes qui pendaient, et ils n'arrêtaient pas de remuer la tête, comme s'ils cherchaient quelque chose autour d'eux. Je ne peux pas dire s'ils avaient des lunettes de pilote, mais il me semble qu'ils portaient des sortes de casques. Je ne pouvais pas distinguer leurs visages déclare Mrs Viola Johnson aux journalistes [Keel 1975].
      • Un couple de Caledonia (Illinois) voit un oiseau monstrueux (...) plus grand qu'un avion [Keel 1975].
    • 10 Avril : A Overland (Illinois), 3 habitants voient une sorte de grand homme-oiseau. Ils croient d'abord que c'est un avion, jusqu'à ce qu'il se mette à battre des ailes [Keel 1975].
    • 21 Avril : James Forrestal, Secrétaire à la Défense, affecte les responsabilités principales de la défense aérienne pour l'USAF.
    • 23 avril, 22 h : Le 23 avril 1948, à 22 h, le capitaine X a vu un objet qui évoluait dans le ciel, à la verticale de la base, à une altitude qui n'a pu être précisée. L'engin, qui ressemblait à une étoile, était de couleur rouge ; il allait en direction du sud, vers Munich. Puis brusquement, il a changé de cap et s'est dirigé d'abord vers le sud-ouest et, finalement, vers le sud-est. Sa vitesse devait varier entre 300 et 900 km/h (...) Le capitaine X était un pilote très expérimenté ; il volait sur un F-80. Son témoignage fut confirmé par un autre pilote de F-80. Le service météorologique a déclaré qu'il ne pouvait s'agir d'un ballon sonde et qu'il n'y avait pas d'autre avion dans cette zone à ce moment-là. [Rapport adressé à la Commission officielle d'étude américaine par des militaires stationnés en Allemagne].
    • 26 Avril : A Saint Louis, le docteur Kristine Dolezal voit un "homme-oiseau" [Keel 1975].
    • 27 Avril
      • Un groupe d'instructeurs de l'Ecole d'Aéronautique du Mississippi observe un oiseau d'une taille ahurissante volant à 400 m [Keel 1975].
      • Joseph Kaplan visite l'OSI à la base de l'USAF de Kirtland et la base de Sandia de l'AEC à Los Alamos, sous les ordres de Theodore von Karman, secrétaire de l'AFSAB. Le but de ces visites, d'après un memo secret de l'USAF, est d'examiner les rapports d'enquêtes et les circonstances entourant les "phénomènes aériens non-identifiés" observés dans la région, et de faire des recommandations quant au besoin d'investigation scientifique sur ces cas [Good 1987].
    • 28 Avril : Les docteurs Kaplan et LaPaz rencontrent divers membres du personnel de sécurité de Los Alamos, afin que Kaplan puisse tenter de s'assurer de la nature des observations d'ovnis faites par des membres du projet de l'AEC et des inspecteurs du Service de Sécurité de l'AEC. Il semble être impressionné, et indique qu'il va immédiatement soumettre son rapport au docteur von Karman [Good 1987].
  • Des astronomes repèrent à proximité de la Terre un corps céleste de 3 km de diamètre. La Terre et Vénus semblent être ses pôles de direction. Il semble se diriger vers l'une ou l'autre selon ses caprices. Le professeur Gustav Arhenius, de l'université de Berkeley (Californie), l'étudiera à nouveau au début des années 1970s. Il apparaîtrait que ce corps évolue capricieusement et ne se comporte pas comme un corps céleste homologué. Personne n'est capable de prévoir son orbite. Ce corps planétaire inconnu possède d'ailleurs d'assez grandes similitudes avec Icare, un astéroïde de 1 km de diamètre qui coupe sans scrupules l'orbite des planètes dont, pourtant, l'orbite ne se croise jamais. Il croise le chemin de la Terre tous les 200 jours et change constamment de trajet. Malgré sa très grande vitesse, on pense qu'il est influencé dans sa course par l'attraction des planètes.
  • En Asie Centrale soviétique, le paléontologue et écrivain de science-fiction Ivan Efremov décrit la découverte d'un immense cimetière de dizaines de miliers de dinosaures dont les crânes sont percés de trous nets, qu'il décrit comme les trous de balle, comme en 1939.
  • 16 Juin : Le pilote hautement décoré de la force aérienne soviétique Arkadii Ivanovich Apraksin effectue un vol d'essai avec un nouvel avion à réaction soviétique. Lors de l'essai il rencontre un objet en forme de concombre volant en croisant sa course. Des cônes lumineux irradient de l'objet, qui semble descendre. Alors que Apraksin rapporte son observation à sa base de Kapustin Yar on lui dit que l'objet a été repéré au radar. Apraksin reçoit l'ordre de se rapprocher de l'ovni et de le contraindre à atterrir, quitte à ouvrir le feu s'il refuse. Alors qu'il s'approche à une distance de 10 km des rayons de lumière de l'ovni sont émis de l'ovni, atteignent son avion, et l'aveuglent. Tous les systèmes techniques et le moteur défaillent, mais alors qu'il voit l'ovni disparaître derrière les nuages il parvient à guider l'avion à un atterrissage sans dégâts. Apraksin est interrogé plusieurs fois et l'avion est examiné par des experts de Moscou [Timothy Good, Above Top Secret, page 224].
  • 7 juillet : Récupération d'un corps à Mexico dans le sud de Laredo (Texas).
  • 24 juillet, 2 h 45 : Observation de Chiles et Whitted.
  • 29 juillet, 9 h : A Indianapolis (Indiana), James Toney et Robert Huggins, 2 employés d'un compagnie de nettoyage de revêtement, observent un objet brillant comme de l'aluminium, dont la forme rappelle celle d'un propulseur d'avion, avec 10 à 12 petites bosses émergeant de chaque pâle. L'objet est estimé à 6 à 8 pieds de long, et 1,5 à 2 de large. L'objet glisse le long de la route sur quelques centaines de pieds face à leur véhicule puis descend apparemment dans une zone boisée. L'observation dure quelques secondes [cas Blue Book n° 185 non expliqué].
  • 31 juillet, 8 h 25 : A Indianapolis (Indiana), Vernon Swigert, électricien, et mademoiselle observent un objet ressemblant à une cymbale, ou à un disque bombé. Large d'environ 20 pieds et épais d'environ 6 à 8 pieds, il est blanc mais ne brille pas. Il vole de manière rectiligne et horizontale d'un horizon à un autre en 10 s environ, scintillant dans le soleil comme s'il tournoyait [cas Blue Book n° 190 non expliqué].
  • août
    • (ou juillet) A Marion (Virginie), peut après le lever du Soleil, Max Abbott, pilotant un avion privé Bellanca Cruisair à 4 passagers, observe une lumière blanche accélérer et s'engoufrer dans une vallée [cas Blue Book n° 191 non expliqué].
    • 4 officiers sont témoins de l'accident d'un objet et de la récupération de cadavres dans une zone du Mexique, à 60 km (38 miles) au Sud de Laredo (Texas). L'information vient d'un nommé Todd Zechel, qui la transmet à une station de Chicago affiliée à la NBC. L'histoire parut dans le Midnight Globe, un journal à scandales de crédibilité douteuse, sous la signature d'un certain Steve Tom. Elle est fondée sur une rumeur propagée dans les années 1960s par quelqu'un qui travaillait soit pour l'Agence de sécurité de l'Armée, soit pour la NSA.
    • La 1ère génération d'experts du projet Sign remet un rapport top secret constituant une estimation de la situation destinée à l'autorité supérieure au plus haut niveau, concluant que les ovnis sont des véhicules interplanétaires, notant au passage que l'incident de Kenneth Arnold n'avait pas été le premier [Ruppelt]. Lorsque Hoyt Vandenberg reçoit ce rapport, il ordonne de le détruire.
  • Joseph Hynek intègre la 2nde génération d'experts du projet Sign à la demande de l'USAF.
  • Un DC-3 disparaît au-dessus du "triangle des Bermudes" avec 32 passagers à bord. Il aurait commit une erreur de navigation.
  • septembre
    • Création du groupe Majestic 12 ?
    • 23 septembre, 12 h : A San Pablo (Californie), Sylvester Bentham et l'ancien colonel de l'Armée US Horace Eakins observent 2 objets. L'un est un rectangle grisâtre avec des lignes verticales, l'autre est une amibe translucide avec un point noir près du centre. Les bras de l'amibe ondulent. Les 2 objets se déplacent très rapidement [cas Blue Book n° 208 non expliqué].
  • 1er octobre, 21 h : A Fargo (Dakota du Nord), le lieutenant George F. Gorman de la Garde Nationale de l'Air engage à bord de son F-51 un combat avec un petit globe lumineux : De forme parfaitement ronde, elle mesurait une vingtaine de cm de diamètre ; elle était très blanche et ses contours étaient légèrement foncés. L'objet passe au-dessus de lui à une vitesse estimée 400 km/h, et Gorman observe un clignotement de l'objet. Lorsqu'il engage une poursuite de l'objet, le clignotement disparaît [VSD 2007 H], mais la lumière lui échappe : Quand je fus très près, elle vira brusquement à gauche (...). Je piquais sur elle à toute vitesse sans parvenir à la rejoindre. Elle reprit de la hauteur et vira encore à gauche aussi soudainement que la première fois. Après 20 mn de balet aérien infructueux pour le pilote, l'objet vire en direction du nord-est et disparaît. Il aura montré une grande facilité à se dégager ainsi que des signes d'agressivité. Le lieutenant sort vivant de cet engagement, suivi par d'autres avions en vol et par ses collègues pilotes de chasse sur la base de Fargo.
  • 15 octobre, 23 h 05 : A Fusuoka près de Kyushu (Japon), le pilote Halter et l'opérateur radar Hemphill d'un chasseur nocturne P-61 "Black Widow" observent jusqu'à 6 objets sur leur radar et un seul visuellement. Il s'agit d'un objet sombre de la forme d'un dirigeable, à la base plate et la queue tronquée. L'objet aperçu visuellement plonge rapidement [cas Blue Book n° 218 non expliqué].
  • Décembre
    • Au-dessus de Moscou (Russie), un certain nombre d'objets longs, à la forme de poisson sont observés, réfléchissant la lumière du Soleil [Vallée, Anatomy of Phenomenon, page 54].
    • 3 décembre, 20 h 15 : A la base de l'USAF de Fairfield-Suisan (Californie), un sergent de l'USAF et un opérateur de la tour de contrôle observent une lumière blanche circulaire voler durant 25 s à une vitesse variable, sautillant, et disparaisssant en une ascension erratique [cas Blue Book n° 257 non expliqué].
    • 5 décembre
      • 21 h 30 : Une lumière verte et brillante se manifeste près d'un C-47 Dakota de l'USAF et d'un autre avion de ligne, au-dessus du Nouveau-Mexique. Les hommes d'équipage du C-47 voient l'arc de lumière orienté vers eux. Ils conviennent avec le capitaine de l'avion de ligne de signaler l'apparition à la base de l'Air Force de Kirtland. C'est la seconde fois qu'ils observent une lueur verte mystérieuse sur ce vol.
      • 21 h 35 : Un Pionner Arlines DC-3 Dakota transmet par radio à Kirtland un rapport semblable. La lueur verte s'est dirigée droit sur l'avion, forçant le pilote à l'éviter par une manoeuvre. Lorsque l'avion atterrit à Albuquerque, l'équipage est interrogé par des agents de renseignements de l'USAF.
      • L'enquête montrera que 5 boules de feu vertes ont été observées ce jour-là.
    • 12 Décembre : Observation de Lincoln LaPaz.
    • 16 Décembre : Le projet Sign est rebaptisé projet Grudge, officiellement seulement le 11 février 1949.
    • 27 Décembre : le vol commercial d'un DC-3 depuis San Juan (Puerto Rico) vers Miami (Floride), piloté par le capitaine Robert Lindquist avec 36 personnes à bord, s'"évapore" en vue de Miami. Nous approchons la piste à seulement 50 miles au Sud, dit le pilote à la tour de contrôle. Nous pouvons voir les lumières de Miami maintenant. Tout est correct. Attendons les instructions d'atterrissage. Le DC-3 disparaît de l'écran radar quelques secondes plus tard. Le point où l'appareil se serait écrasé est au-dessus de Florida Keys, où des eaux claires de seulement 20 pieds de profondeur auraient laissé le DC-3 visible. Une enquête officielle est menée pour comprendre comment le pilote expérimenté peut disparaître par une nuit claire et calme. Les équipes de recherchent inspectent le lieu où l'avion est supposé s'être écrasé, mais aucune trace de l'appareil n'est trouvée dans l'eau de vingt pieds de profondeur [The DC-3 Hangar].
    • Construction des installations souterraines secrètes de Los Alamos.
    • Election d'Harry Truman à la Présidence des Etats-Unis.

 rr0.org

 

 

Le projet Sign (1947-1948)

 


Salle de conférence du projet Sign 

 

 

  Bien qu'officiellement désignée comme un organisme de recherche, la commission Sign ne pourra jamais définir sa propre ligne d'action. En dépit des efforts de ses membres scientifiques, elle prend le caractère d'un centre d'enquêtes plutôt que de recherche [Vallée 1966]. 1ère commission d'enquête officielle sur les ovnis, mandatée par l'USAF le 30 Décembre 1947 (créée effectivement le 22 Janvier 1948), sous la responsabilité de la section T-2 de l'AMC à Wright Field, lancé à l'initiative du général Twining, Sign va connaître plusieurs générations d'experts (le professeur Hynek fit partie de la seconde génération).

  Cette estimation de la situation top-secrète fut plus précisément confiée à l'IAD, sous la direction du capitaine Robert Sneider en 1948. Un premier rapport, destiné à l'autorité supérieure au plus haut niveau, conclua à la probabilité de l'existence de véhicules extraterrestres : la conclusion était que les ovnis étaient des véhicules interplanétaires, notant au passage que l'incident de Kenneth Arnold n'avait pas été le premier. Le général Hoyt Vandenberg, alors chef d'état-major de l'armée de l'air américaine, refusa alors cette estimation lorsqu'elle lui parvint, ne voulant pas entendre parler de véhicules interplanétaires et soulignant que le rapport n'apportait aucune preuve en ce sens. Une délégation de la commission d'étude se rendit alors au Pentagone pour défendre son opinion, en vain, et le rapport fut jetté aux orties.

  Il fut par la suite décidé le 16 Décembre 1948 de rebaptiser le projet Sign en projet Grudge : bénéficiant d'une priorité inférieure, celui-ci ne sera plus composé que de personnel convaincu de l'inexistence des soucoupes volantes. Cette "rebaptisation" ne fut officiellement effectuée que le 11 Février 1949, juste après qu'une nouvelle conclusion émaille le rapport final du projet Sign : il n'existe pas de preuve concrète de l'existence des ovnis, bien que 20 % des observations n'aient pas pu être expliquées de façon convaincante.

Références :

 rr0.org

 

 

Le projet Grudge (1949-1952)

 

  Le projet Grudge ("rancune") est une refonte du projet Sign, effectuée le 11 Février 1949 et gratifiée d'une priorité inférieure. Parfois référencé comme la Commission "Soucoupe", ce projet était centralisé à la base de Wright-Patterson (Ohio). Un équivalent canadien du projet Grudge fut le projet Magnet.

  Comme en ont témoigné le Joseph Hynek, Jerry Cummings et Edward Ruppelt (directeurs du projet en 1951 et 1952), le but cette refonte de l'étude des ovnis par l'USAF fut avant tout de donner l'apparence d'un l'intérêt de l'USAF pour les observations qui lui sont notifiées, de collecter confidentiellement un maximum de véritables informations sur le sujet, mais de systématiquement trouver des explications "rationnelles" à diffuser au public, voire aux militaires, et de déclarer publiquement que les ovnis n'existaient pas réellement.

  Le 27 Décembre 1949, le projet présente un rapport officiel sur 244 observations, dont les 23 % de cas inexpliqués sont attribués à une cause d'ordre psychologique. Le groupe est alors mis en sommeil, lorsque les cas semblent officiellement diminuer.

  Le 10 septembre 1951 intervient à Fort Monmouth une observation qui va remettre en cause le traitement fort contestable que l'USAF appliquait jusqu'ici au phénomène au travers du projet Grudge. Lorsque le rapport de l'observation atterrit sur le bureau du général Cabell, celui-ci ordonne une enquête pousée, souhaitant être tenu personnellement au courant de l'affaire. Ses ordres parviennent au lieutenant Cummings, le tout nouveau responsable du projet. En mettant son nez dans le dossier, Cummings est très surpris de découvrir que d'autres membres du projet Grudge ont déjà "résolu" le cas, sans quitter leurs bureaux de l'ATIC. Selon le rapport qu'ils ont élaboré pour le Pentagone, l'incident se résume ainsi :

Il s'agit seulement d'un groupe de jeunes gens impressionnables ; l'équipage du T-33 n'a vu qu'un reflet.

  Dans les heures qui suivent, conscient que sa réputation est en jeu, Cummings se rend lui-même dans le New Jersey avec le lieutenant-colonel Rosengarten. Ils interrogent tout le monde, y compris le pilote du T-33 et son passager, certains d'avoir aperçu non pas un simple reflet, mais un engin contrôlé par une intelligence. Le lendemain, Cummings et Rosengarten s'envolent pour la capitale, afin de faire un compte-rendu à Cabell.

  Après voir écouté leur version des faits, Cabell s'informe sur la façon dont le projet Grudge traite habituellement ce genre d'affaires. Cummings prend alors son courage à deux mains, et lâche :

Tout le monde se moque des enquêteurs du Grudge. [Sur l'ordre du patron de l'ATIC, le général Harold Watson, les employés du projet Grudge] déprécient systématiquement les rapports qui leur sont envoyés. Leur seule activité consiste à proposer des explications nouvelles ou originales pour plaire à Washington.

  Cabell enrage : On m'a menti ! hurle-t-il. Cummings et Rosengarten sont renvoyés avec ordre de retourner à Dayton pour réorganiser le projet Grudge. Cabell indique :

Je ne veux pas de préjugés, j'interdis les préjugés. Que ceux qui ont des préjugés s'en aillent immédiatement.

  Le projet Grudge est donc réactivé de fait le 12 septembre, mais ce ne sera pas Cummings qui s'occupera de la réorganisation de l'enquête sur les ovnis. Il retourne bientôt à la vie civile, en charge d'un autre projet gouvernemental classé confidentiel. C'est au jeune capitaine Edward Ruppelt qu'incombe la tâche de restaurer un semblant d'objectivité dans la manière dont l'USAF aborde le dossier ovni. Sous sa direction, le projet est rebaptisé Blue Book.

Le projet Twinkle (1950-1951)

  Sous-commission du projet Grudge, instaurée fin Mars 1950, le projet Twinkle ("scintillement") vise à enquêter sur le phénomène des "boules lumineuses vertes" (green fireballs) au Nouveau Mexique.

  Les gens du projet Grudge ne participèrent pas aux investigations. L'USAF confie la direction de Twinkle au docteur Lincoln LaPaz, et seuls les laboratoires de Cambridge (Massachussetts) furent concernés. On trouve parmi les scientifiques impliqués le docteur Edward Teller.

  Avec la disparition progressive de ces phénomènes et le peu de résultat, le projet s'acheve à l'automne 1951. Le 27 Décembre 1951, le docteur LaPaz déclare que le projet Twinkle est un échec et y met définitivement un terme. Le rapport final du projet signale diverses observations, dont celle, par 9 témoins différents, tous travaillant pour le compte de la société aéronautique Bell, dans le périmètre de la base aérienne d'Holloman, de 14 à 30 "corps" (sic) se déplaçant en vol groupé, le nombre variant selon les témoins et les angles d'observation.

 rr0.org

 

 

  Le projet Blue Book a eu 3 principaux buts : Expliquer toutes les observations d'OVNIs rapportées ; Décider si les OVNIs étaient une menace pour la sécurité nationale des USA ; Et determiner si les OVNIs utilisaient des technologies avancées que les USA pourraient utiliser.

  Icône :  "Among Us", "Pickle People" (?) (pickle : être dans le pétrin) et "Moon Men From Alpha Centauri"

 

Le projet Blue Book (1952-1969)

 

  C'est à la suite d'une vague d'observations sans précédent et de la manière contestée dont celles-ci sont traitées par les responsables du projet Grudge (dénégation systématique, invention d'explications banales ou psychologiques), que l'étude de l'USAF sur les ovnis est renommée projet Blue Book (litteralement Livre Bleu, également appelé projet "UFO" à ses débuts), toujours basée à Wright-Patterson.

 

La direction Ruppelt (1952-1954)

 
3 responsables de l'USAF présentant le projet Blue Book

  Le projet est confié à un jeune capitaine, Edward J. Ruppelt dès Septembre 1951. Le projet dispose de plus de moyens que son précédesseur, est plus ouvert au public, et son but officiel est annoncé le 12 Avril 1952 :

  1. Trouver une explication pour l'ensemble des témoignages d'observations d'ovnis
  2. Déterminer si les ovnis représentent une menace pour la sécurité des Etats-Unis
  3. Déterminer si les ovnis présentent une technologie avancée que les Etats-Unis pourraient exploiter.

  Durant sa fonction officielle, Ruppelt va se révéler prudent et mesuré, mais n'en pense pas moins, comme on s'en apercevra plus tard.

  Basé à Wright-Patterson, il collabore avec :

  • le major Dewey J. Fournet, officier de liaison avec le Pentagone
  • le groupe d'électronique avec le capitaine J. L. Andrews
    • sa section radar avec le capitaine W. Dakins
  • le groupe d'analyse avec le capitaine L. E. Field
  • des scientifiques civils, mais à l'identité classée
  • le groupe d'enquêtes avec le capitaine R. A. Lee

 

Une vague sans précédent (1952)

 
Conférence du 29 juillet au Pentagone, à la suite des nombreuses observations dans la région de Washington : James, Ramey,Ruppelt, Samford, Bower et Griffing

  Les membres du projet, dont le major Dewey Fournet ou Albert Chop, vont être servis, avec la vague d'observation qui ne fait que croître, avec un pic en Juillet 1952. A cette époque les soucoupes volantes sont particulièrement présentes dans l'actualité depuis plusieurs semaines et l'équipe de 9 personnes de Blue Book est submergé de signalements d'observations, bien au-delà de ce qu'ils peuvent traiter de manière convenable. A la mi-juillet ils recoivent près de 20 signalements par jour et des appels effrenés d'officiers de renseignement de chaque base de l'Air Force des U.S. Les signalements qu'ils reçoivent sont plutôt solides et ne peuvent être expliqués facilement. En fait, les observations inexpliquées sont autour de 40 %. Tout cela va déboucher vers la fin du mois à un summum où des ovnis sont repérés par le radar de l'aéroport national de Washington dans un espace aérien restreint au-dessus du capitol.

 

La commission Robertson

  Vers la fin de l'année 1952, le NSC demande officiellement à la CIA d'enquêter sur les ovnis et sur la menace éventuelle qu'ils représentent. L'OSI, bureau dépendant de la CIA, crée alors l'IAC, qu'il charge de cette mission. Les avis de ce comité sont rendus dans le rapport de la Commission Robertson, dont les réunions secrètes sont organisées à partir du 13 Janvier 1953.

  En Septembre 1953, Ruppelt quitte l'armée et est temporairement remplacé par l'officier de 1ère classe Max Futch. Le 30 Septembre est terminé le Rapport N°12 du projet.

  Ruppelt lui, dégagé de ses obligations, va faire diverses révélations concernant le projet dans The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects, qui va rapidement devenir un classique de l'ufologie.

 

La direction Hardin (1954-1956)

  A la suite de Ruppelt et des conclusions de l'encore secrète commission Roberston, les budgets se réduisent pour le projet qui sera souvent en sous-effectifs et les directeurs font faire preuve d'un moindre souci d'objectivité. En Mars 1954 c'est le capitaine Charles Hardin qui reprend le flambeau.

 


Rapport Blue Book N°14

  En Mai 1955, l'ATIC publie le Rapport Spécial N°14 du projet Blue Book. Il s'agit d'une étude informatisée de près de 4 000 rapports d'observation d'ovnis reçus par l'ATIC. Cette étude constituée en grande partie de tableaux statistiques, conclut qu'il n'existe pas de preuve que des appareils extraterrestres aient visité la terre et qu'avec plus d'informations l'ensemble des observations pourraient être expliquées.

 

Le rapport Stork (1955)

  Ce Rapport Spécial N°14, cependant, inclut également des résumés des meilleurs cas non expliqués ayant été reçus ainsi que les résultats d'une autre étude sur les ovnis conduite par le Battle Memorial Institute, le projet Stork. Afin d'atténuer les critiques de "dissimulation" à l'encontre de l'USAF de ses découvertes sur les ovnis, le secrétaire de l'USAF décide de placer le rapport n° 14 dans le domaine public et autorise le Département du Commerce à en vendre des copies au public, à partir du 25 Octobre 1955.

 

Le direction Gregory (1956-1958)

  A partir d'Avril 1956, c'est le capitaine George T. Gregory qui devient directeur de Blue Book.

 

La direction Friend (1958-1963)

  A partir d'Octobre 1958, c'est le major Robert J. Friend qui prend la direction de Blue Book.
En 1960 arrive dans l'équipe le major Quintanilla.
En 1961 arrive William T. Coleman en tant que chargé des relations publiques du projet. Il profite de l'occasion pour demander à Friend, le rapport qu'il a envoyé en 1955, sans succès. Je pensais que c'était plutôt un bon cas parce qu'il y avait 5 rapports de témoins visuels crédibles, recoupant le même événement déclare-t-il. Il attribue cela au traitement bureaucratique du projet.

 

La direction Quintanilla (1963-1969)

 En Avril 1963, c'est le major Hector Quintanilla qui prend la direction du projet. En 1964, William T. Coleman quitte le projet.

 

 
Photo de la Une duWayne County Press du 18 Août 1963, où apparaissent le lieutenant-colonel Robert J. Friend (centre), le capitaine Hector Quintinilla (droite) et le sergent Charles R. Sharp venu étudier les observations de la mini-vague de l'Illinois du Sud en Août 1963.

 

 
 L'équipe de Blue Book en 1964, dirigée par Quintanilla (assis).

 

Le scandale du Michigan (1966)

  En Mars 1966, les explications de l'USAF sur une série d'observations à Dexter et Hillsdale (Michigan) vont provoquer un véritable scandale dans l'opinion, qui ne fait plus confiance à l'armée de son pays, qui cherche visiblement à étouffer les affaires. Cette affaire du Michigan va ébranler le projet.

  Le 25 mars, 2 membres du congrès, Weston Vivian (député démocrate d'Ann Arbor) et Gerald Ford (alors à la tête de la majorité républicaine de la Chambre) réclament une audition du Congrès sur la question. Dans une lettre, ils demandent l'ouverture d'une enquête sur la manière dont l'USAF s'acquitte de sa tâche en ce qui concerne les ovnis : Le public Américain a droit à une meilleure explication que celle donnée jusqu'ici par l'Air Force (...) Il est temps que ce mystère soit éclairci.

  Quintanilla est attaqué de toutes parts. Lorsque j'ai entendu la proposition du Député Ford j'ai du secouer la tête et j'ai ri. Une audition publique serait un cirque je ne voulais pas y prendre part, dira-t-il. A coté de cela, Hynek, s'est engagé dans un revirement capital, exprimant diverses critiques sur la façon dont l'étude des ovnis a été gérée par l'USAF. Des ovnis ont été vus par des scientifiques, déclare-t-il, et publie un livre défendant la nécessité d'une étude scientifique indépendante du phénomène.

 

Auditions

  Le 5 Avril se tient donc la 1ère audition du Congrès américain sur le sujet des ovnis. Il s'agit de la Commission des Services Armés de la Chambre des Représentants (House Armed Services Committee) de la 2ème session du 89ème Congrès (Imprimé de la Commission N° 55, "Objets volants non identifiés").

  La commission est présidée par L. Mendel Rivers (D-S.C.) (qui peu de temps avant déclare que sa femme s'intéresse aux ovnis). N'y témoignent toutefois que 3 membres de l'USAF liés au projet Blue Book tant critiqué :

  • Harold Brown, Secrétaire de l'USAF
  • Quintanilla, directeur du projet
  • Hynek, consultant scientifique du projet

  Brown y déclare qu'aucun élément ne permet d'indiquer que la terre a été visitée par des étrangers de l'espace. Selon lui, presque tous les 10 147 objets volants non-identifiés rapportés ces 19 dernières années ont été facilement expliqués, y compris les récentes observations dans le Michigan, comme des gaz de marais, des canulars, des planètes, comètes, météores et aurores boréales. Il ajoute cependant que l'Air Force à un esprit ouvert et va continuer à enquêter sur l'ensemble des rapports [Congress Reassured on Space Visits, The New York Times, 6 avril 1966] et propose la création d'un organisme civil (qui sera la Commission Condon, représentée par une université indépendante) menant une étude scientifique des ovnis où les scientifiques seront autorisés à consulter les dossiers de l'USAF sur le sujet.

  Brown coupe ainsi un peu l'herbe sous le pied à Hynek, qui propose la même chose. C'est la création du projet Colorado, qui va charger une université indépendante d'une étude civile sur les ovnis, évitant ainsi le risque d'une commission d'enquête du Congrès. Cette noble intention prend forme en Octobre, lorsqu'un comité de 6 scientifiques, sous la présidence du docteur Brian O'Brien, examine le projet Blue Book. Tout en félicitant le travail du projet, ce comité estime qu'une étude scientifique approfondie des ovnis est utile et propose de confier ce travail à des universités américaines dont l'impartialité ne pourra être mise en cause. Le Congrès approuve ce projet, donnant ainsi naissance au Commission Condon, comprenant 37 membres principaux (une condition étant qu'il ne devaient pas s'être intéressés aux ovnis auparavant selon certaines sources).

Références :

 rr0.org

 

 

L'année 1952 est extrêmement riche en phénomène OVNI, regarder plutôt...

 

1952

  • Janvier
    • 16 janvier, 15 h : A Artésia (Nouveau-Mexique), 2 chercheurs de la General Mills qui viennent de lâcher un ballon-sonde voient pendant 40 s environ un objet 2 fois plus gros que leur ballon tourner autour, puis avec 4 pilotes depuis l'aéroport d'Artésia revoient 2 autres objets faire de même, pendant la même durée [Hynek 1974, DD-8] [cas Blue Book n° 1037 non expliqué]. A Albuquerque, la même scène est observée par plusieurs témoins
    • 20 janvier : A la base de Fairchild, Spokane (Washington DC), 2 sergents-chefs — spécialistes du renseignement — observent à 3 km de distance un discoïde blanc-bleuté à longue queue bleue évoluant à 200 km/h sans aucun bruit. Ils volent sous un plafond nuageux de 1400 m ce qui exclut l'hypothèse du météore.
    • 21 janvier : A la base de Mitchel (New York), un pilote d'un TBM de la Navy prend en chasse un objet blanc circulaire en forme de dôme qui accélère et disparaît.
    • 22 janvier : Le radar au sol du Nord de l'Alaska ainsi que les radars embarqués de 3 intercepteurs F-94 repèrent un objet non-identifié.
    • 29 janvier
      • A Wonsan (Corée), un B-29 vole de pair avec un objet discoïdal orange brillant
      • L'équipage d'un autre B-29 fait une observation similaire la même nuit à 80 miles, au-dessus de Sunchon.
    • 30 janvier : En Corée, un ovni ressemblant à une grande roue horizontale émettant de la lumière orange et crachant des flammes bleues de son pourtour, est visibile pendant quelques mn (= observations de la veille ?).
    • Création de l'APRO.
  • Février
    • 11 février, 3 h : A Pittsburg (Pennsylvanie), le capitaine G. P. Arns et le major R. J. Gedson volent à bord d'un avion d'entraînement Beech AT-ll. Un objet jaune-orangé de la forme d'une comète émêt des flammes durant 1 à 2 s de l'observation de 1 mn d'un vol horizontal continu [cas Blue Book n° 1052 non expliqué].
    • Véto sur une demande de déclassification du rapport final du projet Twinkle par l'ARDC.
    • 20 février : A Greenfield (Massachussets), un Ministre du Congrès voit 3 objets très brillants, apparemment sphériques, voler en formation en V parfaite.
    • 22 février : Lancement de Véronique, 1ère fusée sonde française.
    • 23 février, 23 h 15 : A Sinuiju (Corée du Nord), le capitaine et navigateur de B-29 observent durant 45 s un cylindre bleuâtre, 3 fois plus long que large, avec une queue et émettant de rapides pulsations, arriver rapidement en hauteur, effectuer plusieurs virages, puis se stabiliser sous le B-29 qui qui esquivait un tir antiaérien peu dangereux [cas Blue Book n° 1061 non expliqué].
  • Mars
    • 3 mars : le docteur Walter Riedel, ancien Scientifique Allemand spécialiste des fusées à Peenemunde déclare Je suis convaincu que les soucoupes ont un fondement hors de notre monde [Life, 7 Avril 1952].
    • Fin du projet Grudge et lancement public du projet Blue Book.
    • 10 mars : A Oakland (Californie), un Inspecteur de l'Ingéniérie des Métaux observent 2 objets sombres en forme d'aile ou d'hémisphère le survoler, l'un balançant d'avant en arrière comme un pendule.
    • 20 mars, 22 h 42 : A Queen Annes City / Centreville (Maryland) le vétéran de la 1ère et 2nde guerre mondiale A. D. Hutchinson et son fils observent durant 30 s une lumière d'un jaune-orange terne en forme de soucoupe se déplacer tout droit [cas Blue Book n° 1074 non expliqué].
    • 23(22?) mars, 18 h 56 et 19 h : A Yakima (Washington), le pilote et l'opérateur radar d'un jet d'interception F-94 observent à 2 reprises un boule de feu rouge augmenter de luminosité puis s'atténuer au bout de 45 s. A chaque fois l'objet est resté stationnaire. Le Rapport de Statut N°7 du project Blue Book (31 Mai 1952) indique que l'objet a également été détecté par le radar au sol à une vitesse de 78 noeuds (90 miles/h) à une altitude entre 22500 and 25000 pieds [cas Blue Book n° 1076 non expliqué].
    • 24 mars, 8 h 45 : A 60 miles à l'ouest de Point Conception (Californie), le navigateur et l'opérateur radar d'un B-29 repère un cible durant 20 à 30 s, dont la vitesse est estimée à 3000 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 1077 non expliqué].
    • 29 mars
      • 11 h 20 : Près de Misawa (Japon), observation de Brigham.
      • A Butler (Missouri), le Président de la Commission sur l'Industrie du Missouri observent un objet argenté de forme cylindrique.
  • Avril
    • 4 avril
      • 22 h 30 : A Hammond (Colombie Britannique) une lueur apparaît dans le ciel dégagé en se dirigeant silencieusement vers le nord. Sa couleur vire à l'orangé et quand l'objet arrive à la verticale du témoin, sa queue semble scintiller. L'objet vire alors brusquement vers l'Ouest, s'immobilise et revient. Sa couleur devient rougeâtre. Quand l'objet atteint la zone Sud, il se dirige vers l'horizon et sa couleur passe à l'orangé, puis au vert et enfin au blanc argenté.
      • (5 avril ?) 19 h 30 : A Duncanville (Texas), 2 opérateurs radar du 147ème escadron AC & W détectent un objet par radar durant 1 mn, à une vitesse estimée à 2160 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 1095 non expliqué].
    • 5 avril
      • 10 h 40 : A Phoenix (Floride), L. G. Ryan et sa femme, R. L. Stokes et D. Schook observent un grand objet circulaire d'un gris terne, suivi par 2 autres, voler tout droit à grande vitesses [cas Blue Book n° 1097 non expliqué].
      • 21 h 15 : A Miami (Floride), L. E. VanDercar et son fils de 9 ans observent 4 objets circulaires sombres aux contours non précis, passer devant la Lune, chacun ayant un diamètre apparent de la moitié de la Lune [cas Blue Book n° 1099 non expliqué].
    • 6 avril, 14 h 59 : A Temple (Texas), H. L. Russell observe durant 3,8 mn entre 50 et 75 disques gris-blanc se déplacer continuellement en formation et s'incliner à l'unission toutes les 12 à 15 s [cas Blue Book n° 1099 non expliqué].
    • 7 avril : Sur la couverture de Life, à côté de Marilyn Monroe, on peut lire en haut à droite : Il y a des arguments pour l'origine interplanétaire des soucoupes. Un article intitulé Avons-Nous des Visiteurs de l'Espace ? marque les esprits (350 journaux vont reprendre les conclusions de l'article, et Life va recevoir 700 lettres [Lagrange]). Clairement ouvert, voire franchement sympathisant de l'hypothèse extraterrestre, il est bâti (comme on l'apprendra plus tard) autour de l'opinion officieusement exprimée de divers gradés du Pentagone. Le Bureau des Relations Publiques du Pentagone répondra officiellement à ce sujet que L'article est factuel, mais les conclusions de Life ne reflètent que l'opinion de la rédaction.
    • Albert K. Bender annonce la création de l'IFSB dans le courrier des lecteurs de Other Worlds.
    • 8 avril : Au Nord de Big Pines (Californie), un objet de forme discoïdale est observé par un ingénieur de la télévision.
    • 10 avril : A Pecos (Texas), observation d'un losange vertical de 25 x 15 m brillant, planant, effectuant une rotation toutes les secondes. Il effectue une ascension de 600 m, un virage lent, puis disparaît au Nord-Ouest [Hynek 1979].
    • 12 avril
      • Lancement officiel du projet Blue Book.
      • 21 h 30 : A North Bay (Ontario), l'adjudant E. H. Rossell et le sergent de vol R. McRae, tous 2 pilotes de ligne de la RCAF observent pendant 2 mn un disque ambré, extrêmement brillant, arrivant du Sud-Ouest, survoler un terrain d'aviation, s'arrêter soudainement, virer de bord et s'élèvre dans le ciel à une vitesse stupéfiante à un angle de 30°" [cas Blue Book n° 1108 non expliqué].
    • 14 avril
      • 18 h 34 : A Memphis (Tennessee), le sous-lieutenant Blacky et le sous-lieutenant O'Neil, tous 2 pilotes de la Marine US, observent durant 45 à 60 s un objet en forme de coupe renversée de 3 pieds de long et 1 pied de haut, avec des ouvertures verticales, voler tout droit rapidement, à 100 yards de leur appareil [cas Blue Book n° 1112 non expliqué].
      • 0 h 35 : A LaCrosse (Wisconsin), un pilote de CAL airline observe des divers objets lumineux de couleur voler en formation en V [cas Blue Book n° 1113 non expliqué].
    • 15 avril, 19 h 40 : A Santa Cruz (Californie), monsieur Hayes, le frère du sergent-chef, observe durant 6 à 8 s à l'aide de son télescope 20x, 2 objets pâles voler rapidement le long de l'horizon [cas Blue Book n° 1115 non expliqué].
    • 16 avril : La Gazette de Montréal révèle l'observation du 12 avril.
    • 17 avril
      • A la base de Nellis (Nevada), un grand groupe d'objets circulaires est observé.
      • 20 h 30 : A Longmeadow (Massachussets), S. B. Brooks et l'ingénieur chimiste J. A. Eaton observent pendant 40 mn un objet rond d'un orange profond voler rapidement de manière erratique, émettant de temps en temps un éclair de lumière à l'arrière [cas Blue Book n° 1124 non expliqué].
    • 18 (17?) avril, 15 h 05 : A la station de test de Yuma (Arizona), un groupe d'étudiants en météorologie, dont quelques ingénieurs diplômés, observent durant 7 s un objet circulaire blanc et fin voler selon une trajectoire irrégulière avec une courte traînée [cas Blue Book n° 1127 non expliqué].
    • 18 avril
      • 11 h 30 : A Bethesda (Maryland), R. Poerstal et 3 autres hommes observent durant 4 à 8 s entre 7 et 9 lumières circulaires jaunes-orangées voler au-dessus d'eux en formation en V de 40°, du Sud au Nord [cas Blue Book n° 1128 non expliqué].
      • 22 h 10 : A Corner Brook (Newfoundland, Canada), le reporter Chic Shave observe durant 1,5 mn un objet rond d'un jaune-or voler vers le sud et revenir [cas Blue Book n° 1129 non expliqué].
      • A 50 miles au Nord-Ouest de Kyushu (Japon) (129* 51' Est, 34' 19' Nord), un opérateur radar détecte durant 1 mn une cible non-identifiée volant à 2700 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 1130 non expliqué].
      • 4 h : A Corner Brook (Newfoundland, Canada), le concierge C. Hamilton observe durant 1 mn un objet jaune-or effectuer un virage serré et laisser un courte traînée sombre [cas Blue Book n° 1131 non expliqué].
    • 21 avril : Le Toronto Globe & Mail révèle une observation à Ontario, où des milliers de témoins ont pu assister à la poursuite d'un objet cylindrique sombre par 2 chasseurs Mustang P-51. L'objet a traversé le ciel à la vitesse estimée de 2500 km/h, laissant derrière lui un sillage vaporeux. Les témoins ne perçoivent aucun bruit. Les 2 pilotes des chasseurs rentreronts bredouilles, et déclareront : Ce ne peut absolument pas être un avion.
    • 22 avril, 21 h 09 : A la base de l'USAF de Naha (Okinawa). l'équipage au sol d'un B-29 observe durant 10 mn un objet elliptique, suivi de 2 autres, puis encore de 2 autres, tous possèdant une lumière blanche clignotant toutes les 1 à 2, faire des manoeuvres aériennes erratiques [cas Blue Book n° 1144 non expliqué].
    • 23 avril : A Watertown (Massachussetts), un ingénieur observe un objet manoeuvrant à grande vitesse.
    • 24 avril
      • 5 h : A Bellevue Hill (Vermont), l'équipage d'un avion de transport C-124 de l'USAF observe 3 objets circulaires bleuâtres en formation circulaire ("fingertip") voler par 2 fois parallèlement à leur appareil durant 3 à 4 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1147 non expliqué].
      • 14 h 30 : A Milton (Massachussets), 3 ingénieurs en électronique du Cambridge Research Center, dont un nommé Buruish, observent durant 1,5 mn 2 carrés plats voler de manière vascillante horizontalement, puis monter en altitude, continuer à voler sur ce nouveau palier, et s'en aller [cas Blue Book n° 1148 non expliqué].
      • 20 h 10 : A Clovis (Nouveau Mexique), E. L. Ellis, aide chirurgien et major de l'USAF, observe durant 5 mn de nombreuses lumières orange ambrées, parfois distinctes, parfois fusionnées, se déplacer de manière erratique. Leur vitesse varient de zero à très rapide [cas Blue Book n° 1151 non expliqué].
    • Observation de Dun Kimball.
    • 27 avril
      • 16 h 15 : A Roseville (Michigan), H. A. Freytag et 3 autres hommes parents, dont un ministre, observent durant 45 mn un objet ovale argenté tourner, descendre puis s'arrêter. 2 objets en forme de cigare apparaissent, l'un partant vers l'est et l'autre vers l'ouest. Un 3ème objet argenté en forme de cigare vole à côté à grande vitesse [cas Blue Book n° 1160 non expliqué].
      • 20 h 30 : A Yuma (Arizona), Melle G. S. Porter et le sergent-chef (opérateur de tour de contrôle n'étant pas en service) observent des disques d'un rouge brillant ou flamboyant, d'une taille semblable à des chasseurs. 7 observations d'un disque, l'un des deux en formation durant 2 h. Tous vus sous le plafond nuageux des 11000 pieds [cas Blue Book n° 1163 non expliqué].
      • Venu de l'horizon, un objet blanc et brillant s'immobilise à 1000 m d'altitude et à 3 km de 4 témoins en voiture. D'un diamètre de 60 m, il possède 2 rangées de hublots. Il effectue une oscillation et passe à l'orange. [Hynek 1979] [Un des cas Blue Book de ce jour ?].
    • 29 avril
      • 15 h 30 : A Marshall (Texas), le pilote privé R. R. Weidman observe durant 1,5 mn un objet rond voler tout droit, avec une oscillation de chaque côté [cas Blue Book n° 1167 non expliqué].
      • 22 h : Au Nord de Goodland (Kansas), le lieutenant R. H. Bauer du B-29 observe une lumière blanche en forme d'éventail pulser 3 à 4 fois par s durant 2 s [cas Blue Book n° 1168 non expliqué].
  • 1er Mai
    • 5 h 32 : Au lac Moses (Washington), 2 employés de l'AEC, Eggan and Shipley, observent un objet argenté sans ailes voler horizontalement durant 1.5 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1174 non expliqué].
    • 10 h 50 : A la base de l'USAF de George (Californie), 3 hommes sur un champ de bataille, 1 lieutenant-colonel 4 miles plus loin, observent durant 15 à 30 s 5 diques blancs applatis d'un diamètre comparable à l'envergure de C-47 (95 pieds) voler rapidement et faire un virage à 90°, le tout en une formation de 3 devant et 2 derrière, puis se précipitent alentours [cas Blue Book n° 1176 non expliqué]
    • Au Canada, le Vancouver Sun révèle l'observation du 4 avril.
    • Observation à la base aérienne de Davis-Monthan de Tucson (Arizona).
  • Lundi 5 mai, 22 h 45 : A Tenafly (New Jersey), Melle M. M. Judson observe 6 ou 7 objets translucides, d'un jaune crêmeux. L'un d'eux se déplace en ellipse, tandis que les autres avancent et reculent [cas Blue Book n° 1183 non expliqué].
  • Mercredi 7 mai
    • 0 h 15 : A la base de l'USAF de Keesler (Mississippi), le capitaine Morris, un sergent-chef, un staff sergent et un pilote 1ère classe observent durant 5 à 10 mn un objet cylindrique argenté ou d'aluminium se précipiter une dizaine de fois à l'intérieur et à l'extérieur des nuages [cas Blue Book n° 1185 non expliqué].
    • Au-dessus d'une des îles de Barra da Tijuca (Brésil), Eduardo Keffel, un reporter de la revue O Cruzeiro, en compagnie d'un ami, João Martins, prend 5 clichés d'un disque de grandes dimensions venant de la mer à grande vitesse. L'observation dure 1 mn.
  • Jeudi 8 mai
    • Dans l'océan Atlantique au large de Jacksonville (Floride), le pilote et le copilote d'un vol de American Airways observent une lumière, 10 fois plus grosse qu'une lumière d'atterrissage, venir face à eux, puis se sauver derrière leur aile gauche.
    • Le chef du projet Blue Book et 2 colonels briefent pendant 1 h le Secrétaire de l'Air Force Finletter sur les ovnis [Ruppelt, Report on Unidentified Flying Objects, p. 185].
  • Vendredi 9 mai, 17 h 20 : A la base de l'USAF de George (Californie), le A/lc G. C. Grindeland observe un objet d'un blanc terne en forme de pointe de flèche voler horizontalement durant 10 s [cas Blue Book n° 1194 non expliqué].
  • samedi 10 mai
    • entre 22 h 45 et peu après 23 h 15 : A Ellenton (Caroline du Sud), 4 employés de duPont du site nucléaire de Savannah River observent en 5 occasions jusqu'à 4 objets discoïdaux jaunes [cas Blue Book n° 1198 non expliqué].
    • A La Roche-sur-Yon (France), 12 témoins voient un disque plat, brillant vivement, qui vole silencieusement et dépasse un second ovni en vol stationnaire à un altitude supérieure. La boule observée vient du fond du ciel et descend comme sur une pente inclinée par petites secousses [VSD 2007 H].
  • mardi 13 mai : A National City (Californie), des ingénieur du design de Convair, un ancien pilote de la Navy et un astronome amateur observent un objet blanc circulaire luminescent descendre rapidement et tourner autour d'une zone.
  • mercredi 14 mai, 19 h : A Mayaquez (Puerto Rico) l'attorney et ex-pilote de l'USAF Stipes ainsi que le Sr. Garcia-Mendez observent 2 sphères oranges brillantes : l'une est stationnaire, l'autre s'eloigne rapidement puis revient au bout de 30 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1213 non expliqué].
  • 20 mai, 22 h 10 : A Houston (Texas), Houston, Texas. les capitaines J. Spurgin et BB. Stephan, tous 2 pilotes de l'USAF, observent un objet volante brillant ou blanc se déplacer à leurs côtés tout en effectuant un virage progressif durant 90 s [cas Blue Book n° 1219 non expliqué].
  • 21 Mai, 19 h : Dans le comté de Door (Péninsule du Wisconsin), ou des centaines de personnes voient un ovni pendant une durée considérable. Coral Lorenzen a un rendez-vous avec une jeune femme au sujet de laquelle elle pense faire un article pour un des journaux pour lesquels elle travaille. Elle arrive à l'heure mais la jeune femme n'est pas chez elle et Lorenzen décide de marcher quelques patés de maison jusqu'à un drugstore du coin pour prendre un café. Lorsqu'elle tourne sur la rue principale elle remarque que des gens sont plantés dans la rue en train de pointer le ciel. Regardant dans la direction désignée, elle voit un objet argenté de forme elliptique au Nord-Est. Le rédacteur-en-chef du Door County Advocate et un des journalistes qui sont aussi dans la rue lui disent que l'objet leur a été décrit dans un appel depuis un point plus loin au Nord-Est à Potawotami Park. Lorenzen entre immédiatement dans le drugstore et appelle le poste de police local, demandant s'il y a une voiture de patrouille au voisinage de Fish Creek. On lui répond que oui et elle demande alors de les appeler et de leur demander ce qu'ils voient. Peu après elle à la réponse : à environ 60 ° d'élévation au Nord-Est ils regardaient un objet plutôt rond avec une couleur argentée. Elle ressort alors dans la rue, et se positionne le dos à une certaine zone d'un bâtiment de briques et aligne l'objet en haut du mât d'une antenne de télévision, notant avec précaution le point d'où elle observait et le point où le mât de l'antenne masquait l'objet. Il ne le masquait pas trop, cependant, il y avait un peu de l'objet visible de chaque côté du mât, indiquera-t-elle. Entre les conversations avec les officiers à Fish Creek et ses propres observations elle essaie plusieurs fois de joindre son mari, qui est chez eux. Il ne répond pas et elle apprendra plus tard qu'il était sorti dans le verger pour faire des tailles. J'étais malade de déception, dira Jim Lorenzen. Je n'avais jamais rien vu de très suffisamment surprenant dans le ciel pour que je ne puisse pas l'expliquer et donc j'ai été dégoûté d'avoir raté l'occasion. Cependant, Coral Lorenzen a précautionneusement mesuré les angles durant l'observation et lorsqu'elle en fournit les résultats à son mari, celui-ci parvient à faire une triangulation : ils font alors l'approximation que l'objet, observé pendant 40 mn, était à au moins 40 miles au-dessus de la Terre et faisait près de 780 pieds de diamètre, excluant l'explication d'un ballon ou autre objet banal. Tout un tiers de la zone de l'objet devint d'un rouge brillant peu après avoir été observé, donnant l'apparence, aux jumelles depuis Sturgeon Bay, d'un objet argenté en forme de cigare avec une base rouge luisante. Lorsqu'il fut observé par le policier à 25 miles de là à Fish Creek, il était presque circulaire avec une "ouverture" rouge au centre trop brillante pour être observé avec des lunettes ordinaires.
  • 25 mai
    • 21 h 15 : Au lac Walnut (Michigan), 7 personnes, dont John Hoffman, sa famille et des amis, observent un grand objet blanc circulaire avec des sections sombres sur son contours, voler horizontalement durant 30 mn et sembler rouge lorsqu'il est derrière un nuage [cas Blue Book n° 1227 non expliqué].
    • Manchette et couverture du numéro du magazine français Radar avec des photos prises à Rio de Janeiro par un reporter : Soucoupes Volantes : Premières Photos.
  • 28 mai
    • 10 h 30 : A Saigon (Indochine française), de nombreuses personnes dans la foule assitant à une cérémonie observent un objet blanc-argenté en forme de disque voler horizontalement durant 2 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1232 non expliqué].
    • entre 13 h 45 et 14 h 20 : A Albuquerque (Nouveau Mexique), deux pompiers municipaux observent par 3 fois 2 objets circulaires — l'un argenté et brillant et l'autre orange ou marron clair — en train d'effectuer des manoeuvres aériennes très rapides [cas Blue Book n° 1233 non expliqué].
  • 29 mai, 19 h : A San Antonio (Texas), le major D.W. Feuerstein, pilote de l'USAF, observe depuis le sol un objet tubulaire brillant s'agiter passer d'une position horizontale à une position verticale durant 8 mn, puis retourner lentement à une position horizontale, revenir encore à la verticale, accélerer, sembler s'allonger et devenir rouge. L'observation totale dure 14 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1236 non expliqué].
  • 31 mai : A Chrowon (Corée), 2 gardes militaires observent un ovni, dont le centre est terne et le pourtour brillant, foncer dans le ciel. Un chasseur F-94 Starfire décolle pour l'intercepter et se livre à un combat aérien, jusqu'à ce que l'ovni accélère et disparaisse. Le pilote ne peut décrire ni signaler sa taille en raison de la lumière avauglante de l'objet.
  • "Cheveux d'ange largués par un ovni", à Oloron en 1952
    L'ovni observé le 3 Mars
    Juin
    • A Tombstone (Arizona), un pilote de la Navy observe un disque rester stationnaire puis partir rapidement.
    • L'USAF déclare prendre le problème des ovnis au sérieux, beaucoup de rapports crédibles d'ovnis provenant de Corée. Des pilotes ont observé des sphères ou des disques argentés, et des radars au Japon, à Okinawa et en Corée ont détecté des cibles non identifiées [Ruppelt, Report on Unidentified Flying Objects, p. 192].
    • 1er juin
      • 13 h : A Walla (Washington), le major W. C. Vollendorf, ancien pilote militaire en réserve, observe un objet ovale avec un aileron effectuer une ascension rapide en 7 s [cas Blue Book n° 1245 non expliqué].
      • après 15 h : Au lac Soap (Washington), Ray Lottman observe 3 objets luisants voler horizontalement durant 10 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1246 non expliqué].
      • A Los Angeles (Californie), des membres de la section de test radar de Hughes Aircraft Co. repèrent une cible non-identifiée à 11000 pieds, qui triple soudainement sa vitesse.
    • 2 juin
      • 17 h 02 : A Bayview (Washington), Larry McWade observe un objet pourpre [cas Blue Book n° 1249 non expliqué].
      • A Fulda (Allemagne de l'ouest), le 1er lieutenant John Hendry, navigateur-photographe sur un bombardier de reconnaissance RB-26C observe un objet d'un blanc de porcelaine voler très rapidement [cas Blue Book n° 1250 non expliqué].
    • 5 juin
      • Dans la jungle du Yucatan, une expédition archéologique conduite par Alberto Ruz Lhuillier et 3 de ses compagnons fait la découverte du sarcophage de Palenque, dans le comté de Chiapas, près d'une cité maya.
      • 18 h 45 : A Albuquerque (Nouveau Mexique), le sergent/S T. H. Shorey observe durant 6 s un objet rond et brillant voler 5 à 6 fois aussi vite qu'un chasseur F-86 [cas Blue Book n° 1256 non expliqué].
      • 23 h : A Lubbock (Texas), Dan Benson et monsieur Bacon observent durant 45 mn jusqu'à 8 objets circulaires jaunes ressemblant à de grosses étoiles. Les 2 premiers sont en formation en ligne, les autres sont observés seuls [cas Blue Book n° 1255 non expliqué].
      • 23 h : A la base de l'USAF de Offutt (Omaha, Nebraska), le 2nd lieutenant W. R. Soper, officier de contrôle top secret du SAC et ancien agent de l'OSI ainsi que 2 autres personnes observent un objet rouge brillant rester stationnaire durant 4,5 mn avant de partir rapidement en laissant une faible traînée [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
      • (6 juin ?) Observation à la base de l'USAF de Kimpo (Corée) [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
    • 7 juin, 11 h 18 : A Albuquerque (Nouveau Mexique), l'équipage du B-25 bomber N° 8840 à 11500 pieds observe un objet rectangulaire semblant d'aluminium, d'environ 6 x 4 pieds, voler à 250 ou 300 pieds de leur appareil [cas Blue Book n° 1260 non expliqué].
    • 8 juin, 10 h 50 : A Albuquerque (Nouveau Mexique), J. D. Markland et sa femme observent 4 objets brillants voler horizontalement en formation en diamant [cas Blue Book n° 1263 non expliqué].
    • 9 juin
      • Observation à Minneapolis (Minnessota) [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
      • Donald H. Menzel publie dans Time un article intitulé Ces Soucoupes Volantes, et donne une explication de reflets de lumière.
    • 10 juin : Vol de l'Espadon, 1er avion à réaction français.
    • 12 juin
      • 11 h 26 : A Marrakech (Maroc), le sergent/T H. D. Adams, utilisant un système radar SCR-584, détecte un blip non-identifié à 650 noeuds (750 miles/h) à une altitude supérieure à 60000 pieds [cas Blue Book n° 1270 non expliqué].
      • 17 h 20 : A Eaubonne (Val d'oise), observation d'une sphère [Gazette du Val d'Oise, 16 Juillet 1997].
      • 19 h 30 : A Fort Smith (Arkansas), un major et un lieutenant colonel de l'US Army observent aux jumelles une boule orange avec une queue voler à une faible vitesse angulaire [cas Blue Book n° 1269 non expliqué]
      • La famille Nahon observe une immense feuille argentée bordée d'une sorte de halo rouge qui se déplace par saccade brusquement dans différentes directions (même observation que ci-après ?) [VSD 2007 H].
      • (13 juin ?) Un équipage de Air France et des contrôleurs de la tour de l'aéroport du Bourget (France) observent une boule rouge brillante immobile pendant 1 h, puis la voit traverser le ciel au Sud-Ouest du champ d'aviation.
    • 13 juin
      • 20 h 45 : A Middletown (Pennsylvanie), R. S. Thomas, employé de la base de l'USAF de Olmstead et ancien contrôleur aérien observe un objet rond et orange voyager vers le sud, s'arrêter 1 s, tourner à l'est, s'arrêter à nouveau 1 s, et descendre.
      • Observation à Minneapolis (Minnessota) [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
    • 15 juin
      • 3 h : A Itenhaem (Brésil), une femme est réveillée par une explosion et une puissante lumière bleue. Elle voit une flotte de disques stationner à 1 m du sol, à 550 m de sa maison. Ils restent là 30 mn environ tandis que 2 personnages se tiennent debout sur l'un des ovnis en observant le ciel, puis ils partent un par un.
      • 8 h 32 (AST) : A Halifax (Nova Scotia), un assistant météorologue en manoeuvre militaire de réserve, remarque ce qui semble être un grand disque argenté dans le ciel au Sud-Est de Halifax. Il se déplace vers le Sud-Ouest durant environ 30 s à une altitude estimée entre 5000 et 8000 pieds puis effectue une ascension et rentre en 2 à 5 s dans les nuages altocumulus situés entre 11000 et 12000 pieds. Si l'altitude estimée est exacte, d'après les données de point et d'élévation obtenues de l'observateur, le diamètre du disque devait être d'environ 100 pieds. Un grand appareil standard était dans le ciel à ce moment et l'objet semblant se déplacer plus vite que l'avion. La vitesse de l'objet est estimée à 800 miles/h au moins [Good 1987].
      • 23 h 50 : A Louisville (Kentucky), Edward Duke, ancien technicien radar de l'US Navy, observe un grand objet en forme de cigare à l'avant tronqué, les côtés éclairéss et un arrière rouge, manoeuvrer tranquillement durant 15 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1285 non expliqué].
    • 16 juin
      • 17 h : A Ermont (Val d'oise), observation d'un disque blanc plus rapide qu'un avion à réaction [Gazette du Val d'Oise, 16 Juillet 1997].
      • 20 h 30 : A la base de l'USAF de Walker (Nouveau Mexique), le spécialiste de maintenance et sergent/S de l'USAF Sparks observe 5 ou 6 disques grisâtres, en formation de demi-lune, voler à 500 ou 600 miles/h durant 1 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1295 non expliqué].
    • 17 juin
      • entre 7 h 30 et 10 h 20 : A la base de l'USAF de MacChord (Washington), de nombreux témoins divers observent entre 1 et 5 grands objets jaune-argenté voler de manière erratique, s'arrêter et redémarrer durant 15 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1298 non expliqué].
      • 1 h 28 : A Cape Cod (Massachusetts), le pilote d'un jet d'interception F-94 observe durant 15 s une lumière ressemblant à une étoile brillante croiser le nez de son appareil [cas Blue Book n° 1299 non expliqué].
    • 18 juin
      • 9 h : A Columbus (Wisconsin), R. A. Finger observe un objet en forme de croissant rester stationnaire pendant quelques secondes puis s'en aller [cas Blue Book n° 1302 non expliqué].
      • 22 h : A Walnut Lake / Pontiac (Michigan), Marron Hoffman et 4 parents observent avec des jumelles 4x une lumière orange en train de zigzaguer puis rester stationnaire [cas Blue Book n° 1305 non expliqué].
      • En Californie, un B-25 est cotoyé par un ovni durant 30 mn.
    • 19 juin
      • 2 h 37 : A la base de l'USAF de la Baie de Goose (Labrador), le 2nd lieutenant A'Gostino et un opérateur radar voient une lumière rouge devenir blanche tout en s'agitant. Le radar détecte un objet stationnaire durant la minute de l'observation [cas Blue Book n° 1308 non expliqué].
      • 14 h : A Yuma (Arizona), le pilote de l'USAF John Lane observe un objet rond et blanc voler horizontalement durant 10 s [cas Blue Book n° 1310 non expliqué].
    • 20 juin, 15 h 03 : Dans le centre de la Corée, 4 officiers des Marines, capitaines et pilotes de chasseurs F4U-4B Corsair, observent un objet ovale blanc ou argenté de 10 à 20 pieds effectuer un tour vers la gauche à une vitesse incroyable durant 60 s [cas Blue Book n° 1313 non expliqué].
    • 21 juin, 0 h 30 : A la base de l'USAF de Kelly (Texas), le sergent/T Howard Davis, ingénieur de vol d'un B-29 à 8000 pieds d'altitude, observe un objet plat à l'avant effilé et l'arrière arrondi. L'objet est blanc avec un centre bleu sombre et un contour rouge. Il laisse une traînée d'étincelles lorsqu'il plonge après le B-29 à une distance de 500 pieds, en 1 s [cas Blue Book n° 1319 non expliqué].
    • 22 juin, 22 h 45 : A Pyungthek (Corée), 2 sergents des Marines observent un objet de 4 pieds de diamètre plonger vers une piste d'atterissage en émettant des flammes rouges, rester stationnaire un moment au-dessus d'une colline, tourner faire demi-tour, flasher 2 fois et disparaître [cas Blue Book n° 1323 non expliqué].
    • 23 juin
      • 16 h 05 : A Spokane (Washington), Rex Thompson, observateur météo de l'aéroport, observe un disque rond avec un reflet métallique briller et voltiger comme un pièce de monnaie lancée durant 5 à 7 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1331 non expliqué].
      • 21 h : A la base de l'USAF de MacChord (Washington), le 2nd lieutenant K. Thompson observe une très grande lumière voler horizontalement durant 10 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1232 non expliqué].
      • Observation à Kirksville (Missouri) [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
      • 3 h 30 : A Oak Ridge (Tennessee), la secrétaire Martha Milligan observe un objet en forme de balle de fusil avec un échappement orange-brûlé voler horizontalement durant 30 à 60 s [cas Blue Book n° 1334 non expliqué]
      • 10 h : Près de Owensboro (Kentucky), le garde nationale et lieutenant-colonel O. L. Depp observe 2 objets ressemblant à des bulles de soupe géantes, reflétant des couleurs jaune et lavande, voler tout droit durant 5 s [cas Blue Book n° 1335 non expliqué].
      • 6 h 08 : Un pilote du 18ème Fighter-Bomber Group de l'USAF observe un objet noir en forme de pièce de monnaie, de 15 à 20 pieds de diamètre, effectuer une descente irrégulière [cas Blue Book non expliqué, information came via Japan Hq. "CV 4359"].
    • 25 Juin
      • Observation à Tokyo (Japon) [cas Blue Book n° 1340 non expliqué]
      • 20 h 30 : A Chicago (Illinois), Melle Norbury et monsieur Matheis observent un objet jaune-blanc brillant de la forme d'un oeuf avec parfois une queue rouge, effectuer 7 cercles en 1 h 30 [cas Blue Book n° 1344 non expliqué].
      • Observation au Japon, dans la zone coréenne [cas Blue Book n° 1347 non expliqué].
    • 26 Juin
      • 2 h 45 : A Terre Haute (Indiana), le 2nd lieutenant de l'USAF C. W. Povelites observe un objet voler à 600 miles/h puis s'arrêter [cas Blue Book n° 1348 non expliqué].
      • 23 h 50 : A Pottstown (Pennsylvanie), le directeur adjoint de l'aéroport observe durant 30 mn 3 apparitions de lumières brillantes : 2 lumières distantes de 2 miles, et le leader clignotant régulièrement et l'autre irrégulièrement ; 2 lumières clignotantes similaires, distantes de 1 mile ; enfin, 1 lumière seule. Leur vitesse est estimée entre 150 et 250 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 1351 non expliqué].
    • 27 Juin, 18 h 50 : A Topeka (Kansas), K. P. Kelly, 2nd lieutenant et pilote de l'USAF et sa femme observent un objet rouge passant d'une forme circulaire à un ovale vertical au rythme d'une pulsation. L'objet reste stationnaire durant 5 mn, puis ils s'en vont [cas Blue Book n° 1355 non expliqué].
    • 28 Juin
      • 13 h 20 : A la base aérienne de Kirtland près d'Albuquerque (Nouveau-Mexique), 2 témoins observent pendant 30 s 2 disques argentés faisant route vers le sud puis s'élevant rapidement pour se séparer, l'un vers le sud-ouest, l'autre l'est. Vent de 25 km/h [Hynek, 1974, DD-7].
      • 16 h 10 : A Nagoya (Honshu, Japon), T. W. Barger, capitaine et officier de contre-mesures électroniques de l'USAF, observe un objet bleu sombre de forme elliptique avec une bordure pulsante voler tout droit à environ 700 ou 800 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 1363 non expliqué].
      • 18 h : Au lac Kishkonough (Wisconsin), Lake G. Metcalfe observe durant 10 s une sphère blanc-argenté se transformer en ellipse en tournant et faisant une ascension très rapide [cas Blue Book n° 1361 non expliqué].
    • 29 Juin, 17 h 45 : A l'aéroport de O'Hare de Chicago (Illinois), 3 policiers de l'air de l'USAF observent un objet plat blanc-argenté enveloppé d'un halo bleu rester stationnaire puis se déplacer très rapidement vers la droite, vers la gauche et de bas en haut durant plusieurs mn [cas Blue Book n° 1364 non expliqué].
    • 30 Juin : Un homme de 40 ans se promène en moto avec sa fille de 11 ans dans la région de Hasselbach (ex-RDA). Soudain, l'enfant lui dit qu'elle a observé "quelque chose" dans les bois. Son père se dirige vers l'endroit indiqué. Il raconte : Pensant qu'il s'agissait d'un cert, je m'approchai en évitant de faire du bruit. Soudain, je m'arrêtai, frappé de stupeur : devant moi, entre les arbres, se tenaient 2 êtres ressemblant à des hommes, revêtus d'étranges combinaisons métalliques. Ils étaient en train d'examiner attentivement le sol d'une petite clairière. Tout près d'eux se dressait une soucoupe de métal rose, d'une taille impressionnante, elle devait bien mesurer 8 m de diamètre. Ses bords étaient percés de 2 rangées d'ouverture. Sa partie supérieure était dominée par un tube cylindrique en métal noirâtre ayant la forme d'une tourelle disposée dans l'axe vertical de l'engin. Sous l'effet de la surprise, j'appelai ma fille qui était restée près de la moto. Mais en entendant ma voix, les 2 êtres cuirassés de métal se précipitèrent vers l'appareil, pénétrèrent dans le cylindre et s'y enfermèrent. L'un d'eux portait à l'endroit de la poitrine une sorte de lampe qui émettait des éclairs à intervalles réguliers. En quelques secondes, les bords de l'engin où apparaissaient les orifices dont j'ai déjà parlé se mirent à vibrer comme sous l'effet d'un feu intérieur d'une grande intensité. Ils prirent une teinte verte, puis devinrent vermillon, comme le métal chauffé au rouge. Pendant que ces phénomènes se produisaient, j'entendis un léger ronflement. J'eus l'impression que le tube cylindrique disparaissait tandis que l'appareil se soulevait, ce qui me permit de constater que ce tube se prolongeait dessous et lui servait de support. Prenant qppui sur cette puissante béquille, l'engin continuait à s'élever. On aurait dit un monstrueux champignon de couleur rose... Lorsqu'il eut atteint une certaine hauteur, il commença à tourner sur lui-même, à une vitesse croissante. Puis il s'éloigna en vibrant et sans cesser de tourner comme une toupie. Le tube cylindrique avait totalement disparu de la face inférieure. La vitesse ascensionnelle de l'engin augmenta rapidement. Soudain, il s'immobilisa à l'horizontale et disparut derrière la colline à une vitesse vertigineuse. [Ces mystérieux OVNI, op. cit., p. 133 et suiv.]
  • juillet
    • mardi 1er juillet
      • A Hasselbach (Allemagne), le politicien local et ex-major de la Whermarcht Oskar Linke et sa belle-fille Gabrielle (11 ans) doivent abandonner leur moto : alors qu'ils marchent près d'un bois, ils voient entre les arbres unelarge soucoupe (15 m) posée au sol, surmontée d'une tour conique de 3 m. Linke affirmera : Près d'elle se trouvait 2 personnages... dans des tenues de métal miroitantes. Gabrielle s'adresse à eux et ils remontent en vitesse dans l'ovni puis décollent en direction de Stockheim.
      • Un berger qui se trouve à 1600 m du bois et le gardien d'une scierie voient l'ovni s'envoler.
      • A Boston (Massachusetts), on voit 2 objet argentés en forme de cigare se déplacer vers le Sud-Ouest.
      • A Fort Monmouth (New Jersey), observation visuelle et au radar de 2 ovnis. Les objets sont stationnaires, puis partent rapidement vers le Sud-Ouest.
    • Mercredi 2 Juillet : Observation à Tremonton (Utah), par l'adjudant-chef Delbert C. Newhouse.
    • jeudi 3 juillet
      • 4 h 15 : A la base de l'USAF de Selfridge (Michigan), des témoins observent 2 grandes lumières d'un diamètre estimé à 20 pieds, voler tout droit à une vitesse effarante [cas Blue Book n° 1380 non expliqué].
      • 23 h 50 : A Chicago (Illinois), Mrs. J. D. Arbuckle observe 2 disques brillants vert pastel voler tout droit et très rapidement durant 6 s [cas Blue Book n° 1382 non expliqué].
    • samedi 5 juillet, 19 h 58 : A Norman (Oklahoma), Hamilton, homme de patrouille de l'état volant dans son appareil de patrouille observe durant 15 s en silhouette devant un nuage sombre 3 disques sombres rester stationnaire puis s'envoler [cas Blue Book n° 1390 non expliqué].
    • dimanche 6- samedi 12 juillet, 23 h : A l'Ile des Gouverneurs (New York), Elizabeth (New Jersey) Charles Muhr prends 4 clichés d'une lumière indistincte apparue sur les négatifs mais pas à l'oeil nu [cas Blue Book n° 1397 non expliqué].
    • mercredi 9 juillet
      • 0 h 45 : A Colorado Springs (Colorado), le major et pilote de l'USAF C. K. Griffin observe un objet en forme d'aile volante sans son aileron arrière, d'un blanc lumineux, se déplacer doucement de manière erratique durant 12 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1405 non expliqué].
      • 15 h 35 : A la base de l'USAF de Rapid City, (Dakota du sud), le sergent/S D.P. Foster et 3 autres personnes observent par 3 fois un objet blanc en forme de disque filer tout droit en 5 s [cas Blue Book (n° 1479 ?) (17 juillet ?) non expliqué].
      • 18 h 30 : A Kutztown (Pennsylvanie), le fermier John Mittl observe un objet oval semblant d'aluminium changer de direction et d'altitude pour finalement se renverser sur son extrémité et partir au bout de 20 s. 3 photographies vagues [cas Blue Book n° 1409 non expliqué].
    • Jeudi 10 juillet : En Corée du Nord, l'équipage du destroyer Canadien Crusader voit et détecte au radar 2 disques brillants.
    • Samedi 12 juillet
      • 15 h 30 : A Annapolis (Maryland), William Washburn, président d'une compagnie d'assurance, observe 4 grands objets elliptiques voler très rapidement, tourner à 90° et s'éloigner en 7 à 8 s [cas Blue Book n° 1431 non expliqué].
      • A Chicago (Illinois), un officier météo de l'Air Force et de nombreuses autres personnes à Montrose Beach voient un grand objet rouge avec de petites lumières blanches sur son côté inverser sa course lorsqu'il est à leur verticale.
      • (13 juillet ?) 21 h : A Kirksville (Missouri), de nombreux contrôleurs aériens également officiers militaires repèrent diverses cibles radar se déplaçant à une vitesse de 1500 noeuds (1700 miles/h). Pas de confirmation visuelle [cas Blue Book n° 1436 non expliqué].
    • Dimanche 13 juillet
      • Au Nord de Washington (D. C.) un pilote de National Airlines prévient la CAA qu'il est approché par une lumière blanc-bleutée. L'objet approche dans une zone de 2 miles, en restant à une altitude identique. Le pilote allume tous ses feux, et l'ovnis part en montant.
      • Création du GOC.
    • Lundi 14 Juillet, 20(21?) h 12 : Au-dessus de Newport News, observation des pilotes de ligne Nash et Fortenberry.
    • Mardi 15 juillet, 22 h 10 : A West Palm Beach (Floride), J. Antoneff et 2 autres personnes observent un objet de forme discoïdale à l'aspect grisâtre, sauf lorsqu'il reste stationnaire, où il semble terreux. L'objet stationne au-dessus de l'aéroport international de Palm Beach, puis est suivi par un hydravion bimoteur SA-l6 et s'envole au bout de 40 à 60 s [cas Blue Book n° 1451 non expliqué].
    • Mercredi 16 juillet
      • 9 h 35 : Photographie de Salem.
      • A Hampton (Virginie), Paul R. Hill, est témoin d'un rendez-vous apparent d'ovnis au-dessus de Chesapeake Bay. 2 mystérieux engins de couleur ambrée tournent l'un autour de l'autre à 800 km/h avant d'être rejoints par un 3ème venant se placer plusieurs centaines de mètres en-dessous, formant ainsi un "V". Un 4ème ovni se joint au groupe, puis ils foncent vers le Sud. L'USAF déclarera qu'elle n'avait pas d'appareil dans le secteur à ce moment-là.
    • L'USAF prête un petit fragment de soucoupe au physicien canadien Wilbert Smith.
    • Jeudi 17 juillet
      • 2 h : Une formation de 6 disques en V, orangés, sans sillage, sont vus à Washington par l'ingénieur radio Henry Lewis.
      • 2 h 30 : La même formation est observée par des ouvriers à Buenos Aires, ce qui implique une vitesse de 24000 km/h. Ils sont observés au radar et quelques heures après par des paysans à Aisey-sur-Seine (Côte d'Or).
      • 11 h : A la base de l'USAF de Lockbourne (Ohio), des employés de la Garde Nationale Aérienne observent durant 3 h une lumière à l'apparence d'une grosse étoile, qui disparaît lorsqu'un avion s'en approche. La lumière sera également observée les 20, 22 et 23 juillet [cas Blue Book n° 1476 non expliqué].
      • 15 h 10 : A White Plains (New York), Mrs. Florence Daley observe 2 objets ronds bleu pastel aux contours brillants voler en formation et émettre des sons ressemblant à ceux de bombes légèrement atténués. Puis tard, le témoin déclarera avoir entendu de nombreuses voix féminines provenant des objets [cas Blue Book n° 1502 non expliqué].
    • vendredi 18 juillet
      • 11 h : A Miami (Floride), E. R. Raymer et sa fille observent une boule argentée voler très rapidement dans une direction perpendiculaire au sens du vent durant 10 s [cas Blue Book n° 1483 non expliqué].
      • Près de Denver (Cob), un pilote de American Airlines observe des lumières non-identifiées se déplacer rapidement en avant et en arrière.
      • A la base de l'USAF de Patrick (Floride), 2 officiers, des membres du personnel météo, et diverses autres personnes voient 4 lumières de couleur ambrée effectuer des cercles autour du champ de la base.
      • 18 h 10 : Près du lac Chauvet (Puy-de-Dôme), observation de André Frégnale.
      • 21 h 10 : A la base de l'USAF de Lockbourne (Ohio), le sergent/T Mahone, et l'A/3c Jennings observent un objet elliptique de couleur ambrée avec une petite flame à l'arrière, croire en luminescence périodiquement. L'objet se déplace très rapidement durant 1 mn 30 en émettant des sons de coups résonnants [cas Blue Book n° 1482 non expliqué].
      • 21 h 45 : A la base de l'USAF de Patrick (Floride), 3 officiers de l'USAF 4 autres hommes observent durant 1 h une série de lumières rouge-orangées rester stationnaire et manoeuvrer dans diverses directions [cas Blue Book n° 1485 non expliqué].
    • Un marin du nom de NewHouse filme une escadrille d'objets volants inconnus. Malgré les pressions de la CIA (d'après Donald Keyhoe), l'hypothèse d'une supercherie est écartée.
    • De nombreux ovnis sont vus ou détectés par radar à la base d'Andrews.
    • Samedi 19 Juillet
      • 2 h 55 : A Willinston (Dakota du Nord), un pilote civil expérimenté observe un objet elliptique avec une bordure lumineuse descendre rapidement, faire un tour complet puis un demi-tour en 5 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1492 non expliqué].
      • 15 h : 3 objets circulaires noirs apparaissent au-dessus d'Oak Ridge, comme en 1950. Ils sont pris en chasse par des chasseurs F-86. Origine des objets des objets inconnue.
      • L'objet de Puerto Maldonado (Pérou) photographié le 19 Juillet
        L'objet de Puerto Maldonado (Pérou) photographié le 19 Juillet
        16 h 30 : Au bureau des douanes de Puerto Maldonado (Pérou, à la frontière en jungle avec la Bolivie), l'attention de l'inspecteur des douanes Domingo Troncoso est attirée par un objet très étrange en forme de cigare volant au-dessus de la rivière. Le gros appareil en forme de dirigeable vole horizontalement et assez bas dans le ciel, passant de droite à gauche depuis la position des observateurs. Il laisse une traînée dense de fumée épaisse, vapeur ou substance dans son sillage. L'objet apparaît comme une machine réelle, structurée, et physique et l'on peut voir son reflet dans la rivière Madre de Dios en-dessous de lui. La longueur de l'objet est estimée à 100 pieds de long.
      • 22 h : 5 lueurs étranges manoeuvrent au-dessus de la Maison Blanche, de la ville de Washington et de ses environs. Ils sont notamment détectés par le radar de la CAA à l'aéroport. C'est le début de ce que l'on va appeler le carousel de Washington.
      • 23 h 30 : 8 objets inconnus survolent la Maison Blanche.
      • 23 h 35 : Au parc Elkins (Pennsylvanie), le capitaine et pilote de l'USAF C. J. powley et sa femme observent 2 lumières ressemblant à des étoiles manoeuvrer, rester stationnaire et accélérer durant 5 à 7 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1494 non expliqué].
    • dimanche 20 juillet
      • 0 h : Le Pentagone est survolé par des objets semblables, repérés et enregistrés sur les échos radars de la base de Newcastle. Les objets volent à une vitesse variant de 160 à 480 km/h, accélérant brusquement à des vitesses phénoménales.
      • 3 h 30 : Des jets d'interception, envoyés par NewCastle et retardés par une précédente enquête sur des ovnis au New Jersey, arrivent sur les lieux. Les ovnis disparaissent, puis réapparaissent après leur départ au-dessus de la Maison Blanche et du Pentagone. A un moment, des opérateurs qui suivent les événements depuis la base d'Andrews voient une imposante sphère orange brillante, en vol stationnaire au-dessus de la base.
      • 5 h : Fin des observations.
      • 12 h 20 : A Lavalette (New Jersey), le docteur A. B. Spooner, professeur de chimie de l'université Seton Hall, observe 2 grandes lumières jaune-orange avec une sorte de traînée rouge sombre tourner et effectuer des rotations durant 5 à 6 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1504 non expliqué].
    • A Dai-el-Aouagri (Maroc), M. Petijean voit une soucoupe décoller ; elle lance des éclairs bleus et dégage une forte odeur de souffre en train de brûler.
    • lundi 21 juillet
      • 16 h 30 : A Converse (Texas) la femme du capitaine de l'USAF J. B. Neal observe durant 3 à 5 s un objet allongé avec une forme de fuselage voler horizontalement, faire un virage à angle droit et s'éloigner à perte de vue à une vitesse supérieure à 300 miles/h [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
      • 18 h 30 : A Weisbaden (Allemagne de l'Ouest), observations de E. E. Dougher et J. J. Stong.
      • 22 h 40 : A la base de l'USAF de San Marcos (Texas), 1 lieutenant, 2 sergent Staff et 3 pilotes (airmen) observent un cercle bleu avec une traînée bleue stationner puis accélérer à une vitesse supérieure à 700 miles/h au bout de 1 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1516 non expliqué].
      • Observation à la base de l'USAF de Randolf (Texas) [cas Blue Book n° 1522 non expliqué]
      • (22 juillet ?) 20 h 10 : A Rockville (Indiana), 1 officier militaire et 2 autres hommes observent durant 3 mn un objet en forme d'aile delta semblant d'aluminium avec un aileron vertical, voler horizontalement puis rester stationnaire [cas Blue Book n° 1533 non expliqué].
    • mardi 22 juillet
      • après 0 h : A Holyoke (Massachusetts), Mrs. A. Burgess voit descendre une lumière ronde et jaune pulsante [cas Blue Book n° 1524 non expliqué].
      • 14 h 46 : A Uvalde (Texas), Don Epperly, directeur de station de Trans Texas Airlines et observateur méteo observe un grand objet rond argenté voler à plus de 1000 miles/h durant 45 s, tout en tourant sur lui même [cas Blue Book n° 1536 non expliqué].
      • 10 h 50 : A Los Alamos (Nouveau Mexique), l'opérateur de tour de contrôle Don Weins et 2 pilotes de Carco observent 8 grands objets ronds semblant d'aluminum voler horizontalement puis se déplacer aux environs très rapidement durant 25 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1538 non expliqué].
      • (23 juillet ?) 22 h 47 : A Braintree, entre Boston et Provincetown (Massachusetts), les pilote et opérateur radar d'un jet intercepteur F-94 de l'USAF observent une lumière ronde de couleur vert/bleu les dépasser en tournant sur elle-même. L'objet est également observé au sol [cas Blue Book n° 1556 non expliqué].
      • 22 h 50 à 0 h 45 le 23 juillet : A Trenton (New Jersey), les équipages de quelques jets d'inteception F-94 de la base de l'USAF de Dover font 13 observations visuelles et 1 détection au radar de lumières bleu pâle durant 2 h [cas Blue Book n° 1572 non expliqué].
      • Observation à Stafford (Virginie) [cas Blue Book n° 1654 non expliqué].
    • mercredi 23 juillet
      • 8 h 40 : A Pottstown (Pennsylvanie), les équipages à 2 hommes de 3 chasseurs F-94 de l'USAF observent durant 1 à 4 mn un grand objet argenté, de la forme d'une poire allongée avec 2 ou 3 carrés sous lui, voler à une vitesse de 150 à 180 noeuds (170-210 miles/h), tandis qu'un objet plus petit, en forme d'aile delta ou [swept back], voler autour entre 1000 et 1500 noeuds (1150 à 1700 miles/h) [cas Blue Book n° 1554 non expliqué].
      • A Culver City (Californie), des employés d'une fabrique d'avions voient un objet elliptique argenté accompagné de 2 petits disques.
      • 0 h 50 : A Altoona (Pennsylvanie), les équipages à 2 hommes de 2 chasseurs F-94 de l'USAF observent durant 20 mn à une altitude de 35 à 46000 pieds 3 objets cylindriques en formation de pile verticale voler à une altitude de 50 à 80000 pieds [cas Blue Book n° 1567 non expliqué].
      • 23 h 35 : A South Bend (Indiana), le capitaine et pilote de l'USAF H. W. Kloth observe 2 objets lumineux bleu pâle voler ensemble, puis celui de derrière vire de bord au bout de 9 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1578 non expliqué].
    • jeudi 24 juillet
      • 15 h 40 : Les 2 lieutenants-colonels McGinn et Barton à bord d'un B-25 de la base de Hamilton, en vol de San Francisco à Colorado-springs, sur la Sierra Nevada entre Sacramento et Reno, cap à l'est à 3300 m, vers Carson Sink (Nevada), voient 3 ailes delta argentées avec une bosse à leur sommet ressemblant à des F-86 mais au triple de leur vitesse (1000 miles/h). Il n'y a pas d'avions delta signalés dans le secteur. Les objets les croisent devant et au-dessus de leur appareil à grande vitesse, en 3 à 4 s [cas Blue Book n° 1584 non expliqué] [Ruppelt].
      • Observation à la base de l'USAF de Travis (Californie) [cas Blue Book n° 1588 non expliqué].
    • vendredi 25 juillet : Il est donné ordre de les abattre s'ils refusent d'atterrir.
    • samedi 26 juillet
      • 12 h 05 : A la base de l'USAF de Kirtland (Nouveau Mexique), le 1ère classe J. M. Donaldson observe de 8 à 10 boules oranges en formation triangulaire ou en V voler très rapidement durant 3 à 4 s [cas Blue Book n° 1637 non expliqué].
      • 12 h 15 : Observation à Kansas City (Missouri), le capitaine de l'USAF H. A. Stone et les hommes des tours de contrôle de Fairfax Field et de l'Aéroport Municipal observent pendant 1 h une lumière verdâtre avec des flashes rouge-orange en train de descendre au nord-ouest de 40° à 10° d'élévation [cas Blue Book n° 1628 non expliqué].
      • Observation à Williams (Californie) [cas Blue Book non expliqué absent des archives officielles].
      • En Californie, un jet prend en chasse des lumières jaune-orange confirmées au radar (= cas précédent ?).
      • de 20 h à après minuit: Le carousel de Washington recommence : des opérateurs radar à divers aéroports ainsi que des pilotes de ligne signalent de nombreux échos radar non-identifiés au-dessus de la région de Washington, à différentes vitesses. Les pilotes repèrent des lumières non-identifiées [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
      • 21 h : Entre 6 et 12 lueurs paraissent de nouveau, à une telle vitesse qu'il ne peut s'agir d'avions, si rapides soient-ils.
      • A la base de l'USAF de Andrews (Maryland, Washinton, D. C.), continuation des nombreuses observations et détections au radar rapportées dans la zone de Washington, D.C. tout au long de la nuit [cas Blue Book n° 1661 non expliqué].
    • Dimanche 27 Juillet
      • 2 h : 2 avions de chasse F-94 sont envoyés à leur rencontre depuis Wilmington (Delaware) mais les pilotes ne trouvent rien et décident de rentrer à leur base [cas Blue Book n° 1664 non expliqué].
      • 2 h 10 : Au moment où les intercepteurs regagent la base, les ovnis réapparaissent.
      • 3 h 20 : Une nouvelle interception est lancée et un pilote, le lieutenant William Patterson, déclare s'approcher d'un groupe de gigantesques lumières de couleur blanc-bleu. Au moment où il arrive droit dessus, elles forment un cercle autour de lui et, pendant 15 s environ, se déplacent en même temps que lui. Patterson demande l'autorisation de tirer, mais les lumières s'éloignent lentement. La trace de plusieurs de ces objets se déplaçant avec célérité est apparue sur les radars de 3 installations différentes, dont celles de la base d'Andrews.
      • A Manhattan Beach (Californie), un ingénieur aéronautique et d'autres personnes observent un groupe d'objets non-identifiés changer de position en formation.
      • 10 h 05-10 h 20 : A la base de l'USAF de Selfridge (Michigan), les équipages au sol de 3 bombardiers B-29 observent de nombreux objets ronds et blancs voler horizontalement très rapidement. 2 à 10 h 05, 1 à 10 h 10, 1 à 10 h 15, 1 à 10 h 20. Chacun d'entre eux est observé environ de 30 s [cas Blue Book n° 1680 non expliqué].
      • A Ann Arbor (Michigan), un biologiste observe une flotille d'objets ressemblant à des missiles.
      • 20 h 30 : Aux chutes de Wichita (Texas), Adrian Ellis et son épouse observent durant 15 s 2 objets en forme de disque semblant phosphorescents, voler à une vitesse estimée à 1000 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 1684 non expliqué].
    • Lundi 28 Juillet
      • 2 h 15 : A la base de l'USAF de MacChord (Washington), le sergent/T Walstead et le S/sergent Calkins du 635ème escadron AC&W observent une boule pulsant un un bleu-vert terne, de la taille d'une pièce de 10 cents à bout de bras, voler très rapidement et horizontalement [cas Blue Book n° 1708 non expliqué].
      • 6 h : A la base de l'USAF de MacGuire (New Jersey), l'opérateur de Contrôle d'Approche au Sol et sergent/M W. F. Dees ainsi que des personnes de la tour de contrôle de la base détectent un grand groupe d'échos très distincts. L'observation visuelle est celle d'objets allongés sans ailes ni empennage, effectuant un tour très rapide et ayant adopté à un moment une formation en echelon. L'épisode entier dure 55 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1707 non expliqué].
      • Winston Churchill se soucie du phénomène ovni et interroge le Ministre de l'Air britannique sur le sujet.
      • 22 h 20 : A Heidelberg (Allemagne de l'Ouest), le sergent B. C. Grassmoen et le WAC Pfc. A. P. Turner observent un objet en forme de soucoupe semblant de métal léger émettant des éclairs de lumière blanche, voler lentement, faire un tour à 90° et effectuer une ascension rapide au bout de 4 à 5 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1700 non expliqué].
      • Dans le Wisconsin et le Minessota, le radar d'Interception de Contrôle au sol, un pilote de l'USAF et des membres dur GOC repèrent diverses objets non-identifiés.
      • Article du Washington Post.
    • Mardi 29 juillet
      • 1 h 30 : A Osceola (Wisconsin), des opérateurs radar au sol repèrent pendant 1 h au radar plusieurs groupes de petits objets (jusqu'à 10) et 1 grand objet. Les petits se déplacent du Sud-Ouest vers l'Est entre 50 et 60 noeuds (60 à 70 miles/h), se suivant les uns les autres. Le grand objet se déplace à 600 noeuds (700 miles/h). Un pilote de F-51 Mustang confirme la détection d'un des objets [cas Blue Book n° 1731 non expliqué].
      • 10 h : A Oméga, dans le canyon de Los Alamos (Nouveau-Mexique), observation par 5 témoins indépendants durant 5 mn d'un objet blanc tournant. L'objet part à l'arrivée d'avions [Hynek 1979].
      • 14 h 30 : A la base de l'USAF de Langley (Virginie), le capitaine D. G. Moore, du système de contrôle de traffic aérien, détecte durant 2 mn un objet volant filant vers la base à à environ 2600 miles/h à une altitude inférieure à 5000 pieds [cas Blue Book n° 1732? non expliqué].
      • 14 h 50 : Moore et W. Yhope, représentant de l'électronqiue Gilfillan, repèrent durant 4 mn une cible radar se déplaçant, s'arrêtant 2 mn, puis repartant très très rapidement [cas Blue Book n° 1732? non expliqué].
      • Conférence du 29 juillet au Pentagone, à la suite des nombreuses observations dans la région de Washington
        Conférence du 29 juillet au Pentagone, à la suite des nombreuses observations dans la région de Washington
        A la suite des nombreuses observations d'ovnis dans la région de Washington, le général Samford décide de réunir une commission d'étude pour déterminer s'ils sont intelligemment pilotés. Une conférence de presse est tenue au Pentagone, peut-être la plus grande en temps de paix (photo ci-contre). Assis, le général Roger Ramey, directeur adjoint des opérations (l'homme du démenti de Roswell en 1947), et le général John Samford, directeur du Renseignement aérien. Derrière eux, le lieutenant Edward Ruppelt, nommé récemment responsable de la commision d'enquête Blue Book. Au cours de la conférence de presse, le capitaine Roy James, un expert en radar de l'ATIC envoyé à Washington pour discuter des observations, explique avec d'autres que les signaux apparus sur les radars ont été causés par une inversion thermique. L'étude des conditions météorologiques cette nuit-là ne corroborre nullement cette explication. Le capitaine James est également invité à une émission radio nationale, "Face the Nation".
      • Des officiers du FBI rapportent les propos tenus par des représentant de l'USAF lors d'une réunion qu'ils eurent avec eux. Ces dernier expliquent aux policiers que, selon leur centre de renseignement de Wright Patterson, les observations de soucoupes volantes remontent à plusieurs siècles et leur nombre varie en fonction de la publicité qui en est faite. Les militaires ajoutent que ces soucoupes apparaissent plutôt dans les zones de fort trafic aérien. Selon eux, il ne s'agit pas de missiles venus d'autres pays, et n'excluent pas que ces objets soient d'éventuels vaisseaux d'autres planètes comme Mars.
      • A Miami (Floride), un ovni très rapide est filmé. Le film est soumis à l'USAF, jamais diffusé.
      • 15 h 44 ou 16 h 35 : A Merced (Californie), Herbert Mitchell et un employé observent durant 2 mn un objet sombre en forme de disque, suivit d'une lumière argentée à 2 longueurs derrière lui, s'incliner sur le côté, plonger, hésiter puis finalement effectuer des cercles très rapidement [cas Blue Book n° 1738 non expliqué].
      • 0 h 35 : A Wichita (Kansas), Douglas et Hess, employé d'un magasin de l'USAF à l'Aéroport Municipal, observent durant 5 mn un objet circulaire blanc brillant à l'arrière plat voler très rapidement, puis stationner 10 à 15 s au-dessus des installations de Cessna Aircraft Co. [cas Blue Book n° 1739 non expliqué]
      • 0 h 30 : A Ennis (Montana), des membres du personnel de l'USAF sont alertés de l'arrivée d'ovnis depuis Seattle (Washington). Ils s'agit de 5 objets plats en forme de disque. L'un d'eux reste stationnaire 3 à 4 mn, tandis qu'un autre tourne autour de lui. L'observation dure 30 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1747 non expliqué].
    • mercredi 30 juillet
      • 10 h : A San Antonio (Texas), E. E. Nye et une autre personne observent pendant 20 à 30 mn un objet rond et blanc voler lentement puis partir très rapidement [cas Blue Book n° 1758 non expliqué].
      • 23 h 02 : A Albuquerque (Nouveau Mexique), le 1er lieutenant de l'USAF George Funk observe un lumière orange rester stationnaire durant 10 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1755 non expliqué].
    • jeudi 31 juillet : M. H. Siret, surveillant de nuit à Puylaurens (Aude) fait part de ses observations de plusieurs objets suspects.
    • vers 20 h : A Tinda (à 3 km de Ferryville, non loin de Bizerte, Tunisie), René Clavière observe une sorte de fusée à hublots qui demeure immobile pendant 30 s environ, à 5000 m d'altitude. La chose part brusquement en produisant une traînée [Mesnard, Cas n° 12, Catalogue d'observations inédites (2ème partie), LDLN 291-292, p. 17].
  • Eté : Un ovni est détecté par radar de la base, arrivant à 1100 km/h puis 150 km/h. On envoie 2 F-86 l'intercepter, l'un à 6000 m, l'autre à 1500, parce que le radar de donne pas l'altitude. Le pilote du bas voit une sphère qu'il prend pour un ballon mais comprend qu'il maintient sa distance. A 1000 m, il ouvre le feu. L'objet monte en chandelle éclair. L'affaire sera étouffée, et les rapports détruits [Ruppelt].
  • Au-dessus de l'Est de l'état de Washington, M. Y., spécialiste américain des radars, est en poste à la station de l'ADC de Great Falls (Montana) : L'équipe de M. Y. avait été prévenue par les stations radar canadiennes de la zone de Calgary que 3 ovnis se dirigaient vers le Sud, donc vers les Etats-Unis, à une vitesse peu élevée. Les radars détectèrent les ovnis et un chasseur de l'USAF fut envoyé d'une base de l'Est de l'état de Washinton. Un contact radar et radio fut maintenu avec le pilote du chasseur pendant que celui-ci était guidé vers les ovnis, eux-même suivis par radar. Alors qu'il volait à 16000 pieds (environ 4800 m), le pilote affirma avoir 2 des ovnis en vue. Peu après, il disparut avec son avion, purement et simplement ! L'épave de l'appareil ne fut jamais retrouvée, bien qu'un avion de secours ait décollé immédiatement après vers la zone concernée et que les opérateurs radar aient eu la position exacte de l'avion à l'instant de sa disparition. Surveillés par des avions ayant désormais pour consigne de ne pas s'apporcher à moins de 15 km, les ovnis finissent pas s'évaporer à leur tour. M. Y reçu pour consigne de ne pas envoyer les documents concernant ce cas au projet Blue Book — pourtant officiellement seul habilité à les traiter — mais directement à l'ADC [Stanton Friedman, Canadian UFO Report].
  • 1er août
    • 1 h 14 : A Lancaster (Californie), des officiers du sheriff et d'autres personnes, dont un nommé Mallette, observent 2 lumières rouges brillantes stationner et effectuer des manoeuvre durant 5 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1771 non expliqué].
    • Observation à Bellefontaine (Ohio).
    • Près de Yaak (Montana), un radar de l'ADC repère un objet non-identifié, visuellement observé comme un cigare sombre [Robertson, LB].
    • A Sharonville (Ohio) un disque blanc brilliant est observé à basse altitude. D'autres signalent un objet ovale.
    • A Albuquerque (Nouveau-Mexique), Scripps-Howard, Staff Writer, observe des ovnis changer de position en formation.
  • 2 août, 3 h : Au lac Charles (Louisiane), le 1er lieutenant de l'USAF W. A. Theil et un autre homme observent une boule rouge avant une queue de flamme bleue voler horizontalement durant 3 à 4 s [cas Blue Book n° 1783 non expliqué].
  • 3 août : A la base de l'USAF de Hamilton (Californie), des pilotes au sol, le radar et des aiguilleurs du ciel repèrent 2 disques argentés se comportant comme dans un combat de chiens.
  • 4 août
    • 2 h 20 : A Phoenix (Arizona), l'A. de 3ème classe de l'USAF W. F. Vain observe une boule jaune s'allonger et se contracter en une forme plate, voler horizontalement durant 5 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1812 non expliqué].
    • 11 h 37 : A Mount Vernon (New York), une femme et 2 enfants observent durant 2 h un objet de la forme de bouée ou de beignet émettre une fumée noire de son sommet et effectuer un ar de 15' en 1,5 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1813 non expliqué].
    • M. H. Siret, fait à nouveau part de ses observations de plusieurs objets suspects.
  • 5 août
    • 23 h 30 : A la base de l'USAF de Haneda, près de Tokyo (Japon), le radar du F-94 de l'USAF piloté par les 1er lieutenants W. R. Holder et A. M. Jones détecte un objet durant 90 s. Les opérateurs de la tour de contrôle de Haneda observent quant à eux et durant 50 à 60 mn une forme sombre avec une lumière voler jusqu'à 330 noeuds (380 miles/h), rester stationnaire, effectuer des courbes ainsi que diverses manoeuvres [cas Blue Book n° 1827 non expliqué] [Robertson, LB].
    • A Baltimore (Md), un astronome amateur expérimenté observe 2 disques semblant fait de cuivre.
  • 6 août
    • A Toyko (Japon), suite des observations de Haneda [cas Blue Book n° 1841 non expliqué].
    • Observation à Belleville (Michigan) [cas Blue Book n° 1843 non expliqué].
    • Observation à Port Austin (Michigan) [cas Blue Book n° 1845 non expliqué, absent du dossier officiel].
    • A Kerkrade (Hollande), un ingénieur en design de la Marine voit 2 objets de forme discoïdale avec des superstructures.
  • 7 août
    • Vague de disques perturbant les radars d'Andrew-Field (Washington, D. C.).
    • 9 h 08 : A San Antonio (Texas), mademoiselle Susan Pfuhl observe durant 70 mn 4 disques blanc lumineux. L'un effectue un tour à 180°, un autre se déplace horizontalement, un 3ème vire de bord, et le dernier effectue des cercles [cas Blue Book n° 1855 non expliqué].
  • 9 août, 10 h 50 : A la base de l'USAF de Lake Charles (Louisiane), l'A. de 3ème classe de l'USAF J. P. Raley observe pendant 5 à 6 mn un objet en forme de disque voler très rapidement et rester stationnaire durant 2 s [cas Blue Book n° 1870 non expliqué].
  • 10 août : Observation à Presqu'isle (Maine) [Robertson, LB].
  • 13 août
    • A Tucson (Arizona), un officier de l'USAF observe des objets brillants en formation.
    • A Dallas (Texas), un chef-pilote de ligne poursuit une lumière effectuant des manoeuvres.
    • 21 h 45 : A Tokyo (Japon), le major D. McGough, pilote et marine de l'USAF, observe une lumière orange voler selon une orbite vers la gauche à 8000 pieds et à une vitesse de 230 miles/h. L'objet descend en vrille jusqu'à 1500 pieds, reste stationnaire 2 à 3 mn, pour finalement s'éloigner. Une tentative d'interception est soldée par un échec [cas Blue Book n° 1889 non expliqué].
  • 14 août
    • 16 corps sont récupérés suite à un crash à Ely (Nevada).
    • 23 h : A Poggibonsi (Italie), par une nuit claire sans lune, avec beaucoup d'étoiles visibles, MM. Assem et le colonel de cavalerie italienne Bartolini passent la soirée en compagnie de nombreux amis dans une villa comportant 2 terrasses : 1 donnant vers l'ouest, sur laquelle se déroule le dîner, et l'autre dominant, côté est, une petite vallée. Arrivant sur cette 2nde terrasse, Assem et Bartolini voient tout à coup 2 objets lumineux de couleur verte, arrivant de la direction de Florence (du Nord). Les 2 objets, éloigné l'un de l'autre d'une distance toujours strictement constante, en tous points identiques (partie centrale lenticulaire de 20 à 25 m de diamètre, portant 2 coupoles supérieure et inférieure, le tout légèrement flou), s'approchent rapidement et passent devant la terrasse à environ 250 m d'eux, à environ 130 m au-dessus du fond de la vallée, environ 20 m plus haut que les témoins, qui entendent alors un bruit comparable celui lorsqu'on déchire un tissu de soie, ou produit par un obus qui vous passe au-dessus de la tête. Les 2 objets tournent ensuite vers l'est, s'arrêtent un bref instant, décrivent une boucle en revenant vers le nord pour passer à nouveau très près de la villa, et s'éloignent finalement vers leur direction initiale du sud, vers Sienne [M. Assem < Mesnard, Cas n° 12, Catalogue d'observations inédites (2ème partie), LDLN 291-292, p. 17].
    • 23 h 40 : Le boucher Tom Brooke, sa femme et son fils, âgé de 11 ans, quittent l'un de leurs amis dont la demeure se trouve à proximité d'un bar, à 60 km de Miami (Floride). Ils montent à bord de leur voiture et s'éloignent.
  • 15 août, 7 h 14 : La police de la route découvre une automobile abandonnée, à 18 km du bar. C'est la voiture des Brooke dont les phares sont encore allumés, une portière est restée ouverte, et qui contient le sac à main de Mrs Brooke sur la banquette où est retrouvée une jolie somme d'argent. Les policiers suivent les traces qui menent dans une prairie bordant la route. Les Brooke semblaient s'être avancés d'une dizaine de pas, puis s'être volatilisés car leurs traces stoppent brusquement, sans revenir en arrière. L'affaire est classée et les Brooke ne seront jamais retrouvés. A 11 km de là, Mabel Twinn, une serveuse de restaurant, disparut la même nuit et de la même façon. Jamais plus on ne revit ces 4 personnes.
  • 18 août, 12 h 50 : A Fairfield (Californie), 3 policiers observent durant 30 mn un objet en forme de diamant changer de couleur et de direction [cas Blue Book n° 1920 non expliqué].
  • 19 août
    • 14 h 38 : A Red Bluff (Californie), Albert Lathrop, du corps des observateurs au sol, voit 2 objets, ressemblant à des balles de fusil applaties, voler horizontalement très rapidement durant 25 s [cas Blue Book n° 1928 non expliqué].
    • 21 h : A Plam Beach (Floride), observation de D. S. "Sonny" Desvergers [cas Blue Book classé comme mystification].
  • 20 août
    • A la base de l'USAF de Congaree (S. C.), un radar de l'ADC repère un objet non-identifié se déplaçant à 4000 miles/h.
    • 3 h 10 : A Neffesville (Pennsylvanie), Bill Ford et 2 autres personnes observent durant quelques mn un objet voler à une altitude de 500 pieds durant [cas Blue Book n° 1938 non expliqué].
  • 21 août, 23 h 54 : A Dallas (Texas), Jack Rossen, ancien observateur d'artillerie, observe 3 lumières bleues-blanches rester stationnaire puis descendre. 1,5 mn plus tard, l'une d'elles descend plus bas [cas Blue Book n° 1944 non expliqué].
  • 22 août : A Elgin (Illinois), des jets de l'USAF, guidés par le GOC, prennent en chasse une lumière jaunâtre pulsante.
  • 23 août, 4 h 10 : A Akron (Ohio), le 2nd lieutenant de l'USAF H. K. Funseth, observateur au sol, ainsi que 2 hommes de la Marine observent une lumière pulsante ambrée voler horizontalement durant 7 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1956 non expliqué].
  • 24 août
    • 10 h 15 : A Hermanas (Nouveau Mexique), le colonel G. W. Johnson, pilote du chasseur à réaction F-85G (F-84 ?) de la Garde Nationale Aérienne de Georgie, observe 2 boules argentées de 6 pieds en formation côte à côte. L'une vire au gris rapidement, l'autre lentement. Une prend une forme longue et grise lors d'un virage. L'une monte à la verticale de 2000 à 3000 pieds. L'observation dure 10 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1961 non expliqué].
    • 17 h 40 : Tucson (Arizona), George White et sa femme voient une grande lumière ronde laissant deviner une vague surface métallique, voler lentement, puis rapidement semblant danser et voguer durant 1 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1964 non expliqué].
    • 21 h 30 : A Leveland (Texas), Elmer Sharp et son épouse observent un objet une forme de toupie changer de couleur, passant du rouge au bleu, avec une queue enflammée, rester stationnaire durant 20 mn, siffler, puis s'en aller [cas Blue Book n° 1969 non expliqué].
    • 22 h 30 : L'objet d'il y a 1 h ou son semblable réapparaît [cas Blue Book n° 1969 non expliqué].
  • 25 août
    • 5 h 35 : A Pittsburg (Kansas), le musicien d'une station de radio William Squyres voit un objet d'aluminium non brillant, ressemblant à 2 gamelles collées face à face, qu'il estime à 75 pieds de long, 45 pieds de large, et d'une épaisseur de 15 pieds. A travers une ouverture à l'avant brille une lumière bleue; la tête et les épaules d'un homme sont visibles. La partie du milieu comporte de nombreuses ouvertures au travers desquelles il perçoit un mouvement régulier. Une série de petits propulseurs sont disposés les uns a côté des autres le long du bord extérieur de l'objet, tournant très rapidement. L'objet stationne à environ 10 pieds du sol, à 100 yards de la route, avec un mouvement légèrement saccadé. Puis l'objet part verticalement avec le son d'un grand groupe de cailles qui s'envolent en même temps. La végétation semble avoir été mouvementée sous l'objet [cas Blue Book n° 1972 non expliqué].
    • Observation à Delaware (Ohio) [cas Blue Book n° 1975 non expliqué].
    • 15 h 40 : A la base de l'USAF de Holloman (Nouveau Mexique), le superviseur civil Fred Lee et le contremaître L. A. Aquilar voient un objet rond argenté voler vers le Sud, puis tourner et voler vers le Nord, faire un tour à 360° et partir verticalement au bout de 3 à 5 mn [cas Blue Book n° 1979 non expliqué].
    • Le commandant de bord Enrique Maia, sur un B-707, en vol vers Louanda, l'équipage et les passagers, observent de près 2 ovnis en forme de cigares.
  • 26 août
    • 12 h 10 : A Lathrop Wells (Nevada), le capitaine de l'USAF D. A. Woods observe un grand objet brillant et rond avec un "contrail" en forme de V possèdant un cône sombre en son centre voler très rapidement, effectuer un virage à 90° instantanément, suivi d'une ascension douce et finalement d'une accélération soudaine [cas Blue Book n° 1986 non expliqué].
    • Observation à Biloxi (Mississippi) [cas Blue Book n° 1987 non expliqué].
    • Observation à Mexico (Mexique) [cas Blue Book n° 1994 non expliqué].
  • 27 Août
    • 4 h 45 (CST) : A l'aéroport MacDonald (Manitoba), 2 officiers météorologues voient un objet discoïdal avec des ombres sur lui comme si sa surface était irrégulière. L'objet fait 2 rotations autour du champ. Lorsqu'il est pointé par le rayon rotatif, l'objet reluit comme de l'aluminium brillant. Il s'en va alors vers le Nord-Est et est hors de vue en 1 s. Aucun son n'a été entendu [Good 1987].
    • Observation à Mexico (Mexique) [cas Blue Book n° 1994 (suite 1) non expliqué].
  • 28 Août
    • 21 h 30 : A la base de l'USAF de Chickasaw (Alabama) et de Brookley, les opérateur de la tour de contrôle de l'USAF, un officier de l'AFOSI et d'autres personnes voient 6 objets, variant du rouge flamboyant à une apparence de diamant étincelant, stationner, voler de manière erratique vers le haut et le bas durant 1 h 15 mn [cas Blue Book n° 2006 non expliqué].
    • Au-dessus de Le Roy (New York), un disque effectue des tours verticaux autour d'un avion de ligne.
    • A Atlanta (Ga), la police observe un objet non-identifié effectuer des manoeuvres.
  • 29 août
    • 10 h 50 : A l'Ouest de Thule (Greenland, 77' Nord, 75* 15' Ouest), 2 pilotes de l'U.S. Navy pilotant un avion de patrouille P4Y-2 observent durant 2 à 3 mn 3 objets blanc en forme de disque ou de sphère rester stationnaires, puis voler très rapidement en formation triangulaire [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
    • 20 h 35 : A Colorado Springs (Colorado), le pilote C. A. Magruder observe 3 objets de 50 pieds de diamètre, 10 pieds de haut, semblant d'aluminium avec un échappement rouge-jaune, voler tout droit durant 4 à 5 s, à une vitesse estimée à 1500 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 2013 non expliqué].
    • A Villacoublay (France), une lumière bleue non-identifiée est observée au théodolite par les militaires de la station météo. Elle se déplace par saccades dans le ciel. A un moment elle apparaît comme une barre blanche lumineuse aux arêtes noires [VSD 2007 H].
  • 30 août : Observation à Mexico (Mexique) [cas Blue Book n° 1994 (suite 2) non expliqué].
  • 1er septembre
    • 21 h 43 : A Atlanta (Georgie), Melle William Davis et 9 autres personnes observent une lumière, semblable à la Grande Ourse, se déplacer de haut en bas pendant assez longtemps.
    • 22 h 30
      • A Marietta (Georgie), une personne observe aux jumelles 2 grands objets ressemblant à des toupies et affichant des couleurs rouges, bleues et vertes, voler côte à côte, laissant une traînée étincelante durant 30 mn [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
      • Un certain Bowman (ancien officier de l'artillerie) et 24 autres personnes voient un objet rouge, blanc, bleu et vert tourner et envoyer des étincelles durant 15 mn.
    • 22 h 50 : A Marietta (Georgie), un bombardier B-25 x-AAF observe 2 grand objets blancs en forme de disque avec une traînée vaporeuse verte voler en formation, fusionner, puis voler au loin très rapidement [cas Blue Book n° 2022 non expliqué].
    • 4 h 45 : A Yaak (Montana), 2 membres de l'USAF observent visuellement 2 petites lumières de diverses couleurs devenir des silhouettes sombres au lever du Soleil et voler de manière erratique. Egalement repérées au radar par 3 hommes utilisant l'ensemble radar AN/FPS-3 [cas Blue Book n° 2023 non expliqué].
  • 2 septembre, 3 h : A Chicago (Illinois), le détecteur radar Turason (approche au sol contrôlée) de l'Aéroport de Midway repère, pendant 8 h, 40 cibles volant dans diverses directions, jusqu'à 175 miles/h, dont 2 semblent voler en formation avec un DC-6 [cas Blue Book n° 2025 non expliqué].
  • 6 septembre
    • 1 h 30 : A la base de l'USAF de Lake Charles (Louisiane), le sergent/T J. E. Wilson et 2 autres engagés observent une lumière ressemblant à une étoile brillante se déplaçant dans le ciel durant 2 h [cas Blue Book n° 2045 non expliqué].
    • 16 h 55 : A Tucson (Arizona), l'ancien membre du congrès Isabella King et Bill McClain observent en 1,5 mn un objet orange en forme de goutte d'eau tourbillonner sur son axe vertical, descendre très rapidement, s'arrêter, et revenir sur son chemin en tourbillonnant dans l'autre sens [cas Blue Book n° 2048 non expliqué].
  • 7 septembre, 22 h 30 : A San Antonio (Texas), le chimiste J. W. Gibson et d'autres personnes observent un objet ou une lumière orange (la couleur de 2000° F) exploser. L'observation dure selon les observateurs de 3 à 20 s [cas Blue Book n° 2049 et n°2052 non expliqué].
  • 9 septembre
    • 21 h : A Rabat (Maroc français), E. J. colisimo, illustrateur civil des renseignement de l'USAF, observe durant 5 s un disque avec des lumières sur sa circonférence voler aussi vite qu'un chasseur d'entraînement T-33, selon un trajet légèrement incurvé [cas Blue Book n° 2062 non expliqué].
    • A Portland (Oregon), 2 objets ovales sont observés au projecteur aérien.
  • 12 septembre
    • 21 h 30 : A Allen (Maryland), David Kolb du GOC et sa compagne, voient aux jumelles une lumière blanche avec une bordure et des serpentins rouges voler vers le Nord-Est durant 35 mn [cas Blue Book n° 2077 non expliqué].
    • A Sutton (Virginie Occidentale), Kathleen May, ses 5 enfants et Gene Lemon, soldat de la Garde Nationale rencontrent le "monstre" de Flatwoods.
  • 13 septembre
    • 19 h 40 : A Allentown (Pennsylvanie), W. A. Hobler, pilote privé volant à Beech Bonanza observe durant 2 s un objet en forme de gros ballon de rugby (football américain), émettant une lueur rouge-orangée, descendre puis remonter juste en face de l'avion témoin [cas Blue Book n° 2085 non expliqué].
    • Début de l'opération Mainbrace. Le destroyer Danois Willemoes, participant aux manoeuvres, se trouve au Nord de l'Ile de Bornholm. Pendant la nuit, le lieutenant-commandant Schmidt Jensen et quelques autres membres de l'équipage voient un objet non-identifié, de forme triangulaire, se déplacer à grande vitesse en direction du Sud-Est. L'objet émêt un lueur bleutée. Le commandant Jensen estime la vitesse à 900 miles/h.
  • 14 septembre
    • 19 h : A White Lake (Dakota du Sud), L. W. Barnes, membre du GOC, observe aux jumelles pendant 30 à 40 mn un objet rouge en forme de cigare, avec 3 nuages de fumée derrière lui, voler vers l'Ouest, puis le Sud, et partir [cas Blue Book n° 2089 non expliqué].
    • 20 h 40 : A Santa Barbara (Californie), Tarbutton, pilote de l'avion de transport SAF C-54 observe une lumière blanc-bleutée se déplacer horizontalement durant 30 s puis partir vers le haut [cas Blue Book n° 2086 non expliqué].
    • Dans l'Atlantique Nord, entre l'Irlande et le Groenland, des membres du personnel militaire de divers pays à bord de navires de l'exercice de l'OTAN Opération Mainbrace voient un triangle bleu-vert volant à 1500 miles/h; 3 objets en formation triangulaire émettant une lumière blanche aveuglante à 1500 miles/h. [événement à rapprocher du cas Blue Book n° 2087 non expliqué mais curieusement daté du 14 septembre].
    • A la base de l'USAF de Olmstead (Pennsylvanie), le pilote de l'avion N67977 de la Flying Tiger Airlines observe une lumière bleue voler très rapidement en trajectoire de collision [cas Blue Book n° 2093 non expliqué, la carte descriptive associée indique des informations complètement différentes].
    • Observation à El Paso (Texas) [cas Blue Book n° 2092 non expliqué].
    • 23 h 30 à 1 h 20 le lendemain : A Ciudad Jaurez (Mexique) l'ingénieur consultant R. J. Portis et 3 autres collègues observent 6 groupes de 12 à 15 sphères ou disques lumineux, volant très rapidement en formations variables, de l'arc au "Y" inversé [cas Blue Book non expliqué = cas précédent ?].
  • 16 septembre
    • 18 h 22 : A Portland (Maine), l'équipage U.S. Navy de l'avion patrouilleur P2V Neptune observe durant 20 mn un groupe de 5 lumières, et dans le même temps leur faible écho au radar [cas Blue Book n° 2099 non expliqué, il n'est pas exclu qu'il s'agissait d'avions KC-97 de l'USAF impliqués dans une opération de ravitaillement].
    • 19 h 30 : A Warner Robbins (Georgie), 3 officiers de l'USAF et 2 civils observent durant 15 mn 2 lumières blanches voler de front à une vitesse estimée de 100 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 2100 non expliqué].
    • A Belle Glade (Floride), un objet circulaire avec des raies de lumières sous lui survole à basse altitude. Le bétail s'emballe.
  • 17 septembre, 11 h 40 : A Tucson (Arizona), Ted Hollingsworth et sa compagne observent pendant 2 mn 2 groupes de 3 grands objets plats et brillants voler en formation serrée : le 1er groupe lentement, le second plus vite [cas Blue Book n° 2105 non expliqué].
  • 19 Septembre
    • En Mer du Nord pendant l'opération Mainbrace, 3 photographies sont prises depuis le porte-avion USS Franklin D. Roosevelt d'un ovni sphérique qui vole derrière la flotte de l'OTAN. [cas Blue Book n° 2087 non expliqué ?].
    • Dans le cadre des manoeuvres de l'OTAN, 2 officiers et 3 hommes de la RAF observent un ovni au-dessus de la base aérienne de Dishforth. Le rapport du lieutenant John W. Kilburn indique : Tandis que nous suivions du regard le disque qui poursuivait sa course, nous le vîmes réduire sa vitesse pendant quelques secondes, puis commencer à descendre. Quand il commença à perdre de l'altitude, il se mit à osciller en feuille morte, ou, si l'on veut, à la manière d'un pendule. Le "Météor" (il s'agit d'un chasseur à réaction de la RAF dont les 5 hommes suivaient l'atterrissage) obliqua pour faire le tour du terrain avant de se poser. L'objet commença à le suivre, mais, après quelques secondes, s'arrêta. Il sembla rester en suspension dans le ciel en tournant sur lui-même comme une toupie. Soudain il accéléra et fonça à une vitesse foudroyante vers l'Ouest où il disparut. [Bourret 1976, interview de Aimé Michel].
  • 20 septembre : A Topeliffe (Yorkshire, Angleterre), un disque argenté suit un jet Meteor, descendant avec un mouvement pendulaire [See "Operation Mainbrace" chronology, Section XII.]
  • 21 septembre
    • Lors de l'opération Mainbrace, 6 chasseurs donnent la chasse à un ovni sphérique et brillant.
    • Au Maroc, des ovnis apparaissent au-dessus de Tanger, Marrakech et Casablanca. A l'Ouest de Nefik, un disque volant à vive allure change de forme pour celle d'une ellipse et s'immobilise brusquement tandis que des bruits d'explosion en parviennent. Puis il reprend son chemin à la même allure, dans la même direction, et aussi lumineux qu'auparavant.
  • 22 septembre : Dans le comté de Fairfax (Virginie), la police observe 3 à 4 ovnis manoeuvrer de manière erratique.
  • 23 septembre : A Gander Lake à Newfoundland (Canada), l'officier d'opérations de la base de l'USAF de Pepperell et 7 autres campeurs observent une lumière blanche brillante se refléter sur le lac, voler horizontalement pendant 10 mn à environ 100 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 2119 non expliqué].
  • 24 septembre
    • Lors de l'opération Mainbrace, un ovni est vu en mer et poursuivi par un chasseur Meteor de la RAF depuis la base continetale de Topcliffe.
    • 15 h 30 : A Charleston (Virginie Occidentale), l'équipage d'un bombardier B-29 de l'USAF observe de nombreuses particules métalliques lumineuses ou des flashes, dont certaines font jusqu'à 3 pouces de diamètre, suivre l'appareil durant 15 mn [cas Blue Book n° 2124 non expliqué].
  • 26 septembre, 23 h 16 : Dans l'Atlantique (41' Nord - 35' Ouest, à 400 miles au Nord-Nord-Ouest des îles des Açores), les pilote, copilote, ingénieur et commandant d'un appareil de transport C-124 de l'USAF observent 2 lumières vertes distinctes sur la droite et légèrement au-dessus du C-124, qui à un moment semblent tourner autour de lui. Les lumières se relaient l'une-l'autre dans la direction des mouvements durant l'observation qui dure plus de 1 h [cas Blue Book n° 2126 non expliqué].
  • 27 septembre, 22 h : A Inyokern (Californie), 2 couples utilisant un téléscope grossissant 5 fois observent un objet grand et rond, balayant le spectre des couleurs toutes les 2 s, et volant horizontalement durant 15 mn [cas Blue Book n° 2128 non expliqué].
  • 28 Septembre : La Pologne, la Suède, le Danemark et le Nord de l'Allemagne font de très nombreuses observations. Les rapports décrivent des soucoupes, des sphères, et des objets en forme de cigare [Vallée, Anatomy of a Phenomenon, page 62].
  • 29 septembre
    • 15 h 15 : A Aurora (Colorado) B. R. Hughes, Sergent/T. de l'USAF, observe 5 ou 6 objets circulaires, d'un blanc intense mais pas éblouissant, tourner en formation de file indienne durant 5 à 6 mn [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
    • 15 h 55 : A Rochester (Angleterre), des personnes voient 2 objets plats rester stationnaire durant 3 mn, puis s'en aller rapidement. Ils vont rapporter leur témoignage au poste de police de Rochester [cas Blue Book n° 2136 non expliqué].
    • 20 h 15 : A Southern Pines (Caroline du Nord), C.H. Stevens, 1er lieutenant de réserve de l'U.S. Army et deux autres personnes observent une ellipse verte avec une longue traînée orbiter pendant 15 mn [cas Blue Book n° 2140 non expliqué].
  • 30 septembre
    • A Denver ("Californie", sic Blue Book), [cas Blue Book n° 2138 non expliqué].
    • A la base de l'USAF d'Edwards (Californie), un photographe d'aviation et d'autres personnes observent 2 disques alternant entre le vol stationnaire et le mouvement erratique.
  • octobre
    • 1er octobre
      • 18 h 57 : A la base de l'USAF de Shaw (Caroline du Sud), le 1er lieutenant de l'USAF T. J. Pointek, pilote un jet de reconnaissance RF-80 quand il voit une lumière blanche brillante. Durant 23 mn il tente de l'intercepter alors qu'elle vole horizontalement, puis verticalement et stationner, puis termine avec un virage abrut [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
      • 19 h 40 : A Pascagoula (Mississippi), C. C. McLean, sa compagne et une autre personne observent un objet rond d'un blanc laiteux, de la forme d'un nuage de poudre, stationner 5 à 10 mn puis voler au loin très rapidement selon une trajectoire d'arc. Un bruit très fort est entendu au début de l'observation, qui dure 22 mn [cas Blue Book n° 2143 non expliqué].
    • 2 octobre : A Sunshine Road, Melbourne (Australie), 2 adolescents sortis pour une balade nocturne entendent un bruit de sifflement et voient un ovni rouge et bleu volant à basse altitude et se précipitant vers eux. Ils partent se cacher.
    • 6 octobre : Au-dessus de Draguignan (France), observation de F. Cavasse et M. Clément.
    • 7 octobre
      • 20 h 30 : A Alamogordo (Nouveau Mexique), Bagnell, lieutenant de l'USAF, observe un ovale bleu pâle, son axe le plus long à la verticale, voler horizontalement durant 4 à 5, parcourant un arc de 30 s durant ce moment [cas Blue Book n° 2150 non expliqué].
      • voir 17 octobre.
    • 10 octobre, 18 h 30 : A la base de l'USAF de Otis (Massachussets), un s/sergent de l'USAF et 2 autres engagés voient une lumière blanche brillante clignoter 20 mn en effectuant un mouvement pendulaire, puis partir en l'air d'un coup [cas Blue Book n° 2155 non expliqué].
    • Albert Chop, membre du projet Blue Book, écrit au chef d'état-major Air, avec copie au FBI, que près de 20 % des observations d'ovnis ne peuvent être associées à des choses familières. Ces conclusions sont en accord avec celles du projet Sign [MUFON UJ 123].
    • 11 octobre : A Newport News (Virginie), un observateur du GOC voit un objet en forme de disque avec un dôme.
    • 12 octobre : A Palo Alto (Californie), observation d'une formation en V de 6 disques apparents.
    • 13 octobre : A Oshima (Japon), un pilote de l'Air Force et un ingénieur voient un objet rond dans une formation nuageuse. L'objet prend une apparence elliptique, et disparaît en quelques secondes à toute vitesse.
    • 17 octobre
      • 0 h 50 : A Oloron-Sainte-Marie (Pyrénées Atlantiques / Pays Basque), observation de M. Prigent et que sa famille, confirmée par les radars de la toute proche station de Mont-de-Marsan.
      • 21 h 15 : A Taos (Nouveau Mexique), 4 officiers de l'USAF observent une lumière bleue ronde et brillante se déplacer selon un axe Nord-Nord-Est à une élévation de 45° durant 2 à 3 s puis se consumer [cas Blue Book n° 2171 non expliqué].
      • 22 h 15 : A Killeen (Texas), les Ministres Greenwalt et Kluck voient 10 lumières, ou un rectangle de lumières, se déplacer plus ou moins horizontalement durant 5 s [cas Blue Book n° 2172 non expliqué].
      • 23 h : A Tierra Amarilla (Nouveau Mexique), un militaire observe une sorte de marmite blanche se déplacer à une vitesse estimée à 3000 miles/h, parcourant un arc de 20 s [cas Blue Book n° 2173 non expliqué].
    • 19 octobre
      • 18 h 58 : Dans le Pacifique (12-17' Nord/155-35' Ouest, à 500 miles au Sud de Hawaii), l'équipage d'un appareil de transport C-50 de l'USAF observe une lumière jaune et ronde, avec une bordure rouge pulsante, estimée à 100 m de diamètre, voler durant 20 s entre 300 et 400 noeuds (350-450 miles/h) [cas Blue Book n° 2175 non expliqué].
      • 13 h 30 : A San Antonio (Texas), Woolsey, un ancien membre d'équipage aérien de l'USAF, voit 3 objets circulaires semblant d'aluminium, dont un est de couleur olive-terne sur le côté, voler selon une formation en V grossière. Un objet se retourne lentement, un autre s'arrête, durant les 3 à 4 minutes de l'observation [cas Blue Book n° 2177 non expliqué].
    • 21 octobre : A Knoxville (Tennessee), des personnes à la station météo de l'aéroport observe 6 lumières blanches voler sans formation durant 1 à 2 mn, et faire un léger plongeon vers un ballon météo [cas Blue Book n° 2179 non expliqué].
    • 24 octobre, 20 h 26 : les lieutenant Rau et capitaine Marcinko de l'USAF, pilotant un appareil d'entraînement Beech T-ll, observent un objet en forme d'assiette, à l'avant brillant et l'arrière flou, voler avec sa surface concave à l'avant durant 5 s [cas Blue Book n° 2184 non expliqué].
    • 27 Octobre
      • A Gaillac (France), des centaines de personnes observent 16 objets en formation, des globes rouges à anneaux de Saturne blancs et des disques, entourant un cylindre. Il chute de cheveux d'anges/fils de la vierge qui se subliment rapidement.
      • Un mémorandum du FBI fait état de divergences d'appréciation du phénomène ovni : malgré l'avis négatif de services de renseignement de l'USAF, des personnalités militaires sont fermement convaincues de la nature extraterrestre des appareils observés.
    • 29 octobre
      • 7 h 50 : A Erding Air Depot (Allemagne de l'Ouest), les s/sergent Anderson, et l'A. de 2ème classe Max Handy de l'USAF observent la silhouette d'un objet rond contre un nuage, voler horizontalement et de manière fluide à environ 400 miles/h durant 20 s [cas Blue Book n° 2196 non expliqué].
      • A Richmond (Virgine), un pilote des lignes vénézuéliennes voit un objet lumineux le dépasser.
      • A Hempstead, L. I. (New York), 2 pilotes de F-94 voient un objet manoeuvrer à grande vitesse.
    • 31 octobre
      • Explosion de la première bombe H américaine à Bikini.
      • 19 h 40 : A Fayetteville (Georgie), le lieutenant James Allen de l'USAF observe un objet orange en forme de "blimp", 80 pieds de long et 20 pieds de haut, voler à hauteur du sommet des arbres, passer au-dessus de la voiture de Allen (sa radio s'arrête à ce moment-là), puis effectuer une ascension à 45° à une vitesse incroyable à la fin de l'observation qui dure 1 mn [cas Blue Book n° 2200 non expliqué].
  • 3 novembre, 18 h 29 : A la base de l'USAF de Laredo (Texas), 2 opérateurs de la tour de contrôle, dont un certain Lemaster, voient durant 3 à 4 s une lumière longue et elliptique de d'un blanc grisâtre voler très rapidement, s'arrêter, puis augmenter sa vitesse [cas Blue Book n° 2202 non expliqué].
  • 4 novembre
    • Election de Eisenhower à la présidence des Etats-Unis. Nixon est vice-Président.
    • 17 h 40 : A Vineland (New Jersey), Melle Sprague, femme au foyer, voit durant 30 s 2 groupes de 2 à 3 disques de lumière tournoyant, voler vers le Sud-Est [cas Blue Book n° 2206 non expliqué].
  • 12 novembre, 22 h 23 : A Los Alamos (Nouveau Mexique), un inspecteur de sécurité voit 4 lumières rouge-blanc-vert voler lentement au-dessus d'une zone interdite durant 15 mn [cas Blue Book n° 2219 non expliqué].
  • 13 novembre
    • 2 h 20 : A Opheim (Montana), le radar FPS/3 (PPI) de la station de l'USAF du 779ème AC & W détecte des échos non-explicables durant 1 h et 28 h, à une altitude de 158000 pieds (30 miles) et une vitesse de 240 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 2220 non expliqué].
    • 2 h 43 : A Glasgow (Montana), Earl Oksendahl, observateur du Bureau Météo U.S., voit 5 objets de forme ovale avec des lumières autour d'eux, voler en formation en V durant 20 s. Chaque objet semble changer de position verticalement en montant ou descendant comme pour maintenir une formation. La formation vient du Nord-Ouest, effectue un tour à 90° et part au loin vers le Sud-Ouest [cas Blue Book non expliqué].
  • 15 novembre, 7 h 02 : A Wichita (Kansas), les major R.L. Wallander, capitaine Belleman, et A/3ème classe Phipps de l'USAF observent durant 3 à 5 mn un objet orange (une bande bleue ?) changer de forme, et effectuer des remontées saccadées avec des pauses de 10 à 15 s [cas Blue Book n° 2224 non expliqué].
  • 16 novembre : Près de Landrum (Caroline du Sud), des centaines de personnes voient un grand disque, également observé par un contrôleur aérien aux jumelles.
  • 18 novembre
    • Briefing du président Eisenhower sur la présence extraterrestre et le MJ-12.
    • En Italie, le fermier Nello Ferrari de Castelfranco se voit soudain baigné de lumière rouge. Levant les yeux, il voit à 9 m du sol un large disque (20 m) d'une couleur entre le cuivre et l'or, dont le dessous est équipé d'un cylindre en rotation — qui fait des bruits semblables à à ceux d'un moteur électrique. L'ovni est surmonté d'une tourelle d'où 3 êtres l'observent franchement. Ils ont l'air parfaitement humains. Le cylindre s'escamote puis l'engin part verticalement à vive allure.
  • 20 novembre : George Adamski rencontre son premier vénusien dans le désert mojave en Californie.
  • 22 novembre : A Bocaranga, les disques observés par le père Carlos Maria dansent un ballet fait de courts déplacements circulaires, en s'illuminant comme des soleils à chaque démarrage, illumination qui disparaît totalement à l'arrêt [VSD 2007 H].
  • 23 Novembre : A Belle-Ile-en-Mer (Morbihan), sur la route de Locmaria, au lieu-dit "La Butte", M. Gauci voit une boule lumineuse d'un diamètre à 10 fois supérieur à celui de la pleine Lune. Elle semble parfois s'aplatir, perdant sa teinte orangée pour devenir blanchâtre. Elle descend légèrement, s'immobilise, revient sur la droite et remonte à son point de départ. Elle fait ce manège 4 ou 5 fois puis disparaît vers le Sud-Ouest [Vallée 1966].
  • 24 Novembre, 18 h 30 : A Annandle (Virginie), L. L' Brettner observe durant 1 h un objet rond et pulsant voler très rapidement, faire des virages à angle droit et inverser sa course [cas Blue Book n° 2246 non expliqué].
  • 26 novembre
    • (début le 25) Dans la zone du canal de Panama, 2 ovnis sont repérés par un radar de la défense.
    • La Phoenix Gazette titre : Le passager d'une soucoupe déclare que les explosions atomiques sont la raison de ses visites.
  • 27 novembre, 0 h 10 : A Albuquerque (Nouveau Mexique), le pilote et le chef d'équipage d'un bombardier B-26 de l'USAF observent durant 20 mn une série d'explosions de fumée noire (4-3-3-4-3), similaire à un tir anti-aérien [cas Blue Book n° 2249 non expliqué].
  • 30 novembre : A Washington, D. C., des opérateurs de l'Aéroport National de Washington détectent des échos radars semblables à ceux du 26 Juillet [cas Blue Book n° 2253 non expliqué].
  • décembre
    • 4 décembre : A Laredo (Texas), le pilote d'un F-51 de l'USAF prend en chasse un objet blanc luisant effectuant des virages serrés, et faisant des passages devant le chasseur.
    • 6 décembre
      • 5 h 24 : Dans le Golfe du Mexique, un bombardier B-29, au terme d'un exercice de vol nocturne en Floride, file rejoindre sa base au Texas. L'avion est à 160 km de la côte de Louisiane, à 160 km de Galveston, et à une altitude de 5400 m. Le clair de Lune est intense.
      • 5 h 25 : Le premier des 3 "inconnus" apparaît sur le radar du B-29, se dirigeant droit sur le bombardier. Ces 3 ovnis passent près de lui sans dommages et l'équipage estime leur allure à 8440 km/h. Quelques instants plus tard, 4 nouveaux ovnis apparaissent suivant la même trajectoire, et cette fois l'équipage les voit.
      • 5 h 31 : 2 autres ovnis foncent sur le B-29 à la même vitesse et le dépassent. Puis 5 ovnis apparaissent sur le radar ; ils se trouvent derrière le bombardier et suivent une trajectoire perpendiculaire à la sienne. Ils font brusquement un crochet, se dirigent vers le B-29, et ralentissent leur allure durant 10 s avant de virer de bord. Ensuite, un immense spot apparaît sur l'écran du radar. Les ovnis plus petits, sans ralentir leur vitesse, quittent l'écran à une vitesse calculée à 14500 km/h. Les 3 dispositifs radar du B-29 fonctionnaient parfaitement et indiquaient tous la même chose.
    • 8 Décembre
      • 20 h 16 : A la base de l'USAF de Ladd (Alaska), le pilote et 1er lieutenant D. Dickman et l'opérateur radar et 1er lieutenant T. Davies observent durant 10 mn depuis leur jet intercepteur F-94 de l'USAF (numéro de série 49-2522) une lumière blanche et ovale, qui devient rouge à plus haute altitude, vole horizontalement durant 2 mn, puis effectue une ascension à une vitesse phénoménale avec une trajectoire erratique [cas Blue Book n° 2267 non expliqué].
      • A Chicago (Illinois), un appareil est accompagné par une rangée de lumières non-identifiées.
    • 9 Décembre, 17 h 45 : A Madison (Wisconsin), le capitaine Bridges et le 1er lieutenant Johneon observent durant 10 mn depuis leur jet d'entraînement T-33 de l'USAF 4 lumières brillantes en formation en diamant, voler à 400 miles/h. Elles sont dépassées par le T-33 à 450 miles/h [cas Blue Book n° 2266 non expliqué].
    • 10 Décembre : Près de Hanford (Washington), un objet rond et blanc avec des "fenêtres" est observé et détecté au radar.
    • 12 Décembre : Dans les locaux de l'ATIC, ce dernier, la CIA et le BMI se réunissent pour discuter du problème des ovnis. Les représentant du BMI recommandent vivement qu'un panel scientifique ne soit pas mis en place avant que les résultats de leur étude des signalements d'observations recueillis par l'ATIC soient disponibles [Mémo Pentacle].
    • 13 Décembre, 9 h 10 : George Adamski rencontre à nouveau son Vénusien à Palomar Gardens (USA). Ce dernier l'emmène faire un tour derrière la Lune.
    • 15 Décembre : A la base de l'USAF de Goose Bay (Labrador), un objet rougeâtre est observé et détecté au radar. Il vire vers le blanc lorsqu'il manoeuvre.
    • Un communiqué de presse du président Truman déclare : Ces phénomènes inexpliqués ne sont ni une arme secrète, ni une fusée, ni un nouveau type d'avion en essai.
    • 28 Décembre : Observation à Marysville (Californie) [cas Blue Book n° 2302 non expliqué, manquant des archives officielles].
    • 29 Décembre : Au Nord du Japon, un colonel et d'autres piloes de l'USAF détectent au radar un objet rotatif.
  • Les autorités américaines promulguent une loi, le JANAP 146, incluant la directive AFR 200-2.
  • Sur la côte de Corée, un aviateur américain fait une courte reconnaissance avec d'autres appareils. Il fait pénétrer son jet dans un nuage et plus personne ne revoit le pilote considéré comme un as de guerre.
  • création de l'IFSB.
  • 2 corps sont récupérés à Spitzbergen (Norvège) suite à un crash.
  • Observation (ci-contre) à Valparaiso (Chili).
  • Une superforteresse B-29 vole au nord d'Hokkaido (Japon) est suivie comme d'habitude par les radars l'ayant prise en charge. Soudain, ces stations de repérage détectent un avion inconnu entrant dans le champ du radarscope. Son écho se rapproche sensiblement de la superforteresse, puis semble se fondre avec elle. Au même instant, les pilotes envoient un appel de détresse, puis le silence. Malgré les recherches entreprises pour retrouver les caracasses des 2 appareils probablement entrés en collision, on n'en retrouve pas la moindre trace.

 rr0.org

 

 

Les 2 dernières icônes semblent être "They Do Not Look Like Pickle People" et "More Photos".

  A partir de la moitié des années 60 les rapports sur les OVNIS furent plus nombruex que jamais. Pour la 1ère fois ils n'arrivaient pas que des USA mais du Canada, Suède, URSS et Australie. En février 1966 une autre commision fut nommée. Comme les autres, elle détermina que la majorité des rapport concernait desphénomènes naturelle ou des canulard.
Un petit nombre de scientifiques furent en désaccord avec les conclusions de cette commisions. Ce groupe dont J
ames E. McDonald, un météorologiste de l'université de l'Arizona et J. Allen Jynek, un astronome de l'universite SouthWestern continuèrent sur les cas les plus dignes de confiance qui prouvaient de façon indégniable que la Terre était visitée par des extraterrestres.

 

Toujours sur rr0.org, des infos sur l'année 1966 et deux personnages importants de cette époque, James E. McDonald et J Allen Jynek.


1966

 

  • Janvier
    • A Madrid (Espagne), Sesma reçoit le premier appel téléphonique des Ummites [Sesma] [Petit 1995].
    • 9 Janvier : Un globe de feu est observé à la verticale de Capri (Italie) et provoque une panne générale d'électricité dans toute la ville, ainsi que dans le Sud de la péninsule pendant 40 mn. Puis, le même globe survole Naples (Italie).
    • 11 Janvier, 3 h 05 : A Meyerstown (Pennsylvanie), 4 témoins dans une voiture (dont 1 infirmière) observent pendant 10 mn un objet discoïdal qui les survole ensuite longtemps à courte distance en vol stationnaire : En ce qui concerne sa forme, vous connaissiez ces soucoupes sur lesquelles les gosses dévalent les pentes, vous voyez ce que je veux dire ? On les ajuste l'une contre l'autre sans que les bords se touchent. Franchement je ne peux pas mieux le décrire. Je ne dirai pas qu'il renvoyait la lumière, mais plutôt qu'il était lumineux vous savez, comme le cadran lumineux du réveil, la nuit. Je sais que c'était quelque chose de matériel, et je n'en démordrai pas. Le contour était très net. A aucun moment il n'a été flou. On avait l'impression qu'il s'agissait d'un corps solide, comme lorsqu'on regarde un avion... C'était exactement comme si, d'en bas, j'avais vu un avion juste au-dessus de moi... Parfaitement immobile... Il y avait peut-être 5 mn que nous observions la chose lorsqu'elle est partie en flèche, à une vitesse vertigineuse. Et pourtant, sans que l'on entende le moindre bruit [Poher 2003].
    • 13 Janvier : Une station de réception du satellite de communication Telstar est frappée par une panne de courant qui affecte une zone de 120 km de diamètre et dure près de 7 h. En guise d'explication, le communiqué d'un représentant de la compagnie d'électricité responsable, la Central Maine Power Company indique qu'il s'agit apparemment d'une panne d'équipement qui s'est corrigée d'elle-même.
    • 14 Janvier : Mort de Sergeï Korolev.(le père des fusées russes)
    • 17 Janvier : Un bombardier géant B-52 du SAC et son avion ravitailleur s'accrochent en vol au-dessus des côtes de Palomares. Des témoins, priés d'être discrets par la suite, ne virent pas 2 appareils mais 3 qui se seraient télescopés ; 2 s'écrasèrent et l'autre s'engloutit. L'explosion qui en résulta avait pris la forme d'un nuage en boule de 1 km de diamètre, très brillant, dont on prit une photographie.
    • 19 Janvier
      • 9 h
        • Au Nouveau Mexique, Paul Villa fait des photographies d'un prétendu ovni.
        • A Tully (Australie), George Pedlez, qui possède une plantation de bananes, conduit son tracteur auprès d'un marais nommé Horseshoe Lagoon quand il entend soudain un très fort sifflement aigü : C'était comme si l'air s'échappait d'un pneu, dit-il. A environ 25 yards devant lui, il voit une machine qui décolle de sur le marais. De couleur bleu-gris, elle mesure environ 25 pieds de large et 9 pieds de haut. Elle tourne en rond et s'élève de 6 pieds environ avant de prendre le départ. Tout fut terminé en l'espace de quelques secondes, l'engin partit à une vitesse terrifiante, déclarera Pedley. La trace laissée par l'ovni de TullyIl découvre par la suite le premier "nid" avec les roseaux applatis dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre. D'autres "nids de soucoupes" analogues sont découverts à proximité [Vallée 1969].
    • 23 Janvier : A Sydney (Australie), le Sydney Sun Herald titre en première page : Encore des nids de soucoupe volante ! [Vallée 1969].
    • 30 Janvier : Un lecteur du Sydney Sun Herald suggère que les "nids" découverts dans le Queensland (Australie) quelques jours plus tôt sont causés par un grand oiseau timide au corps bleu avec des points rouges sur la tête, un type de grue ou de héron bleu. Bien des fois quand il ère pieds nus dans les taillis, il a - dit-il - vu les oiseaux danser mais ils s'envolent à toute vitesse avant qu'il a pu les atteindre. Ils ressemblent à un nuage bleu vaporeux qui, pour sûr, faisait un bruit strident en s'envolant. L'ornithologue du Museum australien, H. J. Disney, déclare que les grues ne peuvent pas faire de cuvettes circulaires d'un dessin géométrique. De même, il se montre sceptique quant à la théorie de la poule d'eau chauve qu'avance un autre homme, Ken Adams, demeurant à Gooloogong. Je n'ai jamais entendu parler de cette apparence chez l'oiseau, déclare Disney [Vallée 1969].
    • 31 Janvier : La sonde Luna 9 se pose (en chute libre) sur la Lune.
  • 2 Février : Observation à Salisbury (Caroline du Nord) [cas Blue Book n° 10193 non résolu].
  • 3 Février : L'USAF réunit le comité O'Brien chargé de juger des méthodes du projet Blue Book, façade ou gachis.
  • 6 Février : Observation à Nederland (Texas) [cas Blue Book n° 10196 non résolu].
  • 17 Février : Une fusée Diamant met en orbite le satellite géodésique Diapason.
  • 26 Février : Lancement du module Apollo AS-201 à l'aide d'une fusée Saturn 1B.
  • 30 Février : Atterrissage en douceur réussi sur la surface lunaire par le vaisseau soviétique Luna 9.
  • 5 Mars : 1er vol d'essai libre d'un drone D-21 près de Point Mugu, lancé depuis un Blackbird hors de Groom Lake [Registre Fédéral].
  • 20 Mars
    • Observation à Mims (Floride) [cas Blue Book n° 10247 non résolu].
    • Observation de Hillsdale (Michigan), que Hynek va expliquer dans un premier temps par des "gaz de marais" (feux follets).
  • 21 Mars : Un télex de l'United Press International mentionne que 40 personnes, dont 12 policiers, ont déclaré avoir vu un objet étrange qui semblait gardé par 4 vaisseaux d'accompagnement, se poser dans un marais proche, pendant la nuit de dimanche. L'incident a eu lieu à Ann Harbor (Michigan).
  • 22 Mars : Observation à Houston (Texas) [cas Blue Book n° 10262 non résolu].
  • 23 Mars
    • Joseph Hynek, sommé d'expliquer l'incident du 21 Mars, à court d'arguments, propose le gaz des marais. La presse en fait ses gorges chaudes.
    • 5 h : A Temple (Oklahoma), un instructeur en électronique aéronautique de la base aérienne de Sheppard se rend à son travail sur la route 65, et s'approche de l'intersection avec l'autoroute 70 : A 1500 m de l'intersection, j'ai vu une lumière très brillante à 1500 m environ sur ma droite et j'ai pensé que c'était un camion en difficulté sur l'autoroute. J'ai tourné à l'Ouest sur l'autoroute 70. 400 m plus loin, j'ai changé d'avis et pensé que c'était une maison préfabriquée qui descendait l'autoroute à une heure matinale. C'était garé sur le bas-côté, je suis arrivé à une centaine de mètres, je me suis arrêté, je suis descendu de la voiture et me suis approché à pied de l'objet en laissant mes phares allumés et mon moteur tourner. J'ai fait environ 15 pas puis je me suis rappelé avoir un Kodak sur le siège avant et je voulais faire une photo. J'ai hésité une seconde et c'est alors que j'ai vu l'homme vêtu d'un treillis militaire. J'ai pensé que c'était un sergent... il en avait l'insigne sur le bras droit et une sorte de casquette avec la visière relevée. Il pesait à peu près 80 kg et mesurait dans les 1,70 m. C'était juste un brave G. I. mécanicien en civil... ou un chef d'équipage ou quelque chose comme ça. Il avait une torche dans la main et était presque agenouillé sur son genou droit, sa main gauche touchant le bas du fuselage. L'objet ressemblait à un avion de ligne en aluminium sans ailes ni queue, et sans joints le long du fuselage. Il s'éleva à la verticale, à environ 1,50 m, puis se dirigea vers le Sud-Est, pratiquement à reculons, à près de 1200 km/h si l'on en juge par les granges qu'il illuminait en filant le long de la vallée. Il avait la taille d'un avion cargo mais ne présentait aucun dispositif visible de propulsion. Le témoin fut criblé de questions par des officiers de la base aérienne. Un chauffeur de poids lourd avait observé le même objet sur la route [cas Blue Book n° 10270 non résolu].
  • 26 Mars : Observation à Texahoma (Oklahoma) [cas Blue Book n° 10291 non résolu].
  • 27 Mars : Gerald Ford demande dans une lettre l'ouverture d'une enquête sur la manière dont l'USAF s'acquitte de sa tâche en ce qui concerne les ovnis : Il est temps que ce mystère soit éclairci.
  • 30 Mars : Observation à Ottawa (Ohio) [cas Blue Book n° 10329 non résolu].
  • L'ovni de Balwin photographié2 Avril
    • Observation du 2 avril à MelbourneObservation (ci-contre) à Melbourne (Australie).
    • 14 h 20 : En Australie, un habitant de Balwin (Victoria) prend la photo ci-contre. Il raconte que l'objet était brillant et qu'il planait à environ 40 m du sol. De quasi-stationnaire, l'objet disparu alors à grande vitesse vers le Nord.
  • Revirement de Joseph Hynek qui exprime une série de critiques sur la façon dont l'étude des ovnis a été gérée par l'USAF, contrant ainsi Quintanilla, le nouveau chef du projet Blue Book. Des ovnis ont été vus par des scientifiques, déclare-t-il. Il publie un livre défendant la nécessité d'une étude scientifique indépendante du phénomène.
  • 4 Avril : Observation de Ronald Sullivan près de Bendigo (Australie).
  • 5 Avril
    • Observation à Alto (Tennessee) [cas Blue Book n° 10384 non résolu].
    • Observation à Lycoming (New York) [cas Blue Book n° 10385 non résolu].
    • Le secrétaire d'état Harold Brown propose la création d'un organisme civil (qui sera la Commission Condon, représentée par une université indépendante) menant une étude scientifique des ovnis et autorise les scientifiques à consulter les dossiers de l'USAF sur le sujet.
  • 17 Avril : Cas de la chasse de Spaur à Ravenna (Ohio).
  • 22 Avril
    • 21 h : A Beverly (Massachusetts), plusieurs personnes observent 3 objets lumineux tournant en cercle dans le ciel. Une femme ayant fait des signes de la main, l'un des ovnis s'approche à courte distance : L'objet, en se rapprochant, paraissait de plus en plus grand... Au-dessus de ma tête, je ne voyais rien d'autre, dans le flou de l'atmosphère, que des lumières émettant à intervalles des signaux très brillants (ce n'étaient pas des clignotements). J'étais très excité - mais pas effrayé — et très curieux. Si l'objet ne s'était pas rapproché, je ne me serais pas enfui, mais j'ai pensé qu'il allait s'écraser sur moi. Un autre témoin s'enfuit : J'ai commencé à courir. Alors un ami m'a crié 'Regarde, c'est juste au-dessus de nous !' — J'ai levé les yeux, et je suis resté figé sur place. C'était exactement comme le dessous d'une assiette. C'était solide... Je n'ai pas entendu de bruit, mais j'ai cru que cette chose allait me tomber dessus (...). J'étais fasciné, ahuri, incapable de réfléchir, et je me suis retrouvé en train de courir pour lui échapper.
    • 21 h 45 : Après que les témoins aient appellé la police, 2 policiers vont profiter du spectacle. L'un d'eux témoigne : A 21 h 45, sur ordre du commissariat, je me suis rendu (...) à la Beverly High School, dans Salem Road, où l'on signalait un ovni. A mon arrivée, j'ai observé ce qui me parut ressembler à une grande assiette planant au-dessus des bâtiments scolaires. Il y avait 3 lumières — rouge, verte et blanche — mais aucun bruit qui aurait pu indiquer qu'il s'agissait d'un avion. Cet objet planait au-dessus de l'école et a paru quasiment s'immobiliser. Les lumières brillaient par éclairs. L'objet survola l'école à 2 reprises puis s'éloigna. La télévision était brouillée pendant l'observation.
  • 25 Avril : William Haydon Burns, gouverneur de Floride en campagne pour sa réélection décole de Orlando pour Tallahassee (capitale d'état). A bord du Convair, le co-pilote Herb Bates repère 2 globes d'un jaune brillant, côte à côte. A 6000 pieds d'altitude, près de Ocala (Nord de la Floride), Burns sort de la cabine de pilotage et annonce : Nous avons un ovni à côté. Je vais demander au piloter de se diriger vers lui. Frank Stockton, le secrétaire adjoint, le capitaine Nathan Sharron de la patrouille autoroutière d'état et l'ensemble des journalistes à bord peuvent alors voir le phénomène à tribord. Certains décriront 2 lumières brillantes en forme de croissant, avec une section plus faible, comme une colonne de lumière, entre eux. Les lumières jaune-orangées varient en luminosité, mais restent très distinctes. Lorsque l'appareil se dirige vers l'ovni, celui-ci s'élève alors rapidement, et disparait après avoir accompagné l'avion sur 40 miles. Duane Bradford, directeur du bureau au Capitol de la Tamp Tribune, déclarera : J'ai commencé à penser que ces histoires d'ovnis n'était pas si rigolotes que cela. Bill Mansfield, directeur du bureau central du Miami Herald, déclarera quant à lui : Il y avait bien quelque chose. Quelque chose nous avons tous vu clairement. Quelque chose qu'il reste toujours à expliquer. Le gouverneur (qui avait déjà vu un ovni auparavant d'après un documentaire diffusé sur une télévision de Miami en Octobre de l'année précédente) confirmera l'observation, mais ne voudra pas en dire d'avantage [Bulletin du NICAP, Mai/Juin 1966].
  • Mercredi 4 Mai : 2 avions de ligne (de la Braniff et de American Airlines) se suivant à 32 km d'intervalle ainsi qu'un radar au sol localisent une cible à la droite du Braniff au-dessus de lui puis à sa hauteur. Lui voit une lumière intense, alternativement rouge, verte et blanche. L'avion suiveur demande au premier s'il a allumé ses phares d'atterrissage et refusera de témoigner. Le radar enregistre la vitesse de la cible à 1600 km/h. Celle-ci fait un virage à 180° dans une aire de 9 km, et àune absence de réaction au transpondeur.
  • Samedi 7 Mai : Observation à la base de l'USAF de Goodfellow (Texas) [cas Blue Book n° 10535 non résolu].
  • Dimanche 8 Mai : A une quinzaine de km au Nord d'Ipameri (Brésil), 2 hommes installés dans un restaurant, voient un objet ressemblant à une mongolfière, effectuant des oscillations en vol stationnaire au dessus des arbres des berges opposées de la rivère Ipaméri. Au moment où l'objet commence à descendre, l'un des 2 hommes, James Pfeiffer, un industriel américain, le photographie. Puis l'objet bifurque vers l'Ouest [VSD 2007 H].
  • 10 Mai : Le fameux reporter américain Walter Cronkite fait un reportage sur les observation du Michigan dans CBS Reports, présentant les témoins comme peu crédibles. On y voit Donald Menzel verser du benzène sur un aquarium plein d'acétone pour démontrer des faits élémentaires d'optique connus depuis le 18ème siècle. Il essaie de convaincre les américains que les ovnis ne sont que des mirages. S'ensuit l'interview avec un "illuminé" décrivant ses rencontres avec les "frères de l'espace". En contraste, un impressionnant entretien avec Carl Sagan, qui décrit avec force arguments mathématiques le caractère improbable d'une visite extraterrestre. Le documentaire contient ensuite une discussion avec un officier des forces armées qui affirme que jamais les ovnis ne sont détectés par radar, et avec un astronome qui déclare que jamais les ovnis ne sont vus ou photographiés par les stations d'observation des satellites.
  • 28 Mai : Lancement du 1er module Apollo SA-6.
  • 30 Mai : Surveyor 1 se pose en douceur sur la Lune.
  • Juin
    • 6 Juin : Observation à Spooner (Wisconsin) [cas Blue Book n° 10626 non résolu].
    • 8 juin : Observation à Kansas (Ohio) [cas Blue Book n° 10629 non résolu].
    • 15 juin : Dans l'Aveyron (France), par une nuit calme, une femme de 76 ans vivant dans une ferme isolée, observe des objets "enflammés" sphériques : J'étais à la fenêtre, juste pour un moment, parce qu'à mon âge on a besoin de prendre l'air où qu'on soit. Mais je n'ai jamais vu de lumières comme ça, ni jamais rien de semblable ! Ce n'était pas juste des lumières, c'était des feux ! Les objets traversent les champs. La vieille femme prend peur : Tous ces feux, je suis trop vieille, je ne veux pas voir des choses comme ça. Si les choses se mettent à bouger comme ça, qu'est-ce que nous allons tous devenir ? Après ça a encore bougé, dans le coin de la vigne, tu te rappelles [parlant à son gendre], c'est quand je t'ai appellé, c'est quand j'avais peur, mais si ça se rapproche, ça va aller dans la grange et tout va partir en fumée, la maison et nous avec. Alors je l'ai appellé, je l'ai appellé. Le gendre, qui dirigeait la ferme et avait vu la même chose que la vieille femme sort pour se rendre compte sur place : Les objets, étaient arrondis par-dessus et plutôt applatis par-dessous ; ils se sont évanouis sur place comme s'ils étaient commandés par un interrupteur. A un certain moment, il y en avait 6, à moins de 2 km de distance ; ils bougeaient en ligne à la vitesse d'un tracteur, puis se sont intégrés à un grand objet lumineux ressemblant à un arbre en flammes, à un obus illuminé. Tout disparut. Les témoins rentrèrent, complètement ébahis. L'ensemble du phénomène s'est déroulé sans un son. Plus tard, elle ira se coucher tout habillée par crainte de "ce qui pouvait arriver".
    • 21 h 45 : A la base de l'USAF de Nha Trang (Sud Vietnam), à part les occupations habituelles de la base, 8 bulldozers sont à l'oeuvre, des soldats regardent un film en plein air, et 2 avions d'attaque Douglas A-IE Skyraider se préparent à décoller sur la piste d'atterrissage voisine. Dans la baie, un pétrolier Shell est à l'ancre. Le ciel au nord s'illumine soudain. Les premières réactions sont qu'il s'agit d'une fusée éclairante ennemie, mais la lumière commence à se déplacer, s'approchant de la base. Comme elle arrive près des observateurs, elle ralenti puis s'arrête, demeureant en vol stationnaire au-dessus de la base à une altitude comprise en 90 et 150 m, illuminant la vallée tout entière. A ce moment, toutes les machines et les systèmes d'énergie de la base cessent de fonctionner, de même que ceux du pétrolier dans la baie et certains Diesels. Après être restés environ 4 mn dans cette position, l'ovni monte en flèche et disparaît des regards en moins de 3 s. Après le départ de l'objet, toute l'énergie de la base revient aussi rapidement et inexplicablement qu'elle avait disparue.
    • 18 juin : Observation à Burnsville (Caroline du Nord) [cas Blue Book n° 10663 non résolu].
    • 23 juin, 15 h 42 : A Coralles (Nouveau-Mexique), Julian Sandoval, ingénieur Apollo, pilote navigateur titulaire de 7000 h de vol observe aux jumelles pendant 51 mn depuis la RN 85 un tétraèdre brillant de 10 m de long, 4 feux bleu-vert en queue, 4000 m au-dessus de la tour antenne de Sandia Crest. L'incandescence augmente avec le mouvement. Il évalue sa vitesse à 35 km/h. L'objet descend à 3000 m, puis remonte pour disparaître à une vitesse vertigineuse, évaluée à 6000 km/h.
    • 27 juin : Observation dans le Pacifique (19' Nord, 172" Est) [cas Blue Book n° 10693 non résolu].
  • Juillet
    • Dans la région de Helva, 6 Mystère IV s'écrasent ensemble à quelques minutes de vol de Palomares, plusieurs heures après le passage au-dessus de Fréjus et du Var d'un énorme engin d'origine inconnue.
    • 11 Juillet : Observation à Union (Pennsylvanie) [cas Blue Book n° 10739 non résolu].
    • 22 Juillet : Un officier de marine américain circule le soir avec son fils John. Un objet plane au-dessus de la voiture : J'ai baissé la tête pour regarder à travers le parebrise, et je l'ai vu tout entier - il était juste devant. J'ai dit à John : 'Mon dieu, c'est une soucoupe volante.' C'était presque comme les films de science-fiction à la télévision... Il restait suspendu là, absolument silencieux, comme un clocher d'église éclairé la nuit. Ou encore il ressemblait à ces avions-suicides japonais qui se jetaient la nuit dans les faisceaux des projecteurs - cela me les a rappelés. Il a viré sur 100 m environ - absolument comme s'il était dépité. 2 autres voitures arrivent et le mystérieux engin va s'éteindre exactement comme un thermostat dans un appareil ménager, ne laissant plus alors qu'une ombre. L'ovni disparapît dans un sillage bleuté.
    • 25 Juillet : Observation à Vanceboro (Caroline du Nord) [cas Blue Book n° 10781 non résolu].
    • 30 Juillet : Un drone D-21 est lancé au-dessus de Point Mugu, mais retourne vers le A-12 (#135) en le détruisant. Les 2 membres d'équipage s'éjectent, mais l'un d'eux se noie avant d'être récupéré en mer. Tous les lancements de D-21 seront à compter de ce jour effectués par des B-52 [Peebles 1995].
    • 28 Juillet, dans la soirée : M. Lacoste, photographe à Saumur, ainsi que son épouse se promènent aux environs de Montsoreau (Maine-et-Loire). Tout d'un coup, ils aperçoivent une sphère rouge qui traverse le ciel. La lumière répandue par la sphère est si intense qu'elle éclaire toute la campagne environnante. Elle paraît toucher le sol puis s'élever de nouveau, et planer à mi-hauteur pendant quelque temps. Lacoste et sa femme, alors convaincu qu'il s'agit d'un engin militaire téléguidé, s'approchent à une distance d'environ 300 m de l'objet, et celui-ci part et est perdu de vue derrière les bois. L'observation a duré 4 mn. Un contrôle sera fait pour savoir si des expériences militaires n'ont pas eu lieu à cet endroit : il n'y en a eu aucune [Vallée 1969].
    • 29 Juillet : Alain Rouillet, fermier de Monstsoreau (Maine-et-Loire), signale que son champ de blé a été aplati sur environ 8 m2 et recouvert d'une substance huileuse et jaunâtre [Vallée 1969].
    • 31 Juillet : Observation au parc national de Presque Isle (Pennsylvanie) [cas Blue Book n° 10798 non résolu].
  • 6 Août : Dans une maison assez isolée du Texas, 3 jeunes enfants (âgés de 6 à 9 ans) remarquent un objet sombre en forme de bol renversé. Bien qu'il soit l'après-midi, les enfants n'ont pas vu l'objet arriver. L'objet est sombre, sans couleur et sans lumière. Puis une lueur jaune apparaît, comme si une porte s'ouvrait, et une petite créature se dessine dans ce carré de lumière. L'entité, haute de 90 cm à 1,20 m, porte un vêtement noir aux reflets jaunes ou dorés. Le spectacle dure quelques mn, puis la porte se referme. Un son sourd, tel un bourdonnement, se fait entendre, et l'objet part à une vitesse exceptionnelle. Jamais l'objet n'aura touché le sol : il planait à une haute de 4,50 m environ, à proximité d'un arbre qui n'a pas été abîmé et qui se trouve à environ 10 m de la maison.
  • 17 août
    • 17 h : Miguel José viana et Manuel Pereira da Cruz descendent de leur jeep au pied du Mooro do Vintem, accompagnés de 2 autres personnes. On les voit gravir la colline.
    • 19 h 15 : Affaire de Morro (Brésil).
  • 19 août
    • Observation à Donnybrook (Dakota du Nord) [cas Blue Book n° 10872 non résolu].
    • Le soir, un adolescent vivant au pied de la colline de Morro do Vintem va récupérer son cerf-volant et découvre 2 corps à environ 300 m de la colline, dissimulés par une épaisse végétation. Allongés côte à côte , les bras le long du corps, les cadavres sont revêtus d'habits du dimanche protégés par 2 imperméables neufs identiques. On trouve à côté d'eux des masques en plomb à visière, semblables à ceux que les électroniciens utilisent pour se protéger les yeux lors de soudures. Malgré les traces de sang près des corps, il ne semble pas y avoir eu de lutte.
  • 20 août
    • L'habitant vivant au pied de la colline de Morro do Vintem informe la police et les pompiers de sa découverte.
    • La police et les pompiers se rendent sur les pentes du Morro do Vintem. Ils découvrent un mouchoir, un morceau de papier aluminium bleu et blanc froissé, du papier Cellophane trempé dans un produit chimique et des bandes de papier chiffonnées. On peut lire sur certaines des formules mathématiques ou d'électricité ainsi que sur deux autres d'entre elles : A 4 h 30 de l'après-midi, se trouver au point désigné. A 6 h 30, avaler les capsules avec une orange. Une fois leur effet en cours, se protéger la moitié du visage avec les masques de plomb. Attente ensuite le signal convenu. et Dimanche, une capsule avant le repas ; lundi, une capsule le matin ; mardi, une capsule avant le repas ; mercredi, une capsule avant le coucher. L'enquête fut confiée à l'insepcteur José Venancio Bittencourt de la police de Rio de Janeiro. Les 2 victimes étaient Miguel José viana, 34 ans, et Manuel Pereira da Cruz, 32 ans, tous deux techniciens en électronique et spécialisés en télévision. Tous les deux mariés, ils habitaient la ville de Campos où on les connaissait bien. Les analyses montreront que le sang trouvé près des morts n'était pas le leur, et l'autopsie ne pourra déterminer la cause de leur mort. L'inspecteur Bittencourt est formel à ce sujet : Nos spécialistes ont exclu la possibilité d'un empoisonnement, d'un acte de violence ou d'un décès par asphixie. D'après un médecin légiste, la mort, qui remontait au 16 ou au 17 août, était naturelle (arrêt cardiaque). L'inspecteur Bittencourt n'a pas fait le lien entre cette double mort et l'ovni, ni même avec une quelconque expérience scientifique qui aurait mal tourné. Il s'agissait pour lui d'une mise en scène organisée par le ou les assassins dans le but de dissimuler un vol - on dit que les victimes étaient parties de chez elles avec une très grosse somme d'argent en liquide. Un repris de justice déclara plus tard d'être l'auteur du crime, mais il fut mis hors de cause.
  • 23 août : Observation à Columbus (Ohio) [cas Blue Book n° 10888 non résolu].
  • 25 août
    • Lancement du module de développement Apollo AS-202.
    • Un ovni fait du rase-mottes au-dessus de la base de missiles de Minot et coupe les transmissions de la salle radio anti-atomique. Le président Johnson dit vouloir la vérité à tout prix. Il nommera la Commission Condon à la fin de l'année.
  • 26 août : Observation à Gaylesville (Alabama) [cas Blue Book n° 10899 non résolu].
  • 1er septembre : Observation à Willsboro (New York) [cas Blue Book n° 10917 non résolu].
  • 3 septembre : Dans la même maison où eu lieu la manifestation du 6 août, presque toute la famille est sortie. Seule la fille aînée est restée en compagnie d'une amie. Elles regardent la télévision, dans le courant de l'après-midi, quand celle-ci tombe tout à coup en "panne" et s'éteint. La maison se trouve éclairée par une lumière étrange, rouge et jaune, qui semble tourner en rond. Les filles regardent au-dehors et voient un objet planant au même endroit, près du même arbre, comme dans la première manifestation. Sa forme est toujours celle d'un bol renversé sur un cercle plat, comme une soucoupe. Il est baigné de lumière et décolle peu après. Il n'y avait aucune signe de vie apparent à l'intérieur ni à l'extérieur de l'appareil.
  • 5 septembre : Le père est assi dans son lit, et peut voir l'embrasure sombre de la porte de la chambre de ses fils. Tout d'un coup, il aperçoit une petit être de 1 m à 1,20 m de haut, habillé de vêtements blancs et moulants, qui pénétre dans la chambre sombre. Il croit que c'est sa petite fille qui veut parler à sa mère, dans la chambre des garçons. 10 mn après environ, il aperçoit une sorte de "barre de lumière" qui parait s'effriter. Il se lève alors et va dans la chambre des garçons qui ont tous vu la barre de lumière. Il ne voit pas la créature en blanc. Sa femme déclarera que leur fille n'avait pas mis les pieds dans la chambre. On ne trouvera aucune preuve susceptible de confirmer la présence de la petite personne dans la maison.
  • 6 septembre : Observation à la base de l'USAF de Suffolk County (New York) [cas Blue Book n° 10933 non résolu].
  • 9 septembre
    • Observation à Franklin Springs (New York) [cas Blue Book n° 10942 non résolu].
    • Un message télétypé en provenance de la base de l'USAF de Kelly arrive à Dayton par les voies militaires. Il porte en en-tête Affaires courantes diverses et comme titre Rapport OVNI transmis conformément à l'AFR 200-2. Le rapport concerne 2 événements séparés, ayant eu lieu respectivement le 6 août et 3 septembre dans une petite ville du Texas. L'auteur du rapport est père de 4 enfants. Sa maison est située dans un endroit assez isolé et il n'a jamais parlé de ces événements à ses voisins. La carcasse de Lady, une jeune pouliche est découverte dans le comté d'Alamosa (Colorado). Le docteur John Atshuler en fera l'autopsie.
  • 13 septembre : Observation à Gwinner (Dakota du Nord) [cas Blue Book n° 10944 non résolu].
  • 18 septembre : Voir 18 décembre.
  • 22 Septembre, 3 h : A Deadwood (Dakota du Sud), 4 officiers de police observent pendant 1 h des lumières nocturnes. 2 binômes de policiers en patrouille dans 2 villes voisines observent un grand objet rond, blanc et brillant à 50 ° au dessus de l'horizon. Les communications radio entre les 2 groupes permettent une triangulation approximative qui situe l'objet dans le ciel à environ mi-chemin entre les 2 villes... Ils tentent de s'en rapprocher : L'objet demeura suspendu, immobile, pendant 15 mn environ, s'éteignant lorsque nous dirigions nos projecteurs sur lui. C'était de la taille de 1 $ d'argent tenu à bout de bras. Peu après un objet plus petit - une lumière - a rayé le ciel, et s'est également immobilisé auprès de la grande lumière. Puis la grande lumière a décrit une trajectoire carrée, envoyant de temps en temps vers le sol des rayons de lumière bleue. Après avoir manoeuvré ainsi pendant environ 1/2 h, les lumières partirent en flèche et à tout allure dans la direction d'où elles venaient, et disparurent en 5 s environ. Et tout cela de manière absolument silencieuse [Poher 2003].
  • 28 septembre : Observation à Wilmington (Ohio) [cas Blue Book n° 10973 non résolu].
  • Coleman von Keviczky, un émigré hongrois travaillant à l'ONU, presse le secrétaire général de l'organisation de mettre sur pied une commission internationale d'étude sur les ovnis.
  • octobre
    • 13ème "Convention Annuelle des Vaisseaux Spatiaux" en Octobre à Giant Rock (Californie)
      13ème "Convention Annuelle des Vaisseaux Spatiaux" en Octobre à Giant Rock (Californie) 
      A Giant Rock (Californie), la 13ème Convention Annuelle des Vaisseaux Spatiaux réunit 5000 personnes.
    • 5 octobre : Observation à Osceola (Wisconsin) [cas Blue Book n° 10996 non résolu].
    • Suite à différentes pressions (l'opinion, Ford, Hynek, von Keviczky, Mac Donald) le projet Blue Book est examiné par un comité de scientifiques qui propose de confier le travail d'une étude scientifique approfondie des ovnis à une université américaine dont l'impartialité ne pourrait être mise en cause. Le Congrès approuve le projet et confie cette tâche à la Commission Condon, au sein de l'université du Colorado.
    • 10 octobre: Intervention du docteur James Mac Donald, éminent physicien et membre de l'Académie des Sciences pour une étude objective et publique des ovnis.
    • 26 octobre
      • Lancement du 1er satellite Intelsat 2.
      • Observation à Cold Bay AFS (Alaska) [cas Blue Book n° 11092 non résolu].
    • 27 octobre : Récupération d'un corps suite à un crash dans le nord-ouest de l'Arizona.
  • novembre
    • 2 novembre : En Virginie, rencontre de Woodraw Derenberger.
    • 8 novembre
      • Observation à Saginaw (Minnesotta) [cas Blue Book n° 11135 non résolu].
      • 35 astrophysiciens brésiliens réunis à Sao Paulo au congrès de l'Institut brésilien d'astronautique affirement : Les soucoupes volantes existent.
      • Promulgation de l'AFR 80-17A.
    • Mission Gemini 12.
    • 9 Novembre : Observation ci-contre à Woonsocket (Rhode Island).
    • 15 Novembre
      • 23 h 30 : Première observation du Mothman près de Point Pleasant (Virginie Occidentale).
      • Un autre groupe voit la même créature 3 fois
      • Une autre personne rapporte que son chien a attaqué la créature et n'est plus revenu à la maison. Un détail du témoignage des 2 couples est qu'ils virent le corps d'un chien mort à côté de la route et que plus tard le chien n'était plus là. Il s'agissait apparemment du même chien, son propriétaire ayant suivi ses traces, qui s'arrêtent d'un seul coup.
    • Mardi 22 Novembre, 17 h 30 : En Espagne, Günther Wildemann, observe pendant 15 mn un objet de forme lenticulaire effectuant des rotation sur lui-même dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre. Il prend une photo, ressemblant très fortement à un nuage lenticulaire [VSD 2007 H].
  • Vendredi 25 Novembre, 7 h 15 : A Point Pleasant près de Clarksburg, Thomas Ury rencontre une créature volante.
  • 9 Décembre : Signature du traité entre les gouvernements australien et américain pour l'installation d'une JDSRF à Pine Gap (Australie).
  • 12 Décembre : Face à un auditoire réuni à l'hôtel Scribe de Nice, sous les auspices de l'Union Rationaliste, le directeur de l'observatoire de Nice, Jean-Claude Pecker, affirme que il est probable que la vie existe en dehors du monde terrestre.
  • Observation près du Lac Tiopati (New York) le 18 Décembre
    Observation près du Lac Tiopati (New York) 
    18 Décembre (septembre ?) : Près du lac Tiopati (New York), sur la rive Ouest de la rivière Hudson, 3 pêcheurs remarquent un objet volant circulaire métallique. L'un d'entre eux, Vincent Perna, prend 4 clichés (ci-contre) avant qu'il s'éloigne au-dessus de Stockbridge Mountain.
  • 25 Décembre : Observation à Monroe (Oregon) [cas Blue Book n° 11239 non résolu].
  • 30 Décembre : L'équipage d'un DC-8 de Canadian Pacific faisant Lima-Mexico voit 2 lumières blanches variant d'intensité se rapprochant et s'éloignant entre elles et de l'avion. 2 rayons en V en partent.Les lumières se rapprochent jusqu'à l'aile gauche. Une s'arrête. Une rangée de lumières est entre les deux lumières blanches. Le tout pendant 1 à 2 mn, puis tout disparaît vers l'arrière de l'avion.
  • Jacques Vallée, lors d'une conférence sur les ovnis en occident au Congrès de l'Union Mondiale des Mathématiciens à Moscou, tire les ufologues de leur inertie et incite quelques scientifiques à se prononcer.

 rr0.org

  

 

James E. MacDonald (docteur) (1920-1971)

 

James McDonald  MacDonald naît le 7 Mai 1920 à Duluth (Minnessotta). Il obtient un B. A. en Chimie de l'Université de Omaha (Nebraska) en 1942. Membre de l'American Meteorological Society (AMS) à partir de 1944, il intègre le renseignement et l'aérologie naval jusqu'en 1945, où il entre au MIT, où il obtient un M. A. en Météorologie.

  A partir de 1946 il intègre l'Université d'Etat de l'Iowa. Il y enseigne la Physique jusqu'en 1949, puis à partir de 1950 est professeur assistant en physique jusqu'en 1953 (il obtient un doctorat en la matière en 1951).

Observation

  McDonald et sa femme font une observation alors qu'ils roulent dans le désert de l'Arizona, mais McDonald ne va pas s'en préoccuper plus que cela.

  A partir de 1953, il entame des travaux de recherche sur la physique des nuages à l'Université de Chicago, jusqu'en 1954 ou il obtient un poste de professeur assistant en Physique à l'Université d'Arizona. Il y enseigne jusqu'en 1957, devenu professeur à part entière un an plus tôt.

  A partir de 1961 il participe au Comité sur les Resources de l'Eau, jusqu'en 1965 où il intègre un autre Comité, celui sur les Changements Météorologiques du NAS.

  En 1966, il intègre également le Comité Conseil sur les Tempêtes de la Marine.

Ovnis (1966)

  McDonald ne commance à s'intéresser vraiment aux ovnis qu'à partir du printemps 1966. Cette année-là il se rend à la base de l'USAF de Dayton pour collecter parmi les rapports d'observations d'ovnis des informations ayant un intérêt météorologique. Il en sort boulversé et fou de rage.

  En 1958 il intègre l'Institut des Etudes Atmosphériques de l'Arizona, en tant que doyen.

  Spécialiste des ovnis authentiques et non expliqués, il devient aveugle suite à une tentative de suicide.

  McDonald déclare que :

Si chaque journal quotidien, dans chaque grand ville, donnait un compte-rendu adéquat de tous les rapports américains sur les ovnis, envoyés durant les dernières 24 heures, les citoyens, au bout d'une semaine, seraient en révolte, demandant au Congrès d'enquêter sur ce qui se passe !

  D'autre part, dans une brochure éditée par le GEPA, McDonald démontre la réalité du problème, preuves à l'appui, et s'étonne que les journaux se taisent.

  Il reçoit de la part des docteurs Levine et Saunders, 2 membres du projet Blue Book, une copie d'un mémo de Robert Low, coordinateur du projet, exposant comment organiser le projet afin d'aboutir à la conclusion de la non-inexistence des soucoupes volantes. MacDonald vocifère sur le directeur du projet Edward Condon, mais commet l'erreur de donner les noms de ses indicateurs. Saunders et Levine sont renvoyés du projet.

  Il enquête durant toute l'année sur le terrain, entend les témoins. Le 10 Octobre, il intervient pour une étude objective et publique des ovnis. Le 19 octobre, devant la Société Météorologique Américaine, déclare :

Les recherches passées du programme Blue Book sont entièrement superficielles, à un niveau de compétence scientifique très bas, suivant la politique de la CIA d'étouffement systématique des soucoupes volantes. Il y a 5 à 10 fois plus de cas inexpliqués qu'on en indique.

  En 1967, il intègre le Comité des Changements Météorologiques de la NSF (sur l'Histoire des Sciences Atmosphériques jusqu'en 1970). Cette année-là il déclare :

Je n'ai absolument aucune idée d'où viennent les ovnis ni de comment ils sont manoeuvrés, mais après 10 années de recherches, je sais qu'ils viennent d'au-delà notre atmosphère.

  Le 22 Avril, il déclare devant l'Association Américaine des Directeurs de Journaux que la Commission Robertson a été réunie par les services de renseignement de l'Air et la CIA dans le but avoué de tarir la source publique des informations de manière à réduire le bruit de fond susceptible de couvrir les informations nécessaires aux services de renseignement : Il semble particulièrement important pour les gens de la Sécurité de réduire le bruit pouvant couvrir les véritables signaux provenant de véritables canaux de renseignement.

  En décembre 1969 il participe au symposium de l'AAAS sur les ovnis.

  McDonald contredira les thèses (plasmas, etc.) de sceptiques comme Donald Menzel et Philip Klass.

Mort dramatique (1971)

  Le 13 Juin 1971, à 11 h du matin, 2 promeneurs découvrent le corps de McDonald près du pont enjambant le cañon Del Oro près de Tucson, dans le désert de l'Arizona. Un révolver de calibre 39 se trouve près de lui, ainsi qu'une note. McDonald, à cette époque quasi-aveugle, se serait donc rendu en voiture dans le désert pour mettre fin à ses jours. Le UFO Investigator du NICAP indiquera que cette mort avait suivi une période de 3 mois pendant laquelle le professeur avait souffert d'une grave dépression nerveuse.

  McDonald était membre de l'AAAS, American Meteorological Society (AMS), Sigma Xi, American Geophysical Society, American Society of University Professors. Il était marié, avec 6 enfants.

Auteur de :

  • The physics of cloud modification (Advances in geophysics, volume 5) — Un article qui va servir de référence en la matière.
  • Statement on international scientific aspects of the problem of unidentified flying objects, envoyé aux Nations Unies le 7 juin 1967
  • UFOs: extraterrestrial probes ? (Aeronautics and astronautics, journal de l'AIAA, Vol. 5, août 1967, pp. 19-20)
  • UFOs greatest scientific problem of our times, octobre 1967
  • UFOs - An international scientific problem, présenté le 12 mars 1968, au symposium du Canadian Aeronautics and Space Institute Astronautics de Montréal (Canada)
  • Symposium sur les ovnis - Déclaration de James E. McDonald (29 juillet 1968)
  • The dissenting view (Engineering opportunities, Avril 1969, p. 33)
  • The Condon report (Icarus, Vol 11, #3, novembre 1969, pp. 443-447)
  • Science in default: 22 Years of inadequate UFO investigations (AAAS, 134th Meeting, 27 décembre 1969)
  • Facteurs météorologiques dans les retours radar non identifiés, article présenté à la 14ème Conférence sur la Météorologie Radar à Tucson (Arizona), 17 au 20 Novembre 1970 (Boston: American Meteorological Society 1970, pp. 456-463)
  • UFO encounter 1 - Air Force observations of an unidentified flying Object in the south-central U.S., 17 Juillet 1957 à titre postume (Aeronautics and Astronautics, Juillet 1971, pp. 66-70)

Références :

 rr0.org

  

 

Déclaration de James E. McDonald

 

  1. Biographie
  2. Déclaration orale
  3. Questions des membres du Comité
  4. Déclaration préparée

(La biographie du Dr. McDonald suit :)

Dr. James E. McDonald

Né : Duluth (Minnessota), 7 Mai 1920. Adresse personnelle : 3461 East Third St., Tucson, Ariz.

Formation :

    Université d'Omaha, Omaha (Nebraska), B.A. (Chimie) 1942.

    Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass. (Météorologie) 1945.

    Université d'Etat de l'Iowa, Ames, Ia., Ph.D. (Physique) 1951.

Carrière professionnelle :

    Instructor, Dept. de Physique, Université d'Etat de l'Iowa, 1946-49.

    Assistant Professor, Dept. of Physique, Iowa State University, 1950-53.

    Checheur physicien. Projet de Physique des Nuages, Université de Chicago, 1953-54.

    Professeur assistant, Dept. de Physique, Université d'Arizona, 1954-56, Professeur, 1956-57.

    Directeur adjoint. Institut de Physique Atmosphérique, Université d'Arizona, 1954-57.

    Professeur, Dept. de Météorologie, et Physicien Senior, Institut de Physique Atmosphérique, 1958 à aujourd'hui.

Autres activités :

    Marine U.S., 1942-45, renseignement naval et aérologie.

    Membre, Panel on Weather and Climate Modification, National Academy of Sciences, 1965-present

    Membre, ESSA-Navy Project Stormfury Advisory Panel, 1966-present.

    Membre, American Meteorological Society Commission on Publications, 1966- present.

    Membre, Advisory panel for weather modification. National Science Foundation, 1967-present.

Professional memberships:

    American Association for Advancement of Science, American Meteorological Society, Sigma Xi, American Geophysical Union, Royal Meteorological Society, Arizona Academy of Science, American Association of University Professors.

Personel: Marrié, 1945, Betsy Hunt: 6 enfants.

Domaines d'intérêt particulier :

    Physique atmosphérique, Physique des nuages et des précipitations, optique météorologique, électricité atmosphérique, modification de la météo, phénomènes aériens non identifiés.

Déclaration du Dr. James E. McDonald, Physicien sénior, Institut de Physique Atmosphérique, and professeur, Département de Météorologie, Université d'Arizona, Tucson (Arizona)

Dr. McDonald. Merci, M. Roush.

  Je suis particulièrement ravi d'avoir cette chance de fournir des commentaires et suggestions sur la base de ma propre expérience au comité, et je souhaite recommander le Comité sur la Science et l'Astronautique pour franchir cette première, et j'espère très significative étape, afin d'examiner le problème qui a intrigué tant de gens depuis 20 ans.

  Comme le Dr. Hynek l'a souligné dans ses remarques, une des difficultés du problème dont nous parlons aujourd'hui est que la communauté scientifique, pas seulement aux Etats-Unis mais au niveau mondial, a eu tendance à écarter le problème ovni et à le considérer comme insensé. Le fait que tant de données anecdotiques soient impliquées a, on peut le comprendre, découragé nombre de scientifiques de prendre au sérieux ce qui, en fait, je pense est un sujet d'une importance scientifique extraordinaire.

  J'ai étudié maintenant depuis près de 2 ans, à un niveau plutôt intensif, le problème ovni. J'ai interrogé plusieurs centaines de témoins dans des cas sélectionnés, et je suis étonné de ce que j'ai trouvé.

  Je n'ai aucune idée that the actual UFO situation is anything like what it really appears to be.

  Il y a un certain parallèle entre la lente renconnaissance du problème par le Dr. Hynek et ma lente reconnaissance du problème. J'ai été curieux des ovnis de manière courante pendant 10 ou 20 ans et ait même examiné des cas dans la région de l'Arizona du sud off and on rather casually, rencontrant principalement des laymen sincères ne reconnaissant pas une lumière de stroboscope d'avion, ou Vénus, ou un météore brillant, lorsqu'ils les voient. Il est assez vrai que de nombreuses personnes identifient mal des phénomènes naturels ; et mon expérience a été principalement mais pas entièrement limitée à cette sorte de cas.

  Il y a 2 ans environ je devins plus que casually curious pour plusieurs raisons qui ne sont pas très pertinentes ici, et commençais à passer bien plus de temps et changeais rapidement mes notions sur le problème. Je visitais la base aérienne de Wright-Patterson, vit leur fichiers ovnis très impressionnants et surprenants, dont le schéma est complètement différent de ce que j'avais imaginé.

  A la même époque, je contactais un certain nombre de groupes privés d'enquêtes sur les ovnis, l'un des meilleurs et les plus constructifs étant situé ici à Washington, le Comité National d'Enquêtes sur les Phénomènes Aériens ; contactais un autre des grands groupes nationaux, l'Organisation de Recherche sur le Phénomène Aérien, et trouvais à nouveau quelque peu à ma surprise, que des groupes amateurs opéraient on a shoestring basis, et souvent dédaignés par nous les scientifiques, faisaient, en fait, vraiment un travail d'enquête plutôt bon étant données leurs ressources, et avaient compilé dans leurs dossiers, par exemple au NICAP, de l'ordre de 10000 ou 12000 cas, dont j'ai vérifié de nombreux par la suite, et tous impliquant un problème that has been lost from sight, swept under the rug, ignored, and now needs to be very rapidly brought out into the open as a problem demanding very serious and very high-caliber scientific attention.

  I wish to emphasize that. We must very quickly have very good people looking into this problem, because it appears to be one of very serious concern. We are dealing here with inexplicable phenomena, baffling phenomena, that will not be clarified by any but the best scientists.

  The scope of my remarks this morning, and the scope of my more detailed remarks in my prepared statement which has been submitted, deal with two broad areas:

  I have been asked to summarize the results of my interviewing of witnesses in the last 2 years, what I found, the problems I have encountered and so on; and, secondly to address myself to the categories of past explanations of UFO sightings, that hinge on my own field of atmospheric Physique.

  Let me turn very briefly to my experience. In the past 2 years I have been able to devote a substantial part of my time to this problem. I have mainly concentrated on witnesses in UFO sightings that have already been checked by some of the independent groups; that is, I was no longer, in the last 2 years, dealing with original raw data where it was primarily misidentified phenomena, but rather, I was dealing with presifted, presorted data, leaning very heavily on groups like NICAP and APRO, and other groups in this country and other groups abroad for my leads and background material.

  I have also had a chance to interview 75 or 80 witnesses in Australia, New Zealand, and Tasmania, when I was down in that area last summer. There were various kinds of atmospheric explanations that bad been invoked in Australian cases. I must say that many of them are just as reasonable from the scientific point of view as many that we have heard in this country. But primarily I found in Australia that the nature of the sightings is similar to those in the United States, disk-like objects, cigar-shaped objects, objects without wings, without evident means of propulsion, frequently hovering without any sound, sometimes making sounds, hovering over cars, stopping cars, as Dr. Hynek has pointed out, causing interference with the ignition system, and the same kind of public reluctance to report was very evident.

  I want to emphasize, as one of the very important misconceptions that has been fostered, that instead of dealing with witnesses who are primarily looking for notoriety, who want to tell a good story, who are all out to gain attention, it is generally quite the opposite. And this is true in Australia, too. People are quite unwilling to tell you about a UFO sighting, afraid acquaintances would think they nave "gone around the bend," as Australians put it. Over and over you encounter that. People are reluctant to report what they are seeing. There is a real ridicule lid that has not been contrived by any group, it just has evolved in the way the whole problem has unfolded. This is not entirely new in science. It has occurred before.

  I am sure a number here at the speakers' table are familiar with an interesting chapter in science years ago when meteorites, out of which NASA and many scientists around the world now get a very large amount of useful scientific information, were scorned and scoffed as unreal. It was regarded as nonsense that peasants were telling stories about stones falling out of the sky. The efforts of a few scientists to take a look at the problem and to get some initial data simply were ignored until a very unusual but very real event occurred in northern France, a meteorite shower. So they sent an eminent academician out to have a look at what these people were talking about, and by golly, the peasants appeared to be right. Everybody in the village, the prefect of police, the local administrators, all the peasants, had seen stones fall out of the sky, and for the first time the French Academy deigned to take a look at the problem. Meteoritics was born.

  Here we now face a very similar situation in science. We have tended to ignore it because we didn't think it made sense. It definitely defies any explanation, and hence the situation has evolved where we can't get going because we aren't already going.

  The scientific community as a whole won't take this problem seriously because it doesn't have scientific data. They want instrumental data.

  Why don't they have instrumental data ? Because the scientists don't take it seriously enough to get the scientific data. It is like the 20-year-old who can't get a job because he lacks experience, and he lacks experience because he hasn't had a job. In the same way you find the scientist wishing you would give him good hard meter readings and magnetometer traces, and so on: but we don't have it yet because the collective body of scientists, including myself, have ignored UFO's.

  Turning to some of the highlights of my interviewing experience, I first mention the "ridicule lid." We are not dealing with publicity seekers. We are not, and I here concur with Dr. Hynek's remarks, we are not dealing with religiosity and cultism. Those persons aren't really the least bit interested in observations. They have firm convictions entirely independent of observations. They do not cause noise that disturbs the real signal at all.

  Le général Samford de la Force Aérienne l'a bien dit, il y a 16 ans de cela. Le général Samford, alors Directeur du Renseignement, dit, et je l'appuie à 100 %, des observateurs crédibles observent des objets relativement incroyables. Ce fut dit il y a 16 ans de cela, et cela arrive toujours.

  I will touch in a moment or two on a sighting in Mr. Pettis' district that very well illustrates that, a sighting this year in Redlands, Calif., which I think Dr. Harder may be able to tell still more about.

  Another characteristic in interviewing the witnesses is the tendency for the UFO witness to turn first not to the hypothesis that he is looking at a spaceship, but rather it must be an ambulance out there with a blinking red light or that it is a helicopter up there. There is a conventional interpretation considered first; only then does the witness get out of the car or patrol car and realize the thing is stopped in midair and is going backwards and has six bright lights, or something like that. Only after an economical first hypothesis does the witness, in these impressive cases, go further in his hypotheses, and finally realize he is looking at something he has never seen before.

  J'aime la phrase du Dr. Hynek pour cela, l'escalade d'hypothèses. Cette tendance à prendre une supposition d'abord puis à upgrade it est si caractéristique que je souligne que c'est un point très important.

  Then, looking at the negative side, all of us who have checked cases are sometimes in near anguish at the typical inability of the scientifically untrained person to estimate angles, to even understand what you are asking for when you ask for an angular estimation. We are all aware of the gross errors in distances, heights, and speeds so estimated.

  And I would emphasize to those who cite jury trial experience that the tendency for a group of witnesses to an accident to come in with quite different accounts, must not be overstressed here. Those witnesses don't come in from, say, a street corner accident and claim they saw a giraffe killed by a tiger. They talk about an accident. They are confused about details. There is legally confusing difference of timing and distance, and so on; but all are in agreement that it was an auto accident.

  So also when you deal with multiple-witness cases in UFO sightings. There is an impressive core of consistency; everybody is talking about an object that has no wings, all of 10 people may say it was dome shaped or something like that, and then there are minor differences as to how big they thought it was, how far away, and so on. Those latter variations do pose a very real problem. It stands as a negative factor with respect to the anecdotal data, but it does not mean we are not dealing with real sightings of real objects.

  Then there's the very real but not terribly serious problem of the hoaxers, fabricators, liars, and so on. You do encounter cases from time to time where you end up thinking, well, this person has some reason to have invented the whole story. Sometimes it is fairly apparent. Sometimes it takes a lot of digging to prove it.

  I might say here that the independent investigative groups have done an excellent job. It takes a knowledge of human characteristics, not scientific expertise to detect lies and hoaxes.

  Then there is the problem that you always have to be sure in talking with witnesses that you are not dealing with somebody already very enthusiastic about UFO's. You have to try to establish, and this is not always easy, whether he has prior knowledge of the whole UFO literature. Are you dealing with somebody who is just telling you again what he has read in a recent magazine in the barber chair?

  I emphasize that my experience is that again and again you find people who were not really interested in UFO's until they saw one themselves. Then they suddenly became very, very concerned, as one more member of the public who has become a UFO witness; and in this body of citizens there are some very distressed persons who wish that the scientific community, or the Government, were doing something about this problem.

  The types of objects that are being seen, and I state the word "objects" not "hazy lights," are spread over quite a range of types, a baffling range.

  I want to use that word many times, because it speaks for my experience. The UFO problem is baffling. But there is a predominance of disc-shaped objects and elongated cigar-shaped objects, objects without wings, appendages, tails, and that sort of thing. Typically, wingless objects, disc- and cigar-shaped.

  The same type of observations have been coming from all parts of the world, and have been for a number of years. My direct interviews with a witness in Australia speak for that global pattern.

  Another characteristic that emerges is a quite fluctuatory frequency of sightings. Right now, in the past few months, there have not been very many really impressive cases that have come up; but last fall, for example, England had a wave of sightings which was unprecedented in the English experience, that led, for example, to a BBC documentary that has just been produced. It led also to a recently published study, that I got only a couple of weeks ago from the Stoke-on-Trent area in Staffordshire, 70 sightings in about a 2½ month period in this area. It happens that one of my colleagues is an English physicist from that very area. As he points out, these are no-nonsense people who are not airy-fairy types that would be on LSD), or seeing ghosts in the sky.

  He is puzzled, and I am puzzled.

  Well, there are many questions that are asked by skeptical scientists, skeptical members of the public; and skepticism, as Mark Twain said, is what gets you an education.

  Il y a des questions comme : Pourquoi ne voit-on pas d'ovnis à l'étranger ? Pourquoi des ovnis ne sont-ils pas vu par des pilotes de ligne ? Pourquoi des ovnis ne sont-ils pas vu par des foules plutôt que par des personnes seules ? Pourquoi ne sont-ils pas détectés par les radars ? Pourquoi les observateurs météo et météorologues ne voient-ils pas d'ovnis ? Pourquoi n'y a-t-il pas de bangs soniques, ou pourquoi n'y a-t-il pas d'ovnis écrasés ?

  Et finalement une question soulevée fréquemment : Si les ovnis viennent d'ailleurs, s'ils sont vraiment des appareils représentant une civilisation supérieure, pourquoi pas de contact ? C'est une question qui vient encore et encore, la plupart des personnes en savant assez sur le problème ovni pour réaliser qu'il doit y avoir quelque chose ne peuvent, dans leur première approche du problème, concevoir une visite depuis autre part, une surveillance, ou ce que vous voulez, sans contact.

  I want to return to that point later, but I wish to emphasize that that is a fallacious question. If we were under surveillance from some advanced technology sufficiently advanced to do what we cannot do in the sense of interstellar travel, then, as Arthur Clarke has put it quite well, quoted in Time magazine the last week, we have an odd situation. Arthur Clarke points out that any sufficiently advanced technology would be indistinguishable from magic. How well that applies to UFO sightings. You have a feeling you are dealing with some very high technology, devices of an entirely real nature which defy explanation in terms of present-day science. To say that we could anticipate the values, reasons, motivations, and so on, of any such system that has the capability of getting here from somewhere else is fallacious.

  That is a homocentric fallacy of the most obvious nature, yet it is asked over and over again.

  In my prepared statement I will be able to cover more of these points, of course.

  The heart of the problem lies in citing cases, and I have investigated, personally, on the order of 300 cases dealing with key witnesses. I have looked as carefully as I can for all reasonable explanations.

  There are many cases that fall apart when you investigate them. Then there are far too many that resist the best analysis that many of us have been able to subject them to.

  Let me just cite briefly, to take a recent case rather than an old one, the instance at Redlands, and perhaps Dr. Harder can fill you in in more detail.

  On February 4 of this year, at 7:20 in the evening, over a residential area in that city of population 30,000, a disc was seen. Twenty witnesses interviewed by University of Redlands' investigators, described it as having "windows" or "ports" or something of that sort. They interviewed a little over half a dozen of them and all saw something on the bottom that they described as "looking like jets."

  This object was hovering at an estimated height of about 300 feet. The estimates vary, but it came out about 300 feet. The citizens had gone out in the street because dogs were barking and, because they had heard an unusual noise, and pretty soon there were people all up and down the street. It was estimated that more than 100 witnesses were involved, and 20 were directly interviewed.

  Here was an object seen by many persons. It hovered, then shot up to about double the height, hovered again, and moved down across Redlands a short distance, hovered once again, and then took off rapidly to the northwest.

  This case has not received any scientific attention beyond this investigation by Dr. Philip Seff and his colleagues. It has not received public notoriety. This was, in fact, only reported in a short column in the local paper and not on the wires anywhere. That happens over and over again.

  Here, for example, are the reports for one month of last fall, clipping-service coverage on the things that get local coverage, but don't get on the wires, because in the present climate of the opinion, wire editors, like scientists, Congressmen, and the public at large, feel sure there is nothing to all this, and they don't put them on the wires. You have to go right to the local town to get press coverage in most cases.

  The Redlands, February 1968, case illustrates that very well. Once in a while a case will get on the wires and receive national attention, but by and large, one just doesn't read about these cases in other parts of the country, because wire services don't carry them.

  Let me tell you another case that answers the questions: "Why aren't there multiple witnesses?" "Why aren't they seen in cities?" "Why aren't these ever seen in the daytime?"

  It is true that there is a preponderance of nighttime sights. Maybe this is merely a matter of luminosity.

  It is also true that there seem to be more reports from rather remote areas, say desert areas or swampy areas, than in the middle of cities. But there are city observations. And it is also true there are more individual witness cases than sightings by large crowds. But in every instance there are striking exceptions to this.

  In New York City, on November 22, 1966, a total of eight witnesses, members of the staff of the American Newspaper Publishers Association, were the witnesses in a good case. I interviewed William Leick, of that staff, the manager of the office there. I heard about it through a NICAP report. It did not appear in the papers, as I will mention. William Leick had been looking out the window, saw an object over the U.N. building. It was hovering, and as he talked to a colleague he realized there was something odd about it, so they walked out on the terrace. Soon they had six others out on the terrace. This was at 4:30 in the afternoon. It was kind of a cushion-shaped object, as he described it, and had no wings. It was rocking a little from time to time, blinked in the afternoon sun a little bit, had kind of an orange glow. All eight were watching, and after it hovered for several moments it rose vertically and then took off at high speed. There is an example of midtown sighting in New York where the witnesses are staff members of a responsible organization. Leick, himself, had been trained in intelligence, in World War II. There is no reason at all to think he and his colleagues would invent this.

  They did call a New York paper, but to say they weren't the least bit interested. There was no report published in a New York paper. Next they called a local Air Force office but no one came to investigate it. It came to my attention because one of the members of the staff knew of NICAP and sent NICAP a report.

  This sort of thing has happened over and over again. The ridicule lid keeps these out of sight; too many of them are occurring to delay any longer in getting at this problem with all possible scientific assistance.

  A famous multiple-witness instance occurred in Farmington, N. Mex., on March 17, 1950. I interviewed seven witnesses there. A very large number of objects were involved. There were several different groups of objects, all described as disc-shaped objects. They were explained as Skyhook balloons, officially, so I checked into that.

  I finally established that there was no Skyhook balloon released anywhere in the United States on or near that day. The witnesses included some of the leading citizens in the town. It was reported nationally at that time but was soon forgotten.

  I have interviewed one of the witnesses in a Washington State sighting, at Longview, Wash., July 3, 1949. An air show was being held and someone spotted the UFO because there was a sky-writing aircraft overhead that some people were watching. They spotted the first of three disc-like objects that came over Longview that morning. The person whom I interviewed is a former Navy commander, Moulton B. Taylor. He was the manager of the air show, so he got on the public address system and got everybody to look at this object before it crossed the skies. It was fluttering as it went across the sky. There were pilots, engineers, police officers, and Longview residents in the audience. Many had binoculars. Taylor estimated it to be about 10 minutes of arc in diameter. Because the aircraft was still skywriting people continued to watch the sky. Two successive objects of the same type flew over in the next 20 minutes. A total of three objects came over, and they were from three different directions: one from the north, one from the northwest, and one almost from the west, quite clearly ruling out an explanation like balloons, which became the official explanation. There were no balloon stations anywhere near Longview, Wash., as a matter of fact, and the balloon explanation is quite inadequate.

  Here we have a case of over a hundred witnesses to the passage of a wingless object moving at relatively high velocity. When the second and third objects went over, someone had the presence of mind to time the fluttering rate -- it was 48 per minute.

  Here again we have a multiple-witness case, a daytime sighting case, and one which you can't quickly write off.

  Si le temps le permet je voudrais parler d'un certain nombre de cas radar. Un des plus fameux est l'observation de l'Aéroport National de Washington. Le 19 juillet 1952, les radars de la CAA et de la base aérienne d'Andrews repérèrent des inconnus se déplaçant à des vitesses variant de 100 miles/h à plus de 800 miles/h, et un certain nombre de pilotes de ligne dans les airs les virent, et were in some instances vectored in by the CAA radar people, and then saw luminous objects in the same area that they showed on radar up near Herndon and Martinsburg.

  I talked to five of these CAA people. One can still go back and check these old cases, I emphasize. I also talked to four of the airline pilots who were in the air at the time. I have gone over the quantitative aspects of the official explanation that this was ducting or trapping of the radar beams. That is quite untenable. I have gone over the radiosonde, computed the radar refractive index gradient, and it is nowhere near the ducting gradient.

  Also, it is very important that at one time three different radars, two CAA and one Andrews Air Force Base radar, all got compatible echoes. That is extremely significant.

  And finally from a radar-propagation point of view, the angles of propagation, radar and visual, were far above any values that would permit trapping, which makes this a case which is not an explained case. It was an instance of unidentified aerial objects over our Capital, I believe.

  One could go on with many cases. I want to just briefly touch two categories of atmospheric explanations that have been rather widely discussed, and close with that.

  Meteorological optics is a subject, that I enjoy and have looked into over the years rather carefully, and I must express for the record my very strong disagreement with Dr. Donald H. Menzel, former director of Harvard Observatory, whose two books on the subject of UFO's lean primarily on meteorological explanations. I have checked case after case of his, and his explanations are very, very far removed from what are well-known principles and quantitative aspects of meteorological optic objects. He has made statements that simply do not fit what is known about meteorological objects.

  I would be prepared to talk all day on specific illustrations but time will not permit more.

  Secondly, there has more recently been a suggestion made by "Aviation Week" Senior Editor Philip J. Klass, that the really interesting UFO's are atmospheric-electrical plasmas of some type similar to ball lightning, but perhaps something different, something we don't yet understand but are generated by atmospheric processes.

  The first time anyone tried the ball lightning hypothesis was in Air Force Project Grudge, back in 1949. The Weather Bureau was asked to do a special study of ball lightning. I recently got a declassified copy of that, and the Air Force position at that time, and since then was that ball lightning doesn't come near to explaining these sightings. I concur in that. When you deal with multiple-witness cases involving discs with metallic luster, definite outline, seen in the daytime, completely removed from a thunderstorm, perhaps seen over center Manhattan, or perhaps in Redlands, Calif., they are not ball lightning or plasmas.

  In weather completely unrelated to anything that could provide a source of energy, the continuous power source required to maintain a plasma in the face of recombination and decay of a plasma, Klass' views just do not make good sense.

  It is just not reasonable to suggest that, say the BOAC Stratocruiser that was followed by six UFO's for 90 miles up in the St. Lawrence Valley in 1954 was followed by a plasma, or that these people in Redlands were looking at a plasma, or that the 20 or so objects that went over Farmington were plasmas.

  One of the most characteristic features of a plasma is its very short lifetime and exceedingly great instability, as some of your members will know from your contact with fusion research problems. The difficulty of sustaining a plasma for more than microseconds is a very great difficulty. To suggest that clear weather conditions can somehow create and maintain plasmas that persist for many minutes, and fool pilots with 18,000 flight hours into thinking that they are white- and red-domed discs, to take a very famous case over Philadelphia where the pilot thought he was about 100 yards from this dome-disc, is unreasonable. It is not a scientifically well-defended viewpoint.

  To conclude, then, my position is that UFO's are entirely real and we do not know what they are, because we have laughed them out of court. The possibility that these are extraterrestrial devices, that we are dealing with surveillance from some advanced technology, is a possibility I take very seriously.

  I reach that hypothesis, as my preferred hypothesis, not by hard fact, hardware, tailfins, or reading license plates, but by having examined hundreds of cases and rejected the alternative hypothesis as capable of accounting for them.

  I am afraid that this possibility has sufficiently good backing for it, despite its low a priori ability, that we must examine it. I think your committee, with its many concerns for the entire aerospace program, as well as our whole national scientific program, has a very special reason for examining that possibility. Should that possibility be correct, if there is even a chance of its being correct, we ought to get our best people looking at it. Instead, we are collectively laughing at this possibility.

  To meet Mr. Rumsfeld's request, let me remark on Dr. Hynek's two recommendations. I strongly concur in the need for some new approach. I am sure Dr. Hynek was not suggesting there be one single UFO committee. In fact, he said, "not a one-shot approach." A pluralistic approach to the problem is needed here.

  The Defense Department is already supporting some work on it. NASA definitely has a need to look at this problem. We have to pay very serious attention to the problem and get a variety of new approaches.

  The other point Dr. Hynek mentioned was that we try to look at this on a worldwide basis. This is crucially important. We are dealing with a real problem here, and I insist it is a global problem. We can study it in the United States, but if we ignore what is happening in France and England -- one of the greatest UFO waves that ever occurred was in France -- would be a serious mistake. I strongly urge that your committee consider holding rather more extensive Hearings in which a larger segment of the scientific community is given the opportunity to talk pro and con on the issue, hearings aimed at getting a new measure of scientific attention to this important problem.

  Merci.


Mr. Roush. Thank you, Dr. McDonald, for your presentation. As we explained awhile ago, we are pressed for time. We are entertaining questions from members of the committee.

Mr. Bell. Dr. McDonald, I want to compliment you on your interesting statement. But what leads you to believe that whatever these phenomena are, they are extraterrestrial?

What facts do you have?

Dr. McDonald. May I say I wouldn't use the word "believe." I would say the "hypothesis" that these are extraterrestrial surveillance, is the hypothesis I presently regard as most likely.

As I mentioned, it is not hard facts in the sense of irrefutable proof, but dealing with case after case wherein the witnesses showed credibility I can't impugn. That impresses me. These are not at all like geophysical or astronomical phenomena; they appear to be craft-like machine-like devices. I would have to answer you in terms of case after case that I and others have investigated, to make all this clear. It is this very large body of impressive witnesses' testimony, radar-tracking data on ultra-high-speed objects sometimes moving at over 5,000 miles an hour, UFO's, combined radar-visual sightings, and just too much other consistent evidence that suggests we are dealing with machine-like devices from somewhere else.

M. Bell. Have there been pictures taken ?

Dr. McDonald. Yes; there nave been pictures taken.

For instance, a photograph taken in Ohio, by an Air Force photo reconnaissance plane May 24, 1954. I recently have looked a little more closely at the data. This was explained as an undersun, but that idea is subject to quantitative observation. The angles just do not fit. There is a very important case at Edwards Air Force base with two witnesses, where they got photographs of the object. Unfortunately, in this case I have not seen the photo, but I have talked with the persons who took it. There are photographs, but not nearly as many as we would like. We would like to have lots of them. In a case in Corning, Calif., a police officer, one of five witnesses, had a loaded camera in his patrol car, 20 paces from where he watched the object, didn't even think of getting his camera. He said he was too flabbergasted to think of it. That is a part of the problem.

M. Roush. M. Hechler.

M. Hechler. Avez-vous examiné de quelconques rapports de communication par ces objets ?

Dr. McDonald. Oui ; le problème du contact est très important. Il y a une catégorie de contact, pas au sens d'un serrage de mains, mais plutôt light response. J'ai un fichier sur plusieurs d'entre eux, et j'en cherche d'autres. Par exemple, à Shamokin (Pennsylvanie), Kerstetter est le nom du témoin, il travaille pour une banque à Shamokin. J'ai parlé au président de la banque au sujet de sa fiabilité et eut de très bonnes recommandations. L'année dernière, lui et sa femme et sa famille étaient en voiture près d'une arête montagneuse à Shamokin, virent une chose stationnant au-dessus de la montagne, comme les lumières clignotantes d'un theater marquee. Il avait une lampe-torche. Il ne connaissait pas le code Morse, mais cela n'était vraiment pas grave. Il envoya des flashes lumineuses dans divers ordres et reçus les lumières en retour de la chose. La même chose arriva à Newton (New Hampshire) en août de l'année dernière, où plusieurs personnes virent un objet arrivant au-dessus d'eux. Ils eurent la même idée et se signalèrent avec une lampe-torche. Ce n'était pas du Morse, ce n'était pas trait point, puis trait trait trait, et cela revint avec des signaux lumineux répliqués, sans erreur. La même chose arriva en Virginie Occidentale, où un pharmacien, nommé Sommers, fit cela avec ses phares. Alors que j'étais en Australie, je parlais de chasseurs sortis chasser le kangourou. Un disque arriva au-dessus, un dit : donne-leur du Morse ; le flash revint faithfully, et ils partirent en vitesse. Est-ce un contact ? Je ne sais pas. Personne got any intelligence out of it either way, if you will pardon the whimsy. Il serait terrible qu'en fait cela soit de la surveillance et notre technologie ait été représentée par la lampe-torche toujours prête [Rire].

We may be flunking our exam.

M. Roush. M. Downing.

M. Downing. Je suis intéressé par votre témoignage. A la page 10 de votre déclaration écrite, vous dites qu'il est malheureux qu'aucune version acceptable de la Référence 6 n'existe, bien qu'il ait été possible d'en obtenir une dans le statut d'une acceptabilité limitée.

Pourquoi n'est-il pas disponible ?

Dr. McDonald. Eh bien, c'était un document de l'Air Force. Cela fut achevé en 1949. Ils furent classés jusqu'à il y a quelques années en arrière. Personne ne pouvait y avoir accès, parce qu'ils étaient sous une classification du DoD. Mais la règle de 12 ans expira, et le Dr. Leon Davidson parvint à obtenir une copie.

Il est accessible au sens où si j'accepte de payer 90 $ pour des photocopies je peux aujourd'hui l'avoir. Il n'est pas publié au sens d'être accessible dans toute bibliothèque du pays. Ma Référence 7, que la NICAP vient juste de publier, est accessible aux scientifiques dans tout le pays. La question est celle de l'Air Force qui a pour politique de ne pas publier de tels élements, et qu'ils aient été classés. Je pense que le comité Moss et le NICAP are to be highly praised to get out in the open Reference 7.

M. Downing. Y'a-t-il une raison pour laquelle ceci est classé ?

Dr. McDonald. Il y a une raison compréhensible pour laquelle l'Air Force a eut à classer cela. Un objet aérien non identifié, par présomption, est hostile jusqu'à preuve du contraire. So there has been this unfortunate, but entirely understandable measuring of these two areas. The national defense mission of the Air Force has necessitated they have some part of the UFO problem inevitably, and they got it in the first instance. They have long since told us there is no hostility here, hence the scientific curiosities going unattended because it doesn't fall under the defense mission, in other words to be transferred into NASA, NSF, or something like that. That does not mean the Air Force won't continue to watch unidentified objects on the millisecond basis. But they not need worry about this other part of the problem. I think it is understandable, but needs changing.

Mr. Roush. Mr. Pettis.

Mr. Pettis. Mr. Chairman, Doctor.

I was a little bit interested in your observations about this UFO sighting in my hometown of Redlands.

I might observe that Redlands is a rather conservative community, when people in Redlands say they saw something, they saw something. I did not happen to be in Redlands that particular date, so I did not see this.

But I would like to observe this, that having spent a great deal of my life in the air, as a pilot, professional and private pilot, I know that many pilots and professional pilots have seen phenomena that they could not explain.

These men, most of whom have talked to me, have been very reticent to talk about this publicly, because of the ridicule that they were afraid would be heaped upon them, and I'm sure that if this committee were ever to investigate this, or bring them in here, there probably would have to be a closed hearing, Mr. Chairman.

However, there is a phenomena here that isn't explained.

I think probably we ought to do a little looking into this, is my personal opinion.

Mr. Roush. Mr. Ryan.

Mr. Ryan. Yes, thank you, Mr. Chairman.

First I should like to commend you, Mr. Roush, for your interest in the subject matter, and the chairman of the full committee for having arranged for hearings into this problem.

I think it is important that this committee not waive its jurisdiction, but that it explore very carefully the proposals that have been made by the witnesses here, and that it have a continuing field of exploration into this whole question. I want to commend Dr. McDonald for having been persistent in presenting his views to the various members of the committee, helping to bring about these hearings.

I wondered, Dr. McDonald, if you would care to evaluate the research project at the University of Colorado, and comment on that?

Mr. Roush. Mr. Ryan, may I just say we had agreed that this was not the place to discuss that particular project, and that the purpose of the symposium was not to go into the activities of another branch of government, but rather to explore that as a scientific phenomena.

I'm sure that Dr. McDonald would be very happy to confer with you privately on this, but if you could show some restraint here, the Chair would be real grateful to you.

Mr. Ryan. Well, let me rephrase my question.

In view of the fact that there has been a study conducted by a project in the Air Force, and the University of Colorado, do you believe there is anything further that should be done by any branch of the Government?

Dr. McDonald. Emphatically, yes.

Mr. Ryan. What would you recommend ?

Dr. McDonald. I think that we need to get a much broader basis of investigation of UFO's, as I did say, a few moments ago, it would be very salutary to have a group in NASA looking at this problem, and to have some NASA support of independent studies. It would be very good for the National Science Foundation to support, say, some university people interested in it. It would be good to have the Office of Naval Research et cetera involved.

We don't deal with many other important problems, space, or molecular biology or health without a pluralistic approach, a multiplicity of research programs. I don't want to touch a frayed nerve here. This problem of duplication is sometimes lamented. But by and large I think you will agree we would gain from having a lot of different people with slightly different points of view going at every problem. At the moment everything is focused through one agency, and everything now hinges on that one particular program you have asked me about, and my answer was, we very definitely need some independent programs.

I am on record elsewhere than here in my specific views on that project.

Mr. Ryan. En regardant en arrière à la page 14, vous avez écrit une lettre à l'Académie Nationale des Sciences, concernant ce projet. Avez-vous eu une quelconque réaction de la part de l'Académie Nationale des Sciences ?

Dr. McDonald. Oui, j'ai reçu une lettre du Dr. Seitz, disant que pour le moment nous devions laisser le projet Colorado poursuivre son cours. That was the gist of the answer.

Mr. Roush. I would appreciate it, if we dispensed with that. Let me say that the National Academy is undertaking an evaluation of the University of Colorado project, and this will be published.

Mr. Ryan. I'm suggesting maybe this committee should make an investigation of the University of Colorado project.

Chairman Miller. That is something we don't have authority to do here.

Mr. Ryan. To what extent, Dr. McDonald, have sightings been picked up by radar, and to what extent have those that have been picked up been explored? [*NCAS Editor's Note: There was an apparent garble in the original; the second clause in the sentence read "and what extent of those that have been picked up been explored?" ]

Dr. McDonald. Well, there are many such sightings, I dare say there are thousands of military radar sightings that were for the short period unidentified. Then they identify them. But here is an impressive number of both military and civilian radar sightings that defy radar explanation in terms of unknown phenomena. Most of these deficiencies are well understood, so one can be fairly sure that many of these unidentified radar cases have no conventional explanation.

In a case where a P-61 flew over Japan, back some years ago, made six passes at an unidentified object it was getting radar returns on, and the pilot saw it visually. Here you are dealing with an unknown. Then there was a case in Michigan where a ground radar detected an object at 600 miles an hour coming in over Saginaw Bay. The pilot got a radar return, and also saw a vast luminous object; the object turned in a very sharp 180 degree turn and went back, and eluded the F-94. Here you are dealing with a case where radar propagation anomalies will not explain it. There was one radar in the airplane at 20,000 feet and one radar on the ground, both showing the object. There are many cases like that which I could enlarge on.

Mr. Ryan. Let me ask a further question: In the course of your investigation and your study of UFO sightings, have you found any cases where contemporaneously with the sighting of UFOs allegedly, there were any other events which took place, which might or might not be related to the UFO's ?

Dr. McDonald. Yes. Certainly there are many physical effects. For instance, in Mr. Pettis' district, several people found the fillings in their mouth hurting while this object was nearby, but there are many cases probably on record of car ignition failure. One famous case, was at Levelland, Tex., in 1967. Ten vehicles were stopped within a short area, all independently in a 2-hour period, near Levelland, Tex. There was no lightning or thunder storm, and only a trace of rain. There is another which I don't know whether to bring to the committee's attention or not. The evidence is not as conclusive as the car stopping phenomenon, but there are too many instances for me to ignore. UFO's have often been seen hovering near power facilities. There are a small number but still a little too many to seem pure fortuitous chance, of system outages, coincident with the UFO sighting. One of the cases was Tamaroa, Ill. Another was a case in Shelbyville, Ky., early last year. Even the famous one, the New York blackout, involved UFO sightings. Dr. Hynek probably would be the most appropriate man to describe the Manhattan sighting, since he interviewed several witnesses involved. I interviewed a woman in Seacliff, N.Y. She saw a disk hovering and going up and down. And then shooting away from New York just after the power failure. I went to the FPC for data, they didn't take them seriously although they had many dozens of sighting reports for that famous evening. There were reports all over new England in the midst of that blackout, and five witnesses near Syracuse, N.Y., saw a glowing object ascending within about a minute of the blackout. First they thought it was a dump burning right at the moment the lights went out. It is rather puzzling that the pulse of current that tripped the relay at the Ontario Hydro Commission plant has never been identified, but initially the tentative suspicion was centered on the Clay Substation of the Niagara Mohawk network right there in the Syracuse area, where unidentified aerial phenomenon has been seen by some of the witnesses.

This extends down to the limit of single houses losing their power when a UFO is near. The hypothesis in the case of car stopping is that there might be high magnetic fields, d.c. fields, which saturate the core and thus prevent the pulses going through the system to the other side. Just how a UFO could trigger an outage on a large power network is however not yet clear. But this is a disturbing series of coincidences that I think warrant much more attention than they have so far received.

Mr. Ryan. As far as you know, has any agency investigated the New York blackout in relation to UFO?

Dr. McDonald. None at all. When I spoke to the FPC people, I was dissatisfied with the amount of information I could gain. I am saying there is a puzzling and slightly disturbing coincidence here. I'm not going on record as saying, yes, these are clear-cut cause and effect relations. I'm saying it ought to be looked at. There is no one looking at this relation between UFO's and outages.

Mr. Roush. Our time is really running short, Mr. Ryan.

Mr. Ryan. One final question. Do you think it is imperative that the Federal Power Commission, or Federal Communications Commission, investigate the relation if any between the sightings and the blackout?

Dr. McDonald. My position would call for a somewhat weaker adjective. I'd say extremely desirable.

Mr. Roush. Thank you.

Thank you, Dr. McDonald.

Déclaration préparée sur les Objets Volants Non Identifiés

Table des matières alternative pour études de cas d'observations individuels.

James E. McDonald, Physicien Sénior, Institut de Physique Atmosphérique, et Professeur du Département de Météorologie de l'Université d'Arizona, Tucson (Arizona)

Introduction

I should like first to commend the House Committee on Science and Astronautics for recognizing the need for a closer look at scientific aspects of the long-standing puzzle of the Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs). From time to time in the history of science, situations have arisen in which a problem of ultimately enormous importance went begging for adequate attention simply because that problem appeared to involve phenomena so far outside the current bounds of scientific knowledge that it was not even regarded as a legitimate subject of serious scientific concern. That is precisely the situation in which the UFO problem now lies. One of the principal results of my own recent intensive study of the UFO enigma is this: I have become convinced that the scientific community, not only in this country but throughout the world, has been casually ignoring as nonsense a matter of extraordinary scientific importance. The attention of your Committee can, and I hope will, aid greatly in correcting this situation. As you will note in the following, my own present opinion, based on two years of careful study, is that UFOs are probably extraterrestrial devices engaged in something that might very tentatively be termed "surveillance."

If the extraterrestrial hypothesis is proved correct (and I emphasize that the present evidence only points in that direction but cannot be said to constitute irrefutable proof), then clearly UFOs will become a top-priority scientific problem. I believe you might agree that, even if there were a slight chance of the correctness of that hypothesis, the UFOs would demand the most careful attention. In fact, that chance seems to some of us a long way from trivial. We share the view of Vice Adm. R. H. Hillenkoetter, former CIA Director, who said eight years ago, "It is imperative that we learn where the UFOs come from and what their purpose is (Ref. 1)" Since your committee is concerned not only with broad aspects of our national scientific program but also with the prosecution of our entire space program, and since that space program has been tied in for some years now with the dramatic goal of a search for life in the universe, I submit that the topic of today's Symposium is eminently deserving of your attention. Indeed, I have to state, for the record, that I believe no other problem within your jurisdiction is of comparable scientific and national importance. Those are strong words, and I intend them to be.

In addition to your Committee responsibilities with respect to science and the aerospace programs, there is another still broader basis upon which it is highly appropriate that you now take up the UFO problem: Twenty years of public interest, public puzzlement, and even some public disquiet demand that we all push toward early clarification of this unparalleled scientific mystery. I hope that our session here today will prove a significant turning point, orienting new scientific efforts towards illumination of this scientific problem that has been with us for over 20 years.

Portée et contexte de ces commentaires

It has been suggested that I review for you my experiences in interviewing UFO witnesses here and abroad and that I discuss ways in which my professional experience in the field of atmospheric Physique and meteorology illuminates past and present attempts at accounting for UFO phenomena. To understand the basis of my comments, it may be helpful to note briefly the nature of my own studies on UFOs.

I have had a moderate interest in the UFO problem for twenty years, much as have a scattering of other scientists. In southern Arizona, during the period 1956-66, I interviewed, on a generally rather random basis, witness in such local sightings as happened to come to my attention via press or personal communications. This experience taught me much about lay misinterpretations of observations of aircraft, planets, meteors, balloons, flares, and the like. The frequency with which laymen misconstrue phenomena associated with fireballs (meteors brighter than magnitude 5), led me to devote special study to meteor Physique; other topics in my own field of atmospheric Physique also drew my closer attention as a result of their bearing on various categories of UFO reports. This period of rather casual UFO-witness interviewing on a local basis proved mainly educational; yet on a few occasions I encountered witnesses of seemingly high credibility whose reports lay well outside any evident meteorological, astronomical, or other conventional bounds. Because I was quite unaware, before 1966, that those cases were, in fact, paralleled by astonishing numbers of comparable cases elsewhere in the U.S. and the rest of the world, they left me only moderately puzzled and mildly bothered, since I came upon relatively few impressive cases within the environs of Tucson in those dozen years of discursive study. I was aware of the work of non-official national investigative groups like NICAP (National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena) and APRO (Aerial Phenomena Research Organization) ; but lacking basis for detailed personal evaluation of their investigative methods, I simply did not take their publications very seriously. I was under other misimpressions, I found later, as to the nature of the official UFO program, but I shall not enlarge on this before this Committee. (I cite all of this here because I regard it relevant to an appreciation, by the Committee, of the way in which at least one scientist has developed his present strong concern for the UFO problem, after a prior period of some years of only mild interest.) Despite having interviewed a total of perhaps 150-200 Tucson-area witnesses prior to 1966 (75 of them in a single inconclusive case in 1958), I was far from overwhelmed with the importance of the UFO problem.

A particular sighting incident in Tucson in early 1966, followed by the widely-publicized March, 1966, Michigan sightings (I, too, felt that the "swamp gas" explanation was quite absurd once I checked a few relevant points), led me finally to take certain steps to devote the coming summer vacation months to a much closer look at the UFO problem. Within only a few weeks in May and June of 1966, after taking a close look at the files and modes of operation of both private and official (i.e., Project Bluebook) UFO investigative programs, after seeing for the first time press-clipping files of (to me) astonishing bulk, covering innumerable intriguing cases I had never before heard of, and (above all) after the beginning of what became a long period of personal interviewing of key witnesses in important UFO cases, I rapidly altered my conception of the scientific importance of the UFO question. By mid-1966, I had already begun what became months of effort to arouse new interest and to generate new UFO investigative programs in various science agencies of the Federal government and in various scientific organizations. Now, two years later, with very much more background upon which to base an opinion, I find myself increasingly more concerned with what has happened during the past twenty years' neglect, by almost the entire scientific community, of a problem that appears to be one of extremely high order of scientific importance.

La nature non conventionnelle de la problèmatique ovni

To both laymen and scientists, the impressive progress that science has made towards understanding our total environment prompts doubt that there could be machine-like objects of entirely unconventional nature moving through our atmosphere, hovering over automobiles, power installations, cities, and the like, yet all the while going unnoticed by our body scientific. Such suggestions are hard to take seriously, and I assure you that, until I had taken a close look at the evidence. I did not take them seriously. We have managed to so let our preconceptions block serious consideration of the possibility that some form of alien technology is operating within our midst that we have succeeded in simply ignoring the facts. And we scientists have ignored the pleas of groups like NICAP and APRO, who have for years been stressing the remarkable nature of the UFO evidence. Abroad, science has reacted in precisely this same manner, ignoring as nonsensical the report-material gathered by private groups operating outside the main channels of science. I understand this neglect all too well; I was just one more of those scientists who almost ignored those facts, just one more of those scientists who was rather sure that such a situation really could not exist, one more citizen rather sure that official statements must be basically meaningful on the non-existence of any substantial evidence for the reality of UFOs.

The UFO problem is so unconventional, involves such improbable events, such inexplicable phenomenology, so defies ready explanation in terms of present-day scientific knowledge, has such a curiously elusive quality in many respects, that it is not surprising (given certain features in the past twenty years' handling of the problem) that scientists have not taken it very seriously. We scientists are, as a group, not too well-oriented towards taking up problems that lie, not just on the frontiers of our scientific knowledge, but far across some gulf whose very breadth cannot be properly estimated. These parenthetical remarks are made here to convey, in introductory manner, viewpoints that will probably prove to be correct when many more scientists begin to scrutinize this unprecedented and neglected problem. The UFO problem is, if anything, a highly unconventional problem. Hence, before reviewing my own investigations in detail, and before examining various proposed explanations lying within atmospheric Physique, it may be well to take note of some of the principal hypotheses that have been proposed. at one time or another, to account for UFOs.

Des hypothèses alternatives

In seeking explanations for UFO reports, I like to weigh witness-accounts in terms of eight principal UFO hypotheses:

  1. Hoaxes, fabrications, and frauds.
  2. Hallucination, mass hysteria, rumor phenomena.
  3. Lay misinterpretations of well-know physical phenomena (meteorological, astronomical, optical, aeronautical, etc.).
  4. Semi-secret advanced technology (new test vehicles, satellites, novel weapons, flares, re-entry phenomena, etc.).
  5. Poorly understood physical phenomena (rare atmospheric-electrical or atmospheric-electrical effects, unusual meteoric phenomena, natural or artificial plasmoids, etc.).
  6. Poorly understood psychological phenomena.
  7. Extraterrestrial devices of some surveillance nature.
  8. Spaceships bringing messengers of terrestrial salvation and occult truth.

Because I have discussed elsewhere all of these hypotheses in some detail (Ref. 2), I shall here only very briefly comment on certain points. Hoaxes and fabrications do crop up, though in percentually [sic] far smaller numbers than many UFO scoffers seem to think. Some of the independent groups like APRO and NICAP have done good work in exposing certain of these. Although there has been a good deal of armchair-psychologizing about unstable UFO witnesses, with easy charges of hallucination and hysteria, such charges seem to have almost no bearing in the hundreds of cases I have now personally investigated. Misinterpreted natural phenomena (Hypothesis 3) do explain many sincerely-submitted UFO reports; but, as I shall elaborate below, efforts to explain away almost the entirety of all UFO incidents in such terms have been based on quite unacceptable reasoning. Almost no one any longer seriously proposes that the truly puzzling UFO reports of close-range sighting of what appear to be machines of some sort are chance sightings of secret test devices (ours or theirs) ; the reasons weighing against Hypothesis 4 are both obvious and numerous. That some still-not-understood physical phenomena of perhaps astronomical or meteorological nature can account for the UFO observations that have prompted some to speak in terms of extraterrestrial devices would hold some weight if it were true that we dealt therein only with reports of hazy, glowing masses comparable to, say, ball lightning or if we dealt only with fast-moving luminous bodies racing across the sky in meteoric fashion. Not so, as I shall enlarge upon below. Jumping to Hypothesis 6, it seems to receive little support from the many psychologists with whom I have managed to have discussions on this possibility; I do not omit it from consideration, but, as my own witness-interviewing has proceeded, I regard it with decreasing favor. As for Hypothesis 8, it can only be remarked that, in all of the extensive literature published in support thereof, practically none of it has enough ring of authenticity to warrant serious attention. A bizarre "literature" of pseudo-scientific discussion of communications between benign extraterrestrials bent on saving the better elements of humanity from some dire fate implicit in nuclear-weapons testing or other forms of environmental contamination is certainly obtrusive on any paperback stand. That "literature" has been one of the prime factors in discouraging serious scientists from looking into the UFO matter to the extent that might have led them to recognize quickly enough that cultism and wishful thinking have essentially nothing to do with the core of the UFO problem. Again, one must here criticize a good deal of armchair researching (done chiefly via the daily newspapers that enjoy feature-writing the antics of the more extreme of such groups). A disturbing number of prominent scientists have jumped all too easily, to the conclusion that only the nuts see UFOs.

The seventh hypothesis, that UFOs may be some form of extraterrestrial devices, origin and objective still unknown, is a hypothesis that has been seriously proposed by many investigators of the UFO problem. Although there seems to be some evidence that this hypothesis was first seriously considered within official investigative channels in 1948 (a year after the June 24,1947 sighting over Mt. Rainier that brought the UFO problem before the general public), the first open defense of that Hypothesis 7 to be based on any substantial volume of evidence was made by Keyhoe (Ref. 3) in about 1950. His subsequent writings, based on far more evidence than was available to him in 1950, have presented further arguments favoring an extraterrestrial origin of UFOs. Before I began an intensive examination of the UFO problem in 1966, I was disposed to strong doubt that the numerous cases discussed at length in Keyhoe's rather dramatically-written and dramatically-titled books (Ref. 4) could be real cases from real witnesses of any appreciable credibility. I had the same reaction to a 1956 book (Ref. 5) written by Ruppelt, an engineer in charge of the official investigations in the important 1951-3 period. Ruppelt did not go as far as Keyhoe in suggesting the extraterrestrial UFO hypothesis, but he left his readers little room for doubt that he leaned toward that hypothesis. I elaborate these two writers' viewpoints because, within the past month, I have had an opportunity to examine in detail a large amount of formerly classified official file material which substantiates to an almost alarming degree the authenticity and hence the scientific import of the case-material upon which Keyhoe and Ruppelt drew for much of their discussions of UFO history in the 1947-53 period (Refs. 6 and 7). One of these sources has just been published by NICAP (Ref. 7), and constitutes, in my opinion, an exceedingly valuable addition to the growing UFO literature. The defense of the extraterrestrial hypothesis by Keyhoe, and later many others (still not within what are conventionally regarded as scientific circles), has had little impact on the scientific community, which based its write-off of the UFO problem on press accounts and official assurances that careful investigations were turning up nothing that suggested phenomena beyond present scientific explanation. Hypothesis No. 7 has thus received short shrift from science to date. As one scientist who has gone to some effort to try to examine the facts, I say that this has been an egregious, if basically unwitting, scientific error -- an error that must be rectified with minimum further delay. On the basis of the evidence I have examined, and on the basis of my own weighing of alternative hypotheses (including some not listed above), I now regard Hypothesis 7 as the one most likely to prove correct. My scientific instincts lead me to hedge that prediction just to the extent of suggesting that if the UFOs are not of extramundane origin, then I suspect that they will prove to be something very much more bizarre, something of perhaps even greater scientific interest than extraterrestrial devices.

Des remarques sur INTERVIEWING EXPERIENCE AND TYPES OF UFO CASES ENCOUNTERED

Sources des cas traités

Prior to 1966, I had interviewed about 150-200 persons reporting UFOs; since 1966, I have interviewed about 200-250 more. The basis of my post-1966 interviewing has been quite different from the earlier period of interviewing of local witnesses, whose sightings I heard about essentially by chance. Almost all of my post-1966 interviews have been with witnesses in cases already investigated by one or more of the private UFO investigatory groups such as NICAP or APRO, or by the official investigative agency (Project Bluebook). Thus, after 1966, I was not dealing with a body of witnesses reporting Venus, fireballs, and aircraft strobe lights, because such cases are so easily recognizable that the groups whose prior checks I was taking advantage of had already culled out and rejected most of such irrelevant material. Many of the cases I checked were older cases, some over 20 years old. It was primarily the background work of the many independent investigatory groups here and in other parts of the world (especially the Australian area where I had an opportunity to interview about 80 witnesses) that made possible my dealing with that type of once-sifted data that yields up scientifically interesting information so quickly. I wish to put on record my indebtedness to these "dedicated amateurs", to use the astronomer's genial term; their contribution to the ultimate clarification of the UFO problem will become recognized as having been of basic importance, notwithstanding the scorn with which scientists have, on more than one occasion, dismissed their efforts. Although I cite only the larger of these groups (NICAP about 12,000 members, APRO about 8,000), there are many smaller groups here and abroad that have done a most commendable job on almost no resources. (Needless to add, there are other small groups whose concern is only with sensational and speculative aspects.)

Some relevant witness-characteristics

By frequently discussing my own interviewing experience with members of those non-official UFO groups whose past work has been so indispensable to my own studies, I have learned that most of my own reactions to the UFO witness-interview problem are shared by those investigators. The recurrent problem of securing unequivocal descriptions, the almost excruciating difficulty in securing meaningful estimates of angular size, angular elevation, and angular displacements from laymen, the inevitable variance of witness-descriptions of a shared observation, and other difficulties of non-instrumental observing are familiar to all who have investigated UFO reports. But so also are the impressions of widespread concern among UFO witnesses to avoid (rather than to seek) publicity over their sightings. The strong disinclination to make an open report of an observation of something the witness realizes is far outside the bounds of accepted experience crops up again and again. In my interviewing in 1947 sightings, done as a crosscheck on case material used in a very valuable recent publication by Bloecher (Ref. 8), I came to realize clearly for the first time that this reluctance was not something instilled by post-1947 scoffing at UFOs, but is part of a broadly disseminated attitude to discount the anomalous and the inexplicable, to be unwilling even to report what one has seen with his own eyes if it is well outside normal experience as currently accepted. I have heard fellow-scientists express dismay at the unscientific credulity with which the general public jumps to the conclusion that UFOs are spaceships. Those scientists have certainly not interviewed many UFO witnesses; for almost precisely the opposite attitude is overwhelmingly the characteristic response. In my Australian interviewing, I found the same uneasy feeling about openly reporting an observation of a well-defined UFO sighting, lest acquaintances think one "has gone round the bend." Investigators in still other parts of the world where modern scientific values dominate world-views have told me of encountering just this same witness-reluctance. The charge that UFO witnesses, as a group, are hyperexcitable types is entirely incorrect I would agree with the way Maj. Gen. John A. Samford, then Director of Air Force Intelligence, put it in a 1952 Pentagon press conference: "Credible observers have sighted relatively incredible objects."

Not only is the charge of notoriety-seeking wrong, not only is the charge of hyperexcitability quite inappropriate to the witnesses I have interviewed, but so also is the easy charge that they see an unusual aerial phenomenon and directly leap to some kind of "spaceship hypothesis." My experience in interviewing witnesses in the selected sample I have examined since 1966 is that the witness first attempts to fit the anomalous observation into some entirely conventional category. "I thought it must be an airplane." Or, "At first, I thought it was an auto-wrecker with its red light blinking." Or, "I thought it was a meteor -- until it stopped dead in midair," etc. Hynek has a very happy phrase for this very typical pattern of witness-response: he terms it "escalation of explanation", to denote the often rapid succession of increasingly more involved attempts to account for and to assimilate what is passing before the witness' eyes, almost invariably starting with an everyday interpretation, not with a spaceship hypothesis. Indeed, I probably react in a way characteristic of all UFO investigators; in those comparatively rare cases where the witness discloses that he immediately interpreted what he sighted as an extraterrestrial device, I back away from what is likely to be a most unprofitable interview. I repeat: such instances are really quite rare; most of the general population has soaked up a degree of scientific conventionalism that reflects the net result of decades, if not centuries of scientific shaping of our views. I might interject that the segment of the population drawn to Hypothesis 8 above might be quick to jump to a spaceship interpretation on seeing something unusual in the sky, but, on the whole, those persons convinced of Hypothesis 8 are quite uninterested in observations, per se. Their conviction is firm without bothering about such things as observational matters. At least that is what I have sensed from such exposure as I have had to those who support Hypothesis 8 fervently.

Crédibilité des témoins

Evaluating credibility of witnesses is, of course, an ever-present problem at the present stage of UFO studies. Again, from discussions with other investigators, I have concluded that common sense and previous everyday experience with prevaricators and unreliable persons lead. each serious UFO investigator to evolve a set of criteria that do not differ much from those used in jury instructions in our courts (e.g. Federal Jury Instructions). It seems tedious to enlarge here on those obvious matters. One can be fooled, of course; but it would be rash indeed to suggest that the thousands of UFO reports now on record are simply a testimony to confabulation, as will be better argued by some of the cases to be recounted below.

Fiabilité observationnelle des témoins

Separate from credibility in the sense of trustworthiness and honesty is the question of the human being as a sensing system. Clearly, it is indispensable to be aware of psychophysical factors limiting visual discrimination, time estimation, distance estimation, angular estimation, etc. In dealing with the total sample of all observations which laymen initially label as UFOs, such factors play a large role in sorting out dubious cases. In the type of UFO reports that are of primary significance at present, close-range sightings of objects of large size moving at low velocities, or at rest, and in sight for many seconds rather than fractions of a second, all of these perceptual problems diminish in significance, though they can never be overlooked.

A frequent objection to serious consideration of UFO reports, made by skeptics who have done no first-hand case investigations, is based on the widely discrepant accounts known to be presented by trial-witnesses who have all been present at some incident. To be sure, the same kind of discrepancies emerge in multiple-witness UFO incidents. People differ as to directions, relative times, sizes, etc. But I believe it is not unfair to remark, as the basic rebuttal to this attack on UFO accounts, that a group of witnesses who see a street-corner automobile collision do not come to court and proceed, in turn, to describe the event as a rhinoceros ramming a baby carriage, or as an airplane exploding on impact with a nearby building. There are, it needs to be soberly remembered, quite reasonable bounds upon the variance of witness testimonies in such cases. Thus, when one finds a half-dozen persons all saying that they were a few hundred feet from a domed disk with no resemblance to any known aircraft, that it took off without a sound, and was gone from sight in five seconds, the almost inevitable variations in descriptions of distances, shape, secondary features, noises, and times cannot be allowed to discount, per se, the basically significant nature of their collective account. I have talked with a few scientists, especially some psychologists, whose puristic insistence on the miserable observing equipment with which the human species is cursed almost makes me wonder how they dare cross a busy traffic intersection. Some balance in evaluating witness perceptual limitations is surely called for in all of these situations. With that balance must go a healthy skepticism as to most of the finer details, unless agreed upon by several independent witnesses. There is no blinking that anecdotal data are less than ideal; but sometimes you have to go with what you've got. To make a beginning at UFO study has required scrutiny of such anecdotal data; the urgent need is to get on to something much better.

Problème de la connaissance antérieure du phénomène ovni par les témoins

In interviewing UFO witnesses, it is important to try to ascertain whether the witness was, prior to his reported sighting, familiar or unfamiliar with books and writings on UFOs. Although a strong degree of familiarity with the literature of UFOs does not negate witness testimony, it dictates caution. Anyone who has done a lot of interviewing at the local level, involving previously unsifted cases, will be familiar with occasional instances where the witness exhibited such an obvious enthusiasm for the UFO problem that prudence demanded rejection of his account.

However, in my own experience, a much more common reaction to questions concerning pre-sighting interest in UFO matters is some comment to the effect that the witness not only knew little about UFOs beyond what he'd happened to read in newspapers, but he was strongly disinclined to take the whole business seriously. The repetitiveness and yet the spontaneity with which witnesses of seeming high credibility make statements similar to, "I didn't believe there was anything to all the talk about UFOs until I actually saw this thing," is a notable feature of the interview-experience of all of the investigators with whom I have talked. Obviously, an intending prevaricator might seek to deceive his interrogator by inventing such an assertion ; but I can only say that suspicion of being so duped has not been aroused more than once or twice in all of the hundreds of witnesses I have interviewed. On the other hand, I suppose that. In several dozen instances, I have lost interest in a case because of a witness openly stressing his own prior and subsequent interest in the extraterrestrial hypothesis.

Occasionally one encounters witnesses for whom the chance of prior knowledge is so low as to be almost amusing. An Anglican missionary in New Guinea, Rev. N. E. G. Cruttwell (Ref. 9), who has done much interviewing of UFO witnesses in his area, has described testimony of natives who come down into the mission area from their highland home territory only when they are wallaby-hunting, natives who could not read UFO reports in any language of the world, yet who come around, in their descriptions of what they have seen, to the communications-shortcut of picking up a bowl or dish from a nearby table to suggest the shape they are seeking to describe in native tongue. Little chance of bias gained from reading magazines in a barber-chair in such instances.

Types de récits d'ovnis of present interest

The scope of the present statement precludes anything approaching an exhaustive listing of categories of UFO phenomena: much of what might be made clear at great length will have to be compressed into my remark that the scientific world at large is in for a shock when it becomes aware of the astonishing nature of the UFO phenomenon and its bewildering complexity. I make that terse comment well aware that it invites easy ridicule; but intellectual honesty demands that I make clear that my two years' study convinces me that in the UFO problem lie scientific and technological questions that will challenge the ability of the world's outstanding scientists to explain as soon as they start examining the facts.

  1. Lumières dans le ciel nocturne -- ("DLs" comme les appele l'équipe du NICAP, sur la base de la profusion des signalements de "lumières damnables" meandering or hovering or racing across the night sky in unexplainable manner are one of the most common, yet one of the least useful and significant categories of UFO reports.) Ultimately, I think their significance could become scientifically very substantial when instrumental observing techniques are in wide use to monitor UFO movements. But there are many ways that observers can be misled by lights in the night sky, so I shall discuss below only such few cases as are of extremely unconventional nature and where the protocols of the observations are unusually strong.
  2. Close-range sighting's of wingless discs and cigar-shaped objects. -- This category is far more interesting. Many are daytime sightings, many have been made by witnesses of quite high credibility. Structural details such as "ports" and "legs" (to use the terms the witnesses have adopted to suggest most closely what they think they have seen) are described in many instances. Lack of wings and lack of evident means of propulsion clearly rule out conventional aircraft and helicopters. Many are soundless, many move at such speeds and with such accelerations that they defy understanding in terms of present technology. It is to be understood that I speak here only of reports from what I regard as credible observers.
  3. Close-range nighttime sightings of glowing, hovering objects, often with blinking or pulsating discrete lights. -- In these instances, distinct shape is not seen, evidently in many cases because of the brilliance of the lights. Less significant than those of the preceding category, these nonetheless cannot be accounted for in terms of any known vehicles. Frequently they are reported hovering over vehicles on the ground or following them. Sometimes they are reported hovering over structures, factories, power installations, and the like. Soundlessness is typical. Estimated sizes vary widely, over a range that I do not believe can be accounted for simply in terms of the known unreliability of distance and size estimates when one views an unknown object.
  4. Radar-tracked objects, sometimes seen visually simultaneously by observers on the ground or in the air. -- In many of these cases, the clues to the non-conventional nature of the radar target is high speed (estimated at thousands of miles per hour in certain instances); in others, it is alternate motion and hovering; in still others, it has been the unconventional vertical motions that make the radar observations significant. Clearly, most important are those instances in which there was close agreement between the visual and the radar unknown. There are far more such cases than either scientists or public would guess.

Those four categories do not exhaust the list by any means. But they constitute four commonly encountered categories that are of interest here. Examples will be found below.

Question fréquemment rencontrées

Comme l'a dit Mark Twain, La foi est une grande chose, mais on peut douter qu'elle vous donne une éducation.

There are many questions that one encounters again and again from persons who have done no personal case-checking and who maintain a healthy skepticism about UFOs. Why don't pilots report these things if they are buzzing around in our skies? Why aren't they tracked on radar? Why don't our satellite and astronomical tracking systems get photos of UFOs? Why are they always seen in out-of-the way rural areas but never over large cities? Why don't large groups of people ever simultaneously see UFOs, instead of lone individuals? Why don't astronomers see them? Shouldn't UFOs occasionally crash and leave clear-cut physical evidence of their reality? Or shouldn't they at least leave some residual physical evidence in those alleged instances where the objects have landed? Shouldn't they affect radios and produce other electromagnetic effects at times? If UFOs are a product of some high civilization, wouldn't one expect something of the nature of inquisitive behavior, since innate curiosity must be a common denominator of anything we would call "Intelligence"? Why haven't they contacted us if they're from somewhere else in the universe and have been here for at least two decades? Is there any evidence of hostility or hazard? Are UFOs seen only in this country? Why didn't we see them before 1947, if they come from remote sources? And so on.

In the following sections, I shall show how some of these questions do have quite satisfactory answers, and how some of them still defy adequate rebuttal. I shall use mostly cases that I have personally investigated, but, in a few instances (clearly indicated), I shall draw upon cases which I have not directly checked but for which I regard the case-credentials as very strong.

Useful source materials on UFO's

Hoping that Committee staff personnel will be pursuing these matters further, I remark next on some of the more significant items in the UFO literature. All of these have been helpful in my own studies.

One of the outstanding UFO references (though little-known in scientific circles) is The UFO Evidence, edited by R. H. Hall and published by NICAP (Ref. 10). It summarizes about 750 UFO cases in the NICAP flies up to about 1964. I have cross-checked a sufficiently large sample of cases from this reference to have confidence in its generally very high reliability. A sequel volume, now in editorial preparation at NICAP, will cover the 1964-68 period. Reference 8, by Bloecher, is one of the few sources of extensive documentation (here primarily from national newspaper sources) of the large cluster of sightings in a period of just a few weeks in the summer of 1947; its study is essential to appreciation of the opening phases of the publicly recognized UFO problem. Reference 7 is another now-accessible source of extremely significant UFO documentation; it is unfortunate that no generally accessible version of Reference 6 exists, though the Moss Subcommittee, through pleas of Dr. Leon Davidson, has managed to get it into a status of at least limited accessibility. I am indebted to Davidson for a recent opportunity to study it for details I missed when I saw it two years ago at Bluebook headquarters.

The 1956 book by Ruppelt (Ref. 8) is a source whose authenticity I have learned, through much personal cross-checking, is far higher than I surmised when I first read it a dozen years ago. It was for years difficult for me to believe that the case-material which he summarized could come from real cases. References 5 and 6, plus other sources, do, however, now attest to Ruppelt's generally high reliability. Similarly Keyhoe's books (Refs. 3 and 4) emerge as sources of UFO case material whose reliability far exceeds my own first estimates thereof. As a scientist, I would have been much more comfortable about Keyhoe's books had they been shorn of extensive direct quotes and suspenseful dramatizations; but I must stress that much checking on my part has convinced me that Keyhoe's reportorial accuracy was almost uniformly high. Scientists will tend to be put off by some of his scientific commentary, as well as by his style; but on UFO case material, his reliability must be recognized as impressive. (Perhaps it is well to insert here the general proviso that none of these sources, including myself, can be expected to be characterized by 100 per cent accuracy in a problem as intrinsically messy as the UFO problem; here I am trying to draw attention to sources whose reliability appears to be in the 90+% range.)

A useful collection of 160 UFO cases drawn from a wide variety of sources has been published by Olsen (Ref. 11), 32 of which he obtained directly from the official files of Project Bluebook, a feature of particular interest. A book devoted to a single short period of numerous UFO observations within a small geographic area, centering around an important sighting near Exeter, N.H., is Fuller's Incident at Exeter (Ref. 12). Having checked personally on a number of features of the main Sept. 3, 1965, sighting, and having checked indirectly on other aspects, I would describe Reference 12 as one of the significant source-items on UFOs.

Several books by the Lorenzens, organizers of APRO, the oldest continuing UFO investigating group in this country, contain valuable UFO reference material (Ref. 13). Through their writing, and especially through the APRO Bulletin, they have transmitted from South American sources numerous unusual sightings from that country. I have had almost no opportunity to cross-check those sightings, but am satisfied that some quite reliable sources are being drawn upon. An extremely unusual category of cases, those involving reports of humanoid occupants of landed UFOs, has been explored to a greater extent by APRO than by NICAP. Like NICAP, I have tended to skirt such cases on tactical grounds; the reports are bizarre, and the circumstances of all such sightings are automatically charged in a psychological sense not found in other types of close-range sightings of mere machine-like devices. Since I shall not take up below this occupant problem, let me add the comment that I do regard the total number of such seemingly reliable reports (well over a hundred came just from central France in the outstanding 1954 sighting wave in that country), far too great to brush aside. Expert psychological opinion is badly needed in assessing such reports (expert but not close-minded opinion). For the record, I should have to state that my interviewing results dispose me toward acceptance of the existence of humanoid occupants in some UFOs. I would not argue with those who say that this might be the single most important element of the entire UFO puzzle; I would only say that most of my efforts over the past two years, being aimed at arousing a new degree of scientific interest among my colleagues in the physical sciences, have led me to play down even the little that I do know about occupant sightings. One or two early attempts to touch upon that point within the time-limits of a one-hour colloquium taught me that one loses more than he gains in speaking briefly about UFO occupants. (Occupant sightings must be carefully distinguished from elaborate "contact-claims" with the Space Brothers;

I hold no brief at all for the latter in terms of my present knowledge and interviewing experience. But occupants there seem to be, and contact of a limited sort may well have occurred, according to certain of the reports. I do not regard myself as very well-informed on this point, and will say little more on this below.)

It is, of course, somewhat more difficult to assess the reliability of foreign UFO references. Michel (Ref. 13) has assembled a day-by-day account of the remarkable French UFO wave of the fall of 1954, translated into English by the staff of CSI (Civilian Saucer Intelligence) of New York City, a now-inactive but once very productive independent group. I have spoken with persons having first-hand knowledge of the French 1954 episode, and they attest to its astonishing nature. Life and The New Yorker published full contemporary accounts at the time of the 1954 European wave. An earlier book by Michel (Ref. 14), also available in English, deals with a broader temporal and geographic range of European UFO sightings. A just-published account of about 70 UFO sightings that occurred within a relatively small area around Stoke-on-Trent, England, in the summer and fall of 1967 (Ref. 15) presents an unusual cross-section of sightings that appear to be well-documented. A number of foreign UFO journals are helpful sources of the steady flow of UFO reports from other parts of the world, but a cataloging will not be attempted here. Information on some of these, as well as on smaller American groups, can be found in the two important books by Vallee (Refs. 16 and 17).

Information on pre-1947 UFO-type sightings form the subject of a recent study by Lore and Denault (Ref. 18). I shall return to this phase of the UFO problem below; I regard it as being of potentially very great significance, though there is need for far more scholarly and scientific research before much of it can be safely interpreted. Another source of sightings of which many may ultimately be found to fall within the presently understood category of UFO sightings is the writings of Charles Fort (Ref. 19). His curious books are often drawn upon for material on old sightings, but not often duly acknowledged for the mine of information they comprise. I am afraid that it has not been fashionable to take Fort seriously; it certainly took me some time to recognize that, mixed into his voluminous writings, is much that remains untapped for its scientific import. I cannot imagine any escalated program of research on the UFO program that would not have a subgroup studying Fortean reports documented from 19th century sources.

To close this brief compilation of useful UFO references, two recent commentaries (not primarily source-references) of merit may be cited, books by Stanton (Ref. 20) and by Young (Ref. 21).

Next, I examine a number of specific UFO cases that shed light on many of the recurrent questions of skeptical slant often raised against serious consideration of the UFO problem.

Pourquoi les pilotes ne voient-ils pas d'ovnis ?

Cette question may come in just that form from personnes n'ayant essentiellement pas de connaissance de l'histoire des ovnis. Pour les autres qui savent bien qu'il y a eut "quelques" observations de pilotes, cela vient dans une forme modifiée , telle que, Pourquoi est-ce que les pilotes de ligne et militaires ne voient-ils pas tout le temps des ovnis s'ils sont dans notre atmosphère ? Comme réponse partielle, considérez les cas suivants (pour faciliter les références internes, je numéroterai l'ensemble des cas séquentiellement traités ici par la suite en détails).

1. Cas 1. Boise (Idaho), 4 juillet 1947

Environ 1 semaine après l'observation maintenant fameuse du Mont Rainier par le pilote privé Kenneth Arnold, un équipage de DC-3 de United Air Lines observa 2 formations séparées de disques sans ailes, peu après avoir décolé de Boise (Réfs. 8, 10, 22, 28). J'ai localisé et interrogé le pilote, le capitaine Emil J. Smith, aujourd'hui avec le bureau de New York de United. Il confirma la fiabilité des récits précédemment publiés. Le vol 105 de United avait quitté Boise à 21 h 04. A environ 8 mn dehors, en route pour Seattle, grossièrement au-desuss de Emmet (Idaho), le co-pilote Stevens, qui repéré le 1er des 2 groupes d'objets, alluma ses phares d'atterrissage avec l'impression initiale que les objets étaient d'autres appareils. Mais, en les étudiant à nouveau devant le ciel du crépuscule, Smith et Stevens réalisèrent bientôt que ni des ailes ni des dérives n'étaient visibles sur les 5 objets devant. Après avoir appelé une hotesse, afin d'avoir la confirmation d'un 3ème témoin, ils regardèrent la formation un peu plus longtemps, appelèrent la CAA de Ontario (Oregon) pour tenter d'avoir une confirmation du sol, et virent alors la formation foncer en avant et dispparaître à grande vitesse au large à l'Ouest.

Smith insista en me disant qu'il n'y avait là aucun phénomène nuageux pouvant les amener à faire une confusion et qu'ils observèrent ces objets suffisamment longtemps pour être assez certain qu'il n'étaient pas des appareils conventionnels. Ils semblaient plats à la base, arrondis au sommet, me dit-il, et il ajouta qu'il semblait y avoir une sorte de rugosité perceptible sur le sommet, bien qu'il ne put affiner cette description. Presque immédiatement aprèq qu'ils aient perdu de vue les 5 premiers, une 2nde formation de 4 (3 en ligne et un 4ème au large sur le côté) arrivèrent devant leur position, voyageant à nouveau vers l'Ouest mais à une altitude légèrement plus élevée que les 8000 pieds du DC-3. Ils passèrent rapidement hors de vue à l'Ouest à des vitesses qu'ils considérèrent bien au-delà des vitesses alors connues. Smith insista sur le fait qu'ils ne furent jamais certains des tailles et des distances, mais qu'ils avaient eut l'impression générale que ces appareils à l'apparence de disques étaient sensiblement plus grands que les appareils ordinaires. Smith insista sur le fait qu'il n'avait pas pris au sérieux les histoires des actualités de la semaine précédente qui inventèrent le terme depuis persistant de "soucoupe volante". Mais, après avoir vu ce total de 9 appareils non conventionnels, sans ailes et à haute vitesse le soir du 4/7/47, il devint bien plus intéressé par le sujet. Néanmoins, en parlant avec moi, il souligna qu'il ne spéculerait pas sur leur véritable nature ou origine. J'ai parlé avec le personnel de United Air Lines qui a connu Smith pendant des années et se porte garant de sa fiabilité complète.

Discussion. -- L'observation United Air Lines du 4/7/47 est d'un intérêt historique parce qu'elle a à l'évidence reçu bien plus de crédit que tout autre des 85 signalements d'ovnis publiés dans les récits de presse le 4 juillet 1947 (voir Réf. 8). Même s'il ne s'agit pas de la plus impressionnate observation d'ovni par l'équipage d'un avion de ligne, elle est néanmoins significative. Elle a eut lieu par temps clair, s'est étalée sur un temps total estimé entre 10 et 12 mn, a été un cas avec des témoins multiples dont 2 observateurs expérimentés familiers des appareillages aériens, et a été faite au-dessus de l'échelle d'altitude de 1000 pieds (climb-out) ce qui, combiné au fait que les 9 objets ont été vus au-dessus de l'horizon, exclut complètement les phénomènes optiques comme une explication prête. Il est officiellement listé comme Non Identifié.

2. Cas 2. Montgomery (Alabama), 24 juillet 1948

Une autre observation fameuse d'avion de ligne des premières années est le cas de Chiles-Whitted des Eastern Airlines (Refs. 3, 5, 6 , 10, 23, 24, 25, 26). An Eastern DC-3, en route from Houston to Atlanta, was flying at an altitude of about 5000 ft., near Montgomery at 2:45 a.m. The pilot, Capt. Clarence S. Chiles, and the co-pilot, John B. Whitted, both of whom now fly jets for Eastern, were experienced fliers (for example, Chiles then had 8500 hours in the air, and both had wartime military flying duty behind them). I interviewed both Chiles and Whitted earlier this year to cross-check the many points of interests in this case. Space precludes a full account of all relevant details.

Chiles pointed out to me that they first saw the object coming out of a distant squall-line area which they were just reconnoitering. At first, they thought it was a jet, whose exhaust was somehow accounting for the advancing glow that had first caught their eyes. Coming almost directly at them at nearly their flight altitude, it passed off their starboard wing at a distance on which the two men could not closely agree: one felt it was under 1000 ft, the other put it at several times that. But both agreed, then and in my 1968 interview, that the object was some kind of vehicle. They saw no wings or empennage, but both were struck by a pair of rows of windows or some apparent openings from which there came a bright glow "like burning magnesium." The object had a pointed "nose", and from the nose to the rear along its underside there was a bluish glow. Out of the rear end came an orange-red exhaust or wake that extended back by about the same distance as the object's length. The two men agreed that its size approximated that of a B-29, though perhaps twice as thick. Their uncertainty as to true distance, of course, renders this only a rough impression. There is uncertainty in the record, and in their respective recollections, as to whether their DC-3 was rocked by something like a wake. Perception of such an effect would have been masked by Chiles' spontaneous reaction of turning the DC-3 off to the left as the object came in on their right Both saw it pass aft of them and do an abrupt pull-up, but only Whitted, on the right side, saw the terminal phase in which the object disappeared after a short but fast vertical ascent By "disappeared", Whitted made clear to me that he meant just that; earlier interrogations evidently construed this to mean "disappeared aloft" or into the broken cloud deck that lay above them. Whitted said that was not so; the object vanished instantaneously after its sharp pull-up. (This is not an isolated instance of abrupt disappearance. Obviously I cannot account for such cases.)

Discussion. -- This case has been the subject of much comment over the years, and rightly so. Menzel (Ref. 24) first .proposed that this was a "mirage", but gave no basis for such an unreasonable interpretation. The large azimuth-change of the pilots' line of sight, the lack of any obvious light source to provide a basis for the rather detailed structure of what was seen, the sharp pull-up, and the high flight altitude involved all argue quite strongly against such a casual disposition of the case. In his second book, Menzel (Ref. 25) shifts to the explanation that they had obviously seen a meteor. A horizontally-moving fireball under a cloud-deck, at 5000 ft., exhibiting two rows of lights construed by experienced pilots as ports, and finally executing a most non-ballistic 90-degree sharp pull-up, is a strange fireball indeed. Menzel's 1963 explanation is even more objectionable, in that he implies, via a page of side-discussion, that the Eastern pilots had seen a fireball from the Delta Aquarid meteor stream. As I have pointed out elsewhere (Ref. 2), the radiant of that stream was well over 90 away from the origin point of the unknown object. Also, bright fireballs are, with only rare exceptions, not typical of meteor streams. The official explanation was shifted recently from "Unidentified" to "Meteor", following publication of Menzel's 1963 discussion (see Ref. 20, p. 88).

Wingless, cigar-shaped or "rocket-shaped" objects, some emitting glowing wakes, have been reported by other witnesses. Thus, Air Force Capt. Jack Puckett, flying near 4000 ft. over Tampa in a C-47 on August 1, 1946 (Ref. 10, p. 23), described seeing "a long, cylindrical shape approximately twice the size of a B-29 with luminous portholes", from the aft end of which there came a stream of fire as it flew near his aircraft. Puckett states that he, his copilot, Lt. H. F. Glass, and the flight engineer also saw it as it came into within an estimated 1000 yards before veering off. Another somewhat similar airborne sighting, made on January 22, 1956 by TWA Flight Engineer Robert Mueller at night over New Orleans, is on record (Ref. 27). Still another similar sighting is the AAL case cited below (Sperry case). Again, over Truk Is., in the Pacific, a Feb. 6, 1953, mid-day sighting by a weather officer involved a bullet-shaped object without wings or tail (Ref. 7, Rept. No. 10). Finally, within an hour's time of the Chiles-Whitted sighting. Air Force ground personnel at Robins AFB, Georgia, saw a rocket-like object shoot overhead in a westerly direction (Refs. 3, 5, 10, 6). In none of these instances does a meteorological or astronomical explanation suffice to explain the sightings.

3. Cas 3. Sioux City, Iowa, 20 Janvier 1951

Another of the many airline-crew sightings of highly unconventional aerial devices that I have personally checked was, like Cases 1 and 2, widely reported in the national press (for a day or two, and then forgotten like the rest). A check of weather data confirms that the night of 1/20/51 was clear and cold at Sioux City at the time that a Mid-Continent Airlines DC-3, piloted by Lawrence W. Vinther, was about to take off for Omaha and Kansas City, at 8:20 p.m. CST. In the CAA control tower, John M. Williams had been noting an oddly manenvering light high in a westerly direction. Suddently the light abruptly accelerated, in a manner clearly precluding either meteoric or aircraft origin, so Williams alerted Vinther and his co-pilot, James F. Bachmeier. The incident has been discussed many times (Ref. 4,5, 10, and 28), but to check details of these reports, I searched for and finally located all three of the above-named men. Vinther and Bachmeier are now Braniff pilots, Williams is with the FAA in Sacramento. From them I confirmed the principal features of previous accounts and learned additional information too lengthy to recapitulate in full here.

The essential point to be emphasized is that, shortly after Vinther got his DC-3 airborne, under Williams' instructions to investigate the oddly-behaving light, the object executed a sudden dive and flew over the DC-3 at an estimated 200 ft. vertical clearance, passing aft and downward. Then a surprising maneuver unfolded. As Vinther described it to me, and as described in contemporary accounts, the object suddenly reversed course almost 180°, without slowing down or slewing, and was momentarily flying formation with their DC-3, off its port wing. (Vinther's dry comment to me was: "This is something we don't see airplanes do.") Vinther and Bachmeier agreed that the object was very big, perhaps somewhat larger than a B-29, they suggested to newspapermen who interviewed them the following day. Moonlight gave them a good silhouetted view of the object, which they described as having the form of a fuselage and unswept wing, but not a sign of any empennage, nor any sign of engine-pods, propellers, or jets. Prior to its dive, it had been seen only as a light; while pacing their DC-3, the men saw no luminosity, though during the dive they saw a light on its underside. After about five seconds, the unknown object began to descend below them and flew under their plane. They put the DC-3 into a steep bank to try to keep it in view as it began this maneuver; and as it crossed under them, they lost it, not to regain sight of it subsequently.

There is much more detail, not all mutually consistent as to maneuvers and directions, in the full accounts I obtained from Vinther, Bachmeier, and Williams. The dive, pacing, and fly-under maneuvers were made quickly and at such a distance from the field that Williams did not see them clearly, though he did see the object leave the vicinity of the DC-3. An Air Force colonel and his aide were among the passengers, and the aide caught a glimpse of the unknown object, but I have been unable to locate him for further cross-check.

Discussion. -- The erratic maneuvers exhibited by the unknown object while under observation from the control tower would, by themselves, make this a better-than-average case. But the fact that those maneuvers prompted a tower operator to alert a departing aircrew to investigate, only to have the object dive upon and pace the aircraft after a non-inertial course-reversal, makes this an unusually interesting UFO. Its configuration, about which Vinther and Bachmeier were quite positive in their remarks to me (they repeatedly emphasized the bright moonlight, which checks with the near-full moon on 1/20/51 and the sky-cover data I obtained from the Sioux City Weather Bureau), combines with other features of the sighting to make it a most significant case. The reported shape (tailless, engineless, unswept aircraft of large size) does not match that of any other UFO that I am aware of; but my exposure to the bewildering range of reported configurations now on record makes this point less difficult to assimilate. This case is officially carried as Unidentified, and, in a 1958 publication (Ref. 29), was one of 12 Unidentifieds singled out for special comment. A contemporary account (Ref. 28), taking note of a then recent pronouncement that virtually all UFOs are explainable in terms of misidentified Skyhook balloons, carried a lead-caption. "The Office of Naval Research claims that cosmic ray balloons explain all saucer reports. If so, what did this pilot see?" Certainly it would not be readily explained away as a balloon, a meteor, a sundog, or ball lighting. Rather, it seems to be just one more of thousands of Unidentified Flying Objects for which we have no present explanations because we have laughed such reports out of scientific court. Bachmeier stated to me that, at the time, he felt it had to be some kind of secret device, but, in the ensuing 17 years, we have not heard of any aircraft that can execute instantaneous course-reversal. Vinther's comment to me on a final question I asked as to what he thinks, in general, about the many airline-pilot sightings of unidentified objects over the past 20 years, was : Nous n'avons pas des hallucinations.

4. Cas 4. Minneapolis (Minnessota), 11 Octobre 1951

Il y a bien plus de pilotes privés que de pilotes de ligne, et il n'est donc pas surprenant qu'il y ait plus d'observations d'ovnis de la part des premiers que des derniers. Un ingénieur et ancien pilote de P-38 de la Force Aérienne, Joseph J. Kaliszewski, volant pour le programme de ballon Skyhook de General Mills sur des missions de suivi de ballon, observa des objets non-conventionnels en 2 jours successifs en octobre 1951 (réfs. 5, 7, 10). Les 2 furent signalées via les canaux de la compagnie à l'agence enquêtrice officielle (Bluebook), dont le rapport (réf. 7) décrit les témoins comme très crédibles et comme des observateurs expérimentés de ballon en haute altitude. Le 10 octobre, à environ 10 h 10, Kaliszewski et Jack Donaghue se trouvaient à 6000 ft pieds dans leur avion, montant vers leur ballon cible, lorsque Kaliszewski repéra un objet étrange traversant le ciel d'Est en Ouest, beaucoup plus haut et derrière notre ballon (qui était proche de 20000 pieds à ce moment). Lorsque j'ai interrogé Kaliszewski, il m'a confirmé que cet objet avait une leur particulière sur lui, traversant derrière et au-dessus de notre ballon d'Est en Ouest très rapidement, venant d'abord dans une légère plongée, leveling off for about a minute and slowing down, then into a sharp left turn and climbing at an angle of 50° to 60° into the southeast with a terrific acceleration. The two observers had the object in view for an estimated two minutes, during which it crossed a span of some 45 of the sky. No vapor trail was seen, and Kaliszewski was emphatic in asserting that it was not a balloon, jet, or conventional aircraft.

The following morning, near 0630, Kaliszewski was flying on another balloon mission with Richard Reilly and, while airborne north of Minneapolis, the two of them noticed an odd object. Quoting from the account submitted to the official agency (Ref. 7, Rept. No. 2) :

"The object was moving from east to west at a high rate and very high. We tried keeping the ship on a constant course and using the reinforcing member of the windshield as a point. The object moved past this member at about 50 degrees per second. This object was peculiar in that it had what can be described as a halo around it with a dark undersurface. It crossed rapidly and then slowed down and started to climb in lazy circles slowly. The pattern it made was like a falling oak leaf inverted. It went through these gyrations for a couple minutes and then with a very rapid acceleration disappeared to the east. This object Dick and I watched for approximately 5 mn.

Shortly after, still another unknown object shot straight across the sky from west to east, but not before Kaliszewski succeeded in radioing theodolite observers at the University of Minnesota Airport. Two observers there (Douglas Smith, Richard Dorian) got fleeting glimpses of what appeared to them to be a cigar-shaped object viewed through the theodolite, but could not keep it in view due to its fast angular motion. In my conversations with Kaliszewski about these sightings, I gained the impression of talking with a careful observer, in full accord with impressions held by three other independent sources, including Air Force investigators.

Discussion -- The October 10 sighting is officially categorized as "Aircraft," the October 11 main sighting as "Unidentified." When I mentioned this to Kaliszewski, he was unable to understand how any distinction could be so drawn between the two sightings, both of which he felt matched no known aeronautical device. Clearly, objects performing such intricate maneuvers are not meteors, nor can they be fitted to any known meteorological explanations of which I am aware. Instead, these objects seem best described as devices well beyond the state of 1951 (or 1968) technology.

5. Cas 5. Willow Grove (Pennsylvanie), 21 mai 1966

Skipping over many other pilot observations to a more recent one which I have personally checked, I call attention to a close-range airborne sighting of a domed-disc, seen under midday conditions by two observers. One of them, William O. Powell, of Radnor, Pa., is a pilot with 18,000 logged flight hours. He and a passenger. Miss Muriel McClave, were flying in Powell's Luscombe in the Philadelphia area on the afternoon of 5/21/66 when an object that had been first spotted as it apparently followed an outbound flight of Navy jets from Willow Grove NAS made a sharp (non-banking) turn and headed for Powell's plane on a near-collision course. As the object passed close by, at a distance that Powell put at roughly 100 yards, they both got a good look at the object. It was circular in planform and had no wings or visible means of propulsion, both witnesses emphasized to me in interviews. The upper domed portion they described as "porcelain-white", while the lower discoid portion was bright red ("dayglow red" Powell put it). It was slightly below their altitude as it passed on their right, and Powell pointed out that it was entirely solid, for it obscured the distant horizon areas. His brief comment about its solidity and reality was, "It was just like looking at a Cadillac." He estimated its airspeed as perhaps 200 mph, and it moved in a steady, non-fluttering manner. He estimated its diameter at perhaps 20 feet. Miss McClave thought it might have been nearer 40 feet across. Each put the thickness-to-diameter ratio as about one-half. After it passed their starboard wing, Powell could see it only by looking back over his shoulder through a small aft window, but Miss McClave had it in full view when suddenly, she stated to me, it disappeared instantaneously, and they saw no more of it.

Discussion. -- Powell flies executive transports for a large Eastern firm, after years of military and airline duty. I have discussed the case with one of his superiors, who speaks without qualification for Powell's trustworthiness. At a UFO panel discussion held on April 22, 1967 at the annual meeting of the American Society of Newspaper Editors, Powell was asked to summarize his sighting. His account is in the proceedings of that session (Ref. 30). I know of no natural phenomenon that could come close to explaining this sighting. The visibility was about 15 miles, they were flying in the clear at 4500 ft., and the object passed nearby. A pilot with 18000 hours flight experience is not capable of precise midair distance and speed estimates, but his survival has probably hinged on not commonly making errors of much over a factor or two. Given the account and accepting its reliability, it seems necessary to say that here was one more case of what Gen. Samford described as "credible observers seeing relatively incredible objects". I felt that Powell's summary of his sighting at the ASNE meeting was particularly relevant because, in addition to my being on the panel there. Dr. D. H. Menzel et M. Philip J. Klass, both strong exponents of meteorological-type UFO theories, were present to hear his account. I cannot see how one could explain this incident in terms of meteorological optics nor in terms of ball lighting plasmoids. Here again, we appear to be dealing with a meaningful observation of some vehicle or craft of non-terrestrial origin. Its reported instantaneous disappearance defies (as does the same phenomenon reported by J. B. Whitted and numerous other UFO witnesses) ready explanation in terms of present-day scientific knowledge. Powell reported his sighting at Willow Grove NAS, but it engendered no interest.

Cas 6. Eastern Quebec, 29 juin 1954

A case in which I have not been able to directly interview any witnesses, but about which a great deal is on record, through contemporary press accounts, through the pilot's subsequent report, and through recent interviews by BBC staff members, occurred near Seven Islands, Quebec, just after sunset on 6/29/54. A BOAC Stratocruiser, bound from New York to London with 51 passengers, was followed for 18 minutes (about 80 miles of airpath) by one large object and six smaller objects that flew curious "formations" about it. The pilot of the Stratocruiser was Capt. James Howard, a highly respected BOAC flight officer still flying with BOAC. At the time, he had had 7500 flight hours. About 20 witnesses, including both passengers and crew, gave statements as to the unprecedented nature of these objects (Refs. 4, 10, and Associated Press wire stories datelined June 30, 1954).

Discussion. -- The flight was at 19000 ft in an area of generally fair weather, with good visibility, attested by Howard and by weather maps for that day. No obvious optical or electrical explanation seems capable of accounting for this long-duration sighting. The objects were dark, not glowing, and their position relative to the sunset point precludes sundogs as an explanation. Mirage phenomena could not account for the eighty-mile persistence, nor for the type of systematic shape-changes described by the witnesses, nor for the geometrically regular formations taken up by the satellite objects as they shifted positions from time to time. Just before an F-86 arrived from Goose AFB at Howard's request, First Officer Boyd and Navigator George Allen, who were watching the objects at that moment, said the small objects seemed to merge into the larger object. Then the large object receded rapidly towards the northwest and was out of sight in a matter of seconds. Such a maneuver of a number of satellite objects seeming to merge with or to enter a larger object has been reported in other UFO incidents around the world.

Cas 7. Goshen (Indiana), 21 avril 1950

Une autre des premières observations d'avion de ligne qui sembla worth personally cross-checking impliquait l'équipage et les passagers d'un DC-3 de la TWA le soir du 27/4/50 (Refs. 4, 5, 10, 23). J'ai interrogé le pilote, le capitaine Robert Adickes et le copilote, le capitaine Robert F. Manning, et confirmé l'ensemble des caractéristiques principales d'abord rapportées en détails dans un récit de magazine par Keyhoe (Ref. 31). Le DC-3 se trouvait à environ 2000 pieds, dirigé vers Chicago, lorsque, vers 20 h 25 environ, Manning repéra un objet rouge luisant à l'arrière de l'aile droite, bien à leur arrière. Manning m'envoya une copie des notes qu'il avait prises cette nuit-là à son hôtel de Chicago. Citation des notes :

Son apparence était semblable à celle d'une Lune rouge sang en ascension, et cela semblait se rapprocher de nous à un rythme de convergence relativement lent. Je le regardais s'approcher pendant 2 mn environ, tentant de déterminer ce que ça pourrait être. J'ai alors attiré l'attention de Adickes sur l'objet en demandant ce qu'il pensait que c'était. Il appela notre hôtesse, Gloria Henshaw, et lui montra. A ce moment l'objet avait un roulement relatif de 100 ° environ et était légèrement plus lent que nous. C'était comme s'il maintenait sa position par rapport à nous, à environ 1/2 mile de distance.

Le récit de Manning note alors que le capitaine Adickes envoya l'hôtesse prévenir les passagers (voir le récit de Keyhoe, Ref. 31), puis fit basculer le DC-3 à tribord pour essayer de se rapprocher de l'objet inconnu. Manning poursuit dans ses notes du 27/4/50 :

Alors que nous tournions, l'objet sembla virer loin de nous dans une direction juste à l'ouest du nord, vers la zone aéroportuaire de South Bend. Il sembla descendre alors qu'il augmentait sa vitesse, et en quelque minutes nous l'avions perdu de vue...

Discussion -- Bien que, dans mon interview, j'aie trouvé des différences dans la forme de l'objet, telle que les 2 pilotes de la TWA s'en souvenaient, tous 2 était affirmatifs sur le fait qu'il ne s'agissait pas d'un appareil, tous 2 insistèrent sur sa luminosité rouge, et tous 2 furent impressionnés par sa vitesse élevée de départ. Manning fit remarquer qu'il n'avait jamais rien vu de pareil avant ou depuis ; et il concéda, en réponse à ma demande, que le nombre décroissant de rapports d'ovnis par des avions de ligne ces dernières années vient probablement principalement de la réticence des pilotes à en faire des rapports. Lui comme Adickes, comme la plupart des autres pilotes que j'ai interrogés, indiquèrent ne pas être au courant de quelconques réglements empêchant de faire des signalements, cependant. J'ai mentionné à Adickes qu'il y a une indication indirecte dans 1 référence (Ref. 5) selon laquelle l'explication officielle de cette observation était des reflets de hauts-fourneaux sur des nuages. Il indiqua que c'était absolument hors de question. Il doit être noté que ici, comme dans de nombreuses autres observations de pilotes, une limite supérieure, même si elle grossière, est imposée dans la gamme de l'inconnu en vertu d'une ligne de visée inclinée vers le bas. Dans de tels cas, les explications de météores sont presque automatiquement exclues. Le cas de Goshen n'a pas explication évidente météorologique, astronomique ou optique.

Cas 8, Newport News (Virginie), 14 Juillet 1952

Another case in which experienced pilots viewed UFOs below them, and hence had helpful background-cues to distance and size, occurred near 8:12 p.m. BST, July 14, 1952. A Pan American DC-4, en route from New York to Miami, was at 8000 ft over Chesapeake Bay, northeast of Newport News, when its cockpit crew witnessed glowing, disc-shaped objects approaching them at a lower altitude (estimated at perhaps 2000 ft). First Officer Wm. B. Nash, at the controls for Capt. Koepke (who was not on the flight deck during the sighting) and Second Officer Wm. H. Fortenberry saw six amber-glowing objects come in at high velocity and execute a peculiar flipping maneuver during an acute-angle direction-change. Almost immediately after the first six reversed course, two other apparently identical discs shot in under the DC-4, joining the other six. I am omitting here certain other maneuver details of significance, since these are on record in many accounts (4, 5, 10, 11, 25). Although I have not interviewed Nash (now in Germany with PAA, and Fortenberry is deceased), I believe that there has never been any dispute as to the observed facts. Nash has stated to T. M. Olsen (author of Ref. 11) that one of the most accurate accounts of the facts has been given by Menzel (Ref. 25), adding that Menzel's explanation seems entirely out of the question to him. A half-dozen witnesses on the ground also saw unknowns at that time, according to official investigators.

The objects had definite edges, and glowed "like hot coals", except when they blinked out, as they did in unison just after the first six were joined by the latter two. When the lights came back on, Nash and Fortenberry saw them climbing westward, eight in line, north of Newport News. The objects climbed above the altitude of the DC-4 and then blinked out in random order and were seen no more.

Discussion. -- Menzel explains this famous sighting as resulting from a searchlight playing on thin haze layers, an almost entirely ad hoc assumption, and one that will not account for the amber color, nor for the distinct edges, nor for the final climb-out of the objects. The rapid motion, abrupt course-reversal, and the change from negative to positive angles of elevation of the line of sight to the unknowns seem to preclude any meteorological-optical explanation, and there is, of course, no possibility of explaining cases like this in terms of bail lightning, meteors, balloons, or many of the other frequently adduced phenomena. Nash has stated that he feels these were "intelligently operated craft" This case is officially "Unidentified."

9. Many other pilot sightings, both recent and old, could readily be cited. Not only civilian pilots but dozens of military pilots have sighted wholly unconventional objects defying ready explanation (see esp. Ref. 10 and Ref. 7 for many such instances). Thus, the answer to the question, "Why don't pilots see UFOs?" is: "They do."

Pourquoi les ovnis sont-ils vu uniquement par des personnes seules ? Pourquoi pas des observations par plusieurs témoins ?

Il est vrai qu'il y a plus de signalements d'ovnis par des témoins seuls que de cas à plusieurs témoins. Mais, pour indiquer qu'en aucun cas tous les signalements intéressants d'ovnis nécessitent des témoins seuls, considérez les exemples suivants :

Cas 9. Farmington (Nouveau Mexique), 17 mars 1950

In the course of checking this famous case that made short-lived press headlines in 1950, I interviewed seven Farmington witnesses out of a total that was contemporarily estimated at "hundreds" to "over a thousand." (Refs. 5, 25) It became clear from my interviewing that the streets were full of residents looking up at the strange aerial display that day. It was not only a multiple-witness case, but also a multiple-object case. My checking was done seventeen years after the fact, so the somewhat confused recollective impressions I gained are not surprising. But that unidentified aerial objects moved in numbers over Farmington on 8/17/50 seems clear. One witness with whom I spoke, Clayton J. Boddy, estimated that he had observed a total of 20 to 30 disc-shaped objects, including one red one substantially larger than the others, moving at high velocity across the Farmington sky on the late morning of 8/17/50. John Baton, a Farmington realtor, described being called out of a barber shop when the excitement began and seeing a high, fast object suddenly joined by many objects that darted after it. Baton sent me a copy of an account he had jotted down shortly after the incident A former Navy pilot. Baton put their height at perhaps 15,000 ft. "The object that has me puzzled was the one we saw that was definitely red. It was seen by several and stated by all to be red and traveling northeast at a terrific speed." Baton also spoke of the way the smaller objects would "turn and appear to be flat, then turn and appear to be round," a description matching an oscillating disc-shaped object. No one described seeing any wings or tails, and the emphasis upon the darting, "bee-like" motion was in several of the accounts I obtained from witnesses. I obtained more details, but the above must suffice here for a brief summary.

Discussion. -- This once-headlined, but now almost forgotten multiple-witness case has been explained as resulting from the breakup of a Skyhook balloon (Ref. 25). Skyhooks do shatter at the very low temperatures of the upper troposphere, and occasionally break into a number of smaller pieces. But to suggest that such fragments of transparent plastic at altitudes of the order of 40-50,000 ft. could be detected by the naked eye, and to intimate that these distant objects of low angular velocity could confuse dozens of persons into describing fast-moving disc-shaped objects (including a large red object) is simply not reasonable. However, to check further on this, I contacted first Holloman AFB and then the Office of Naval Research, who jointly hold records on all Alamogordo Skyhook releases. No Skyhooks or other experimental balloons had been released from the Holloman area or any other part of the country on or near the date of this incident. A suggestion that the witnesses were seeing only cotton-wisps was not only unreasonable, given the witness accounts, but was in fact tracked down by a local journalist to comments casually made by a law enforcement officer and overheard by another reporter. From my examination of this case, I see no ready explanation for the numerous disc-shaped objects moving in unconventional manner and seen by large numbers of Farmington residents on 3/17/50.

Cas 10. Longview (Washington), 3 juillet 1949

Nombre des cas d'ovnis que je cite sont drawn intentionnellement des premières années, afin d'illustrer que les preuves de l'existence d'un phénomène relativement réel et scientifiquement significatif sont avec nous depuis un nombre dérangeant d'années. Je discute pour la suite d'un cas au sujet duquel je détiens des copies d'éléments des dossiers d'enquête officiels, copies indiquant que cet incident fut observé par 150 autres personnes à une exhibition aérienne, en du témoin l'ayant signalé, Moulton B. Taylor. J'ai interrogé M. Taylor et obtenu de solides recommandations sur sa fiabilité de la part d'un ancien officier supérieur, l'amiral D. S. Fahrney, sous les ordres duquel Taylor servit pour travailler sur les missiles guidés de la Marine avant l'incident. Taylor est un ingénieur en aéonautique, et fut responsable d'un aéroport à Longview, en charge d'une exhibition aérienne qui devait se tenir l'après-midi du 7/3/49, le jour de l'incident en question. Un skywriting Stearman se trouvait à 10000 pieds à 10 h 40, laying down "Air Show Today", and hence holding the attention of a number of the personnel already at the airport, when the first of three unidentified objects flew over at high altitude. Alerted by one of the persons who first spotted the object coining from the northwest, Taylor got on the public address system and announced to all persons at hand that they should look up to see the odd object. Many had binoculars, and among the over 150 persons present were police officers, city officials and a number of Longview's leading citizens, Taylor emphasized. The object was observed by a number of experienced pilots; and, according to official file summaries, all agreed that the object was shaped much like a discus. It seemed to have metallic luster and oscillated periodically as it crossed the sky from northwest to southeast until lost in mill-smoke. Taylor described the motion as a "sculling or falling-leaf motion rather than a movement through the axis of the disc." Its angular size he estimated as about that of a pinhead at arm's length, or about that of a DC-3 at 30,000 ft., both of which come out to be near 10 mn of arc (one-third of moon's diameter).

The crowd's attention to events in the sky did not lapse when the first object was lost from view, and, about nine minutes later, someone spotted a second object, whereupon the event was again announced via the public address system. Still a third object was brought to the attention of the crowd in the same manner at 11 h 25. The second object came out of the north, the third came from almost due west. In the third case, someone thought of timing the oscillation frequency (all three exhibited the same unconventional oscillation, with sun-glint perceptible in certain of the instances of tipping, Taylor mentioned). The oscillation frequency was clocked at 48 per minute. In the official report are height estimates and some disparate comments on color, etc., from several other witnesses, as well as remarks on other sightings in the same area on the same day. Full details cannot be recounted here, for reasons of space limitation. Taylor, in his statement submitted to official investigators, said:

"My experience in radio control of pilotless aircraft and guided missiles for the Navy at NAMU during the war, and over 20 years of aircraft study, does not permit my identification of the objects which were seen. They definitely were not balloons, birds, common aircraft, parachutes, stars, meteors, paper, clouds, or other common objects. They moved in a regular motion either straight or in curved lines. They were all at approximately the same altitude, but moved on different courses as indicated on the sketch. The oscillations were clearly visible and timed on the 3rd sighting ***."

Discussion. -- The official explanation for this case is "Balloons". I obtained information on upper winds over that part of Washington on that day (700 and 500 mb charts), and the flow aloft between 10000 and 20000 ft was from the southwest. The objects, all reported as about the same angular size, came from three distinctly different directions, all within a period of less than an hour. This immediately casts very strong doubt on the balloon hypothesis, as does the flipping motion, the sunglint, and, above all, the fact that no pilot balloon stations were located close upwind of Longview. Furthermore, a typical pilot balloon of about 1 meter diameter could be no higher than about 2500 ft altitude to subtend as large an angle as 10 minutes of arc. Taylor's report (official flies) gave transit times of 2-3 minutes for the unknowns to cross the Longview sky, and, during such a time interval, the normal ascent rate of a pilot balloon would carry it up by 1200-1800 ft. To then fit the angular-size requirements would clearly require that the balloons have been released at some nearby location, which fails to match known pibal-station locations at that time. Furthermore, surface winds were from the west, and winds a short distance above the ground were southwesterly, as indicated by pulp mill smoke-drift described in Taylor's report. This, plus the previously cited upper-flow directions, contradict the balloon hypothesis for all three directions of arrival, particularly those coming from north and northwest. To hypothesize that these were, say, Skyhook balloons coming from three different (unknown) sites, at three different high altitudes, but all so arranged that the apparent balloon diameter came out at about the same 10 minutes of arc each time is scarcely reasonable. In all, I can only regard the balloon explanation as untenable.

Disc-shaped objects have been sighted in dozens of instances, including Arnold's 6/24/47 Mt Rainier sighting. In many, though not all, the odd flipping or fluttering motion has been described by witnesses (Refs. 8, 10). What the dynamical significance of this might be is unclear. We know no more about this in 1968 than we knew in 1947, because such observations have been ignored as nonsense or misidentified balloons.

Cas 11. Salt Lake City (Utah), 3 Octobre 1961

A midday sighting of a lens-shaped object involving one airborne witness and seven witnesses on the ground became headline news in Salt Lake City (Ref. 32). Accounts of the incident have been summarized elsewhere (Refs. 2, 10, 13, 25). A private pilot, Mr. Waldo J. Harris, was taking off on Runway 160 at Utah Central Airport at almost exactly noon on 10/2/61 when he noted what he at first idly viewed as a distant airplane. He noted it again in the same area just after becoming airborne, once more after gaining some altitude, and then became somewhat puzzled that it had not exhibited any appreciable change of position. About then it seemed to tilt, glinting in the noonday sun, and exhibiting a shape unlike any aircraft. To get a better view, Harris climbed towards the southeast and found himself at its altitude when he was somewhat above 6000 ft. By then it appeared as a biconvex metallic gray object, decidedly different from conventional aircraft, so he radioed back to the airport, where eventually seven persons were taking turns viewing it with binoculars. I have interviewed not only Harris, but also Jay W. Galbraith, operator of the airport, who, with his wife, watched the object, and Robert G. Butler, another of those at the airport. As Harris attempted to close in, he got to a minimal distance that he thought might have been approximately two or three miles from the object, when it abruptly rose vertically by about 1000 ft, a maneuver confirmed by the ground witnesses. They indicated to me that it took only a second or perhaps less to ascend. Just before the abrupt rise, Harris had been viewing the object on an essentially dead-level line of sight, with distant Mt. Nebo behind it, a significant feature of the case, as will be brought out in a moment.

Before Harris could close his distance much more, the object began moving off to the southeast at a speed well above his light-plane top speed. It was soon an estimated ten miles or so away, but Harris continued his attempt to close. However, after seeming to hover a short time in its new location, it began rising and moving westward, at an extremely rapid speed, and passed out of sight aloft to the southwest in only a few seconds. Some, but not all of the ground witnesses, observed this final fast climb-out, I was told. Military jets were called, but the object had gone before they arrived.

Both Harris and the ground observers using binoculars attested to lack of wings or tail, and to the biconvex side view. Harris said he had the impression its surface resembled "sand-blasted aluminum," but his closest view was about 2-3 miles away, and its estimated size was put at about 50-60 ft diameter (and only a tenth as thick), so the impression of surface texture must be regarded as uncertain. All witnesses confirmed that the object "wobbled" during its hovering. Jay Galbraith said that, when Harris' Mooney Mark 20A was only a speck, they could see the disc rather easily by naked eye, suggesting that its size may have been substantially larger than Harris' estimated 50 ft. Galbraith's recollection of its final departure was that it climbed at a very steep angle, perhaps within about 20 of the vertical, he thought. Butler also recalled the final departure and stressed that it was a surprisingly steep climb-out, quite beyond any known jet speed. All remarked on 10/2/61 being a beautifully clear day.

Discussion. -- Once again we deal with observed performance characteristics far beyond anything of which we have present knowledge: a wingless device that can hover, shoot straight up, and move fast enough to pass out of sight in a matter of a few seconds does not correspond to any known terrestrial craft. The official explanation was originally that Harris saw Venus. From astronomical data, one finds that Venus was in the Utah sky at noon in early October, but lay in the southwest, whereas everyone's line of sight to the object lay to the southeast. Furthermore, Harris' statement that at one stage he viewed the disc against a distant mountain would contradict such an explanation. Finally, it is well known to astronomers that Venus, even at peak brilliance, is not very easily spotted in daytime, whereas he had no difficulty relocating it repeatedly as he flew. Menzel (Ref. 25) proposed that it was merely a sundog that Harris and the others were observing, and this was subsequently adopted as the official explanation. But sundogs (parhelia), for well-known reasons, occur at elevation angles equal to or slightly greater than the sun, which lay about 40° above the southern horizon at noon in Salt Lake that day. Such a solar position would imply that a sundog might have lain to the southeast (22° to the left of the sun), but at an elevation angle that completely fails to match Harris' dead-level viewing (against a distant mountain, to further embarrass the sundog hypothesis).

Finally, to check the witness' statements about cloud-free skies. I checked with the Salt Lake City Weather Bureau office, and their logs showed completely clear skies and 40 miles visibility. Sundogs cannot occur without ice crystal clouds present. The only weather balloon released that morning was sent up at 10 h 00 ; but in any event, one would have to write off almost all of the observed details to propose that this incident was a misinterpretation of a weather balloon. As I see it the 10/2/61 Salt Lake City sighting is just one more of the hundreds of very well-observed cases of machine-like craft exhibiting "flight performance" far beyond the state and present-day technology.

Cas 12. Larson AFB, Moses Lake (Washington), 8 Janvier 1953

NICAP's recent publication of long-inaccessible official report-summaries (Ref. 7) makes readily available to interested scientists a large number of fascinating UFO reports. Many are in the multiple-witness category. For example, the dawn (0715 PST) sighting at Larson AFB where "over sixty varied military and civilian sources observed one green disc-shaped object. The observations continued for fifteen minutes during which time the object moved in a southwesterly direction while bobbing vertically and going sideways. There was no sound. An F-84 aircraft was scrambled but a thirty minute search of the area produced negative intercept results."

The official summary also notes that the "winds were generally from 240° below an overcast at 13000 ft. Thus the object would appear to move against the wind since it must have been below the clouds. There was no air traffic reported in the area."

No radar sites in the area had unusual returns or activity, according to the same report.

Discussion. -- This green disc, moving against the wind below an overcast and seen by over sixty witnesses, is an official Unidentified.

Cas 13. Savannah River A.E.C Plant, Eté 1952

A rather illuminating multiple-witness case was called to my attention by John A. Anderson, now at Sandia Base, New Mexico, but in 1952 working as a young engineer in the Savannah River AEC facility near Aiken, S.C. After a considerable amount of cross-checking on the part of both Anderson and myself, the date was inferred to be late July, 1952, probably 7/19/52. The circumstance giving a clue to the date was that, at about 10:00 a.m. on the day in question, Anderson, along with what he estimated at perhaps a hundred other engineers, scientists and technicians from his group were outside watching a "required attendance" skit presented from a truck-trailer and commemorating the 150th anniversary of the founding of the DuPont company, July 18, 1802. Anderson indicated that some less than absorbed in the skit first spotted the unidentified object in the clear skies overhead, and soon most eyes had left the skit to watch more technically intriguing events overhead. A greenish glowing object of no discernible shape, and of angular size estimated by Anderson to be not over a fifth of full-moon diameter, was darting back and forth erratically at very high speed. Anderson had the impression it was at great altitude, but conceded that perhaps nothing but the complete lack of sound yielded that impression. It was in view for about two minutes, moving at all times. He stressed its "phenomenal maneuverability"; it repeatedly changed direction abruptly in sharp-angle manner, he stressed. The observation was terminated when the object disappeared over the horizon "at apparently tremendous velocity."

Discussion. -- Anderson said that the event was discussed among his group afterwards, and all agreed it could not possibly have been a conventional aircraft. He remarked that no one even thought of suggesting the unreasonable notion that it was an hallucination or illusion. Despite searching local papers for some days thereafter, not a word of this sighting was published, and no further information or comment on it came from within the very security-conscious AEC plant. He was unaware of any official report.

Months after hearing of this from Anderson, in one of my numerous rereadings of Ruppelt's book (Ref. 5), I came across a single sentence in which Ruppelt, referring to the high concentration of reports in the Southeast around September of 1952, states that: "Many of the reports came from people in the vicinity of the then new super-hush-hush AEC facility at Savannah River, Georgia." Whether one of those reports to the official investigative agency came from within Anderson's group or other Savannah River personnel on the 7/52 incident is unknown. If not, then we may have here a case where dozens of technically-trained personnel witnessed an entirely unexplainable aerial performance, yet reported nothing. Anderson knew of no report, and was unaware of any assembling of witness-information within his group, so the evidence points in the direction that this event may have gone unreported. If, as Anderson is inclined to think, this event was on July 19, 1952, it occurred only about twelve hours before the famous Washington National Airport radar-visual sightings; but this date remains uncertain.

Cas 14. Trinidad (Colorado), 23 Mars 1966

A daytime sighting by at least a dozen persons, in several parts of town, occurred near 5:00 p.m. on 3/23/66 in Trinidad, Colo. Following up a report in the APRO Bulletin on this interesting case, I eventually interviewed ten witnesses (seven children of average age near 12, and five adults). This case came just a few days after the famous "swamp gas" UFO incidents in southern Michigan, which made headline news all over the country. As APRO noted in its account, the Trinidad case seems in several respects a distinctly better case, yet went essentially unnoted outside of Trinidad. (Press reporting of UFO sightings leaves very much to be desired; I concur in the cited APRO comment. However, press shortcomings in the UFO area are only secondary factors in the long failure to get this matter out into the open.)

The witness-variance that skeptics like to cite is fairly well illustrated in the results of my ten interviews. I wish space permitted a full exposition of what each witness told me, for it would not only attest to that well-known variance but would also illustrate the point made earlier, namely, that despite those bothersome differences in details, there nevertheless comes through a consistent core of information on observations of something that was of scientific interest.

Mrs. Frank R. Hoch paid no attention when her son first tried to call her out to see something in the sky. Knowing it was kite season, dinner preparations took precedence, and she told the 10-year-old boy to go ride his bike. The second time he was more insistent, and she went outside to look. Two objects, domed on the top but nearly flat on the bottom, shaped like a cup upside down, having no rim or "sombrero brim", she said, were moving slowly westward from Fisher's Peak, which lies just south of Trinidad. Her son, Dean, told her he had seen three such objects when he tried to get her to come out earlier. (Mr. Louis DiPaolo, a Trinidad postman whom I interviewed, had also seen three objects.)

Interestingly, when Mrs. Hoch saw the objects, one was between her and the ridge, the other just above the low ridgeline. The ridge is about a half-mile from the Hoch residence. A photo of the ridge, with roughly-scaled objects sketched on it, suggests an angular diameter of perhaps a degree (object size of order 100 ft), in disagreement with her earlier angular estimates. It was clear that Mrs. Hoch was, as are most, unfamiliar with angular-size estimating. The objects, Mrs. Hoch said, moved up and down in a bobbing manner as they progressed slowly westward along the ridgeline. Occasionally they tilted, glinting in the late afternoon sun as if metallic. No sound was mentioned by any witness except one young boy whose attention was drawn to the object by a "ricocheting sound", as he put it. DiPaolo's observations were made with 7x35 binoculars; he also described the objects as metallic in appearance and shaped like a saucer upside down. His attention had been called to it by neighborhood boys playing outside. Mrs. Amelia Berry, in another part of Trinidad, evidently saw the objects somewhat earlier, when they were farther east, circling near Fisher's Peak, but she was uncertain of the precise time. She saw only two, and remarked that they seemed to "glitter", and she described them as "saucer shaped", "oblong and narrow". Mrs. J. R. Duran, horseback-riding with a 12-year-old son on the opposite (north) side of town also saw two objects, "flat on the bottom, and domed on top, silvery", when her son called them to her attention. She described them as "floating along slowly, bobbing up and down, somewhat to the west of Fisher's Peak." She, like the other witnesses, was positive that these were not airplanes. No one described anything like wings or tail. A number of witnesses were so close that, had this been an unconventional helicopter, its engine-noise would have been unmistakable.

Discussion. -- Notwithstanding differences in the witness accounts (more of which would emerge from a more complete recounting), the common features of the observers' descriptions would seem to rule out known types of aircraft, astronomical, meteorological, and other explanations.

Cas 15, Redlands (Californie), 4 Février 1968

A still more recent multiple-witness case of great interest was well-documented by three University of Redlands professors shortly after it occurred on the evening of 2/4/68. APRO plans a fairly detailed summary-report. Dr. Philip Seff kindly sent me a copy of the witness-testimony he and his colleagues secured in interviewing about twenty out of an estimated hundred-plus witnesses to this low-altitude sighting in a residential area of Redlands. Because I .understand that Dr. Harder will be giving a fairly detailed report of this case to your Committee. I shall give only a much-abbreviated version. At 7:20 p.m.. many persons went outdoors to investigate either (a) the unusual barking of neighborhood dogs. or (b) a disturbing and unusual sound. Soon many persons up and down several streets were observing an object round in planiform, estimated at perhaps 50-60 feet in diameter, moving slowly towards the east-northeast at an altitude put by most witnesses as perhaps 300 feet. Glowing ports or panels lay around its upper perimeter and "jet-like" orange-red flames or something resembling flames emanated from a number of sources on the undersurface. A number of odd psysiological [sic] effects were remarked by various witnesses, and the animal-reactions were a notable feature of this case. The object at one point rose abruptly by some hundreds of feet before continuing its somewhat "jerky" motion to the east it then hovered a short time and moved off with acceleration to the northwest.

Discussion. -- The Redlands University trio inquired concerning radar detection, but were informed that the nearest radar was at March AFB, Riverside, and the beam clearing intervening ridges could not detect so low a target over Redlands. An interesting aspect of press coverage of UFOs, a very characteristic aspect, is illustrated here. The local Redlands-area papers carried only short pieces on the event; beyond that no press coverage occurred, as far as I have been able to ascertain.

Evidently even the state wires did not carry it. (I think this fact deserves very strong emphasis. One has to see national clipping-service coverage, drawing upon many small-town papers, to gain even a dim glimpse of the astonishing number of UFO reports that occur steadily, but go unreported on state and national wires so that none but very diligent UFO investigators have any appreciation of the true frequency of UFO sightings. This is no "press clampdown", no censorship; wire editors simply "know" that there's nothing to all this nonsense about UFOs. A local story will be run simply for its local interest, but that interest falls off steeply with radial distance from the observation site.) Thus, we must confront a situation, developed over 20 years, in which over a hundred citizens in a city of about 30000 population can see an utterly unconventional aerial machine just overhead and, almost by the time the dogs have stopped barking, press and officialdom are uninterested.; Dr. Seff told me just last week that he had encountered a Redlands University coed who had seen the object (he hadn't interviewed her previously), and she seemed still terrified by the incident. I believe that your Committee must recognize an unfilled scientific obligation to get to the bottom of such matters.

8. De nombreux autres cas à témoins multiples pourraient être cités, certains issus de ma propre expérience d'interview, que plus que d'après d'autres sources dans ce pays et à l'étranger. L'observation du 28 octobre 1954 à Rome fut estimée avoir été faite par des milliers de personnes, dont l'un était l'ambassadeur américain Clare Booth Luce (Réf. 10) avec l'équipe de son ambassade. Melle Luce dit qu'il avait la forme d'un dollar argenté et avait traversé le ciel en 30 s environ. Un groupe d'observation aujourd'hui fameux des 26/27 juin 1959, près de Boianai (Nouvelle Guinée), fut fait par plusieurs douzaines de témoins, dont j'ai interrogé le principal à Melbourne, en 1967, le révérend William B. Gill. Bloecher (Réf. 8) décrit un certain nombre d'incidents de mi-1947 où les totaux de témoins varient de douzaines jusqu'à bien plus d'une centaine de personnes. Hall (Réf. 10) cite plus de cas récents. De nombreuses autres sources pourraient être citées pour montrer que l'avis selon lequel les ovnis ne sont jamais vus autrement que par des individus seuls roulant le long d'une route isolée (une configuration fréquente, pour sûr !) ne s'accorde pas avec les faits véritables. Les cas d'ovnis à témoins multiples sont impressivement nombreux.

Pourquoi les ovnis ne sont-ils jamais observés dans des villes ? Pourquoi juste dans des lieux OUT-OF-THE-WAY ?

One cannot study the UFO problem long without being struck by the preponderance of reports that come from somewhat remote areas, non-urban areas. Similarly, one cannot escape the conclusion that more UFOs are reported at night than in day. For the latter, luminosity and its obvious effect on probability of chance visual detection may go far towards explaining the diurnal variation of UFO sightings (though I suspect that moat students of the problem would conclude that there is a real excess of nightttme occurrences for quite unknown reasons). Why, some ask with respect to the geographical distribution, don't the UFOs, if real and if extraterrestrial, spend most of their time looking over our cities? That's what we'd do, if we got to Mars and found huge urban complexes, some skeptics insist.

It is surprising to find scientists who do not see through the transparency of that homocentric fallacy. If it were true that we were under surveillance from some advanced civilization of extraterrestrial origin, the pattern of the observations, the motivation of the surveillance, and the degree of interest in one versus another aspect of our planet could be almost incomprehensible to us. Aboriginal natives under anthropological observation must find almost incomprehensible the motives behind the strange things that the field-teams do, the odd things in which they are interested. But the cultural and the intellectual gulf that would separate us from any intelligent beings commanding a technology so advanced that they could cross interplanetary or interstellar distances to inspect us would be a gulf vastly greater than that which separates a Harvard field-anthropologist from a New Guinea native. And, for this reason, I think one must concede that, within the argumentation carried out under tentative consideration of an extraterrestrial terrestrial hypothesis for UFOs, incomprehensibility must be expected as almost inevitable. Hence there is more whimsy than good reasoning in queries such as, "Why don't they land on the White House lawn and shake hands with the President?"

Nevertheless, the evidence affords a fairly definite answer to the skeptics' question, "Why aren't they ever seen over or in cities?" They are.

Cas 16. New York City, 22 Novembre 1966

A report in a 1967 issue of the NICAP UFO Investigator (Ref. 33) reads as follows;

"A UFO over the United Nations in New York City was reportedly seen on November 22, 1966. Witnesses included at least eight employees of the American Newspaper Publishers Association, who watched from their offices on the 11th floor of 750 Third Avenue at 4:20 p.m. on a bright, sunny day. The UFO was a rectangular, cushion-shaped object ...(which) came southward over the East River, then hovered over the UN Building ... It fluttered an bobbed like a ship on agitated water."

Witnesses mentioned were D. B. McVay, assistant general manager of ANPA and Mr. W. H. Leick, manager of the ANPA's Publications Department. I telephoned the ANPA offices and spoke at some length with Mr. Leick about the sighting. He confirmed that eight or nine persons went out on the 17th floor terrace, watching the object hover over the UN Building (as nearly as they could estimate) for a number of minutes as it rocked and reflected the sun's rays with a golden glint before rising and moving off eastward at high speed. I asked Leick if they reported it to any official channels, and he said that A. A. LaSalle called a New York office of the Air Force and was assured that an officer would be in the next day to interview them. But no one ever came. Leick added that they also phoned a New York newspaper "which shall go unnamed," but "they weren't interested." It got to NICAP almost by accident, and NICAP sent up their standard witness-questionnaires which Leick said they all filled out.

Discussion. -- When an incident such as this is cited to the skeptic who asks, "Why no UFOs near cities?", I find that his almost invariable retort is something like: "If that had really happened, why wouldn't hundreds to thousands of persons have reported it?" There are, I believe, two factors that explain the latter situation. First, consider the tiny fraction of persons on any city street whose vision is directed upwards at any given moment. In absence of loud noises aloft, most urbanites don't spend any large amount of time scanning the skies. In addition to infrequency of sky-scanning, another urban obstacle to UFO detection is typically restricted vision of the full dome of the sky; buildings or trees cut down the field of view in a way not so typical of the view afforded the farmer, the forest ranger, or a person driving in open country. Finally. In UFO studies, it is always necessary to draw sharp distinction between a "sighting" and a "report". The first becomes the second only if a witness takes the step of notifying a newspaper, a law-enforcement office, a university, or some official agency. It is abundantly clear, from the experience of UFO investigations in many parts of the world, that psychological factors centering around unwillingness to be ridiculed deter most witnesses from filing any official report on a very unusual event. Again and again one learns of a UFO sighting quite indirectly, from someone who knows someone who once mentioned that he'd seen something rather unusual. On following such leads, one frequently comes upon extremely significant sightings that were withheld from official reporting channels because of the "ridicule lid", as I like to term it, that imposes a filter screening out a large number of good sightings at their source.

Returning to the 11/22/66 New York City report, I must say that. between the information NICAP secured from the witnesses and my own direct conversations with Leick. I accept this as a quite real sighting, made by reliable observers under viewing circumstances that would seem to rule out obvious conventional explanations. When the object left its hovering location, it rose straight upward rapidly, before heading east, Leick said. Although he and his colleagues may well have erred in their slant-range estimate which put it over the UN Building, their description of its shape and its maneuvers would appear to rule out helicopters, aircraft, balloons, etc.

Cas 17. Hollywood (Californie), 5-6 Février 1960

A still more striking instance in which entirely unconventional objects were observed by many city-dwellers, where low-altitude objects hovered and exhibited baffling phenomena, is a central Hollywood case that was rather carefully checked by LANS, the Los Angeles NICAP Subcommittee (Ref. 34). The two incidents occurred just after 11:00 p.m. on two successive nights, Friday 2/5/60 and Saturday 2/6/60, over or near the intersection of Sunset Blvd. and La Brea Ave., i.e., in the heart of downtown Hollywood. I have gone over the site area with one of the principal investigators of these incidents, Mrs. Idabel Epperson of LANS, have examined press accounts (Ref. 35) that dealt (very superficially) with the event, and have studied correspondence between the LANS investigators and official agencies concerning this case. The phenomenology is far too complex to report in full detail here; even the 21-page single-spaced LANS report was only a digest of results of all the NICAP witness-interviewing carried out to substantiate the events. The LANS report summarizes object-descriptions given by eight witnesses Friday night and eighteen witnesses Saturday night, several of them police officers.

Cars were stopped bumper-to-bumper, according to employees of several businesses on the Sunset-La Brea intersection in the midst of the main events, with people gaping at the object overhead. Persons on hotel and apartment rooftops were out looking at the bright "cherry-red, circular light" that figured in both incidents. On the two successive nights, the red object first appeared at about 11:15 p.m., and on both nights it stopped and hovered motionless for periods of about 10 minutes at a time. The angular estimates of the size of the red light varied, but seemed to suggest a value of one-fourth to one-third of the lunar diameter, say 5-10 minutes of arc. Almost all agreed that the light was sharp-edged rather than hazy or fuzzy. The usual witness-variances are exhibited in the total of about two dozen persons interviewed, e.g., some thought the light pulsated, others recalled it as steady, etc., but the common features, consistent throughout almost all the testimony, bespeak a quite unusual phenomenon.

On Friday night, the red light was first seen directly overhead at Sunset and La Brea. Two service-station attendants at that intersection, Jerry Darr and Charles Walker, described to LANS interviewers how, "... hundreds of people saw it -- everybody was looking" as the light hovered for at least five minutes over a busy drive-in there. Ken Meyer, another service station attendant a third of a mile to the north, estimated it hovered for about 10 minutes. Harold Sherman, his wife, and two others watched it in the later phases (also described by the above-cited witnesses) as it resumed motion very slowly eastward. After proceeding east for a distance that witnesses roughly estimated at a block or two, it veered southeastward and passed out of sight. (It is not clear whether it was occulted by buildings for some witnesses, or diminished in intensity, or actually passed off into the distance.) No sound was heard over street-noise background.

The following night, an object which appeared to be the same, to those several witnesses who saw both events, again showed up overhead, this time first seen about one block farther east than on Friday night. Triangulation based on estimates of angular elevations as seen from various locations was used to approximate the height above ground. LANS concluded that, when first seen, it lay about 500-600 ft. above the intersection of Sunset and Sycamore. A number of witnesses observed it hovering motionless in that position for about 10 minutes. Then a loud explosion and brilliant bluish-white flash was emitted by the object, the noise described by all witnesses as unlike any sonic boom or ordinary explosion they had ever heard. The sound alerted witnesses as far away as Curson and Hollywood Blvd., i.e., Tom Burns and two friends who asked LANS interviewers not to use their names. Condensing very greatly here the descriptions given to the interviewers by independent witnesses who viewed the "explosion" from various locations scattered over a circle of about a 1-mile radius yields a summary-description as follows: What had, just before the explosion, looked much "like a big red Christmas ball hanging there in the sky", was suddenly the source of a flash that extended downward and to the west, lighting up the ground all around one interviewed (Soe Rosi) on La Brea Ave. A "mushroom-shaped cloud", with coloration that impressed all who saw it, emerged upward and soon dissipated. Concurrently, as the red light extinguished, an object described by most, but not all, witnesses as long and tubular shot upwards. Angular estimates implied an object a number of tens of feet long, 70 ft. from Harold Sherman's rough estimates.

Clearly, it is difficult to explain how an object of such size could have materialized from a light at 500 ft. elevation and subtending an angle of only 10 minutes of arc, unless it had been there all along, unseen because of the brilliance of the red light beneath it. Or perhaps the angular-size estimates are in error. Some witnesses followed only the tubular ascending object, others saw only something that "spiraled downwards" beneath the explosion source. No witness seemed certain of what it was that came down; some spoke of "glowing embers"; no one gave indication of following it to ground.

Glossing over other details bearing on this "explosion" at an estimated 5-600 ft above Sunset and Sycamore, witnesses next became aware that the just-extinguished red light had evidently reappeared in a new location, about a block to the west. Police officers Bay Lopez and Daniel Jaffee, of LAPD, located at the corner of Sunset and LaBrea, heard the explosion and looked up, seeing the light in its new location "directly overhead", as did many others at that intersection who then watched the red light hovering in its new location for about 3 minutes. (Space precludes my giving all pertinent information on time-estimates as set out in the 21-page LANS summary. For example, a good time-fix on the explosion came from the fact that E. W. Cass, a contractor living almost a mile west, was just winding his alarm clock, looking at it, when flare-like illumination "lit up the whole bedroom", just at the indicated time of 11:30. He went out, watched the hovering red light in its new location, and added further details I shall omit here. Others took their time clues from the fact that 11:30 commercials had just come on TV when they heard the peculiar explosion and hastened outside to check, etc.)

The red light, now over Sunset and La Brea, was roughly triangulated at about 1000 ft up, a figure in accord with several witness comments that, when it re-appeared some 4-5 seconds after the "explosion", it lay not only somewhat west of its first location, but noticeably higher. After hovering there for a time inferred to be eight minutes, it began slowly drifting eastward, much as on the previous night when much less spectacular events had occurred. Larry Moquin, one witness who had taken rather careful alignment fixes using rooflines as an aid, remarked that, at this stage. La Brea and Sunset was filled with watchers: "Everybody was standing outside their cars looking up -- cars were backed up in the streets -- and everyone was asking each other, "What is it?" After moving slowly but steadily (observers mentioned absence of bobbing, weaving, or irregularity in its motion) for about a block east, to its first location it turned sharply towards the north-northeast, accelerated, and climbed steeply, not stopping again until at a very high altitude well to the north. From crude triangulation, LANS investigators inferred a new hovering altitude of over 25,000 ft, but it is clear from the data involved that this estimate is extremely rough.

Discussion. -- Although I have done no personal witness-interviewing to date in the 2/60 Hollywood case, I can vouch for the diligence and reliability with which the LANS group pursues its case-studies. The large number of interviews secured and the degree of consistency found therein seem to argue that some extremely unusual devices maneuvered over Hollywood on the two nights in question. Unless one simply rejects most of the salient features of the reports. it is quite clear that no meteorological or astronomical explanation is at all reasonable. Nor does any conventional aircraft match the reports.

The question that arises almost immediately is that of a practical joke, a hoax. However, the resources required to fabricate some device yielding the complex behavior (stop motionless, move against wind, explosively emit secondary devices, and finally, in the 2/6 event, climb to rather high altitude) would scarcely be available to college pranksters. The phenomena go so far beyond the gas-balloon level of hoaxing that one must have some much more elaborate hoax hypothesis to account for the reported events. Balloons must drift with the winds, and the LANS group secured the local upper-wind data for both nights, and there is no match between the reported motions and the winds in the surface-1000-ft layer. And, in any event, the alternation between hovering and moving, plus the distinct direction-shifts without change of apparent altitude, cannot be squared with balloon-drift. This would mean that some highly controlled device was involved, capable (in the 2/6 incident) of hovering in an almost precisely stationary position relative to the ground (Moquin sighted carefully, using structural objects to secure a fix when the red light lay right over La Brea and Sunset, and perceived no motion for many minutes). Yet the Weather Bureau was reporting 5 mph winds from the southwest at 1000 ft (triangulated altitude when hovering there). Only if one hypothesized that this was an expensively elaborate experiment in psychological warfare could one account for financial resources needed to build a device capable of simulating some of these phenomena. Such a hypothesis seems quite unreasonable in the 100-megaton age where ever-present realities of weaponry pose more psychological strains than Disney-like pyrotechnics.

In fact, UFO sightings with equally peculiar phenomenology are so much a part of the total record that this Hollywood incident is not as unparalleled as it might first seem. In Hobard, Tasmania, I interviewed an electrical engineer who, along with a fellow engineer also employed by the Tasmanian Hydroelectric Commission, observed phenomena occurring in broad daylight over and near the River Derwent at Risdon that have the same "absurd" nature that one meets in the Hollywood case. The wife of a Texas rancher described to me an incident she witnessed in Juarez, Mexico, with about the same absurdity-quotient. We simply do not understand what we are dealing with in these UFO phenomena; my present opinion is that we must simply concede that, in the Hollywood case, we are confronted with decidedly odd UFO phenomena, in a decidedly urban locale.

There appears to have been no official investigation of these striking events (Ref. 35), and local newspapers gave it only the briefest attention. In the New York City case cited above, the particulars were phoned to a large New York paper, but the paper was not interested, and no account was reported. Similarly in the 2/4/68 Redlands case, the local papers felt it warranted only an extremely brief article. This pattern is repeated over and over again; newspapermen have been led to believe that UFOs are really no more than occasional feature-story material. On rare occasions, for reasons not too clear to students of the UFO problem, some one case like the Michigan incident of 1966 will command national headlines for a day or two and then be consigned to journalistic limbo. This, in company with scientific rejection of the problem, plus official positions on the matter have combined to keep the public almost entirely unaware of the real situation with respect to frequency and nature of UFO incidents. For emphasis, let me repeat that I do not see design in that, nothing I construe as any well-planned attempt to keep us all uninformed for some sinister or protective reason. The longer I reflect on the history of the past handling of the UFO problem, the more I can see how one thing led to another until we have reached the intolerable present situation that so urgently calls for change.

Cas 18. Baytown (Texas), 18 Juillet 1966

Baytown, Texas, on Galveston Bay, has a population near 80,000. Several persons evidently saw an interesting object there at about 9:00 a.m. on 7/18/66. My original source on this case was an article that appeared in the 10/8/66 Houston Post from NICAP flies. The article, by Post reporter Jimmie Woods, represents one of those rare UFO feature stories in which fact is well blended with human interest, as I found when I subsequently interviewed one of the principal witnesses, W. T. Jackson, at whose service station he and assistant Kelly Dikeman made the sighting. Both were inside the station when Jackson spotted the object hovering motionless about 100 yards away. (The Post said 1000 yards, but Jackson pointed out that Woods interviewed him while he was waiting on customers at the station and the reporter didn't get allot it correct.)

Jackson explained to me that the object "lay right over the Dairy Queen." He described it as a white object that "looked like two saucers turned together with a row of square windows in between", and he thought it might have been 50 feet in diameter. He called Dikeman over, and they both looked at it for a few seconds and then simultaneously started for the door to get a better look. Almost at that moment it started moving westward. Dikeman was at the door before Jackson and had the last view of it as it passed over a water tower, beyond buildings and a refinery and was gone, "faster than any airplane." Jackson described it as pure white, and definitely not spinning, since he saw clearly the features that he termed "windows" Jackson kept the incident to himself for a time; when it got out, two nurses who were unwilling to give him their names because "they didn't want to be laughed at" stopped at his station and told him they had seen it from another part of Baytown.

Discussion. -- "Swamp gas" explanations were then still featured in press discussions of UFOs, and Jackson volunteered the comment that there are no swamps nearby and that it was "too high for any gas formations" he knew of. "It damned sure wasn't no fireball," Jackson told the Post reporter, and also commented, "Feller, when you set there and count the windows it ain't no damn reflection." I received similar salty commentary on various hypotheses when I spoke with Jackson. No sound was heard, yet, as Jackson put it, "if it had been any kind of jet, we'd have been deafened." As in many other cases, a distinctly machine-like configuration, definite outlines, secondary "structural" features here termed "windows", add up to a description that does not suggest any misinterpreted natural phenomenon. That it hovered within a city of moderate size with only a total of two declared and two other undeclared witnesses is not entirely difficult to understand when one has interviewed large numbers of witnesses for whom the likelihood of ridicule was an almost sufficient deterrent to open reporting.

Cas 19. Portland (Oregon), 4 juillet 1947

In the course of cross-checking a sampling of the 1947 cases that went into Bloecher's study (Ref. 8), the numerous daytime sightings in central Portland on 7/4/47 seemed worth checking, especially because many of the reports came from police and harbor patrolmen. Here again, we deal with a case for which there are so many relevant details available that space precludes an adequate summary (see Ref. 8). I spoke with Sheriff's Deputy Fred Krives who, along with several other deputies, had seen some of the many objects over Portland from the Court House across the Columbia River in Vancouver, Wash. Krives recalled that over half a dozen deputies were outside looking at what they estimated to be about 20 disc-shaped objects in several subgroups racing across the sky at an estimated height of perhaps 1000 ft, heading to the southwest.

Both from contemporary press accounts and my own checks, it became evident that more than one formation of discs flew over Portland that day. Harbor Patrol Capt. K. A. Prehn, whom I located by telephone, told me that he had been called outside by another officer who spotted objects moving overhead towards the south. Their speed seemed comparable to that of aircraft, their outlines were quite sharp, and they looked metallic as they flashed in the sun. They occasionally wobbled, and their path seemed to be slightly irregular. Other officers with whom I spoke sighted discs from other parts of the Portland area; one of them, Officer Walter Lissy, emphasized that he recalled them as zig-zagging along at "terrific speed." Another officer, Earl Patterson, told me of seeing a single object that "made sudden 90-degree turns with no difficulty." I also obtained letter accounts from others in the Portland area who saw disc-like objects that day. Here was an early instance of unidentified objects maneuvering in full daylight over a major city.

Discussion. -- The July 4, 1947 sightings (for which Bloecher gathered press accounts for more than 80 from various parts of the U.S.) were made the subject of a good deal of press ridicule, as Bloecher's study makes clear. However, after interviewing a number of the witnesses to the Portland sighting concerning their recollections of what they saw that day, I see no basis at all for rejecting these sightings. The official explanation for the Portland observations is "Radar Chaff," based evidently (Ref. 6) on a report that some aircraft had made a chaff-drop in that area sometime on that day. "Chaff" is metal-foil cut into short strips, typically a few inches in length, ejected from military aircraft to jam radar. The strips float down through the air, intercepting and returning the radar pulses. To suggest that numerous police officers would confuse strips of foil, so small as to be invisible beyond a few hundred yards, with maneuvering disc-like objects seems unreasonable. I doubt that anyone who had talked directly to these officers could have seriously proposed such an explanation. Herein lies a difficulty: In an overwhelming majority of cases, official explanations have been conceived without any direct witness-interviewing on the part of those responsible for conceiving the explanations.

5. Perhaps, for present purposes, the foregoing cases will suffice to indicate that there have been significant UFO incidents in cities. Many other examples could easily be cited. Elsewhere (Ref. 2) I have discussed my interviews with witnesses in a case at Beverly, Mass., on the evening of April 22, 1966, where three adult women and subsequently a total of more than half a dozen adults (including two police officers) observed three round lighted objects hovering near a school building in the middle of Beverly. At one early stage of the sightings, one of the discs moved rapidly over the three women, hovering above one of them at an altitude of only a few tens of feet and terrifying the hapless women until she bolted. This case was quite thoroughly checked by M. Raymond E. Fowler, one of NICAP's most able investigators, who has studied numerous other UFO incidents in the New England area.

I interviewed witnesses in a most interesting sighting in Omaha in January 1966, where a stubby cigar-shaped object had been seen by a number of persons on the northwest side of the city. Urban UFO cases in other parts of the world are also a matter of at least journalistic if not yet scientific record. To sum up, though non-urban reports are definitely more numerous, urban reports do indeed exist.

Pourquoi les astronomes ne voient-ils pas d'ovnis ?

Cette question m'a été posée de de nombreuses personnes, dont un certain nombre d'astronomes. Une fois je parlais à un groupe d'un laboratoire important d'astronomie, lorsque le directeur demanda pourquoi les astronomes ne le voyaient jamais. Dans la salle, parmi le personnel, se trouvaient 2 astronomes qui avaient vu des objets non conventionnels alors qu'ils faisaient des observations mais qui demandèrent que l'information qu'ils m'avaient donnée au sujet de leurs observations restent confidentielles. Je comprends de telles restrictions, mais certaines d'entre elles rendent les choses un peu difficiles. Ce phénomène de personnes professionnelles voyant des objets non identifiés et étant alors très peu disposés à l'admettre est bien plus courant qu'on pourrait le supposer. Après avoir écouté une observation à l'évidence très significative par un physicien proéminent qui faisait de la randonnées dans les montagnes de l'ouest et repéra un disque semblant métallique, l'examina aux jumelles, et le vit foncer dans les airs vers les cieux (d'après mon rapport de 2nde main d'un collègue professionnel), j'essayais for month's to secure a direct report of it from him ; il ne souhaitait pas en discuter ouvertement avec moi. Le NICAP a eut des rapports de executives proéminents de grandes corporations techniques qui insistèrent pour que, simplement en raison de leurs positions, leurs noms ne soient pas utilisés publiquement. Des exemples semblables pourraient être cités presque ad infinitum. Les types-mêmes de témoins dont le témoignage donnerait un plus grand crédit se révèlent souvent être les plus réticents à admettre leurs observations ; ils semblent penser qu'ils ont beaucoup à perdre. Within a day of this writing I spoke to a veteran airlines pilot about a sighting in which he was involved about a decade ago. After the official "explanation" was publicized, he decided he'd never report another one. I predict that social psychologists are going to have a field day, in a few years, studying the "pluralistic ignorance" that led so many persons to conceal so many sightings for so long.

Returning, however, to the question of why astronomers never see UFOs, a relevant quantitative consideration needs to be cited at once. According to a recent count, the membership of the American Astronomical Society is about 1800; by contrast, our country has about 350,000 law-enforcement officers. With almost 200 times as many police, sheriffs' deputies, state troopers, etc., as there are professional astronomers, it is no surprise that many more UFO reports come from the law-enforcement officers than from the astronomers. Furthermore, the notion that astronomers spend most of their time scanning the skies is quite incorrect; the average patrolman almost certainly does more random looking about than the average professional astronomer.

Despite these considerations, there are on record many sightings from astronomers, particularly the amateurs, who far outnumber the professionals. A few examples will be considered.

1. Cas 20. Las Cruces, Nouveau Mexique, 20 Août 1949

Un bon récit de l'observation du Dr. Clyde Tombaugh, découvreur de la planète Pluton, est donné par Menzel (réf. 25). De mes propres discussions avec le Dr. Tombaugh, I confirmed the main outlines of this incident. At about 10:00 p.m. on 8/20/49, he, his wife, and his mother-in-law were in the yard of his Las Cruces home, admiring what Tombaugh described as a sky of rare transparency, when Tombaugh, looking almost directly towards zenith, spotted an array of pale yellow lights moving rapidly across the sky towards the southeast. He called them to the attention of the two others, who saw them just before they disappeared halfway to the horizon. The entire array subtended an angle which Tombaugh put at about one degree, and it took only a few seconds to cross 50 or 60 degrees of sky. The array comprised six "windowlike" rectangles of light, formed into a symmetric pattern; they moved too fast for aircraft, too slowly for a meteor, and made no sound. Menzel quotes Tombaugh as. saying, "I have never seen .anything like it before or since, and I have spent a lot of time where the night sky could be seen well."

Discussion. -- Le Dr. Menzel explique ce phénomène comme résultant du reflet de lumières au sol, éventuellement les fenêtres allumées d'une maison réfléchies pas une couche d'inversion ou de brume en haut. The movement he explains as resulting from a ripple on the haze layer. Such an "explanation" is not merely difficult to understand; it is incredible. For an "inversion layer" to produce such a near-normal reflection of window lights would demand a discontinuity of refractive index so enormously large compared with anything known to occur in our atmosphere as to make it utterly out of the question. However, it has been just such casual ad hoc explanations as this by which Menzel has, in his writings, used meteorological optics to rationalize case after ease with no attention to crucial quantitative details. It is a simple matter to show that even inversions of intensity many orders of magnitude larger than have ever been observed yield reflectivities (at the kind of near-normal incidence involved in Tombaugh's sighting) that are only a tiny fraction of one per cent (Ref. 36). In fact, I see no way of accounting for the Tombaugh observation in terms of known meteorological or astronomical phenomena.

2. Cas 21. Fort Sumner, Nouveau Mexique, 10 Juillet 1947

Une observation en milieu de journée par un météoricien de l'Université du Nouveau Mexique, le docteur Lincoln La Paz, et des membres de sa famille fut résumée par Life magazine il y a des années de cela (Ref. 87) sans identifier le nom de La Paz. Bloecher (Ref. 8) donne plus de détails et note qu'elle est officiellement Non Identifiée. (A 16 h 47 MST le 7 Octobre 1947, 4 membres de la famille La Paz remarquent pratiquement en même temps un curieux objet lumineux presque immobile bas sur l'horizon Ouest, près d'un ban de nuages. L'objet est décrit comme elliptique, blanchâtre, et ayant une silhouette nettement distincte. Il vacille un peu alors qu'il reste stationnaire juste au-dessus de l'horizon, puis s'élève, passant derrière les nuages et ré-émergeant plus au Nord dans un intervalle de temps que La Paz estime être si court qu'il appelle des vitesses dépassant celles d'appareils conventionnels. Il passe devant des nuages sombres et semble par contraste émaner sa propre lumière. Il disparaît finalement parmi les nuages. La Paz l'estime être peut-être à 20 miles de distance, en jugeant d'après les nuages concernés ; et il place sa longueur à peut-être 100-200 pieds.

Discussion. -- Cette observation est attribuée par Menzel (réf. 24, p. 29) à une sorte de mirage horizontal, peut-être d'un nuage très brillant luisant comme de l'argent dans la lumière du soleil -- un nuage qui était lui-même invisible en raison des nuages plus sombres à l'arrière-plan. Autant que je puisse comprendre cette explication, elle semble être basée sur la notion qu'un mirage-réfraction peut précisément se superimposer sur l'image d'un objet distant (ici son "nuage brillant") sur un objet plus proche dans la distance intermédiaire (ici ses "nuages plus sombres"). C'est une notion fallacieuse. Si quelques distortions optiques avaient ici amené à voir un nuage brillant distant, il ne serait pas possible de recevoir à côté des trajets optiques immédiatement une image des nuages intermédiaires. De plus, les lapse rates extrêment instables typiques des régions désertiques du Sud-West dans des conditions de l'après-midi produisent des mirages inférieurs, pas supérieurs de type vague invoqués ici par Menzel. Des déplacements rapides, verticalement et horizontalement, ne sont pas typiques de phénomènes de mirages. Par conséquent les explications de Menzel ne peuvent être acceptées pour cette observation.

3. Cas 22. Harborside, Me., 8 Juillet 1947

Une observation par un astronome amateur, John F. Cole, signalée aux bureaux d'enquête officiels near the beginning of the period of general public awareness of the UFO problem, involves an erratically maneuvering cluster of about 10 objects, seen near 2:30 p.m. EDT on 7/3/47 on the eastern shore of Penobscot Bay. Hearing a roar overhead, Cole looked up to see the objects milling about like a moving swarm of bees as they traveled northwestward at a seemingly high speed, as nearly as he could judge size and distance. The objects were light-colored, and no wings could be discerned on most, although two appeared to have some sort of darker projections somewhat resembling wings. In 10-15 seconds they passed out of sight

Discussion. This is one of several dozen cases admitted to the Unidentified category in one of the earliest official reports on UFOs (Ref. 6). I have tried, unsuccessfully, to locate J. F. Cole. An account of the case is given by Bloecher (Ref. 8). It might be remarked that "swarming bee" UFO observations have cropped up repeatedly over the years, and from all over the world.

4. Case 23. Ogra, Latvia, July 26, 1965

Un astronome que je connais recently toured a number of observatories in the USSR, and brought back the word that a majority of Russian astronomers have paid little attention to Russian UFO reports (details of which are quite similar to American UFO reports, my colleagues established), a frequently-cited reason being that the American astronomer, Menzel, had given adequate optical explanations of all such sightings. I must agree with Dr. Felix Zigel who, writing on the UFO problem in Soviet Life (Ref. 38), remarked that Menzel's explanation in terms of atmospheric optics "does not hold water." It would, for example, be straining meteorological optics to try to account in such terms for a sighting by three Latvian astronomers whose report Zigel cites in his article. At 9:35 p.m. on 7/26/65 while studying noctilucent clouds, R. Vitolniek and two colleagues visually observed a starlike object drifting slowly westward. Under 8-power binocular magnification, the light exhibited finite angular diameter, so a telescope was used to examine it. In the telescope, it appeared as a composite of four smaller objects. There was a central sphere around which, "at a distance of two diameters, were three spheres resembling the one in the center." The outer spheres slowly rotated around the central sphere as the array gradually moved across the sky, diminishing in size as if leaving the Earth. After about 20 minutes' observation, the astronomers noted the outer spheres moving away from the central object, and by about 10:00 p.m., the entire group had moved so far away that they were no longer visible.

Discussion. -- I have no first-hand information on this report, of course. The group of objects was seen at an angular elevation of about 60 degrees, far too high to invoke any mirage-effects or other familiar refractive anomalies. Furthermore, the composite nature of the array scarcely suggests an optical distortion of the telescope, a possibility also rendered improbable from the observed angular velocity and apparent recessional motion.

5. Cas 24. Kislovodsk, Caucase, 8 Août 1967

Zigel, qui est affilié à l'Institut d'Aviation de Moscou, rapporte dans le même article (réf. 38), une observation à 20 h 40., le 8/8/67, faite par l'astronome Anatoli Sazanov et ses collègues travaillant à la Station Astrophysique de Montagne de l'Académies des Sciences de l'URSS, près de Kislovodsk. Sazanov et 10 autres membres de l'équipe regardèrent un croissant assymétrique, avec son côté convexe tourné dans la direction de son movement se déplacer vers l'est à travers le ciel du nord à une élévation angulaire de 20 ° environ. Juste au-dessus de celui-ci, et se déplaçant avec la même vitesse angulaire se trouvait un point de lumière comparable à une étoile de la 1ère magnitude. L'objet semblable à un croissant était jaune-rougeâtre, avec une largeur angulaire des 2/3 de celle de la Lune environ, et laissait comme des traînées de vapeur à l'arrière des extrêmité des cornes du croissant. Alors qu'il reculait, il diminua de taille et ainsi disparut instantanément.

Discussion. -- If we may accept as reliable the principal features of the sighting, how might we account for it? The "faintly luminous ribbons" trailing from the horns suggest a high-flying jet, of course; but the asymmetry and the reddish-yellow coloration fail to fit that notion. Also, it was an object of rather large angular size, about 20 minutes of arc, so that an aircraft of wingspan, say, 150 feet would have been only about five miles away whence engine-noise would have been audible under the quiet conditions of a mountain observatory. More significant, if it had been an aircraft at a slant range of five miles, and at 20 degree elevation, its altitude would have been only about 9000 ft above the observatory. For the latitude and date. the sun was about ten degrees below the western horizon, so direct sun-illumination on the aircraft at 9000 ft above observatory level would be out of the question. Hence the luminosity goes unexplain . Clearly, satellites and meteors can-be ruled out. The astronomers' observation cannot be readily explained in any conventional terms. Zigel remarks that the object was also seen in the town of Kislovodsk, and that another reddish crescent was observed in the same area on the evening of July 17, 1967.

6. Cas 25. Flagstaff (Arizona), 20 mai 1950

Près de midi le 5/20/50, le Dr. Seymour Hess observed an object from the grounds of the Lowell Observatory. Although Hess' principal field of interest has been meteorology, we may here consider him an astronomer-by-association, since he was at Lowell doing work on planetary atmospheres, on leave from Florida State University. Spotting an unusual small object moving from SE to NW, he had time to send his son after binoculars, which he used in the later portions of his observation. He said it looked somewhat disc-shaped, or perhaps somewhat like a tipped parachute. It had no wings or visible means of propulsion, Dr. Hess indicated to me that he probably had it in sight a total of about three minutes, during which it passed directly between him and a cloud, before disappearing (into a cloud Hess feels, though this point was not certain). From meteorological data bearing on the cloud-base height, Hess deduced that the cloud bases lay 12,000 ft above terrain (vs. Weather Bureau visual estimate of 6000 ft above terrain). The zenith angle was about 48 degrees, so the slant range would have been 17,000 ft or 8,000 ft, depending on which cloud height is accepted. For its 3 minutes estimated angular diameter (dime at 50 ft Hess estimated), the diameter would then come out of the order of 10 to 15 feet His subjective impression was that it was possibly smaller than that.

Discussion. -- The possibility that this might have been a balloon or some other freely drifting device comes to mind. However, Hess noted carefully that the clouds were drifting from SW to NE, i.e., at right angles to the object's motion.

He estimated its speed to be in the neighborhood of 100 to 200 mph, yet no engine noises of any kind were audible. It appeared dark against the bright cloud background, but bright when it was seen against blue sky. No obvious explanation in conventional terms seems to fit this sighting.

7. Many other sightings by both professional and amateur astronomers could be listed. Vallee (Ref. 17) discusses in detail a November 8, 1957 observation by J. L. Chapuis of Toulouse Observatory in France of what appeared through a small telescope to be a yellowish, elliptical body, with distinct outlines, leaving a short trail behind it. It was seen by other observers in three separate locations, executed maneuvers entirely excluding meteoric origin, and was regarded as an unexplainable phenomenon by all of the witnesses. Hall (Ref. 10) lists nine examples of astronomer sightings of unidentified objects, several of which are quite striking. Ruppelt (Ref. 5) remarks that an astronomer working under contract to the official UFO investigatory program interviewed 45 American astronomers uring the summer of 1952, of whom five (11 per cent) had seen what they regarded to be UFOs. Although the sample is small, that percentage is well above the population percentage who say they have seen UFOs, which suggests that perhaps astronomers may sight more UFOs than they report as such. Indeed, with the recent publication of Ref. 7, further interesting information on that 1952 poll is now at hand. The contract astronomer wrote at that time (Ref. 7, Rept 8), "... certainly another contributing factor to their desire not to talk about these things is their overwhelming fear of publicity. One headline in the nation's papers to the effect that 'Astronomer Sees Flying Saucer' would be enough to brand the astronomer as questionable among his colleagues." Unfortunately, we scientists are by no means as open-minded and fearlessly independent as we are sometimes pictured. It is often quite difficult to persuade a scientist to let his confidential report of a UFO sighting become a fully open UFO report; and my own experience suggests that perhaps astronomers, as a group, are just a bit more sensitive on this score than other scientists. At any event, perhaps the above-cited cases will suggest that some astronomers have seen unidentified flying objects.

Les météorologues et observateurs météo regardent souvent le ciel. Pourquoi ne voient-ils pas d'ovnis ?

1. Cas 26. Richmond (Virginie), Avril 1947

To begin an answer to that rhetorical question, we might consider an observation made by a weather observer at the Richmond, Va., U.S. Weather Bureau station, about two months before the first national publicity concerning UFOs. Walter A. Minczewski, whom I located at the same Weather Bureau office where he made the sighting in 1947, was making a pilot balloon observation, when he spotted a silvery object that entered the field of his theodolite (which was trained on the balloon he had released). In the account that Minczewski sent me, he stated that "the bottom was flat and the top was slightly dome-shaped": and when he tried to see it with naked eye, he could not spot it. (Typical pilot balloon theodolites have magnifications of about 20 to 25. and angular fields that are usually about a degree across.) It was a "clear bright morning" when he spotted the object, and it lay to his NNE at an elevation of about 45 degrees. Whether Minczewski really saw the upper surface or formed his mental impressions without realizing that the theodolite may have inverted the image is now unclear, and my questioning did not settle that point.

Discussion. -- A report of this sighting is in the official files, a circumstance which greatly surprised Minczewski, since he had discussed it only with his fellow workers. In the ensuing two decades, he has never again seen anything like it. Clearly, the probability of an object crossing the small angular field of a meteorological theodolite is quite low, if only chance were involved here. He tried to track it but lost it, due to its high angular velocity, after about five or six seconds, he recalled. No obvious conventional explanation suggests itself for this early sighting.

2. Cas 27. Yuma (Arizona), 4 février 1953

Weather Bureau observer S. H. Brown was tracking a pilot balloon at 6000 ft over Yuma at 1:50 p.m. MST on 2/4/53 when first one and then a second unidentified object moved across his theodolite field, somewhat as in the preceding case. I obtained an account of this sighting from V. B. Gotten, Meteorologis in-Charge at the Yuma station. The full account is too long for recapitulation here. Both objects appeared to be of the order of a minute of arc in diameter and appeared "almost round, a solid dull pure white color, with a thin white mist completely edging each object." The first object moved into the optical field and curved upwards to the west, with the theodolite oriented to about 53 degrees elevation, 107 degrees azimuth. About 20 seconds later, a second object entered the field and moved in and out of the field erratically two times, to rejoin the first object. Brown was able to track the pair thereafter, as they jointly changed both azimuth and elevation. Because he had a stopwatch at hand for the balloon observation (which he did not complete because of following the unknown objects), he was able to determine that he followed the pair of objects for five minutes (1350 to 1355), until he lost sight of them against a cirrus cloud deck to the SSW. At the termination of the observation, his instrument was pointed to 29 degrees elevation, 204 degrees azimuth.

Discussion. -- This case is carried as Unidentified in the official files (see Ref. 7 for official summary). At times these objects lay near the sun's position in the sky, which might suggest forward-angle scattering of sunlight by airborne particles. However, initially, the objects were detected at angular distance of about 40 degrees from the solar position, which would not yield appreciable low-angle scattering. Furthermore, if these were airborne scatterers, they would almost certainly be separated by random turbulence within as long a period as five minutes, yet the observer's report indicates that they maneuvered together within angular separations of the order of the roughly one-degree field of such theodolites. The fact that the second object did go out of the field only to return to the vicinity of the first object strains the airborne-particle hypothesis. Thus the official categorization of Unidentified seems reasonable here.

3. Cas 28. Upington (province du Cap), 7 décembre 1954

R. H. Kleyweg, Officer-in-Charge of the Upington Meteorological Station, had just released a balloon for upper-wind measurement and was shielding his eyes from the sun trying to spot the balloon to get his theodolite on it. Seeing an object east of the sun, moving slowly to the west, he thought it was his balloon and got the theodolite on it, only to find that it was white, whereas he had released a red balloon. An account in the Natal Mercury, January 28, 1950, quoted Kleyweg as saying that it seemed "like a half-circle with the sun reflecting off the sloping top." He had no difficulty following it for about three minutes, but then it began to accelerate and, after another minute, he was unable to track fast enough to keep it in optical view (Ref. 10). Discussion. -- Kleyweg was quoted in the cited press source as saying, "I have followed thousands of meteorological balloons. This object was no balloon. " A South African student doing graduate work in my Department, Petrus DuToit, has confirmed this sighting, having had an account of it directly from Kleyweg. An accelerating airborne half-circular object with sloping top seems best categorized as an unidentified flying object.

4. Cas 29. Arrey (Nouveau Mexique), 24 avril 1949

Charles B. Moore, Jr., was with four enlisted Navy personnel making a pilot balloon observation preparatory to release of a Skyhook balloon at the White Sands Proving Ground in the middle of the morning of 4/24/49. The balloon was airborne and was under observation by one of the men when Moore became aware that a white object which he took to be the balloon was in a part of the sky well away from where the theodolite operator had this instrument trained. As Moore has explained directly to me in discussing this famous case, he thought the operator had lost the balloon. Moore took over, swung the 25-power scope onto the "balloon" he had spotted, and found that it was in fact an ellipsoidal white object moving at a rapid angular velocity towards the NE. With stopwatch and recording forms at hand, it was possible for the team of five men to secure some semi-quantitative data on this sighting; Moore disengaged the vernier drives to track manually, and followed the object as it sped from the southwest into the northeast skies. At its closest approach, it was moving at about 5 degrees/sec. Just before Moore lost it in the distance to the northeast, its angular elevation began to increase, as if it were climbing, a quite significant point. The object had a horizontal length about two to three times greater than its vertical thickness. Moore never got a sufficiently clear view to identify any finer details if any were present. Another balloon was immediately released to check the slim possibility that a high-speed jet from SW to NE might have carried some airborne object across the sky; but the winds were blowing more or less at right angles to the object's path to the 93,000 ft level, and were rather weak (Ref. 10). The angular diameter of the object was estimated at about a minute of arc (which in the 25-power theodolite would appear to Moore as about three-fourths the apparent size of the moon ).

Discussion. -- Moore's sighting is carried as Unidentified in official files. Menzel (Ref. 24) says of it:

This incident, kept in the classified files for more than two years, presents no serious difficulty to the person who understands the optics of the earth's atmosphere. The air can, under special conditions, produce formations similar to lenses. And, just as a burning glass can project the sun into a point of light, so can these lenses of air -- imperfect though they are -- form an image. What Moore saw was an out of focus and badly astigmatic image of the balloon above.

It would be interesting to hear Menzel present a quantitative defense of that astonishing disposition of this interesting sighting. Here five witnesses, with aid of a tracking device giving better than rough angular-coordinate information on the movements of an unknown object, observe the object move through an arc of over 90 degrees that took it into a part of the sky about that same large angular distance from the real balloon's location, and Menzel adduces a "lens of air" to explain it away. Astronomers find atmospheric scintillation a very serious observational problem because stellar images are often erratically shifted by tens of seconds of arc from their mean position as a result of atmospheric turbulence effects. In the 5/24/49 Moore sighting, Menzel is proposing that the atmosphere carried a refracted image of the balloon northeastward at a steady rate of excursion that finally totaled several thousand times the magnitude of refractive angular image-displacements known to occur with bad seeing. I feel obliged to repeat an observation I have made before: If the transmission properties of the Earth's atmosphere were as anomalous as Menzel assumes in his handling of UFO observations, he and his colleagues would be out of business. The official categorization of Unidentified for the Moore sighting seems inescapable. It might be added that, over the years, there have been very many UFO observations of significant nature from the vicinity of White Sands Proving Ground, many involving instrumental tracking, many made by experienced observers. A long and impressive list of them could easily be compiled, yet all have been slowly lost from official cognizance by a process that is characteristically at the heart of response to the UFO problem.

5. Cas 30. Admiralty Bay (Antarctique), 16 mars 1961

This listing of UFO sightings by meteorologists could be extended very considerably by drawing on my file of such cases. To cite just one more that also indicates the global .scale of the UFO phenomena, a very unusual luminous unidentified aerial object seen by a meteorologist and others aboard the U.S.S. Glacier at about 6:15 p.m. on 3/16/61 in the Antarctic will be mentioned. I have quite recently received, through French UFO investigator Rene Fouere, a rather detailed summary of this sighting by Brazilian meteorologist Rubens J. Villela, whose earlier account I had seen but paid little attention to (Ref. 10). The point I had missed, prior to reading Villela'a detailed description of the circumstances of the sighting, was the very important feature of a low cloud overcast present at about 1500 ft above the sea. With three shipmates on the flying bridge, Villela suddenly saw

a multicolored luminous object crossing the sky,

an object which for a moment they took to be an unusual meteor.

It was egg-shaped, colored mainly reddish at first, and traveled slowly from NE to SW at about 50 degrees above the horizon, on a straight horizontal trajectory. From its frontal part, several multicolored, perfectly straight 'rays' extended backwards, diverging outwards at an angle; the colors of these rays changed continually, predominantly green, red, and blue. Most striking of all, it left a long trail of orange color in the form of a perfectly straight tube which gave the distinct impression of being hollow, faintly comparable to a neon light,

Villela stated in his summary.

Then, suddenly the object divided in two. It was not an explosion, it was a controlled division in two equal parts, one behind the other, each egg-shaped as before and each radiating outwards its V-shaped lateral rays. Then the object shone with a slightly stronger light, changing color to blue and white, and disappeared completely. That's it -- just disappeared, abruptly.

His account emphasizes that the boundaries of the object (s) were definite and sharp, not diffuse. Villela's account indicates that a total of six persons were above-decks and saw this striking phenomenon. It is to be emphasized that, in the estimated 10 seconds that this lasted, the object was moving below a cloud deck that lay only about 1500 feet above the sea, so that, for the reported elevation angle of about 50 degrees, the slant range from observers to object was perhaps of the order of 2000 ft. Villela had the subjective impression that the egg-shaped initial form was about as big as a small airplane.

Discussion. -- In a recent book aimed at showing that a majority of the most interesting UFOs are an atmospheric-electrical plasma related to ball lightning, Philip J. Klass (Ref. 39)) cites the preceding case as a good example of the port of observation which he feels he can encompass in his "plasma-UFO" hypothesis. To the extent that he treats only the breakup into two parts, he has some observational basis for trying to interpret this as something akin to ball lightning. But almost at that point the similarity ends as far as meteorologically recognized characteristics of ball lightning go. The highly structured nature of the object and its rays, its size, its horizontal trajectory, its presence in a foggy area with low stratiform clouds free of thunderstorm activity scarcely suggest anything like ball lightning. Nor does this account suggest any meteoric phenomenon at sub-cloud altitudes. I would regard this as just one more of a baffling array of inexplicable aerial phenomena which span so wide a range of characteristics that it is taxing to try to invent any single hypothesis to rationalize them all. The full spectrum of UFO phenomena will, I predict, come as a shock to every scientist who takes the necessary time to look into the wealth of reports accumulated in various archives over the past two decades and more. Official assertions to the effect that UFO reports in no way defy explanation in terms of present scientific and technological knowledge are, in my opinion, entirely unjustified. The Villela sighting seems a case in point. And meteorologists do see UFOs, as the foregoing cases should suggest.

Les ballons méteo et de recherche n'expliquent-ils pas de nombreux ovnis ?

Probably the most categorical statement ever made attributing UFO observations to balloons appeared in a Look magazine article by Richard Wilson in February 1051, entitled, "A Nuclear Physicist Exposes Flying Saucers." Dr. Urner Liddel. then affiliated with the Navy cosmic ray research program using the large Skyhook balloons, was quoted as saying, "There is not a single reliable report of an observation (of a UFO) which is not attributable to the cosmic balloons." When one considers the large number of UFO reports already on record by 1951 in which reliable airlines pilots, military personnel, and other credible witnesses have observed unidentified objects wholly unlike a high-altitude, slowly drifting pear-shaped Skyhook balloon, that assertion appears very curious. Nevertheless, that many persons have misidentified Skyhook balloons and even the smaller weather balloons used in routine meteorological practice is unquestioned. A Skyhook seen against the twilight sky with back-illumination yields a strangely luminous, hovering object which many observers, especially if equipped with binoculars, were unprepared to identify correctly in the 1946-51 period when Skyhook operations were tied up with still-classified programs. To this extent, Liddel's point is reasonable; but his sweeping assertion fails to fit the facts, then or now.

Actually, in official case-evaluations, one finds Skyhook balloons invoked relatively infrequently compared with "weather balloons," But in many of the latter cases, the balloon hypothesis is strained beyond the breaking point. The official criterion used (Ref. 7, p. 185) is extremely loose:

If an object is reported near a balloon launch site within an hour after the scheduled launch times, it is classed as a balloon.

with no specification of heights, shapes, distances, etc. Using such a criterion, it is easy to see why so many "balloon" explanations figure in the official summaries. There are even "balloon" UFOs whose speed, when inferred from the report, comes out supersonic! The tiny candles or flashlight bulbs hung on pilot balloons for night tracking have been repeatedly made the basis for explanations of what witnesses described as huge luminous objects at close range. Within only days of this writing, I have checked out such a case near Tucson where four adult witnesses saw, on July 2, 1968, a half-moon-shaped orange-red object hovering for several minutes at what they estimated to be a few hundred feet above terrain and perhaps a few miles away over open desert. They watched it tip once, right itself, then accelerate and rise over a mountain range and pass off into the distance in some ten seconds. Because a weather balloon had been released earlier (actually about an hour and forty-five minutes earlier) from the Tucson airport Weather Bureau station, the official explanation, published in the local press, was that the witnesses had seen a "weather balloon". A pilot balloon of the small type (30-gram) used in this instance rises at about 600 ft/min, the tiny light on it becomes invisible to the naked eye beyond about 10,000 ft slant-range, and the upper-level winds weren't even blowing toward the site in question. Also the angular size estimated for the observed reddish half-moon was about twice the lunar diameter, and some said about four times larger. A pilot balloon light would have to be within about 20-30 feet to appear this large. Yet such a case will enter the files (if even transmitted to higher echelons) as a "balloon", swelling the population of curious balloon-evaluations in official files.

1. Cas 31. Ft. Monmouth (New Jersey), 10 septembre 1951

It is clear from Ruppelt's discussions (Ref. 5) that a series of radar and visual sightings near Ft. Monmouth on 9/10/51 and the next day were of critical importance in affecting official handling of the UFO problem in the ensuing two-year period. Many details from the official file on these sightings are now available for scientific scrutiny (Ref. 7). Here, a sighting by two military airmen flying in a T-33 near Ft. Monmouth will be selected from that series of events because the sighting was eventually tagged as a weather balloon. As with any really significant UFO case, it would require far more space than can be used here to spell out adequately all relevant details, so a very truncated account must be employed. While flying at 20,000 ft from a Delaware to a Long Island airbase, the two men in the T-33 spotted an object "round and silver in color" which at one stage of the attempted intercept appeared flat. The T-33 was put into a descending turn to try to close on the object but the latter turned tightly (the airmen stated) and passed rapidly eastward towards the coast of New Jersey and out to sea. A pair of weather balloons (probably radiosonde balloons but no information thereon given in the files) had been released from the Evans Signal Laboratory near Ft. Monmouth, and the official evaluation indicates that this is what the airmen saw.

However, it is stated that the balloons were released at 1112 EDST, and the sighting began at about 1130 EDST with the T-33 over Point Pleasant, N.J. In that elapsed time, a radiosonde balloon, inflated to rise at the 800-900 ft/min rate used for such devices, would have attained an altitude of about 17-18,000 ft, the analysis notes. From this point on, the official analysis seems to be built on erroneous inferences. The airmen said that, as they tried to turn on the object, it appeared to execute a 120-degree turn over Freehold, N.J., before speeding out over the Atlantic. But from the upper winds for that day, it is clear that the Ft. Monmouth balloon trajectory would have taken it to the northeast, and by 1130, it would have been about over the coast in the vicinity of Sea Bright. Hence, at no time in the interval involved could the line of sight from T-33 to balloon have intersected Freehold, which lies about 15 miles WSW of the balloon release-point. Instead, had the airmen somehow seen the radiosonde balloon from Pt. Pleasant, it would have lain to about their N or NNE and would have stayed in about that sector until they passed it. Furthermore, the size of the balloon poses a serious difficulty for the official analysis. Assuming that it had expanded to a diameter of about 15 feet as it ascended to about the 18,000-ft level, it would have subtended an arc of only 0.6 min, as seen from the T-33 when the latter passed over Pt. Pleasant. This angular size is, for an unaided eye, much too small to fit the airmen's descriptions of what they tried to intercept. In a press interview (Ref. 40), the pilot, Wilbert S. Rogers of Columbia, Pa., said the object was ''perfectly round and flat" and that the center of the disc was raised "about six feet" and that it appeared to be moving at an airspeed of the order of 900 mph. The entire reasoning on which the balloon evaluation is elaborated fails to fit readily established points in the official case-summary.

Discussion. -- The possibility that a pilot can be misled by depth-perception errors and coordinate-reference errors to misconstrue a weather balloon as a fast-maneuvering object must always be kept in mind. But in the Ft. Monmouth instance, as in many others that could be discussed in detail, there is a very large gap between the balloon hypothesis and the facts. The basic sighting-report here is quite similar to many other daytime sightings by airborne observers who have seen unconventional disc-like objects pass near their aircraft.

2. Cas 32. Odessa (Washington), 10 décembre 1952

According to an official case-summary (Ref. 7, Rept 10), two airmen in an F94 "made visual and radar contact with a large, round white object larger than any known type of aircraft" near 1915 PST on 12/10/52 near Odessa. The radar operator in the F-94 had airborne radar contact with the object for 15 minutes, and during that same interval, ground radar was also tracking it. The summary states that l'objet appeared to be level with the intercepting F-94 at 26000 to 27000 ft, and it is pointed out that a dim reddish-white light came from the object as it hovered, reversed direction almost instantaneously and then disappeared. It is stated that the skies were clear above 3000 ft The official evaluation of this incident is "Possible Balloon", although the report notes that no upper-air research balloon was known to be in the area on this date. The principal basis for calling it a balloon was the observers' description of large, round and white and extremely large, and it was remarked that the instrument package on some balloon flights is capable of yielding a radar return.

Discussion. -- To conclude that this was a "Possible Balloon" just on the basis of the description, large, round and white and extremely large, and thereby to ignore the instantaneous course reversal and the inability of a 600-mph jet to close with it over a period of 15 minutes seems unreasonable. We may ignore questions of wind speeds at the altitude of the object and the F-94 because both would enjoy the same "tail-wind effect". In 15 minutes, the F-94 would be capable of moving 150 miles relative to any balloon at its altitude. On the other hand, airborne radar sets of that period would scarcely detect a target of cross-section represented by the kinds of instrument packages hung on balloons of the Skyhook type, unless the aircraft were within something like 10 or 15 miles of it Yet it is stated that the F-94 was pursuing it under radar contact for a time interval corresponding to an airpath ten times that distance. Clearly, categorizing this unknown as a "balloon" was incompatible with the reported details of the case.

On the other hand, there seems no reason to take seriously Menzel's evaluation of this Odessa F-94 sighting (Ref. 25, p. 62). Menzel evidently had the full file on this case, for he adds a few details beyond those in Ref. 7, details similar to those in Ruppelt's account of the case (Ref. 5) :

Dim reddish-white lights seemed to be coming from windows and no trail or exhaust was visible. The pilot attempted to intercept but the object performed amazing feats—did a chandelle in front of the plane, rushed away, stopped, and then made straight for the aircraft on a collision course at incredible speed.

He indicates that after the pilot banked to avoid collision he could not again locate it visually, although another brief radar contact was obtained. Having recounted those and other sighting details, Menzel then offers his interpretations:

In the east, Sirius was just rising over the horizon at the exact bearing of the unknown object. Atmospheric refraction would have produced exactly the phenomenon described. The same atmospheric conditions that caused the mirage of the star would have caused anomalous radar returns.

Now stars just above the viewer's horizon do scintillate and do undergo turbulent image-displacement, but one must consider quantitative matters. A refractive excursion of a stellar image through even a few minutes of arc would be an extremely large excursion. To suggest that a pilot would report that Sirius did a chandelle is both to forget realities of astronomy and to do injustice to the pilot. In fact, however, Menzel seems to have done his computations incorrectly, for it is easily ascertained that Sirius was not even in the Washington skies at 19 h 15 (PST) on 12/10/52. It lay at about 10 degrees below the eastern horizon. A further quite unreasonable element of Menzel's explanation of the Odessa case is his easy assertion that the radar returns were anomalous results of the "atmospheric conditions". Aircraft flying at altitudes of 26000 pieds do not get ground returns on level flight as a result of propagation anomalies. These extreme forcings of explanations recur throughout Menzel's writings; one of their common denominators is lack of attention to relevant quantitative factors.

3. Cas 33. Rosalia (Washington). 6 février 1953

Another official case-summary of interest here is cited by Menzel (Ref. 25, p. 46). Keyhoe (Ref. 4), who studied the case-file on it much earlier, gives similar information, though in less detail. A B-36, bound for Spokane was over Rosalia, Wash., at 1:13 a.m. when, as Menzel describes it, the pilot *** sighted a round white light below him, circling and rising at a speed estimated at 150 to 200 knots as it proceeded on a southeast course.

Menzel states that the B-36 made a sharp descending turn toward the light, which was in view for a period of three to five minutes.

The light was blinking, and Keyhoe mentions that the blink-interval was estimated at about 2 seconds.

Menzel concurs in the official evaluation of this as a "weather balloon", noting that a pilot balloon had been released at Fairchild AFB at 1:00 a.m., and remarking that the winds aloft at altitudes of 7000 to 10000 ft. were from the northwest with a speed of about fifty knots.

He says that computations showed that the existing winds would have carried the balloon to the southeast, and it would have been over Rosalia, which is 12.5 nautical miles southeast of Fairchild, in about fifteen minutes.

In fact, Rosalia lies 33 statute miles SSE of Fairchild, or about twice as far as Menzel indicates. The net drift of the balloon cannot be deduced simply from the winds in the 7-10000-ft. layer; and, in fact, an examination of the upper-wind data for that area on February 6 indicates that the winds at lower levels were blowing out of the southwest. The trajectory of the balloon would have taken it initially east-northeast, then east, and finally curving back to the southeast as it got up to near the 10000-ft. levels. By that time, it would have been already east of Spokane, nowhere near Rosalia.

The small light (candle or flashlight bulb) used on night pibal runs is almost invisible to the naked eye beyond a few miles' distance. (A 1-candle source at 3,000 ft. is equivalent to a star of about the first magnitude. At 6 miles, then, one finds that the same source equals the luminosity of a sixth-magnitude star, the limit of human vision under the most favorable conditions. For a pilot, looking out of a cockpit with slight inside glare to spot a 1-candle source against a dark background would require that the source be only a few miles away.) At some 30 miles, the B-36 pilot could not have seen the small light on a balloon east of Spokane.

Menzel states that the balloon carried white running lights which accounted for the blinking described, and the circling climb of the UFO is typical of a balloon's course.

Neither inference is supportable. The light used on pilot balloons is a steady source; only if one were right above it, with its random swing causing intermittent occultation, would one ever perceive blinking. But then, flying at B-36 speeds, the pilot would have swept over the sector of perceptible occultation in only a matter of seconds. Yet here the pilot watched it for a reported 3-5 minutes. Furthermore, "circling climb" cannot be called "typical of a balloon's course." The balloon trajectory is controlled by the ambient wind shears and only with unusually strong directional shears would a pilot flying a straight course perceive a pilot balloon to be "circling."

In all, there appear to be so many serious difficulties with the balloon explanation for the Rosalia sighting that it is not possible to accept Menzel's statement:

Thus all the evidence supports ATIC's conclusion that the UFO was a weather balloon.

4. Cas 34. Boston (Massachussetts), 1er juin 1954

At 0930 EDST, a Paris-New York TWA Constellation was passing near Boston when the cockpit crew spotted "a large, white-colored disc-like object" overhead (Ref. 41). Capt. Charles J. Kratovil, copilot W. R. Davis, and flight engineer Harold Raney all watched it for a total time of 10 minutes as they flew on their own southwestward course to New York. They would occasionally lose it behind overlying clouds. Knowing that they were flying into headwinds, they concluded that it could not be any kind of balloon, so they radioed the Boston airport control tower, which informed him that jets were scrambled and saw the object, but could not close with it.

After landing in New York, Capt. Kratovil was informed that official spokesmen had attributed the sighting to a "weather balloon" released from Grenier AFB, in New Hampshire.

Discussion. -- I am still in the process of trying to locate Kratovil to confirm sighting details; but the fact that four newspaper accounts for that day give the same information about the major points probably justifies acceptance of those points. From upper-wind data for that area and time, I have confirmed the presence of fairly strong flow from the WSW aloft, whence Kratovil's press comment, "If this was a weather balloon, it's the first time I ever saw one traveling against the wind," seems reasonable. The cruising speed of a Constellation is around 300 mph, so during the reported 10 minutes' duration of the crew's sighting, they moved about 50 miles relative to the air, so it would have been impossible for them to have kept a weather balloon in sight for this long. Furthermore, it was about 1.5 hours after scheduled balloon-release time, so that even a small balloon would have either burst or passed to altitudes too high to be visible. Finally, with flow out of the southwest sector from surface to above 20000 ft., any balloon from Grenier AFB would have been carried along a trajectory nowhere near where the TWA crew spotted the "large, white-colored, disc-like object" overhead.

5. In my files are many other "balloon" cases from the past twenty years, cases that ought never have been so labeled, had the evaluators kept relevant quantitative points in mind. To ignore most of the salient features of a sighting in order to advance an easy "balloon" explanation is only one more of many different ways in which some very puzzling UFO observations have been shoved out of sight.

Pourquoi les ovnis ne sont-ils pas repérés par radar ?

Le sceptique qui pose cette question, et de nombreux le font, pose une question très raisonnable. Avec tant d'équipements radar déployés dans le monde entier, et particulièrement aux Etats-Unis, il semble censé de s'attendre à ce que, s'il existe des appareils aériens manoeuvrant dans notre espace aérien, ils doivent se montrer sur les radar once in a while. Ils le font en fait, et l'ont fait pendant les 2 décades où le radar a été utilisé de manière généralisée. Ici, comme avec nombre d'autres erreurs de conceptions générales sur le véritable état du problème ovni, nous rencontrons de manière dérangeante de grandes quantités de mauvaises informations. Comme pour d'autres catégories d'informations erronées sur les ovnis, la seule correction adéquate est une discussion détaillée de grands nombres de cas individuels. Seules les limitations d'espace empêche la discussion de douzaines d'incidents radar frappants impliquant des ovnis, ici comme à l'étranger ; ils existent bien.

1. Cas 35. Fukuoka (Japon), 15 Octobre 1948

A very early radar-UFO case, still held as an official Unidentified, involved an attempted interception of the unknown object by an F-61 flying near Fukuoka, Japan, at about 11:00 p.m. local time on 10/15/48. The official file on this incident is lengthy (Ref. 42) ; only the highlights can be recounted here. The F-61 (with pilot and radar operator) made six attempts to close with the unknown, from which a radar return was repeatedly obtained with the airborne radar. Each time the radarman would get a contact and the F-61 pilot tried to close, the unknown would accelerate and pass out of range. Although the radar return seemed comparable to that of a conventional aircraft, the radar observer estimated that on three of the sightings, the object traveled seven miles in approximately twenty seconds, giving a speed of approximately 1200 mph.

In another passage, the official case-file remarks that when the F61 approached within 12,000 feet, the target executed a 180° turn and dived under the F-61 adding that the F-61 attempted to dive with the target but was unable to keep pace.

The report mentions that the unknown could go almost straight up or down out of radar elevation limits and asserts further that this aircraft seemed to be cognizant of the whereabouts of the F-61 at all times...

The F-61 airmen, 1st Lt. Oliver Hemphill (pilot) and 2d Lt. Barton Halter (radarman) are described in the report as being of excellent character and intelligence and are trained observers.

Hemphill, drawing on his combat experience in the European theater, said that the only aircraft I can compare our targets to is the German ME-163.

The airmen felt obliged to consider the possibility that their six attempted intercepts involved more than one unknown. Hemphill mentions that, in the first attempted intercept, the target put on a tremendous "burst of speed and dived so fast that we were unable to stay with it.

After this head-on intercept, Hemphill did a chandelle back to his original 6000-ft altitude and tried a stern interception, but the aircraft immediately outdistanced us. The third target was spotted visually by myself,

Hemphill's signed statement in the case-file continues.

"I had an excellent silhouette of the target thrown against a very reflective undercast by a full moon. I realized at this time that it did not look like any type aircraft! was familiar with, so I immediately contacted my Ground Control Station ..."

which informed him there were no other known aircraft in the area. Hemphill's statement adds further that the fourth target passed directly over my ship from stern to "bow at a speed of roughly twice that of my aircraft, 200 mph. I caught just a fleeting glance of the aircraft; just enough to know he had passed on. The fifth and sixth targets were attempted radar interceptions, but their high rate of speed put them immediately out of our range.

(Note the non-committal terminology that treats each intercept target as if it might have been a separate object.) A sketch of what the object looked like when seen in silhouette against the moonlit cloud deck is contained in the file. It was estimated to be about the size of a fighter aircraft, but had neither discernible wings nor tail structures. It was somewhat bullet-shaped, tapered towards the rear, but with a square-cut aft end. It seemed to have a dark or dull finish.

Discussion. -- Ground radar stations never detected the unknown that was seen visually and contacted by airborne radar. The report indicates that this may have been due to effects of "ground, clutter", though the F-61 was seen intermittently on the ground units. The airmen stated that no exhaust flames or trail were seen from this object with its "stubby, clean lines". The total duration of the six attempted intercepts is given as 10 minutes. We deal here with one of many cases wherein radar detection of an unconventional object was supported by visual observation. That this is carried as Unidentified cannot surprise one; what is surprising is that so many other comparable instances are on record, yet have been ignored as indicators of some scientifically intriguing problem demanding intensive study.

2. Cas 36. Nowra (Australie), septembre 1954

The first UFO case to command general press attention in the Australian area seems to have been a combined radar-visual sighting wherein the pilot of a Hawker Seafury from Nowra Naval Air Station visually observed two unknown objects near him as he flew from Canberra to Nowra (Ref. 43). Press descriptions revealed only that the pilot said "the two strange aircraft resembling flying saucers" were capable of speeds much beyond his Seafury fighter. He saw them flying nearby and contacted Nowra radar to ask if they had him on their scope; they informed him that they had three separate returns, at which juncture he described the unidentified objects. Under instructions from the Nowra radar operator, he executed certain maneuvers to identify himself on the scope. This confirmed the scope-identity of his aircraft vs. the unknowns. As he executed the test maneuvers, the two unknowns moved away and disappeared. No explanation of this incident was offered by Naval authorities after it was widely reported in Australian and New Zealand papers about three months after it occurred.

Discussion. -- It is mildly amusing that the press accounts indicated that the pilot, fearing that he might be ragged in the wardroom on his return if he abruptly reported flying saucers, called Nowra by radio and asked whether the radar screen showed his aircraft.

Only after getting word of three, not one, radar blips in his locality did he radio the information on the unknowns, whose configuration was not publicly released. This is in good accord with my own direct experience in interviewing Australian UFO witnesses in 1967; they are no more willing than Americans to be ridiculed for seeing something that is not supposed to exist.

3. Cas 37. Capetown (Afrique du Sud), 23 mai 1953

En Novembre 1958, the South African Air Force released a brief announcement concerning radar-tracking of six successive passes of one or more unknown high-speed objects over the Cape. On January 1, 1967, in a transoceanic shortwave broadcast from South Africa, the authenticity of this report was confirmed, though no additional data beyond what had been cited earlier were presented. In the six passes, the target's altitude varied between 5000 and 15000 ft, and its closest approach varied between 7 and 10 miles. Speeds were estimated at over 1200 mph, well beyond those of any aircraft operating in that area at that time.

Discussion. -- This report, on which the available information is slim, is cited to indicate that not only visual sightings but also radar sightings of seemingly unconventional objects appear to comprise a global phenomenon. By and large, foreign radar sightings are not readily accessible, and not easily cross-checked. Zigel (Ref. 88) briefly mentions a Russian incident in which both airborne and ground-based radar tracked an unidentified in the vicinity of Odessa, on April 4, 1966, the ground-based height-finding radar indicating altitudes of well over 100000 ft. Such reports, without accessory information, are not readily evaluated, of course.

4. Cas 38. Washington, (D.C.), 19 juillet 1952

By far the most famous single radar-visual sighting on record is the one which occurred late in the evening of July 19, and early on July 20, 1962, in the vicinity of Washington, D.C. (Refs. 2, 4, 5, 10, 24, 25). A curiously similar incident occurred just one week later. The official explanation centered around atmospheric effects on radar and light-propagation. Just before midnight on July 19/20, CAA radar showed a number of unidentified targets which varied in speed (up to about 800 mph) in a manner inconsistent with conventional aircraft A number of experienced CAA radarmen observed these returns, and, at one juncture, compatible returns were being received not only at the ARTC radar but also on the ARS radar in a separate location at Washington National Airport, and on still a third radar at Andrews AFB. Concurrently, both ground and airborne observers saw unidentifiable lights in locations matching those of the blips on the ground radar.

Discussion. -- I have interviewed five of the CAA personnel involved in this case and four of the commercial airline pilots involved, I have checked the radiosonde data against well-known radar propagation relations, and I have studied the CAA report subsequently published on this event Only an extremely lengthy discussion would suffice to present the serious objections to the official explanation that this complex sighting was a result of anomalous radar propagation and refractive anomalies of the mirage type. The refractive index gradient, even after making allowance for instrument lag, was far too low for "ducting" or "trapping" to occur; and, still more significant, the angular elevations of the visually observed unknowns lay far too high for radar-dueling under even the most extreme conditions that have ever been observed in the atmosphere. Some of the pilots, directed by ground radar to look for any airborne objects, saw them at altitudes well above their own flight altitudes, and these objects were maneuvering in wholly unconventional manner. One crew saw one of the unknown luminous objects shoot straight up, and simultaneously the object's return disappeared from the ARTC scope being watched by the CAA radar operators. The official suggestion that the same weak (1.7° C) low-level "inversion" that was blamed for the radar ducting could produce miraging effects was quantitatively absurd, even if one overlooks the airline-pilot sightings and deals only with the reported ground-visual sightings. From the CAA radar operators I interviewed, as well as from the pilots I talked to about this case, I got the impression that the propagation-anomaly hypothesis struck them as quite out of the question, then and now. In fact, CAA senior controller Harry G. Barnes, who told me that the scope returns from the unknowns.

were not diffuse, shapeless blobs such as one gets from ground returns under anomalous propagation but were strong, bright pips, said that anomalous propagation never entered our heads as an explanation.

Howard S. Conklin, who, like Barnes, is still with FAA, was in the control tower that night, operating an entirely independent radar (short-range ARS radar). He told me that what impressed him about the sighting that night was that they were in radio communication with airlines crewmen who saw unidentified lights in the air in the same area as unknowns were showing up on his tower radar, while simultaneously he and Joseph Zacko were viewing the lights themselves from the tower at the D.C. Airport James M. Ritchey, who was at the ARTC radar with Barnes and others, confirmed the important point that simultaneous radar fixes and pilot-sightings occurred several times that night He shared Barnes' views that the experienced radar controllers on duty that night were not being fooled by ground returns in that July 19 incident. Among the airlines crewmen with whom I spoke about this event was S. C. Pierman, then flying for Capitol Airlines. He was one of the pilots directed by ground radar to search in a specific area for airborne objects. He observed high speed lights moving above his aircraft in directions and locations matching what the CAA radar personnel were describing to him by radio, as seen on their radars. Other airline personnel have given me similar corroborating statements. I am afraid it is difficult to accept the official explanations for the famous Washington National Airport sightings.

5. Cas 39. Port Huron (Michigan), 29 juillet 1952

Many of the radar cases for which sighting details are accessible date back to 1953 and preceding years. After 1953, official policies were changed, and it is not easy to secure good information on subsequent cases in most instances. A radar case in which both ground-radar and airborne-radar contact were involved occurred at about 9:40 p.m. CST on 7/29/52 (Refs. 4, 5, 7, 10, 25). From the official case summary (Ref. 7) one finds that the unknown was first detected by GGI radar at an Aircraft Control and Warning station in Michigan, and one of three F-94s doing intercept exercises nearby was vectored over towards it. It was initially coming in out of the north (Ref. 5, 25), at a speed put at over 600 mph. As the F-94 was observed on the GCI scope to approach the unknown, the latter suddenly executed a 180° turn, and headed back north. The F-94 was by then up to 21,000 ft., and the pilot spotted a brilliant multicolored light just as his radarman got a contact. The F-94 followed on a pursuit course for 20 minutes (Ref. 7) but could never close with the unknown as its continued on its northbound course. At the time of first radar lockon, the F-94 was 20 miles west of Pt. Huron, Mich. The GCI scope revealed the unknown to be changing speed erratically, and at one stage it was moving at a speed of over 14000 mph, according to Menzel (Ref. 25), who evidently drew his information from the official files. Ruppelt (Ref. 5) states that when the jet began to run low on fuel and turned back to its .base, GGI observed the unknown blip slow down, and shortly after it was lost from the GGI scope.

Discussion. -- This case is still carried as an official unknown. The case summary (Ref. 7) speculates briefly on whether it could have been a series of coincident weather phenomena affecting the radar equipment and sightings of Capella, tut this is stretching probabilities too far.

Menzel, however, asserts that the pilot did see Capella, and that the airborne and ground radar returns were merely phantom returns caused by weather conditions.

No suggestion is offered as to how any given meteorological condition could jointly throw off radar at the ground and radar at 21,000 feet, no suggestion is offered to account for 180° course-reversal exhibited by the blip on the GCI scope just as the F-94 came near the unknown, no suggestion of how propagation anomalies could yield the impression of a blip moving systematically northward for 20 minutes (a distance of almost 100 miles, judging from reported F-94 speeds), with the F-94 return following along behind it. With such ad hoc explanations, one could explain away almost any kind of sighting, regardless of its content. I have examined the radiosonde sounding for stations near the site and time of this incident, and see nothing in them that would support Menzels interpretations. I have queried experienced military pilots and radar personnel, and none have heard of anything like "ground returns" from atmospheric conditions with aircraft radar operated in the middle troposphere. If Menzel is not considering ground-returns, in the several cases of this type which he explains away with a few remarks about "phantom radar returns", then it is not clear what else he might be thinking of. One does have to have some solid target to get a radar return resembling that of an aircraft. Refractive anomalies of the "angel" type have very low radar cross-section and would not mislead experienced operators into confusing them with aircraft echoes.

6. De nombreux autres cas peuvent être cités où des ovnis sont apparus sur radar dans des conditions où aucune explication conventionnelle n'existe. La Réf. 7 en possède un certain nombre. Hall (Ref. 10) lias près de 60 cas dans lesquels observations radar et visuelles étaient toutes deux impliquées. Un cas du 19 décembre 1964 à la rivière Patuxent NAS est un de ceux que j'ai sélectionné. Il implique 3 passages successifs d'un objet inconnu se déplaçant à des vitesses estimées à près de 7000 miles/h. C'est un cas intéressant, qui vit le jour pour des raisons plutôt curieuses. Un plafond nuageux bas empêchait toutes observations visuelles par le personnel de la tour de contrôle, et il ne s'agit donc pas d'un cas radar-visuel. Je n'ai trouvé aucune explication conventionnelle pour l'expliquer.

Il doit être stressed qu'il existe de nombreuses possibilités où de faux retours peuvent être vus sur des écrans radar, résultant non seulement de canalisation des retours du sol mais aussi de l'interférence d'autres radars proches, de signaux électroniques internes dans l'ensemble radar, d'anges et d'insectes (retours faibles), etc. Ainsi chaque cas doit être examiné indépendamment. Après avoir étudié un certain nombre d'évaluation officielles de cas radar d'ovnis, j'ai l'impression qu'il y aurait probablement plus d'Inconnus radar s'il y avait moins tendance à les expliquer rapidement par des arguments qualitatifs qui overlook quantitative matters pertinents. Even at that, il y a trop d'inconnus concédés dans les dossiers officiels pour qu'ils soient ignorés.

Un cas fameux dans les annales ufologiques impliqua un B-29 au-dessus du Golfe du Mexique, où plusieurs inconnus furent suivis sur les écrans aériens embarqués et furent vu simultanément par des aviateurs, se déplaçant sous l'appareils alors qu'ils passaient (réfs. 4, 10, 25). Celui-ci est toujours marqué comme Non-Identifié dans les dossiers officiels. Au autre cas fameux de combiné radar-visuel, que Hynek a qualifié d'un des cas les plus troublants que j'aie étudié, eut lieu entre Rapid City et Bismarck le 5 Août 1953. Il impliquait à la fois des radars au sol et aériens embarqués et et des observations visuelles au sol et aériennes, mais est trop long et trop complexe à recapituler ici.

Peut-être ce qui vient d'être décrit suffit à indiquer que les ovnis sont parfois vus sur radar et l'ont été pendant de nombreuses années. La question de savoir pourquoi nous n'entendons pas grand chose de ces observations, en particulier avec de nouveaux radars de surveillance plus élaborés, est une question raisonnable. Des réponses à cela sont posées par la déclaration du Dr. Robert M. L. Baker, Jr., dans ces proceedings. D'autres parties de la réponse doivent être omises ici.

Pourquoi n'y a-t-il pas de nombreuses photos d'ovnis s'ils existent vraiment ?

Voici une question à laquelle je considère que les réponses disponibles restent insatisfaisantes. Je concède qu'il semble raisonnable de s'attendre à ce qu'il doive, au-delà des 20 dernières années, y avoir substantiellement plus de bonnes photos qu'on en connait exister. Bien que je ne considère pas ce mystère comme expliqué de manière satisfaisante, neither do I think that it can be safely concluded that the paucity of good photos disproves the reality of the UFOs. Many imponderables enter into consideration of this question.

1. Quelques considérations générales

If one had reliable statistics on the fraction of the population that carried loaded cameras with them at any randomly selected moment (I would guess it would be only of the order of one per cent) and had figures bearing on the probability that a UFO witness would think of taking a photo before his observation terminated, then these might be combined with available information on numbers of sightings to attempt crude estimates of the expected number of UFO photos that should have accumulated in 20 years. Then one would need to weight the data for likelihood that any given photo would find its way to someone who would make it known in scientific circles, and then this figure might be compared with the very small number of photos that appear to stand the test of the exceedingly close scrutiny photos demand.

A general rule among serious UFO investigators with whom I have been in touch is that the UFO photo is no better than the photographer (Hall). Many hoax photos have been brought forth. A UFO photo can be sold; this attracts hoax and fraud to an extent not matched in anecdotal accounts. Many photos have been clearly established as fraudulent in nature; far larger numbers seem so suspicious on circumstantial grounds that no serious investigator gives them more than casual attention.

An interesting, even if very crude check on the likelihood of securing photos of UFOs from the general populace is afforded by fireball events. On April 25, 1966, a fireball, rated at about magnitude -10, arced northward across the northeastern U.S. From the total geographic area over which this fireball was visually detected, the population count is about 40 million persons. According to one account (Ref. 43), 200 visual accounts were turned in, and I infer that only 6 photos were submitted. The fireball was visible for a relatively long time as meteors go, about 80 seconds, and was, of course, at a great altitude (25 to 110 km). That 6 photos were submitted (at time of publication of the cited article) from a potential population of sighters of 40 million might seem to argue that perhaps we really cannot expect to get many photos of UFOs. However, one of the principal reasons for citing the foregoing is to bring out the difficulties in drawing any firm conclusions. A phenomenon lasting 30 seconds scarcely permits the observer time to collect his wits and to swing into photographic action if he does have a loaded camera. UFO sightings have often extended over much longer than 30 seconds, by contrast, affording far better opportunity to think of snapping a photo. But, on the other hand, sighting a UFO in daytime at close range, judging from my own witness-interviewing experience, is a far more disconcerting and astonishing matter than viewing a brilliant meteor. Thus one can go back and forth, with so little assurance of meaningfulness of any of the relevant weight factors that the end result is not satisfactory. I simply do not know what to think about the paucity of good UFO photos, though I do feel uncomfortable about it.

2. Cas 40. Corning (Californie), 4 juillet 1967

A case that may shed at least a bit of light on the paucity of photos involves a multiple-witness sighting near dawn at Corning, Calif., on 7/4/67. I have interviewed four witnesses who sighted the object from two separate locations involving lines of sight at roughly right angles, serving to confirm the location of the object as almost directly over Highway 5 just west of Corning. Jay Munger, proprietor of an all-night bowling alley, was having coffee with two police officers, Frank Rakes and James Overton, when he spotted the object through the front window of his place. All three rushed out to the parking lot to observe what they described as a large flattened sphere or possibly un objet en forme de ballon de rugby [football américain], with a brilliant light shining upward from the top and a dimmer light shining down from the underside. The dawn light was such that the object was visible by reflected light even though the object's beams were discernible. It appeared at first to be hovering almost motionless at a few hundred feet above ground, and all three felt it lay about over Hwy. 5 (which estimate proved correct from sightings made on the highway by the independent witnesses). Their estimates of size varied from a diameter of maybe 50 feet to about 100 ft. It was silent, and the three men all emphasized to me that the quiet morning would have permitted hearing any kind of conventional aircraft engines. All three said they had never before seen anything like it. Munger decided to phone his wife to have her see the thing, and by the time he came back out from phoning, the object had moved southward along the highway by about a quarter of a mile or so. At about that juncture, it began to accelerate, and moved off almost horizontally, passing out of sight to the south in an additional time estimated at about 10-20 seconds.

This case is relevant to the photo question since Officer Overton was on duty and had in his patrol car both binoculars and a loaded camera. When I asked him why he didn't try to get a picture of the object, he admitted that he was so astonished by the object that he never even thought of dashing for the camera. I asked Munger to go through the motions that would yield a time estimate of the period he was inside phoning, to get a rough notion of how long Overton, along with Rakes, looked at it without thinking of the camera. The time was thus estimated by Munger as about a minute and a half, possibly two minutes.

Discussion. -- It may be hazardous to try to draw any conclusions from such a case. but I do think it suggests the uncertainty we face in trying to assess the likelihood of any given witness getting a photo of a UFO he happens to see. A colleague of mine at the University of Arizona was out photographing desert flowers on a day when a most unusual meteorological event occurred nearby -— a tornado funnel came down from a cloud. Despite having the loaded camera at hand, despite having just been taking other pictures, and despite the great rarity of Arizona tornadoes, that colleague conceded that it wasn't till much later that the thought of getting a photo rose to consciousness, by which time the funnel was long since dissipated.

In the Trinidad, Colo. case of March 23, 1966 (Case 14 above), Mrs. Frank R. Hoch pointed out to me that she had loaded still and movie cameras inside the house, yet never thought about getting a photo. Again, the reason cited was the fascination with the objects being viewed. I think this "factor of astonishment" would have to be allowed for in any attempt to estimate expected numbers of hotos, but I would be quite unsure of just how to evaluate the factor quantitatively.

3. Cas 41. Edwards AFB, 3 mai 1957

Occasionally, one could argue, UFOs ought to come into areas where there were persons engaged in photographic work, who were trained to react a bit faster, and who would secure some photos. One such instance evidently occurred at Edwards AFB on the morning of 5/3/57. I have managed to locate and interview three persons who saw the resultant photos. The two who observed the UFO and obtained a number of photos of it were James D. Bittick and John R. Gettys, Jr, both of whom I have interviewed. They were at the time Askania cameramen on the test range, and spotted the domed-disc UFO just as they reached Askania #4 site at Edwards, a bit before 8:00 a.m. that day. They immediately got into communication with the range director, Frank E. Baker, whom I have also interviewed, and they asked if anyone else was manning an Askania that could be used to get triangulation shots. Since no other camera operators were on duty at other sites, Baker told them to fire manually, and they got a number of shots before the object moved off into the distance. Bittick estimated that the object lay about a mile away when they got the first shot, though when first seen he put it at no more than 500 yards off. He and Gettys both said it had a golden color, looked somewhat like an inverted plate with a dome on top, and had square holes or panels around the dome. Gettys thought that the holes were circular not square. It was moving away from them, seemed to glow with its own luminosity, and had a hazy, indistinct halo around its rim, both mentioned. The number of shots taken is uncertain; Gettys thought perhaps 30. The object was lost from sight by the time it moved out to about five miles or so, and they did not .see it again. They drove into the base and processed the film immediately. All three of the men I interviewed emphasized that the shots taken at the closer range were very sharp, except for the hazy rim. They said the dome and the markings or openings showed in the photos. The photos were shortly taken by Base military authorities and were never seen again by the men. In a session later that day, Bittick and Carson were informed that they had seen a weather balloon distorted by the desert atmospheric effects, an interpretation that neither of them accepted since, as they stated to me, they saw weather ballons being released frequently there and knew what balloons looked like. Accounts got into local newspapers, as well as on wire services (Ref. 44). An Edwards spokesman was quoted in the Los Angeles Times as saying, "This desert air does crazy things," An INS wire-story said, "intelligence officers at Edwards ... would say almost nothing of the incident."

Discussion. -- I have not seen the photos alleged to have been taken in this incident, I have only interviewed the two who say they took them and a third person who states that he inspected the prints in company with the two Askania operators and darkroom personnel. I sent all of the relevant information on this case to the University of Colorado UFO project, but no checks were made as a result of that, unless done very recently. It would be rather interesting to see the prints.

4. Photographic sky-survey cameras might be expected to get photos of UFOs from time to time. However, one finds that, in many sky-photography programs in astronomy, tracks that do not obviously conform to what is being sought, say meteor-tracks, are typically ignored as probable aircraft. Indeed, a very general pattern in all kinds of monitoring programs operates to bias the system against seeing anything but what it was built to see. Nunn-Baker satellite cameras are only operated when specific satellites are computed to be due overhead, and then the long axis of the field is aligned with the computed trajectory. Anything that crosses the field and leaves a record on the film with an orientation markedly different from the predicted trajectory is typically disregarded. Photographic, radar, and visual observing programs have a large degree of selectivity intentionally built into them in order not to be deluged with unwanted "signals". Hence one must be rather carefnl in suggesting that our many tracking systems surely ought to detect UFOs. There's much evidence to suggest that, if they did, the signal would be ignored as part of a systematic rejection of unwanted data. Even in the practices of the GOC, some units received instructions to report nothing but unidentified aircraft. (But, for examples of some UFOs that did get into the GOC net, see Hall, Ref. 10.)

Although I am aware of a few photos allegedly showing UFOs, for which I have no reason at present to doubt the authenticity (for example a series of snapshots taken by a brother and sister near Melbourne, Australia, showing a somewhat indistinct disc in various positions), I must emphasize that the total sample is tiny. Compared with that, I have seen dozens of alleged UFO photos which I regard as of dubious origin. Other UFO photos of which I am aware are still in process of being checked in one way or another. To summarize, I do have the impression that we ought to have more valid UFO photos than the small number of which I am aware.

Si les ovnis sont réels, ne devraient-ils pas produire de véritables effets physiques ?

Again, the answer is that they do. There are rather well-authenticated cases spanning a wide variety of "physical effects." Car-stopping cases are one important class. UFOs have repeatedly been associated with ignition failures and light-failures of cars and trucks which came near UFOs or near which the UFOs moved. I would estimate that one could assemble a list of four or five dozen such instances from various parts of the world. Interference with radios and TV receptions have been reported many times in connection with UFO sightings. There are instances where UFOs have been reported as landing, and after departure, holes in the ground, or depressions in sod, or disturbed vegetation patterns have been described. In many such instance's, the evident reliability of the witnesses is high, the likelihood of hoax or artifice small. A limited number of instances of residues left behind are on record, but these are not backed up by meaningful laboratory analyses, unfortunately.

A physical effect that does not typically occur under conditions where the description of events might seem to call for it, relates to sonic booms. Although there are on record a few cases where fast-moving UFOs were accompanied by explosive sounds that might be associated with sonic booms, there are far more instances in which the reported velocity corresponded to supersonic speeds, yet no booms were reported. A small fraction of these can be rationalized by noting that the reporting witnesses were located back within the "Mach cone" of the departing UFO; but this will not suffice to explain away the difficulty. One feels that if UFOs are solid objects, capable of leaving depressions in soil or railroad ties when they land, and if they can dash out of sight in a few seconds (as has been repeatedly asserted by credible witnesses), they should produce sonic booms. This remains inexplicable; one can only lamely speculate that perhaps there are ways of eliminating sonic booms that we have not yet discovered; perhaps the answer involves some entirely different consideration.

If we include among "physical effects" those that border on the physiological, then there appear to be many odd types. Repeatedly, tingling and numbness have been described by witnesses who were close to UFOs; in many instances outright paralysis of a UFO witness has occurred. These effects might, of course, be purely psychological, engendered by fear; but in some instances the witnesses seem to have noted these effects as the first indication that anything unusual was occurring. A number of instances of skin-reddening, skin-warming, and a few instances of burns of very unusual nature are on record. These physiological effects are sufficiently diverse that caution is required in attempting generalization. Curiously, a peculiar tingling and paralysis seem to be reported more widely than any other physiological effects. A person who is almost unaware of the ramifications of the UFO evidence may think it absurd to assert that people have been paralyzed in proximity to UFOs; the skeptic might find it inconceivable that such cases would go unnoticed in press and medical literature. Far from it, I regret to have to say, on the basis of my own investigations. I have encountered cases where severe bodily damage was done, or where evident hazard of damage was involved, yet the witness and his family found ridicule mounting so much faster than sympathy that it was regarded wiser to quietly forget the whole thing. At an early stage of my investigations I would have regarded that as quite unbelievable; UFO investigators with longer experience than mine will smile at that statement, but probably they will smile with a degree of understanding. I could cite specific illustrations to make all this much clearer, but will omit them for space-limitations, except for a few remarks in the next section.

Y a-t-il quelque indice de danger ou d'hostilité dans les phénomènes ovnis ?

Official statements have emphasized, for the past two decades, that there is no evidence of hostility in the UFO phenomena. To a large degree, this same conclusion seems indicated in the body of evidence gathered by independent investigators. The related question as to potential hazard is perhaps less clear. There are on record a number of cases (I would say something like a few dozen cases) wherein persons whose reliability does not seem to come into serious question have reported mild, or in a very few instances, substantial injury as the result of some action of an unidentified object. However, I know of only two cases for which I have done adequate personal investigation, in which I would feel obliged to describe the actions as "hostile". That number is so tiny compared with the total number of good UFO reports of which I have knowledge that I would not cite "hostility" as a general characteristic of UFO phenomena.

One may accidentally kick an anthill, killing many ants and destroying the ants' entrance, without any prior "hostility" towards the ants. To walk accidentally into a whirling airplane propeller is fatal, yet the aircraft held no "hostility" to the unfortunate victim. In the UFO phenomena, we seem to confront a very large range of unexplained, unconventional phenomena and if among them we discern occasional instances of hazard, it would be premature to adjudge hostility. Yet, as long as we remain so abysmally ignorant of over-all nature of the UFO problem, it seems prudent to make all such judgments tentative. If UFOs are of extraterrestrial origin, we shall need to know far more than we now know before sound conclusions can be reached as to hazard-and-hostility matters. For-this reason alone, I believe it to be urgently important to accelerate serious studies of UFOs.

In the remainder of this section, I shall briefly cite a number of types of cases that bear on questions of hazard:

1. Car-stopping cases

In a two-hour period near midnight, November 2-3, 1957, nine different vehicles all exhibited ignition failures, and many suffered headlight failures as objects described as about 100-200 ft long, glowing with a general reddish or bluish glow, were encountered on roads in the vicinity of the small community of Levelland, Tex. (Ref. 10, 13, 14). This series of incidents became national headline news until officially explained in terms of ball lightning and wet ignitions. However, on checking weather data, I found that there were no thunderstorms anywhere close to Levelland that night, and there was no rain capable of wetting ignitions. Although I have not located any of the drivers involved, I have interviewed Sheriff Weir Clem of Levelland and a Levelland newspaperman, both of whom investigated the incidents that night. They confirmed the complete absence of rain or lightning activity. The incidents cannot be regarded as explained.

This class of UFO effect is by no means rare. In France in the 1954 wave of UFO sightings, Michel (14) has described many such cases involving ignition-failure in motorbikes, cars, etc. Similar instances were encountered in my checks on Australian UFO cases. There are probably of the order of a hundred cases on record (see Ref. 10 for a list of some dozens). In only a very few cases has there been any permanent damage to the vehicle's electrical system. In the Levelland case, for example, as soon as the luminous object receded from a given disturbed vehicle, its lights came back on automatically (in instances where the switches had been left on), and the engines were immediately restartable. The latter point in itself makes the "wet ignition" explanation unreasonable, of course.

It is unclear how such effects might be produced. One suggestion that has been made as to ignition-failure is that very strong magnetic fields might so saturate the iron core of the coil that it would drive the operating point up onto the knee of the magnetization curve, so that the input magnetic oscillations would produce only very small output effects. Only a few oersteds would have to be produced right at the coil to accomplish this kind of effect, but when one back-calculates, allowing for shielding effects and typical distances, and assumes an inverse-third-power dipole field, the requisite H-values within a few feet of the "UFO dipole" end, to speak here somewhat loosely, come out in the megagauss range. Curiously, a number of other back-calculations of magnetic fields end up in this same range; but obviously terrestrial technologies would not easily yield such intensities. Clear evidence for residual magnetization that might be expected in the foregoing hypothesis does not exist, so far as I know. The actual mechanism may be quite unlike that mentioned.

How lights are extinguished is even less clear, although, in some vehicles, relays in the lighting circuits might be magnetically closed. The lights pose more mystery than the ignition. Such cases do not constitute very disturbing questions of hazard or hostility. One might argue that highway accidents could be caused by lighting and ignition failures; however, more serious highway-accident dangers are implicit in other UFO cases where no electrical disturbance was caused. Many motorists have reported nearly losing control of vehicles when UFOs have swooped down over them; this hazard is distinctly more evident than hazard from the car-stopping phenomenon. Indeed, the number of instances of what we might term "car-buzzing" instances that have involved road-accident hazards is large enough to be mildly disturbing, yet I know of no official recognition of this facet of the UFO problem either. An incident I learned of in Australia involved such fright on the part of the passengers of the "buzzed''' vehicle that they jumped out of the car before it had come to a stop, and it went into a ditch. A similar instance occurred not long ago in the U.S. For reasons of space-limitations, I shall not cite other such cases, though it would not be difficult to assemble a list that would run to perhaps a few dozen.

2. Mild radiation exposure

By "radiation" here, I do not mean exposure to radioactivity or to other nuclear radiations, but skin irritations comparable to sunburn, etc. I have interviewed a number of persons who have experienced skin-reddening from exposure to (visible) radiations near UFOs. Rene Gilham, of Merom. Indiana, watched a UFO hovering over his home-area on the evening of Nov. 6. 1957, and received mild skin-burns, for example. I found in speaking with him that the symptoms were gone in a matter of days, with no after-effects. The witnesses in a car-stopping incident at Loch Raven Dam, Md., on the night of Oct. 26, 1958, who were close to a brightly luminous, blimp-sized object after getting out of their stopped car, experienced skin-reddening for which they obtained medical attention. Without citing other such instances, I would say that these cases are not suggestive of any serious hazard, but they warrant scientific attention.

3. More serious physical injuries

James Flynn, of Ft. Myers. Fla., in a case that has been rather well checked by both APRO and NICAP investigators, reportedly suffered unusual injuries and physical effects when he sought to check what he had taken to be a malfunctioning test vehicle from Cape Canaveral that had come down in the Everglades, Mar 15, 1965. I have spoken with Flynn and others who know him and believe that his case deserved much more than the superficial official attention it received when he reported it to proper authorities. He was hospitalized for about a week, treated for a deep hemorrhage of one eye (without medical evidence of any blow), and suffered loss of all of the principal deep-tendon reflexes for a number of days, according to his physician's statement, published by APRO (Ref. 45).

An instance of more than mere skin-reddening, associated with direct contact with a landed unidentified object, reportedly occurred in Hamilton, Ontario, March 29, 1966. Charles Cozens, then age 13, stated to police and to reporters (and recounted to me in a telephone interview with him and his father) that he had seen two rather small whitish, luminous objects come down in an open field in Hamilton that evening. He moved towards them out of curiosity, and states that he finally moved right up beside them, and touched the surface of one of them to see what it felt like. It was not hot, and seemed unusually smooth. One of the two small (8 ft by 4 ft plan form, 3-4 feet high) bun-shaped objects had a projection on one end that the boy thought might have been some kind of antenna, so he touched it. only to have his hand flung back as a spark shot out from the end of the projection into the air. He ran, thinking first to go to a nearby police substation. But on looking over his shoulder after getting to the edge of the field and seeing no objects there, he decided the police might not believe him and ran to his home. His parents, after discussing the incident at some length with the frightened boy, notified police, which is how the incident became public knowledge. Two others in Hamilton saw that night seemingly similar objects, but airborne rather than on the ground. Cozens was treated for a burn or sear on the hand that had been in contact with the projection at the moment the spark was emitted. On questioning both the boy and his father, I was left with the impression that, despite the unusual nature of the report, it was described with both straightforwardness and concern and that it must be given serious consideration. Clearly one would prefer a number of adult witnesses to an individual boy; yet I believe the case will stand close scrutiny.

There are a few other such reports of moderate injury reportedly sustained in direct physical contact with landed aerial objects for which I do not set feel satisfied with the available degree of authentication. It would be very desirable to conduct far more thorough investigations of some foreign cases of this type, to check the weight of the evidence involved. That only a very small number of such cases is on record should be emphasized.

4. Rares cas suggérant une hostilité ouverte

In my own investigative experience, I know of only two cases of injuries suffered under what might be describable as overt hostility, and for which present evidence argues authenticity. There are other reports on record that might be construed as overt hostility, but I cannot vouch for them in terms of my own personal investigations.

In Beallsville, Ohio, on the evening of March 19, 1968, a boy suffered moderate skin burns in an incident of puzzling nature. Gregory Wells had just stepped out of his grandmother's house to walk a few tens of yards to his parents' trailer when his grandmother and mother heard his screams, ran out and found him rolling on the ground, his jacket burning. After being treated at a nearby hospital, he described to parents, sheriff's deputies, and others what he had seen. Hovering over some trees across the highway from his location, he had seen an oval-shaped object with some lights on it. From a central area of the bottom, a tube-like a endage emerged, rotated around, and emitted a flash that coincided with ignition of his jacket. He had just turned away from it and so the burn was on the back of his upper arm. In the course of checking this case, I interviewed a number of persons in the Beallsville area, some of whom had seen a long cylindrical object moving at very low altitude in the vicinity of the Wells' property that night. There is much more detail than can be recapitulated here. My conversations with persons who know the boy, including his teacher, suggest no reason to discount the story, despite its unusual content.

After checking the Beallsville incident, I checked another report in which burn-injuries of a more serious nature were sustained in a context even more strongly indicative of overt hostility. I prefer not to give names and explicit citation of details here, but I remark that there appears to me, on the basis of my present information and five interviews with persons involved, to be basis for accepting the incident as real. Partly because of its unparalleled nature, and partly because some of the evidence is still conflicting, I shall omit details and state only that the case, taken together with other scattered reports of injuries in UFO encounters, warrants no panic response but does warrant far more thorough investigation than any that has been conducted to date.

5. OVNIs et autres perturbations électromagnétiques

There are so many instances in which close-passage of an unidentifled flying object led to radio and television disturbance that this particular mode of electromagnetic effect of UFOs seems incontrovertible. One would require nothing mor than broad-spectrum electromagnetic noise to account for these instances, of course.

There is a much smaller number of instances, some of which I have checked. in which power has failed only within an individual home coincident with nearby passage of a UFO. Magnetic saturation of the core of a transformer might conceivably account for this phenomenon.

Then there are scattered instances in which substantial power distribution systems have failed at or very near the time of observation of aerial phenomena similar, broadly speaking, to one or another UFO phenomenon. I have personally checked on several such instances and am satisfied that the coincidence of UFO observation and power outage did at least occur. Whether there is a casual connection here, and in which direction it may run, remains quite uncertain. Even during the large Northeast blackout, November 9, 1965, there were many UFO observations, several of which I have personally checked. I have inquired at the Federal Power Commission to secure data that might illuminate the basic question of whether these are merely fortuitous, but the data available are inadequate to permit any definite conclusions. In other parts of the world, there have also been reports of system outages coincident with UFO sightings. Again, the evidence is quite unclear as to casual relations.

There is perhaps enough evidence pointing towards strong magnetic fields around at least some UFOs that one might hypothesize a mechanism whereby a UFO might inadvertently trigger a power outage. Perhaps a UFO, with an accompanying strong magnetic field, might pass at high speed across the conductors of a transmission line, induce asymmetric current surges of high transient intensity, and thereby trip circuit breakers and similar surge-protectors in such a way as to initiate the outage. There are some difficulties with that hypothesis, of course; but it could conceivably bear some relation to what has reportedly occurred in some instances.

I believe that the evidence is uncertain enough that one can only urge that competent scientists and engineers armed both with substantial information on UFO phenomena and with relevant information on power-system electrical engineering, ought to be taking a very close look at this problem. I am unaware of any adequate study of this potentially important problem. Note that a problem, a hazard, could exist in this context without anything warranting the label of hostility.

MISAPPLICATIONS OF ATMOSPHERIC Physique IN PAST UFO EXPLANATIONS

1. Commentaires généraux

Since the bulk of UFO reports involve objects reportedly seen in the air, it is not surprising that many attempts to account for them have invoked principles of atmospheric Physique. Over the past twenty years, many of the official explanations of important UFO sightings have been based on the premise that observers were misidentifying or misinterpreting natural atmospheric phenomena. Dr. D. H. Menzel, former director of Harvard Observatory, in two books on UFOs (Ref. 24, 25), has leaned very heavily on atmospheric Physique and particularly meteorological optics in attempting to account for UFO reports. More recently, Mr. Philip J. Klass, Senior Avionics Editor of Aviation Week, has written a book (Ref.36) purporting to show that most of the really interesting UFO reports are a result of unusual atmospheric plasmas similar to ball lightning. Over the years, many others have made similar suggestions that the final explanation of the UFOs will involve some still not fully understood phenomenon of atmospheric Physique.

As a scientist primarily concerned with the field of atmospheric Physique, these suggestions have received a great deal of my attention. It is true that a very small fraction of all of the raw reports involve misidentified atmospheric phenomena. It is also true that many lay observers seriously misconstrue astronomical (especially meteoric) phenomena as UFOs. But, in my opinion, as has been emphasized above and will be elaborated below, we cannot explain-away UFOs on either meteorological or astronomical grounds. To make this point somewhat clearer, I shall, in the following, remark on certain past attempts to base UFO explanations on meteorological optics, atmospheric electricity, and radar propagation anomalies.

2. Explication optique météorologique

Mirages, sundogs, undersuns, and various reflection and refraction phenomena associated with ice crystals, inversions, haze layers, and clouds have been invoked from time to time in an attempt to account for UFO observations. From my study of the past history of the UFO problem and from an examination of recent ''re-evaluations" of official UFO explanations, I have the strong impression that many alterations of explanations for classic UFO cases that have been made in the official files in the last few years reflect the response to the writings of Menzel (especially Ref. 25). I have elsewhere (Ref. 2) discussed a number of specific examples of what I regard as unreasonable applications of meteorological optics in Menzel's writings. Some salient points will be summarized here.

A principal difficulty with Menzel's mirage explanations is that he typically overlooks completely stringent quantitative restrictions on the angle of elevation of the observer's line of sight in mirage effects. Mirage phenomena are quite common on the Arizona desert, but both observation and optical theory are in good accord in showing that mirage effects are confined to lines of sight that do not depart from the horizontal by much more than a few tens of minutes of arc. Under some extremely unusual temperature conditions in the atmosphere (high latitude regions, for example), one may get miraging at elevation angles larger than a degree, but these situations are extremely rare, it must be emphasized. In Menzel's explanations and in certain of the official explanations, however, mirages are invoked to account for UFOs when the observer's line of sight may depart from the horizontal by as much as five to ten degrees or even more. I emphasize that this is entirely unreasonable. If it were the case that all UFOs were reported essentially at the observer's horizon, then one would have to be extremely suspicious that we were dealing with some unusual refraction anomalies. However, as has been shown by many cases cited above and has been long known to serious investigators of UFO phenomena, no fixed correlation exists. Some of the most interesting UFOs have been seen at close range directly overhead, quite obviously ruling out mirage explanations. The 1947 sighting by nold near Mt. Rainier is explained officially and by Menzel as a mirage, yet the objects which he saw (nine fluttering discs) changed angular elevation, moved across his view through an azimuthal range of about 90 degrees, and were seen by him during the period when he was climbing his own plane through an altitude interval that he estimates to be of the order of 500 to 1000 ft. Anyone familiar with mirage optics would find it utterly unreasonable to claim that such an observation was satisfactorily explained as a mirage. Similarly, as has been noted above, the 1948 sighting by Eastern Airlines pilots Chiles and Whitted, once explained by Menzel as a "mirage", involves quantitative and observational factors that are not even approximately similar to known mirage effects. There are some extremely rare and still not well-explained refractive anomalies in the atmosphere, such as those that have been discussed by Minnaert, but good UFO observations are so much more numerous than those types of rare anomalies that it is quite out of the question of explain the former by the latter.

Sundogs, or parhelia, are a quite well-understood phenomenon of meteorological optics. Retractions of the sun's rays on horizontally falling tabular ice crystals produce fuzzy, brownish-colored luminous spots at about 22 degrees to the left and right of the sun when suitable ice-crystal clouds are present. Rarer phenomena, produced by the moon rather than the sun, are termed paraselenae. Sundogs are relatively common, but it is probably true that many laymen are not really conscious of them as a distinct optical phenomenon. For this reason, it might seem sensible to suggest that some observers have been misled by thinking that sundogs were UFOs. However, anyone with the slightest knowledge of meteorological optics talking directly to such a witness would, within only a few moments of questioning, establish what was involved. Instead of dealing with anything like a sharp-edged "object", one would quickly find that the observer was describing a very vague spot of light which he saw to the left or right of the sun, probably very near the horizon. To blandly suggest, as Menzel has done, that Waldo Harris in the 10/2/61 sighting near Salt Lake City was fooled by a sundog is to ignore either all of the main features of the report or to ignore all of what is known about sundogs.

Undersuns, sub-suns, can be seen rather frequently when flying in jet aircraft at high altitudes. They are a reflection phenomenon produced by horizontally floating ice crystals, which reflect an image of the sun (or at night the moon) and can give surprisingly sharp solar images in still air where turbulence does not cause appreciable tilting of the ice crystals. Here again, it is probably true that many laymen may be sufficiently unaware of this optical phenomenon that they could be confused when they see one. But, as with sundogs, the stringent quantitative requirements on the location of this optical effect relative to the sun would permit any experienced investigator to quickly ascertain whether or not an undersun was involved in this specific sighting. The effect involves specular reflection of the sun's rays, whence the undersun is always seen at a negative angle of elevation in which the observer's line of sight to the undersun is just as far below the horizon as the sun momentarily lies above that same observer's horizon. Clearly, many of the UFO cases that have been cited in examples given above do not come anywhere near satisfying the angular requirements for an undersun. In my own experience, I have already come across two or three reports, out of thousands that I have examined, where I was led to suspect that the observer was fooled by an undersun.

"Reflections off clouds" have been referred to repeatedly in Menzel's writings, never with any quantitative discussion of precisely what he means. But the impression is clearly left that many observers have been and are continuing to be fooled by some kind of cloud-reflections. Aside from the above-described undersun, I am unaware of any "cloud-reflection phenomenon" that could produce anything remotely resembling a distinct object. Clouds of droplets or ice crystals do not provide a source of specular reflection (except in the case of horizontally-floating ice crystals observed from above with a bright luminary, such as sun or moon, in the distance—undersun). What Menzel could possibly have in mind when he talks loosely about such cloud reflections (and he does so in many different places in his books), I cannot imagine.

Inversions are invoked by Menzel, and in official evaluations, to account for certain UFO sightings. Inversions produced by radiational cooling or by atmospheric subsidence are relatively common meteorological phenomena. In some cases, quite sharp inversions with marked temperature differences in rather small vertical distances are known to occur. It is such inversion layers that are responsible for some of the most striking desert mirages of the looming type.

To experience a looming mirage, the observer's eye must be located in the atmospheric layer wherein the temperature anomalously increases with height (inversion layer), and the miraged target in the object-field must also lie in or near the inversion layer. Inversion layers are essentially horizontally, and the actually-encountered values of the inversion lapse rates are such that refraction anomalies are confined to very small departures from the horizontal, as noted above under remarks on mirages. All of these points are well-understood principles of meteorological optics. However, Menzel has attempted to account for such UFOs as Dr. Clyde Tombaugh saw overhead at Las Cruces in August 1949 in terms of "inversion" refraction or reflection effects. Since I have discussed the quantitative unreasonableness of this contention elsewhere, I will not here elaborate the point, except to say that if inversions were capable of producing the optical disturbances that Menzel has assumed, astronomers would long since have given up any attempt to study the stars by looking at them through our atmosphere. Other atmospheric-optical anomalies have been adduced by Menzel in his UFO discussions. He has repeatedly suggested that layers of haze or mist cause remarkable enlargement of the apparent images of stars and planets. By enlargement, he makes very clear that he means radial enlargements in all directions such that the eye sees not a vertical streak of the sort well-known to astronomers as resulting from near-horizon refraction effects, but rather a circular image of very large angular size. Menzel even describes a sighting that he himself made, over Arctic regions in an Air Force aircraft, in which the image of Sirius was enlarged to an angular size of over ten minutes of arc (one-third of lunar diameter). I have discussed that sighting with a number of astronomers, and not one is aware of anything that has ever been seen by any astronomer that approximates such an instance. In fact, it would require such a peculiar axially-symmetric distribution of refractive index, which miraculously followed the speeding aircraft along as it moved through the atmosphere, that it seems quite hopeless to explain what Menzel has reported seeing in terms of refraction effects.

Since Dr. Menzel's writings on UFO's have evidently had, in some quarters, a marked effect on attitudes towards UFOs, I regard that effect as deleterious. If I felt that we were dealing here with just a slight difference of opinion about rather controversial scientific matters on the edge of present knowledge. I would withhold strong comment. However, I wish to say for the record, that I reward the majority of Dr. Menzels purported meteorological-optical UFO explanations as simply scientifically incorrect. I could, but shall not here, enlarge upon similar critique of official explanations that have invoked such arguments.

3. Electricité atmosphérique

One phenomenon in the area of atmospheric electricity to which appeal has been made from the earliest years of investigations of the UFO phenomena is that of ball lightning. For example, a fairly extensive discussion of ball lightning was prepared by the U.S. Weather Bureau for inclusion dans le rapport de 1949 du projet Grudge (réf. 6). It was concluded in that report that ball lightning was most unlikely as an explanation for any of the cases which were considered in that report (about 250). Periodically, in succeeding years, one or another writer has come up with that same idea that maybe people who report UFOs are really seeing ball lightning. No one ever tried to pursue this idea very far, until P. J. Klass began writing on it. Although his ideas have received some attention in magazines, there is little enough scientific backup to his contentions that they are quite unlikely to have the same measure of effect that Menzel's previous writings have had. For that reason, I shall not here elaborate on my strong objections to Klass' arguments. I spelled them out in considerable detail in a talk presented last March at a UFO Symposium in Montreal held by the Canadian Aeronautics and Space Institute. Klass has ignored most of what is known about ball lightning and most of what is known about plasmas and also most of what is known about interesting UFOs in developing his curious thesis. It cannot be regarded as a scientifically significant contribution to illumination of the UFO problem.

4. Anomalies de propagation radar

In the past twenty years, there have been many instances in which unidentified objects have been tracked on radar, many of them with concurrent visual observations. Some examples have been cited above. It is always necessary to approach a radar unidentified with full knowledge of the numerous ways in which false returns can be produced on radar sets. The Physique of "ducting" or "trapping" is generally quite well understood. As with mirages, the allowed angle of elevation of the radar beam can only depart from zero by a few tens of minutes of arc for typically occurring inversions and humidity gradients. Ducting with beam angles in excess of a degree or so would require unheard of atmospheric temperature or humidity gradients. Care must be taken in interpreting that statement, since beam-angles have to be distinguished from angles of elevation of the beam axis. For the latter reason, a beam-axis elevation of, say, two degrees still involves emission of some radar energy at angles so low that some may be trapped, yielding "ground returns" despite the higher elevation of the axis. All such points are well described in an extensive literature of radar propagation Physique.

In addition to trapping and ground return effects, spurious returns can come from insects, birds, and atmospheric refractive-index anomalies that generate radar echoes termed "angels". These are low-intensity returns that no experienced operator would be likely to confuse with the strong return from an aircraft or ther large metallic object.

Also, other peculiar radar effects such as interference with other nearby sets, forward scatter from weak tropospheric discontinuities (see work of Atlas and others), and odd secondary reflections from ground targets need to be kept in mind.

When one analyzes some of the famous radar-tracking cases in the UFO literature, none of these propagation anomalies seem typical as accounting for the more interesting cases. (Several examples have already been discussed. (cases 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, and 39).)

Synthèse et recommandations

En résumé, je souhaiterai souligné que ma propre étude du problème ovni m'a convaincu que nous devons rapidement escalate une attention scientifique sérieuse à ce mystère extraordinairement intriguant.

Je pense que la communauté scientifique a été sérieusement mal informée depuis 20 ans concernant l'importance potentielle des ovnis. Je ne souhaite pas développer ici ma propre interprétation de l'histoire derrière cette longue période de mauvaise information ; je souhaite seulement recommander au Commité sur la Science et l'Astronautique de prendre les étapes quelles qu'elles soient en leur pouvoir pour changer cette situation sans autre délai.

Le présent Symposium est une excellente étape dans cette dernière direction. I strongly urge your Committee that further efforts in the same direction be made in the near future. I believe that extensive hearings before your Committee, as well as before other Congressional committees having concern with this problem, are needed.

The possibility that the Earth might be under surveillance by some high civilization in command of a technology far beyond ours must not be overlooked in weighing the UFO problem. I am one of those who lean strongly towards the extraterrestrial hypothesis. I arrived at that point by a process of elimination of other alternative hypotheses, not by arguments based on what I could call "irrefutable proof." I am convinced that the recurrent observations by reliable citizens here and abroad over the past twenty years cannot be brushed aside as nonsense, but rather need to be taken extremely seriously as evidence that some phenomenon is going on which we simply do not understand. Although there is no current basis for concluding that hostility and grave hazard lie behind the UFO phenomenology, we cannot be entirely sure of that. For all of these reasons, greatly expanded scientific and public attention to the UFO problem is urgently needed.

The proposal that serious attention be given to the hypothesis of an extraterrestrial origin of UFOs raises many intriguing questions, only a few of which can be discussed meaningfully. Une question très standard du scepticisme est "Pourquoi aucun contact ?" Ici, la meilleure réponse est simplement une remarque cautionary that one would certainly be unjustified in extrapolating all human motives and reasons to any other intelligent civilization. It is conceivable that an avoidance of premature contact would be one of the characteristic features of surveillance of a less advanced civilization; other conceivable rationales can be suggested. All are speculative, however; what is urgently needed is a far more vigorous scientific investigation of the full spectrum of UFO phenomena, and the House Committee on Science and Astronautics could perform a very significant service by taking steps aimed in that direction.

Références

  1. NICAP Special Bulletin, May, 1960: Admiral Hillenkoeter was a NICAP Advisory Board member at the time of making the quoted statement
  2. McDonald, J. E., 1967: Unidentified Flying Objects: Greatest Scientific Problem of our Times, published by UFO Besearch Institute, Suite 311, 508 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 15219.
  3. Keyhoe, D. E., 1950 : Flying Saucers Are Real, Fawcett Publications, New York, 175 pp.
  4. Keyhoe, D. E., 1953 : Flying Saucers From Outer Space, New York, Henry Holt & Co., 276 pp.
    Keyhoe, D. E., 1955 : Flying Saucer Conspiracy, New York, Henry Holt & Co., 315 pp.
    Keyhoe, D. E., 1960 : Flying Saucers: Top Secret, New York, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 283 pp.
  5. Ruppelt, E. J., 1956 : The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects, Garden City, New York, Doubleday & Co., 243 pp. (Paperback edition. Ace Books, 319 pp.)
  6. Projet Grudge, 1949: Unidentified Flying Objects, Report No. 102 AC 49/15-100, Project XS-304, released August, 1949. I am indebted to Dr. Leon Davidson for making available to me his copy of this declassified report.
  7. NICAP, 1968 : USAF Projects Grudge and Bluebook Reports 1-12 (1951-1958), date de déclassification 9 septembre 1960. Publié par le NICAP en tant que rapport spécial, 235 pp.
  8. Bloecher, T., 1967: Report on the UFO Wave of 1947, available through NICAP.
  9. Cruttwell, N. E. G., 1960: Flying Saucers Over Papua, A. Report on Papuan urndentified Flying Objects, 45 pp., reproduced for limited distribution; parts of this report have been reproduced in a number of issues of the APRO Bulletin.
  10. Hall, R. H., 1964: The UFO Evidence, Washington, D.C., NICAP, 184 pp.
  11. Olsen, P. M., 1966: The reference for Outstanding UFO Sighting Reports, Riderwood, Maryland, UFO Information Retrieval Center, Inc., P. 0. Box 57.
  12. Fuller, J. G., 1966: Incident at Exeter, New York, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 251 pp. (Berkeley Medallion paperback, 221 pp.)
  13. Lorenzen, C. E., 1966: Flying Saucers, New York, Signet Books, 278 pp.
    Lorenzen, C. E. and L. J., 1967: Flying Saucer Occupants, New York, Signet Books, 215 pp.
    Lorenzen, C. E. and L. J., 1968: UFOs Over the Americas, New York, Signet Books, 254 pp.
  14. Michel, A., 1958: Flying Saucers and the Straight-Line Mystery, New York, Criterion Books, 285 pp.
    Michel, A., 1967: The Truth About Flying Saucers, New York, Pyramid Books, 270 pp. (Paperback edition of an original 1966 book.)
  15. Stanway, R. H., and A. R. Pace, 1968: Flying Saucers, Stoke-on-Trent, Bngland, Newchapel Observatory, 85 pp.
  16. Vallee, J., 1965: Anatomy of a Phenomenon, Chicago, Henry Regnery Co., 210 pp. (Paperback edition. Ace Books, 255 pp.)
  17. Vallee, J., and J. Vallee, 1966: Challenge to Science, Chicago, Henry Regnery Co., 268 pp. (Also in paperback)
  18. Lore, G. I. R., Jr., and H. H. Denault, Jr., 1968: Mysteries of the Skies, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall Inc., 237 pp.
  19. Fort, C., 1941: The Books of Charles Fort, New York, Henry Holt & Co., 1125 pp.
  20. Stanton, L. J., 1966: Flying Saucers: Hoax or Reality?, New York, Belmont Books, 157 pp.
  21. Young, M., 1967: UFO: Top Secret, New York, Simon & Schuster, 156 pp.
  22. Time Magazine, July 14, 1947, p. 18.
  23. Fuller, C., 1950: The Flying Saucers -- Fact or Fiction?, Flying Magazine, July 1950, p. 17.
  24. Menzel, D. H., 1953: Flying Saucers, Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 319 pp.
  25. Menzel, D. H., and L. G. Boyd, 1963: The World of Flying Saucers, Garden City, New York, Doubleday & Co., 302 pp.
  26. Shalett, S., 1949: What You Can Believe About Flying Saueers, Saturday Bvening Post, April 30, 1949, and May 7, 1949.
  27. CSI Newsletter, No. 11, February 29, 1956 (Civilian Saucer Intelligence of New York).
  28. Flying, June 1951, p. 23.
  29. Davidson, L., 1966: Flying Saucers: An Analysis of the Air Force Project Bluebook Special Report No. 14, Ramsey, New Jersey, Ramsey-Wallace Corp.
  30. American Society of Newspaper Editors, 1967: Problems of Journalism, Proceedings of the 1967 Convention of the ASNE, April 20-22, 1967, Washington, D.C., 296 pp.
  31. Keyhoe, D. E., "1950: Flight 117 and the Flying Saucer", True Magazine, août 1950, p. 24.
  32. Salt Lake Tribune, Tuesday, October 3, 1961, p. 1.
  33. UFO Investigator, Vol. 3, No. 11, Jan.-Feb. 1967.
  34. LANS, 1960: Report on an Unidentified Flying Object Over Hollywood, California, Feb. 5, 1960 and Feb. 6, 1960, Los Angeles NICAP Subcommittee, 21 pp., mimeo.
  35. UFO Investigator, Vol. 1, No. 12, April 1961.
  36. McDonald, J. E., 1968: UFOs -- An International Scientific Problem, paper presented at a Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects, Canadian Aeronautics and Space Institute, Montreal, Canada, March 12, 1968.
  37. Darrach, H. B., Jr., and Robert Ginna, 1952: "Have We Visitors from Space?", Life Magazine, April 7, p. 80 ff.
  38. Zigel, F., 1968: "Unidentified Flying Objects" Soviet Life, February, 1968, No. 2 (137), pp. 27-29.
  39. Klass, Philip J., 1968: UFOs -- identified, New York, Random House, 290 pp.
  40. International News Service, datelined Sept 12, 1951, Dover, Del.
  41. New York Times, June 2, 1954; New York World Telegram, June 1, 1954; New York Post, June 1, 1954; New York Daily News, June 2, 1954.
  42. Official file on October 15, 1948 Fukuoka case, Project Bluebook.
  43. Melbourne (Australia) Sun, December 16, 1954; Melbourne Herald, December 16, 1954; Auckland Star, December 16, 1954.
  44. Los Angeles Times, May 9, 1957; New York Journal-American, May 10, 1957.
  45. Bulletin de l'APRO, mai-juin 1965, p. 1-4.

Notre prochain participant est le Dr. Carl Sagan.

Dr. Sagan est professeur associé d'astronomie au Département d'Astronomie et Centre de RadioPhysique et de Recherche Spatiale de l'Université de Cornell, venant juste de quitter l'Université de Harvard. Il est l'auteur de plus de 100 publications scientifiques, et plusieurs articles pour l'Encyclopedia Britannica, Americana. Il est co-auteur de plusieurs livres. Dr. Sagan, nous sommes ravis de votre participation à nos côtés à ce symposium ce matin et vous pouvez poursuivre.

 rr0.org

  

 

Etudes de cas dans la déclaration préparée de James E. McDonald

 

NCAS Editor's Note: These are the cases to which Dr. McDonald assigns a number and which he dicusses in considerable detail. He cites other cases, but they are unnumbered and mentioned more or less in passing, primarily in the sections of the prepared statement starting with "Physical Effects."

Cas du docteur McDonald par ordre chronologique
Date Lieu N° Cas
Avril 1947 Richmond, Virginie 26
Juillet 4, 1947 Boise, Idaho 1
Juillet 4, 1947 Portland, Oregon 19
Juillet 8, 1947 Harborside, Me. 22
Juillet 10, 1947 Ft. Sumner, Nouveau Mexique 21
Juillet 24, 1948 Montgomery, Alabama 2
Octobre 15,1948 Fukuoka, Japon 35
Avril 24, 1949 Arrey, Nouveau Mexique 29
Juillet 3, 1949 Longview, Washington 10
Août 20, 1949 Las Cruces, Nouveau Mexique 20
Mars 17, 1950 Farmington, Nouveau Mexique 9
Avril 21, 1950 Goshen, Indiana 7
Mai 20, 1950 Flagstaff, Arizona 25
Janvier 20, 1951 Sioux City, Iowa 3
Septembre 10, 1951 Ft. Monmouth, New Jersey 31
Octobre 11, 1951 Minneapolis, Minnessota 4
Summer, 1952 Savannah River A.E.C Plant 13
Juillet 14, 1952 Newport News, Virginie 8
Juillet 19, 1952 Washington, D.C. 38
Juillet 29, 1952 Port Huron, Michigan 39
Décembre 10, 1952 Odessa, Washington 32
Janvier 8, 1953 Larson AFB, Moses Lake, Washington 12
Février 4, 1953 Yuma, Arizona 27
Février 6, 1953 Rosalia, Washington 33
Mai 23, 1953 Capetown, Afrique du Sud 37
Juin 1, 1954 Boston, Massachussetts 34
Juin 29, 1954 Eastern Quebec 6
Septembre, 1954 Nowra, Australie 36
Décembre 7, 1954 Upington, Cape Province 28
Mai 3, 1957 Edwards AFB 41
Février 5-6, 1960 Hollywood, Californie 17
Mars 16, 1961 Admiralty Bay, Antarctica 30
Oct. 3, 1961 Salt Lake City, Utah 11
Juillet 26, 1965 Ogra, Latvia 23
Mars 23, 1966 Trinidad, Colorado 14
Mai 21, 1966 Willow Grove, Pennsylvanie 5
Juillet 18, 1966 Baytown, Texas 18
Novembre 22, 1966 New York City 16
Juillet 4, 1967 Corning, Californie 40
Août 8, 1967 Kislovodsk, Caucasus 24
Février 4, 1968 Redlands, Californie 15

 rr0.org

  

 

 

  

 

 

Josef Hynek fut le prototype du debunker. Il a été embauché pour démontrer que les ovnis n'existaient pas et lui-même était un farouche opposant à la croyance des OVNIs. Il a toujours été sincère dans ses analyses, ce sont les meilleurs debunkers, ceux qui croient en ce qu'ils racontent eux-même. Haïs par tout le monde jusqu'au jour où il se ridiculisa devant les journalistes à tel point qu'il finit par réfléchir et petit à petit il en vint à considérer la thèse extraterrestre puis il devint un défenseur de cette thèse.

Josef Allen Hynek (docteur) (1910-1986)

Joseph Allen HynekHynek naît le 1er Mai 1910 à Chicago (Illinois). Il obtient un B.S. de l'Université de Chicago en 1931, puis un doctorat en astrophysique en 1935, où il rejoint l'équipe de l'observatoire McMillin. Travaillant avec N. T. Babrovnikhoff, Hynek observe Nova Herculis en 1934 et Nova Lacerta en 1936. En 1946 la direction assurée par Emerson McMillin est reprise par Hynek jusqu'à la retraite du professeur Manson. Il occupe à cette époque une double fonction, en assurant également la direction de l'Observatoire Perkins.

Sign (1948)

Au printemps 1948, Hynek est recruté par l'USAF pour faire partie de la 2nde génération d'experts du projet Sign :

J'enseignais l'astronomie à Colombus, l'Université de l'Ohio. Un jour 3 hommes — et ils n'étaient pas vétus de noir — sont venus me trouver, envoyés par la base Air Force de Wright Patterson située à Dayton, dans les environs. Je me souviens qu'ils ont commencé à me parler de la pluie et du beau temps, de choses comme ça, et finalement l'un d'entre eux m'a demandé ce que je pensais des soucoupes volantes. Je leur ai répondu que pour moi c'était un ramassis d'absurdités, et ça a paru les mettre à l'aise. Alors ils en sont venus au sujet de leur visite. Ils ont déclaré qu'ils avaient besoin d'un conseil en astronomie parce que leur mission consistait à tenter d'éclaircir ces histoires de soucoupes volantes. Ils disaient avoir besoin d'un astronome pour faire le tri entre les phénomènes liés aux météorites, et autres objets célestes. J'ai pensé que ce serait amusant d'accepter, et de bénéficier d'une classification top secret, et tout le reste.

En tant que spécialiste en astronomie, il est chargé de trier les observations en faisant la part de ce qui revenait aux phénomènes d'origine astronomique. A cette époque, certains membres importants du projet croient à l'origine extraterrestre de certains des objets observés :

Certains participants avaient l'air de considérer le problème assez sérieusement. En même temps, il s'était creusé un fossé important au sein de l'Air Force entre 2 écoles de pensée : d'un côté il y avait ceux qui préparaient sérieusement un rapport d'évaluation destiné au général Vandenberg, mais de l'autre il y avait un groupe d'opposants qui finalement emportèrent le morceau, et les plus motivés furent disséminés dans différents endroits. En d'autres termes, les négatifs avaient eu le dernier mot.

Hynek, lui, demeure plutôt sceptique :

Ma propre participation à ce "Projet Sign" n'avait rien arrangé à cette situation, parce que je pense que la plupart de mes propres évaluations étaient empreintes d'une tournure négative. J'allais chercher très loin des explications naturelles, parfois même quand ça ne tenait pas debout. Je me rappelle ce cas du Canyon de Snake River — je pense que c'est celui-là — où un homme et ses 2 fils avaient vu un objet métallique descendre en tourbillonnant dans le canyon, ce qui avait entraîné un balancement au sommet des arbres. En voulant à toutes fins établir une cause naturelle à ce phénomène, j'ai déclaré que c'était une sorte de remous atmosphérique. Bien entendu je n'avais jamais constaté un tourbillon de ce genre, ni je n'avais au fond une quelconque raison de croire que ça puisse même exister. Mais j'étais tellement préoccupé d'y voir une cause naturelle que j'arrivais à me convaincre qu'il ne pouvait y avoir d'autre explication. Il m'a fallu pas mal de temps pour changer ma tournure d'esprit [Stacy 1985].

On peut le lire ici ou là proposant des explications triviales à diverses observations, comme celle de Arnold.

En 1951 il assemble un photomètre photoélectrique pour le réfracteur de McMillin. L'année suivante il entâme une recherche sur la scintillance des étoiles le jour dans le cadre d'un "Projet de Vision Astronomique" financé par l'USAF.

Blue Book (1952-1969)

En 1952 une vague d'observations touche l'Amérique. Cet été-là dans un débat à la conférence de l'American Optical Society de Boston il ridiculise Donald Menzel [Ruppelt]. En septembre, il fait l'objet d'une enquête discrète du FBI [Dossier 116-321913 du FBI].

En 1956, l'astronome Fred Whipple, de l'Université d'Harvard, engage Hynek en tant que directeur associé du projet Moonwatch. Il est chargé d'organiser le lancement de satellites et la formation des astronomes qui doivent les diriger. Ce travail attire sur lui l'attention des médias et du public. Durant la même période, il est aussi consultant scientifique auprès de l'USAF en matière d'ovnis, pour la simple raison qu'il est l'astronome le plus proche de la base de Wright Field, à Dayton (Ohio). Cette base centralise les recherches ufologique, appelée projet Sign.

A cette époque Hynek interroge formellement une quarantaine de ses collègues astronomes : un peu plus de 10 % indiquent avoir observé des phénomènes inexpliqués [COMETA 1999].

Baker-Nunn

A partir de 1955, Hynek est occupé à plein temps sur la mise en place d'un réseau de caméras Baker-Nunn, visant à installer 12 stations de repérage de satellites en divers points du globe. Il engage dans ce projet A. "Bud" Ledwith (qui l'avertit de l'affaire de Kelly-Hopkinsville) pour travailler sur les mécanismes d'horlogerie à quartz des chambres photographiques, puis Walter Webb lorsque le réseau est opérationnel 2 ans plus tard, en février 1957.

Hynek répondant aux journalistes lui demandant de commenter une photo d'Adamski en1961

Hynek montrant une photo d'Adamsky à une conférence de presse 

En 1959 Hynek abandonne son poste à l'Observatoire pour occuper un professorat à la Northwestern University. En 1960, il devient le patron du département — moribond — d'astronomie de l'université d'Evanston (Illinois). Il le réforme et le réorganise totalement, tout en créant un nouveau centre de recherches astronomiques.

Vallée

Hynek aurait fort fort bien pu passer le restant de ses jours sans se préoccuper des ovnis et du projet Blue Book. Mais cela aurait été compter sans le destin, en l'occurence l'arrivée d'un étudiant français, Jacques Vallée. Depuis sa tendre enfance ce dernier s'intéresse aux ovnis. Vallée fait prendre conscience à Hynek des manipulations dont il a été la victime, ainsi que de celles dont il a été à l'acteur, bien qu'inconsciemment. Un revirement s'opère, et en Avril 1963, Hynek écrit dans Yale Scientific Magazine :

Le témoin moyen est au-dessus de la moyenne, honnête et sérieux. Aucun examen vraiment scientifique du phénomène ovni n'a été entrepris malgré l'énorme volume de données brutes.

 

Hynek à la conférence de presse

Hynek à la conférence de presse en1961

Un an plus tard en Avril 1964, il est amené à enquêter sur le cas Zamora dans le cadre de Blue Book [cas n° 8729 non résolu]. Ce cas est un de ceux qui marque le plus Hynek qui enquête plusieurs jours pour essayer de trouver le moindre indice qui puisse jeter un doute sur cette affaire. Il n'en trouve pas. Malgré cela, en accord avec le Pentagone, il dicte à Zamora une version éliminant le symbole observé (ci-contre) et la présence des humanoïdes en blanc.

En 1965, Hynek cautionne le premier ouvrage de l'étudiant Vallée, Anatomie d'un Phénomène, et renie ce qu'il avait défendu. Il le fait prudemment, à mots couverts, en redigeant le texte de la 4ème de couverture (un peu plus tard, il écrira la préface du 2nd ouvrage de Vallée, co-écrit avec son épouse Janine).

Le 8 novembre, il déclare :

Au lieu d'enquêter sur les apparitions d'ovnis, on ferait mieux d'enquêter sur les gens qui les signalent.

Hillsdale ou le revirement (1966)

 

Hynek et Robert Taylor à Hillsdale en Mars 1966

Hynek et Robert Taylor à Hillsdale en Mars1966

Quelques mois plus tard, le 21 Mars 1966, intervient l'affaire du "gaz des marais", à Ann Harbor (Michigan). Un télex de l'United Press International tombe :

40 personnes, dont 12 policiers, ont déclaré avoir vu un objet étrange qui semblait gardé par 4 vaisseaux d'accompagnement, se poser dans un marais proche, pendant la nuit de dimanche.

Le 23 Mars, Hynek est sommé d'expliquer l'incident. A court d'arguments, il évoque le gaz des marais. L'explication ne tient pas debout et décrédibilise totalement Hynek et ceux qu'il représente. La presse en fait ses gorges chaudes.

Cette année-là Hynek se rachète une conscience en publiant son propre livre défendant la nécessité d'une étude scientifique indépendante du phénomène, et exprime une série de critiques sur la façon dont l'étude du phénomène ovnis a été gérée par l'USAF. Il contre ainsi Quintanilla, le nouveau chef du projet Blue Book, et déclare Des ovnis ont été vus par des scientifiques. Il exprime notamment ces positions le 17 Décembre dans un article du Saturday Evening Post intitulé Les soucoupes volantes existent-elles ?

Hynek reviendra plus tard sur Blue Book :

J'étais là au [Projet] Blue Book et je sais quel était leur travail. On leur disait de ne pas exciter le public, de ne pas faire de houle... A chaque fois qu'arrivait un cas qu'ils ne pouvaient pas expliquer — et il y en avait quelques uns — ils y faisaient particulièrement attention, et laissaient çà aller aux médias... Pour les cas très difficiles à expliquer, ils faisaient des pieds et des mains pour en laisser éloignés les médias. Ils avaient un travail à faire, que ce soit bien ou mal, empêcher le public de s'exciter.

Congrès (1968)

Le 29 juillet 1968 Hynek fait parmi d'autres une déclaration au symposium sur les ovnis organisé par le Congrès américain.

Retour au civil (1969)

 

Joseph Allen Hynek 

En 1969, Hynek, jusqu'alors conseiller scientifique au sein du projet Blue Book depuis de nombreuses années, est congédié. A partir du 1er Juillet, il ne travaille plus pour l'armée.

En 1972 Hynek publie [Hynek 1972], dans lequel il crée son fameux Système de Classification, qui décrit les différentes catégories d'observation d'ovnis en fonction de la visibilité ou de la proximité de l'objet (au lieu de la nature ou du comportement de l'objet comme pour les classifications de Vallée) : LN, DD, RV, RR1, RR3. Il existe également d'autres catégories officieuses de Rencontre Rapprochée (RR4 pour enlèvement du témoin ou autre contact direct, RR5 pour communication avec les occupants), non explicitement approuvées par Hynek.

CUFOS (1973)

Hynek fondateur du CUFOS

Hynek fondateur du CUFOS 

Convaincu du manque de franchise de l'USAF qui vient de quitter au sujet des ovnis et du besoin d'étudier sérieusement ce phénomène réel, il fonde en 1973 le CUFOS avec son "collège invisible", un groupe de scientifiques anonymes craignant de perdre leur crédibilité et donc leur financements s'il avaient la maladresse d'étudier ouvertement sur le phénomène.

En 1974, il demande à Jacques Vallée de travailler à ses côtés à l'occasion d'un contact avec Bob Emenegger et Alan Sandler. Il publie Nouveau rapport sur les ovnis. En février 1975, il publie Le mystère ovni dans le Bulletin du Maintien de l'Ordre du FBI [Obtenu par le CUFON via FOIA en août 1999], puis le 4 octobre une interview dans Nature.

Au delà de L'HET

L'Hypothèse Extra-Terrestre n'explique pas tout. C'est la conclusion à laquelle est arrivé Hynek, et qu'il conservera. Le 4 octobre, il déclare : Ils y a trop de chose contre. Il semble ridicule qu'une intelligence quelconque vienne de distances si grandes pour faire des choses rapportées aussi stupides que d'arrêter des voitures et faire peur aux gens. Et il y a bien, bien trop de signalements [Nature Vol. 251, p. 369]. Et le 8 novembre : De nombreux signalements d'ovnis semblent plus relever de récits de "poltergeists" (cas où des objets volent à travers la pièce et d'étranges sons sont entendus) et autres types de manifestations "psychiques" que de véritables éléments solides et matériel en tôles et boulons. C'est l'une des raisons pour lesquelles je ne peux accepter l'explication évidente des ovnis comme étant des visiteurs venus de l'espace [interview par Allen Spraggett, The Unexplained Column, 8 novembre 1975].

Il devient une sorte de porte-parole des ufologues, notamment en collaborant avec Spielberg pour Rencontres du 3ème Type. Il est conseiller technique pour le film, et vante en cette occasion à Spielberg les qualités de Jacques Vallée, qui servira de modèle pour le personnage joué par François Truffaut. Spielberg rendra hommage à Hynek en le faisant apparaître un instant dans la séquence finale de son film.

La première fois que je fus impliqué dans ce domaine, j'étais particulièrement sceptique à propos des gens qui disaient avoir vu des ovnis à diverses occasions et complètement incrédule quant à ceux qui déclaraient avoir été à bord de l'un d'eux. Mais j'ai dû revoir mon jugement.

Je me souviens de l'époque de Galileo lorsque j'essayais d'amener les gens à regarder les tâches solaires. Ils se disaient que le Soleil était le symbole de Dieu; Dieu est parfait; donc le Soleil est parfait; donc les tâches ne peuvent exister: donc il n'y a pas à regarder [Newsweek, 21 Novembre 1977].

ONU

 

Vallée en 1978 avec son collaborateur et ami Joseph Allen Hynek [Science Interdite, O. P. Editions, 1997]

Hynek etVallée en 1978[Science Interdite, O. P. Editions, 1997]

Le 27 novembre 1978, il plaide à l'ONU pour une prise en charge sérieuse du problème des ovnis.

En 1979, il publie Aux limites de la réalité, co-écrit avec Jacques Vallée.

En 1984 Hynek il déménage à Scottdale, et confie la direction du centre CUFOS de Chicago à Rodeghier.

En 1985, il s'intéresse au projet Hessdalen (Norvège) et part là-bas suivre les études de lui-même. Il rend des visites fréquentes à Willy Smith, avec qui il développe l'UniCat. Sa dernière visite à Smith a lieu du 20 au 31 août.

Atteint d'une tumeur maligne au cerveau, Hynek doit subir le 5 septembre une 1ère opération chirurgicale. Sa santé va décliner rapidement, et Hynek décède le Dimanche 27 avril 1986 au Memorial Hospital de Scottsdale (Arizona).

Auteur de

  • "Rapport spécial sur les conférences avec des astronomes sur les objets aériens non-identifiés à l'ATIC", Projet Stork, 6 Août 1952
  • "Unusual Aerial Phenomena", Journal of the Optical Society of America, Avril 1953
  • "UFO's merit scientific study", Science n ° 154, 21 Octobre 1966
  • "Are flying saucers real ?", magazine Post, 17 Décembre 1966
  • "How to photograph a UFO", Popular Photography, Mars 1968, pp. 69-110-112-114
  • "Déclaration du docteur J. Allen Hynek", Symposium sur les ovnis du Congrès US, 29 juillet 1968
  • "The Condon Report and UFOs", Bulletin of the Atomic Scientist, Avril 1969, pp. 39-42
  • "Twenty-one years of UFO reports", AAAS, 134ème Conférence, 27 décembre 1969
  • The UFO experience, Henry Regnery, Chicago, 1972, ISBN 0-345-27361-3 — Hynek y décrit sa classification, son audition devant le comité O'Brien, sa critique du Rapport Condon et du projet Blue Book, la justification que lui demande l'USAF de cette critique.
    • traduit Les Objets Volants Non-Identifiés : mythe ou réalité ? Robert Laffont, 1974 ISBN 2-7144-0206-2
  • The Hynek UFO report, New York, Barnes & Nobles, 1977 / New York, Dell Publishing Co., 1977
    • traduit Nouveau rapport sur les ovnis, Belfond 1979, ISBN 2-277-51384-9
  • Aux limites de la réalité, Belfond, 1979
  • "The UFO phenomenon: laugh, laugh, study, study", Technology Review, Vol. 83, n° 7, Juillet 1981, pp. 50-58
  • Night siege, The Hudson Valley UFO sightings avec Bob Pratt et Philip J. Imbrogno, Ballantine Books, 1987
  • The spectrum of UFO Research, CUFOS, Chicago 1988

Références :

 rr0.org

  

 

Déclaration du docteur J. Allen Hynek

 

  1. Biographie
  2. Début de la déclaration orale
  3. Article lu into the Record
  4. Suite de la déclaration orale
  5. Lettrre lue into the Record
  6. Conclusion de la déclaration orale
  7. Questions des membres du Comité

(La biographie du Dr. Hynek suit :)

Dr. J. ALLEN HYNEK

Né à Chicago (Illinois) en 1910. B.S. Université de Chicago, 1931; Ph. D. (astrophysique) 1935.

Professeur d'astronomie, Président du Département et Directeur de l'Observatoire Dearborn, Northwestern University, 1960 à aujourd'hui.

Chief of the Section, Upper Atmosphere Studies and Satellite Tracking and Associate Director, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, 1956-60.

Professeur, Astronomie, 1950-56, Ohio State University.

Instructor, Physics and Astronomy, Ohio State University, 1935-41; Asst. Prof. 1941-45; Associate Professor 1946-50.

Asst. Yerkes Observatory, University of Chicago, 1934.

Astronomer, Perkins Observatory, Ohio State, 1935-56.

Assistant Dean of the Graduate School 1950-53.

Supervisor of Technical Reports, Applied Physical Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, 1942-46.

Visiting Lecturer, Harvard University, 1956-60.

Civilian with U.S. Navy 1944.

Sociétés Scientifiques : American Association for the Advancement of Science; Astronomy Society (secretary).

Specialty: Astrophysics.

Centres d'intérêt : Spectroscopy stellaire; Etoiles de type F ; scintillation stellaire.

 


STATEMENT OF DR. J. ALLEN HYNEK, HEAD, DEPARTMENT OF ASTRONOMY, NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY, EVANSTON, ILL.


Dr. Hynek. Merci.

Mon nom est J. Allen Hynek. Je suis professeur d'astronomie à la Northwestern University, Evanston (Illinois), où je sert en tant que président du département d'astronomie et directeur du Centre de Recherche Astronomique Lindheimer. J'ai également servi durant de nombreuses années, et sert toujours, en tant que conseiller scientifique pour l'U.S. Air Force sur les Objets Volants Non Identifiés, ou OVNIs. Aujourd'hui, cependant, je parle en tant que citoyen et scientifique privé et non pas en tant que représentant de l'Air Force.

Nous sommes ici aujourd'hui, [I gather], pour examiner si le phénomène ovni est digne d'une attention scientifique sérieuse. J'espère que mes commentaires pourront contribuer à votre compréhension du problème et aideront à mener à sa solution éventuelle.

Le problème ovni est avec nous depuis des années maintenant. Il serait difficile de trouver un autre sujet ayant reclamé autant d'attention dans la pression mondiale, dans la conversation des gens de tous bords, et ayant capturé l'imagination de tant de personnes, sur une si longue période de temps. Le terme OVNI, ou soucoupe volante, peut être trouvé dans les langues et les dictionnaires de tous les peuples civilisés, and if one were to collect all the words that have been printed in newspapers, magazines, and books in the past two decades, it would be a staggering assemblage. La bibliographie sur le sujet récemment compilée à la Bibliothèque du Congrès is a most impressive document, and illustrates that the UFO became a problem for the librarian even before it did for the scientist.

Comme nous le savons tous, le monde scientifique est un monde de calculs exacts, de données quantitatives, d'expériences contrôlées en laboratoire, et de lois et principles en apparence bien compris. Le phénomène ovni ne semble pas s'accomoder de ce monde ; il semble flaunt itself before our present-day science.

Le sujet des ovnis a engendré une réaction émotionnelle excessive in certain quarters and has far more often called forth heated controversy rather than calm consideration. Most scientists have preferred to remain aloof from the fray entirely, thereby running the risk of "being down on what they were not up on," as the old adage goes.

It is unlikely that I would have become involved in the study of the UFO phenomenon had I not been officially asked to do so. I probably would have -- and in fact did for a time -- regarded the whole subject as rank nonsense, the product of silly seasons, and a peculiarly American craze that would run its course as all popular crazes do.

I was asked by the Air Force 20 years ago to assist them, as an astronomer, in weeding out those reports arising from misidentification of planets, stars, meteors, and other celestial objects and events. In the course of doing my "homework" I found that some 30 percent of the then current cases very probably had astronomical causes, but my curiosity was aroused by some of the patently nonastronomical reports.

These were ostensibly being explained by the consultant psychologist, but I frequently had the same feeling about the explanations offered for some of these cases that I have had when I have seen a magician saw a woman in half. How he did it was beyond my own field of competence, but I did not question his competence. Yes, I was quite sure that he did not actually saw the woman in half!

My curiosity thus once aroused led me to look into reports other than those of a purely astronomical nature, and in the course of years I have continued to do so. I have pondered over the continuing flow of strange reports from this and a great many other countries, for it is a gross mistake to think that the United States has any exclusive claim to the UFO phenomenon.

Those reports which interested me the most -- and still do -- were those which, apparently written in all seriousness by articulate individuals, nonetheless seemed so preposterous as to invite derisive dismissal by any scientist casually introduced to the subject. Such baffling reports, however, represent a relatively small subset of reports. I did not -- and still do not -- concern myself with reports which arise from obvious misidentifications by witnesses who are not aware of the many things in the sky today which have a simple, natural explanation. These have little scientific value, except perhaps to a sociologist or an ophthalmologist; it matters not whether 100 or 100,000 people fail to identify an artificial satellite or a high-altitude balloon.

The UFO reports which in my opinion have potential scientific value are those -- and this may serve us as a working definition of UFO's -- are those reports of aerial phenomena which continue to defy explanation in conventional scientific terms. Many scientists, not familiar with the really challenging UFO data, will not accept the necessity for a high order of scientific inquiry and effort to establish the validity of the data -- and therefore such detailed, conscientious, and systematic inquiry has yet to be undertaken.

We cannot expect the world of science to take seriously the fare offered at airport newsstands and paperback shelves.

I have been asked by some why, as consultant to the Air Force for so many years, I did not alert the scientific world to the possible seriousness of the UFO problem years ago. The answer is simple; a scientist must try to be sure of his facts. He must not cry "wolf" unless he is reasonably sure there is a wolf.

I was painfully aware, and still am, of the amorphous nature of the UFO data, of the anecdotal nature of UFO reports, of the lack of followup and serious inquiry into reports (which would have required a large scientific staff and adequate funding), of the lack of hardware, of the lack of unimpeachable photographic evidence, and of the almost total lack of quantitative data -- of all those things which are part and parcel of the working environment of the scientist.

I was aware that in order to interest scientists, hard-core data were needed, and, while the store of unquestionably puzzling reports from competent witnesses continued to grow the wherewithal to obtain such hard-core data which would, once and for all, clinch the matter, was not forthcoming. Thus my scientific reticence was based on a carefully weighed decision.

In attempting analysis of the UFO problem today, I pay particular attention to reports containing large amounts of information which are made by several witnesses, if possible, who as far as I can ascertain, have unimpeachable reputations and are competent. For example, I might cite a detailed report I received from the associate director of one of the Nation's most important scientific laboratories, and his family.

Reports such as these are obviously in a different category from reports which, say, identify Venus as a hovering spaceship, and thus add to the frustrating confusion.

On the other hand, when one or more obviously reliable persons reports -- as has happened many times -- that a brightly illuminated object hovered a few hundred feet above their automobile, and that during the incident their car motor stopped, the headlights dimmed or went out, and the radio stopped playing, only to have these functions return to normal after the disappearance of the UFO, it is clearly another matter.

By what right can we summarily ignore their testimony and imply that they are deluded or just plain liars? Would we so treat these same people if they were testifying in court, under oath, on more mundane matters?

Or, if it is reported, as it has been in many instances over the world by reputable and competent persons, that while they were sitting quietly at home they heard the barnyard animals behaving in a greatly disturbed and atypical manner and when, upon investigating, found not only the animals in a state of panic but reported a noiseless -- or sometimes humming -- brightly illuminated object hovering nearby, beaming a bright red light down onto the surroundings, then clearly we should pay attention. Something very important may be going on.

Now, when in any recognized field of science an outstanding event takes place, or a new phenomenon is discovered, an account of it is quickly presented at a scientific meeting or is published in a respected appropriate journal. But this is certainly not the case with unusual UFO reports made by competent witnesses.

There appears to be a scientific taboo on even the passive tabulation of UFO reports. Clearly no serious work can be undertaken until such taboos are removed. There should be a respectable mechanism for the publication, for instance, of a paper on reported occurrences of electromagnetic phenomena in UFO encounters.

It would be foolhardy to attempt to present such a paper on UFO's to the American Physical Society or to the American Astronomical Society. The paper would be laughed down, if all that could be presented as scientific data were the anecdotal, incomplete, and nonquantitative reports available. Consequently reports of unexplainable UFO cases are' likely to be found, if at all, in pulp magazines and paperbacks, of which the sole purpose of many seems to be, apart from making a fast buck for the authors, to titillate the fancy of the credulous.

Indeed, in such newsstand publications three or four UFO reports are frequently sensationalized on one page with gross disregard for accuracy and documentation; the result is that a scientist if he reads them at all is very likely to suffer mental nausea and to relegate the whole subject to the trash heap.

This is the first problem a scientist encounters when he takes a look at the UFO phenomenon. His publicly available source material is almost certain to consist of sensational, undocumented accounts of what may have been an actual event. Such accounts are much akin, perhaps, to the account we might expect from an aborigine encountering a helicopter for the first time, or seeing a total eclipse of the sun. There is nowhere a serious scientist can turn for what he would consider meaningful, hard-core data as hard core and quantitative as the phenomenon itself permits at present.

Here we come to the crux of the problem of the scientist and the UFO. The ultimate problem is, of course, what are UFO's; but the immediate and crucial problem is, How do we get data for proper scientific study? The problem has been made immensely more difficult by the supposition held by most scientists, on the basis of the poor data available to them, that there couldn't possibly be anything substantial to UFO reports in the first place, and hence that there is no point to wasting time or money investigating.

This strange, but under the circumstances understandable attitude, would be akin to saying, for instance, let us not build observatories and telescopes for the study of the stars because it is obvious that those twinkling points of light up there are just illusions in the upper atmosphere and do not represent physical things.

Fortunately, centuries ago there were a few curious men who did not easily accept the notion that stars were illusory lights on a crystalline celestial sphere and judged that the study of the stars might be worthwhile though, to many, a seemingly impractical and nonsensical venture. The pursuit of that seemingly impractical and possibly unrewarding study of astronomy and related sciences, however, has given us the highly technological world we live in and the high standard of living we enjoy -- a standard which would have been totally impossible in a peasant society whose eyes were never turned toward the skies.

Can we afford not to look toward the UFO skies; can we afford to overlook a potential breakthrough of great significance? And even apart from that, the public is growing impatient. The public does not want another 20 years of UFO confusion. They want to know whether there really is something to this whole UFO business and I can tell you definitely that they are not satisfied with the answers they have been getting. The public in general maybe unsophisticated in scientific matters, but they have an uncanny way of distinguishing between an honest scientific approach and the method of ridicule and persiflage.

As scientists, we may honestly wish to see whether there is any scientific paydirt in this international UFO phenomenon. But to discover this paydirt we must devote serious study to UFO's. To make serious study possible, however, requires recruiting competent scientists, engineers, and technical people, as well as psychologists and sociologists.

This in turn requires not only funds but a receptive scientific climate. Many scientists have expressed to me privately their interest in the problem and their desire to actively pursue UFO research as soon as the scientific stigma is removed. But as long as the unverified presumption is strongly entrenched that every UFO has a simple, rational everyday explanation, the required climate for a proper and definitive study will never develop.

I recall an encounter I had sometime ago with the then chief scientist at the Pentagon. He asked me just how much longer we were "going to look at this stuff." I reminded him that we hadn't really looked at it yet that is, in the sense, say, that the FBI looks at a kidnapping, a bank robbery, or a narcotics ring.

Up to this point I have not discussed another major impediment to the acceptance of the UFO phenomenon as legitimate material for scientific study. I refer to the adoption of the UFO phenomenon by certain segments of the public for their own peculiar uses. From the very start there have been psychically unbalanced individuals and pseudoreligious cultist groups -- and they persist in force today -- who found in the UFO picture an opportunity to further their own fanciful cosmic and religious beliefs and who find solace and hope in the pious belief that UFO's carry kindly space brothers whose sole aim is a mission of salvation.

Such people "couldn't care less" about documentation, scientific study, and careful critical consideration. The conventions and meetings these people hold, and the literature they purvey, can only be the subject of derisive laughter and, I must stress, it is a most serious mistake for anyone to confuse this unfortunate aspect of the total UFO phenomenon with the articulate reports made by people who are unmistakably serious and make their reports out of a sense of civic duty and an abiding desire to know the cause of their experience.

It may not be amiss here to remark in passing that the "true believers" I have just referred to are rarely that ones who make UFO reports. Their beliefs do not need factual support. The reporters of the truly baffling UFO's, on the other hand, are most frequently disinterested or even skeptical people who are taken by surprise by an experience they cannot understand.

Hopefully the time is not far off when the UFO phenomenon can have an adequate and definitive hearing, and when a scholarly paper on the nature of UFO reports can be presented before scientific bodies without prejudice. Despite the scientific attitude to this subject in the past, I nevertheless decided to present a short paper on UFO's to a scientific body in 1952, following a scientific hunch that in the UFO phenomenon we were dealing with a subject of great possible importance.

In my paper (JOSA 43, pp. 311-314, 1963), which I should like to have read into the record, I made reference to the many cases in 1952 and earlier which were nonastronomical in nature and did not seem to have a logical, ready explanation.

(The document referred to is as follows:)

[Du Journal of the Optical Society of America, Avril 1953]

Les phénomènes aériens inhabituels

J. A. HYNEK, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio

(Reçue le 22 Décembre 1952)

Over a period of years, diverse aerial sightings of an unusual character have been reported. On the assumption that the majority of these reports, often made in concert, come from reputable persons, and in the absence of any universal hypotheses for the phenomena which stimulated these reports, it becomes a matter of scientific obligation and responsibility to examine the reported phenomena seriously, despite their seemingly fanciful character. Accordingly, several hundred serious reports of "unidentified aerial objects" have been studied in detail in an attempt to get a pattern classification. It appears that those reported phenomena which do not admit of a ready and obvious explanation exhibit fairly well-defined patterns and that these are worthy of further study. One pattern in particular, that of a hovering nocturnal light, does not appear to be readily explainable on an astronomical basis or by mirages, balloons, or by conventional aircraft.

Perhaps the most bizarre phenomenon of our times is the continued popular interest in flying saucers. The term flying saucer, of course, dates back to the treatment by the press of the now famous triggering incident of June 24, 1947, another date which might well be said to live in infamy, when a lone pilot, Mr. Arnold, reported "nine peculiar-looking aircraft" without tails, which flew in a chain-like line and "swerved in and out of the high mountain peaks." The unfortunate newspaper term, flying saucer, as you well know, captured both the press and the public imagination. One can speculate as to the turn of events, and the amount of newsprint that might have been conserved, had Mr. Arnold decided to stay on the ground that day!

Nevertheless, in the past five years, flying saucer has become a standard term in our language, with about as broad a definition as it has been the lot of any term to carry. We can define a flying saucer as any aerial phenomenon or sighting that remains unexplained to the viewer at least long enough for him to write a report about it. Lest anyone misunderstand what shall be meant by "flying saucers" in this paper, this definition must be emphasized. Each flying saucer, so defined, has associated with it a probable lifetime. It wanders in the field of public inspection like an electron in a field of ions, until "captured" by an explanation which puts an end to its existence as a flying saucer.

Thus flying saucers spawned by the planet Venus have generally a short lifetime. In almost no time an astronomer comes along and makes a positive identification, and another flying saucer is shattered. We can expect a host of Venus-inspired flying saucers when this planet is low in the western sky after sunset. It reaches greatest eastern elongation this year on January 31, 1953, and on March 8 attains its greatest brilliance. We can confidently predict a swarm of flying saucers from Venus!

The lifetime of a balloon-sponsored flying saucer is often longer, but before long someone like Dr. Liddell comes along and shoots it down. And Dr. Menzel has as his flying saucer ammunition a large variety of optical effects, the lethalness of which requires separate field tests.

My concern is with flying saucers of long lifetime -- those which have not, as yet, been "captured" or demolished by an explanation. Let us further limit them to those that have been observed by two or more people, at least one of whom is practiced in the making of observations of some kind, that is, to pilots, control tower operators, weather observers, scientific workers, etc. Also, let us limit cases to sightings lasting a minute or more, again for obvious reasons.

The Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, where the responsibility for the Investigation of unidentified aerial objects has rested for the past several years, asked me in 1948 to help identify reports that had an astronomical basis. It was a relatively simple task to go through about 200 reports and pick out probable astronomical causes. Indeed, some of the most weird reports could be dismissed with clear conscience by the statement that no astronomical explanation is possible for this incident, thus leaving these unsolved cases to the psychologists.

I did wonder of course, as to how they were disposing of the nonastronomical cases. How did they explain the incident in which a pilot, co-pilot, and stewardess followed some rapidly moving dark objects which were silhouetted against the sunset sky and which disappeared presumably because of their superior speed? But my faith in the psychologists was unshaken and when the Air Forces announced that Project Grudge had been dissolved, I assumed that my colleagues had been successful and had even solved the case in which several observers watched an object, hollow in the middle, travel at a constant slow rate, taking 15 minutes to make the journey across the sky from north to south.

After the project dissolved, Wright Field continued to take care of the slow but steady flow of reports as a part of their regular intelligence function. This spring I became curious and requested permission, through official channels, to look through the crop of reports that had accumulated since my official connection with Project Grudge had terminated. As I looked through the welter of fanciful tales, inaccurate reporting, of misobservation of natural objects, I could not help, as an astronomer, recalling another wave of stories of stones that fell from heaven. Because of poor reporting and poor imagery, scientific progress in meteorites had been held back for a good century. What a difference in imagery there is between "a stone falling from the sky" and "the interception by the earth of a particle pursuing an orbit around the sun." The use of improper and inaccurate description of what actually happened kept meteorites in the category of old wives' tales and out of the niche that celestial mechanics had made ready for them a century before! In 1801, Thomas Jefferson said that he would sooner believe that two Yankee professors had lied than that stones had fallen from heaven. And the French Academy of Sciences branded stories of meteorite falls as fanciful and absurd and dismissed a bona fide meteorite whose fall had been sworn to -- as an ordinary stone that had been struck by lightning. Perhaps the moral of this is: Beware the ready explanation!

Now, it is clear that stories of real flying saucers, visitors from space, and strange aircraft violating the laws of physics are as reprehensible to the scientist of today as stones that fell from heaven were to the scientist of yesteryear. But, of course, stones did not fall from heaven that was poor reporting and a wrong slant on a perfectly natural phenomenon. And we don't have space ships that disregard physical laws. But, do we have a natural phenomenon?

The steady flow of reports, often made in concert by reliable observers, raises questions of scientific obligation and responsibility. Is there, when the welter of varied reports are shorn of, in the words of Pooh Bah, all "Corroborative detail to lend artistic verisimilitude to an otherwise bald and unconvincing narrative" -- any residue that is worthy of scientific attention?

Or, if there isn't, does not obligation still exist to say so to the public -- not in words of open ridicule, but seriously, to keep faith with the trust the public places in science and scientists?

The Air Forces are attempting to give all reports a fair hearing, in view of the above. They are having all reported data reduced to punch cards so that in a month or so it will be possible to compare quickly reports made by people facing west on clear Tuesday afternoons with those made on non-inversion Friday nights by pilots going south. In any event, if significant correlations between various sets of sightings exist, this method should bring them out.

In coming down to cases, to illustrate what constitutes at present the best evidence for unusual aerial phenomena, the examples submitted for examination are presented without an all-embracing explanation for them. These are presented in conformance with the school that believes that good observations and discussion of observations come before theory. It is hoped, however, that out of this discussion there may come a positive approach and, if these sightings do represent heretofore inadequately studied natural phenomena, that these examples will stimulate their serious study; if, on the other hand, no natural phenomena are involved, then an obligation exists to demonstrate explicitly how the following specific reports can be explained in terms of balloons, mirages, or conventional aircraft.

The chosen recent examples represent a definite pattern, and for each of the following there are many other similar examples in the flies.

One of these patterns might be called "Nocturnal Meandering Lights." Reports falling into this category are characterized by the sighting of a bright star-like light, perhaps of -2 or -3 stellar magnitude which floats along without sound, frequently hovers, reverses its field without appearing to turn, and often abruptly speeds up. The light is most frequently described as a yellow amber or orange, changing to blue or red occasionally, and changing in brightness markedly. Sometimes the description states that the light went out as if someone had pushed a button; at other times the light is reported only as variable. A very characteristic statement by those making the reports is: "I have never seen anything like this in my whole life." The desire to identify these sightings as balloons is thwarted by the tactics observed.

As an example of a report of this kind, let us take one that came in from Florida this past July. On one night several airmen independently observed a light approach at a very slow speed, come to a halt nearly overhead, then reverse direction with no apparent turn. On two other nights, three other lights appeared in other sections of the sky, of similar appearance, but maneuvering more rapidly. They were observed for some 10 minutes by 9 airmen, including a control tower operator, an aircraft dispatcher, and two pilots from Wright Field.

In the words of one of the men, "For the next fifteen minutes we watched this light and speculated on what it might be. It was not a sharp light like a bare bulb but more like a light shining through frosted glass. No shape of any kind was discernible. It appeared to blink, but with no regularity whatever."

Also this past July at an air base in New Mexico, a similar sighting was made. Paraphrasing from sworn statements made by observers, "Our station was notified that an unconventional aircraft had been picked up with both electronic and visual contact. Our station made electronic contact with the object and two of our men and I had gone outside the building and saw it hovering under a cloud layer to the east of us. It appeared as a large light, at an uncertain distance, and was hovering at the time. A minute or so later, it moved rapidly toward the north for a short distance and stopped as suddenly as it had begun to move."

And from another statement, "Our scope operator at that time reported a strange target about thirty miles east of our station. Two of us went outside and sighted a very bright light traveling at what we estimated to be around 200 miles an hour. The light went out at least two times but did not stay out more than two or three minutes. The light seemed to have a floating effect and made no sound. At one time around seven or eight smaller lights could be seen. The object seemed to drop to about 10 or 12 thousand feet and then climbed to about 25,000 taking a northern course."

Radar observations as well as visual observations are involved in this problem. Early last month shortly before dawn colored lights were observed in the sky southeast of the radar station. At the same time and the same azimuth, unidentified targets appeared on the scope. Only a very slight temperature inversion was present, 1° at 25,000 feet. No more than two lights appeared at one time. They were observed to be moving in a rather erratic pattern and changing colors occasionally. The last thirty minutes of observation revealed the lights remaining yellow prior to that they were red, green, and blue. They moved in no apparent formation but mostly appeared in one area and disappeared in another, when either the light went out or the objects dived behind clouds. They were starlike objects and appeared to develop long, white vapor trails, when they dived. They were motionless at times and moved rapidly at other times. This corresponded to similar movements observed on the radar scope.

One white light went out as it changed direction and continued as a black silhouette against the dawn sky. Observation was for a period of about an hour and was made by two airmen and a radar operator -- all three observers were experienced aircraft control and warning operators. Objects were observed 20 to 40° above horizon. Radar gave distances of 50 to 80 miles. This implies a height of about 40 miles. There was no air traffic on radar within 100 miles.

Quoting from the observer's statement, "receiving a call concerning a strange light in the sky, I went out and scanned the sky in several directions before I saw a light. My first glimpse was a very bright blue light, but it lasted only about a minute, then it faded into a light green. It moved in a slow orbit.

I was startled at first so I closed my eyes and opened them again. The light was still there. I stared at it a few minutes and now the light seemed more yellow than before.

I did not think anyone would believe me, so I went inside the building and relieved the radar scope operator. I found a target at 123°, 53 miles. After that it appeared as a permanent echo. In about two minutes, it disappeared and almost immediately another pip appeared, at 134°, 73 miles. It also seemed like a permanent echo. It stayed on the scope for 1½ minutes. These pips were at no time caused by malfunction of the radar set.

It was daylight when it (the object) seemed to fade both visually outdoors and electronically indoors."

And another sighting -- in Northern Michigan -- on July 29 of last year, a pilot chased a brilliant multicolored object close to the horizon, and due north. He flew at 21,000 feet, followed the object for over a half-hour but could not gain on it. Radar operator reported contact with the object for about thirty seconds. And ground control interceptor station reported blips too. In this case, it seems certain that our harried pilot was pursuing Capella! Reference to a star map will show that at his latitude, at the time of his sighting, Capella was at lower culmination, that is, at the lowest point of its swing around the pole just skirting the horizon. I have seen it at that position myself in Canada, and, can vouch for the fact that its blue, yellow, and red twinkling can be spectacular.

Unfortunately, neither Capella nor any other star can explain many other nocturnal meandering lights. But there is no question in my mind, just to make this point exceedingly clear, that there exists a relatively simple, natural explanation for them, perhaps even ordinary aircraft under special test conditions. The chief point here, is to suggest that nothing constructive is accomplished for the public at large -- and therefore for science in the long run by mere ridicule and the implication that sightings are the products of "bird-brains" and "intellectual flyweights." In short, it would appear that the flying saucer situation has always been a problem in science-public-relations, and that fine chance has consistently been missed to demonstrate on a national scale how scientists can go about analyzing a problem. A lot is said about the proper interpretation of science to the public, but the only answer they receive to a question about which they are more widely concerned than perhaps any other in this century, is ridicule. Ridicule is not a part of the scientific method and the public should not be taught that it is.

Let me quote an additional report, to show that the original flying disks, as distinct from wandering lights, are still with us.

On the day that our pilot chased Capella, a radio from Seattle announced that flying saucers were seen heading toward Montana. At an airport in Montana several pilots gathered outside the hangars to wait and watch. A perfect set-up for suggestibility and yet, quoting from one of the many signed statements, "Objects were seen that resembled flat disks reflecting sun's rays. One of the objects hovered from three to four minutes, while the other three circled around it like satellites. Then the stationary object moved southeast to disappear, while the three satellites moved due west and disappeared at very high speeds!"

And from another observer: "After watching for approximately five minutes I was able to see what appeared to be a disk, white or metal in color approaching from the west. As it moved directly overhead it turned generally north at a 90° turn, then slowing down and then making several more 90° turns and proceeding east. After seeing this I knew what I was looking for and was able to pick up at least five more of these objects. Being skeptical, I did my best to see them as either dandelion seeds or other small particles close to the surface of the earth rather than large objects at extreme distance. However, after keeping them in sight long enough to study their appearance they definitely seemed to be very high. I won't make an estimate of the height since I did not know their size. All of these appeared in the west and proceeded east at what appeared to be an extremely high rate of speed."

I submit that this Air Force lieutenant was not incompetent, but rather that his manner of reporting -- as far as it went -- was commendable and that his report, made in good faith, is therefore entitled to a hearing without prejudice or ridicule, but also, without fanfare, hysteria, and fantastic newspaper publicity.

 

I cautioned against the then prevalent attitude of ridicule, pointing out that the UFO phenomenon, which had generated vast public interest, represented an unparalleled opportunity to demonstrate to the public the operation of the scientific method in attacking a problem, and that "ridicule is not a part of the scientific method and the public should not be taught that it is."

In those years and the following ones I repeatedly asked for the upgrading of the method of reporting UFO's to the Air Force. In 1960, in a hearing before Congressman Smart and his committee I urged "immediate reaction capabilities" in the investigation of UFO reports. The recommendation was applauded but not funded.

As the scientific climate grew more receptive in giving the UFO phenomenon a scientific hearing, I published a letter in "Science" (Oct. 21, 1966), not without difficulty, in which I pointed out the following general misconceptions regarding UFOs. I should like to have that letter made a part of the record.

 

 

(The letter referred to is as follows:)

Les OVNIs méritent une étude scientifique

Twenty years after the first public furor over UFO's (called "flying saucers" then) reports of UFO's continue to accumulate. The Air Force has now decided to give increased scientific attention to the UFO phenomenon. Thus I feel under some obligation to report to my scientific colleagues, who could not be expected to keep up with so seemingly bizarre a field, the gist of my experience in "monitoring the noise level" over the years in my capacity as scientific consultant to the Air Force. In doing so, I feel somewhat like a traveler to exotic lands and far. away places, who discharges his obligation to those who stayed at home by telling them of the strange ways of the natives.

During my long period of association with the reports of strange things in the sky, I expected that each lull in the receipt of reports signaled the end of the episode, only to see the activity renew; in just the past two years It has risen to a new high. Despite the fact that the great majority of reports resulted from misidentifications of otherwise familiar things, my own concern and sense of personal responsibility have increased and caused me to urge the initiation of a meaningful scientific investigation of the residue of puzzling UFO cases by physical and social scientists. I have guardedly raised this suggestion in the literature [J. Opt. Soc. Amer. 43, 311 (1953)] and at various official hearings, but with little success. UFO was a term that called forth buffoonery and caustic banter; this was both a cause and an effect of the lack of scientific attention. I speak here only of the puzzling reports; there is little point to concern ourselves with reports that can be easily traced to balloons, satellites, and meteors. Neither is there any point to take account of vague oral or written reports which contain few information bits. We need only be concerned with "hard data," defined here as reports, made by several responsible witnesses, of sightings which lasted a reasonable length of time and which were reported in a coherent manner.

I have strongly urged the Air Force to ask physical and social scientists of stature to make a respectable, scholarly study of the UFO phenomenon. Now that the first firm steps have been taken toward such a study, I can set forth something of what I have learned, particularly as it relates to frequently made misstatements about UFO's. Some of these statements which lead to misconceptions are:

  1. Only UFO "buffs" report UFO's. The exact opposite is much nearer the truth. Only a negligible handful of reports submitted to the Air Force are from the "true believers," the same who attend UFO conventions and who are members of "gee-whiz" groups. It has been my experience that quite generally the truly puzzling reports come from people who have not given much or any thought to UFO's.
  2. UFO's are reported by unreliable, unstable, and uneducated people. This is, of course, true. But UFO's are reported in even greater numbers by reliable, stable, and educated people. The most articulate reports come from obviously intelligent observers; dullards rarely overcome their inherent inertia toward making written reports.
  3. UFO's are never reported by scientifically trained people. This is unequivocally false. Some of the very best, most coherent reports have come from scientifically trained people. It is true that scientists are reluctant to make a public report. They also usually request anonymity which is always granted.
  4. UFO's are never seen at close range and are always reported vaguely. When we speak of the body of puzzling reports, we exclude all those which fit the above description. I have in my files several hundred reports which are fine brain teasers and could easily be made the subject of profitable discussion among physical and social scientists alike.
  5. The Air Force has no evidence that UFO's are extraterrestrial or represent advanced technology of any kind. This is a true statement but is widely interpreted to mean that there is evidence against the two hypotheses. As long as there are "unidentifieds," the question must obviously remain open. If we knew what they were, they would no longer be UFO's -- they would be IFO's. Identified Flying Objects! If you know the answer beforehand, it isn't research. No truly scientific investigation of the UFO phenomenon has ever been undertaken. Are we making the same mistake the French Academy Sciences made when they dismissed stories of "stones that fell from the sky"? Finally, however, meteorites were made respectable in the eyes of science.
  6. UFO reports are generated by publicity. One cannot deny that there is a positive feedback, a stimulated emission of reports, when sightings are widely publicized, but it is unwarranted to assert that this is the whole cause of high incidence of UFO reports.
  7. UFO's have never been sighted on radar or photographed by meteor or satellite tracking cameras. This statement is not equivalent to saying that radar, meteor cameras, and satellite tracking stations have not picked up "oddities" on their scopes or films that have remained unidentified. It has been lightly assumed that although unidentified, the oddities were not unidentifiable as conventional objects.

For these reasons I cannot dismiss the UFO phenomenon with a shrug. The "hard data" cases contain frequent allusions to recurrent kinematic, geometric, and luminescent characteristics. I have begun to feel that there is a tendency in 20th-century science to forget that there will be a 21st-century science, and indeed, a 30th-century science, from which vantage points our knowledge of the universe may appear quite different. We suffer perhaps, from temporal provincialism, a form of arrogance that has always irritated posterity.

J. ALLEN HYNEK,
Dearborn Observatory, Northwestern University, Evanston, Ill.

 

One great misconception is that only UFO buffs report UFO's; quite the opposite is the case, as is the misconception that the most baffling reports come from unreliable, unstable, and uneducated people. Most reports of this baffling sort which I at least receive in my mail, are remarkably articulate.

Other misconceptions are that UFO's are never reported by scientifically trained people, are never seen at close range, have never been detected on radars, and have never been recorded by scientific cameras.

It is well to remind ourselves at this point of the definition of an UFO: those aerial phenomena reports which continue to defy explanation in conventional scientific terms, even after appropriate study. There is no point to be interested in anything else; lights at night which might be aircraft, balloons, meteors, or satellite re-entries all these fit more readily into the category of IFO's or identified flying objects.

In other words, only truly unidentified cases should be of interest. The Air Force has its own definition of an unidentified case, and it has many hundreds in its files. The Air Force calls a sighting unidentified when a report apparently contains all pertinent data necessary to suggest a valid hypothesis concerning the cause or explanation of the report but the description of the object or its motion cannot be correlated with any known object or phenomena. .

It is most logical to ask why do not the unidentified in the Air Force files call forth investigative efforts in depth and of wide scope. The answer is compound: the Air Force position is that there is no evidence that UFO's represent a threat to the national security: consequently it follows that it is not their mission to be scientifically curious about the hundreds of unidentified cases in their own files. It may be that, properly investigated, many of the Air Force unidentifieds would turn out to be IFO's after all, but it is illogical to conclude that this would be true of all unidentified reports. As long as unidentified cases exist, thus bona fide UFO's according to definition, we don't know what they are, and these should represent a remarkable challenge to science and an open invitation to inquiry.

But so powerful and all-encompassing have the misconceptions among scientists been about the nature of UFO information that an amazing lethargy and apathy to investigation has prevailed. This apathy is unbecoming to the ideals of science and undermines public confidence.

Now it is of interest to report that in just the past few years, probably because of the persistent flow of UFO reports from this and many other countries (one could base his whole plea for a major investigative effort solely on the reports of the years 1966 and 1967) there has been a growing but unheralded interest on the part of more and more scientists, engineers, and technicians in doing something positive about the UFO problem. To this growing body of qualified people it seems increasingly preposterous to allow another two decades of confusion to exist.

The feeling is definitely on the increase that we should either fish or cut bait, that we should mobilize in earnest adequate groups of scientists and investigators, properly funded, adopt a "we mean business" attitude, or drop the whole thing. My recommendation is to fish.

As a scientist I can form conclusions from and act upon only reliable scientific data. Such data are extremely scarce in the UFO field for reasons already pointed out: it has never been considered worthwhile to improve the data-gathering process because the whole subject has been prejudged. Even as a scientist, however, I am permitted a scientific hunch, and that hunch has told me for some time, despite the tremendous muddiness of the scientific waters in this area, the continued reporting from various parts of the world of unidentified flying objects, reports frequently made by people of high repute who would stand nothing whatever to gain from making such reports, that there is scientific paydirt in the UFO phenomenon -- possibly extremely valuable paydirt -- and that therefore a scientific effort on a much larger scale than any heretofore should be mounted for a frontal attack on this problem.

In saying this I do not feel that I can be labeled a flying saucer "believer" -- my swamp gas record in the Michigan UFO melee should suffice to quash any such ideas -- but I do feel that even though this may be an area of scientific quicksand, signals continue to point to a mystery that needs to be solved. Can we afford to overlook something that might be of great potential value to the Nation?

I am reminded of the old story of the member of Parliament who visited Faraday's laboratory where he was at work on early experiments on electrical induction. When asked of what possible value all this might have, Faraday replied, "Sir, someday you may be able to tax it." ,

Apart from such inducements, I have the following recommendations to make: first, that a mechanism be set up whereby the problem posed by the reports from all over the world, but especially by those in the United States, from people of high credibility, can be adequately studied, using all methods available to modern science, and that the investigation be accorded a proper degree of scientific respectability and an absence of ridicule so that proper investigations can be carried out unhampered by matters not worthy of the ideals of scientific endeavor. I might suggest that this could be accomplished by the establishment, by the Congress, of a UFO Scientific Board of Inquiry, properly funded, for the specific purpose of an investigation in depth of the UFO phenomenon.

Secondly, I recommend that the United States seek the cooperation of the United Nations in establishing a means for the impartial and free interchange among nations of information about, and reports of, unidentified flying objects -- a sort of international clearinghouse for the exchange of information on this subject. For, since the UFO phenomenon is global, it would be as inefficient to study it without enlisting the aid of other nations as it would be to study world meteorology by using weather reports from one country alone.

Now, it may be well to remind ourselves at this point, that the UFO problem may not lend itself to an immediate solution in our time. The problem may be far more complex than we imagine. Attempts to solve it may be no more productive than attempts to solve the problem of the Aurora Borealis would have been 100 years ago.

The cause of northern lights could not have been determined in the framework of the science of 1868. Scientific knowledge in those days was not sufficient to encompass the phenomenon.

Similarly, our scientific knowledge today may be grossly insufficient to encompass the problem posed by UFO's. A profound scientific obligation exists, nonetheless, to gather the best data possible for scientific posterity.

To summarize: in the course of 20 years of study of UFO reports and of the interviewing of witnesses, I have been led to a conclusion quite different from the one I reached in the very first years of my work. At first I was negatively impressed with the low scientific content of UFO reports, with the lack of quantitative data, with the anecdotal nature of the reports, and especially with the lack of hardware, of unimpeachable photographs, and with the lack of instru- mental recordings.

I am still aware of the paucity of truly hard-core data -- but then, no effort has really been made to gather it. Nonetheless, the cumulative weight of continued reports from groups of people around the world whose competence and sanity I have no reason to doubt, reports involving close encounters with unexplainable craft, with physical effects on animals, motor vehicles, growing plants, and on the ground, has led me reluctantly to the conclusion that either there is a scientifically valuable subset of reports in the UFO phenomenon or .that we have a world society containing people who are articulate, sane, and reputable in all matters save UFO reports.

Either way, I feel that there exists a phenomenon eminently worthy of study. If one asks, for what purpose, I can only answer -- how does one ever know where scientific inquiry will lead. If the sole purpose of such a study is to satisfy human curiosity, to probe the unknown, and to provide intellectual adventure, then it is in line with what science has always stood for.

Scientific inquiry has paid off, even though pioneers like Faraday, Curie, Hahn, Pasteur, Goddard, and many others little realized where the paths they blazed would lead. As far as UFO's are concerned, I believe we should investigate them for the simple reason that we want to know what lies behind this utterly baffling phenomenon even more simply, we want to find out what it's all about.

Merci.

 

 

M. Roush. Merci, Dr. Hynek.

Although we have reserved the latter part of the afternoon for our roundtable discussion, the Chair is well aware the Members of Congress, because of other duties, may not find it possible to be here during that time.

If any of my colleagues do have questions and can keep them brief, which I realize is impossible, I will entertain those questions at this time. But keep in mind that we have two more papers this morning, and three this afternoon.

M. Hechler. M. le Présiednt.

M. Roush. Mr. Hechler.

M. Hechler. First I would like to commend you, Mr. Roush, for your initiative in setting up this symposium.

I would like to ask you, Dr. Hynek, whether you consider this scientific board of inquiry which you outlined as a sort of a one-shot thing which would make its report, or do you consider this to be a continuing body that could examine, as the Air Force has, reports and analyze them? And with this question, I would like to ask if your assumption is that the Air Force, because of its emphasis on national security, has really not measured up to a thorough scientific analysis of UFO's?

Dr. Hynek. Well, in answer to the first part of that question, sir, I would say I don't believe in a problem as complex as this the one-shot approach would be sufficient. I think there should be this board of inquiry which should be a continuing board in the same sense that we have, I presume, boards of study for world population problems, of pollution problems, of world health, and so forth.

The letter that came with the invitation to speak here, strongly stated that we would not discuss the Air Force participation in these matters, and I would like to therefore not speak to that point.

Mr. Roush. Mr. Rumsfeld.

Mr. Rumsfeld. Because of the fact it does look as though we will have a busy afternoon on the floor, I very likely will not be present for the remainder of the discussion. I would like to express the hope the other members of the panel might at some point comment on the two recommendations that Dr. Hynek has set forth in his paper. Further, I would hope that each member of the panel, during the afternoon session, might address himself to the questions of priorities.

Assuming that there is some agreement with Dr. Hynek's conclusion that this is an area worthy of additional study, then the question for Congress, of course, becomes what is the priority? This is a rather unique situation in that it is a scientific question that has reached the public prior to the time that anything beneficial can even be imagined. In many instances a scientific effort is not widely known to the public until it is successful.

Each of you are experts in one or more disciplines. I am sure there are a number of things on your shopping lists for additional funding. I would be interested to know how this effort that is proposed here might fit into your lists of priorities.

Merci, M. le Président.

Mr. Roush. Merci, Mr. Rumsfeld.

Mr. Miller.

Chairman Miller. Docteur, vous avez mentionné un certain nombre de choses -- population studies at least. A great many of these are carried out not by Government directly, but in the National Science Foundation or through the National Academy of Sciences or scientific bodies themselves.

Do you think, I merely offer this as a suggestion, perhaps the scientific community try to encourage NSF or the scientific societies dealing in this field to take the initiative in doing this, rather than to wait for Government to take the initiative?

Dr. Hynek. I know, of course, most of the bodies you have mentioned are funded by the Government anyway. Most or a great part of our scientific research today has to be so funded. Private sources are certainly not sufficient. And, therefore, I think it is rather academic, really, to worry too much about who does it. It is more a question of who is going to pay for it.

We have a rather interesting situation here, as Congressman Rumsfeld has already pointed out. This is one of those strange situations in which the cart is sort of before the horse. Generally this results in the scientific laboratories and the results of the studies of scientists finally come to the public attention, but here we have the other situation. it is the public pressure, the public wants to know actually, more than the scientists, at the moment. So you are facing public pressures, even, definitely more than scientific pressures at the moment.

Chairman Miller. Unfortunately in some of our problems, for example the NASA problems, where the public is indifferent, the matter of waste disposal, pollution, health, and these things. They are quite indifferent to them, and it takes a lot of effort to get them interested in them sometimes.

The committee has studied this on several occasions, but we have generally had a group of the scientific community behind us to give pressure, to bring pressure, to get some of these things done.

Dr. Hynek. I think we will see, sir, in this testimony today that you will find a corps of scientists stand ready to do this. In fact, as I mentioned in my testimony, I have private information from a very large number of scientists who are interested.

Chairman Miller. I think this one of the values of the symposium.

M. Roush. Y-a-t-il d'autres questions ou d'autres remarques ?

(Pas de réponse.)

Notre prochain participant est le Dr. James E. McDonald. Dr. McDonald est actuellement avec l'Université d'Arizona. He is a senior physicist, Institute of Atmospheric Physics, the University of Arizona, and has had a long and distinguished career as a scientist.

Dr. McDonald, nous sommes ravis de vous avoir comme un de nos participants. Vous pouvez poursuivre.

 rr0.org

  

 

  Sur l'affiche du fond :

They Came (?) in space ships

Garvin Gibbons

 

Garvin Gibbons

Une biographie en anglais ici

  Garvin Gibbons (1922-1978) était un écrivain anglais de science fiction et un linguiste.

  Il est connu pour ses livres "The coming of the space ships" (1956), "By space ship to the moon" (1958) et On board the flying saucers (1967)

 

    Roswell  Crash
 Croyez-Y

 

  Un hommage à X-Files ?

 

  V.O. : "Two-bit punk."
Littéralement, enfoiré à 2 balle
s

  V.F. :" Qu'est-ce que tu fais là espèce de petit salaud."

  Sous-titre : "Qu'est-ce que tu veux, espèce de voyou."

 

  Il se peut qu'il y ait un jeu de mot entre  les expressions "two bits" et "two-bit". "two bits" est un idiome qui veut dire 25 cents (twenty five cents, a quater) qui représente environ 20 centimes d'euro et qui est le prix d'une conversation avec un téléphone publique. On peut le traduire par "100 balles" ou "2 balles". ("T'as pas 100 balles ?").

  Mais, Milton doit aussi faire référence à la technologie des microprocesseurs. Les puces codent les données en "bits" qui est la contraction de "binary digits". Difficile à traduire, peut-être en "chiffres binaires". Avec 1 bit on peut coder électriquement le 0 et le 1. Avec 2 bits, on peut coder toujours electriquement le 0, 1, 2 et le 3, etc... Aujourd'hui nos ordinateurs utilisent le 32 bits et à partir de la mi-2005, ils utiliseront le 64 bits. Autrement dit, une donnée est représentée par 64 "fils électriques" qui fonctionnent simultanément, ce qui augmente la vitesse de traitement pour les gros volumes de données.

  Sachant que la toute première puce Intel fabriquée par l'homme (utilisée dans les missions lunaires, Apollo) était une puce 4-bits, alors un "voyou à 2-bits" n'est vraiment pas malin !  :)

  

 

  Juste après que Milton l'ait traité de punk, Mickael dit que c'est une erreur...
L'adjoint dit:

  V.O. : T'as bien raison.
  V.F. ; Police, les mains en l'air.
  Sous-titre : Tu as bien raison.

 

   Daskal, Hausman, Kalinowski et Unell.

 

Daskal Tom, acteur a joué dans 1 film Old Man Dogs (1997)

Hausman

  1. Michael Hausman (Producer, Amadeus (1984))
  2. Matthew Hausman (Visual Effects, What Lies Beneath (2000))
  3. Arthur Housman (Actor, Sunrise: A Song of Two Humans (1927)) aka "Arthur Hausman"
  4. Pam Hausman (Miscellaneous Crew, Amadeus (1984))
  5. Cathy Hausman (Miscellaneous Crew, Amadeus (1984))
  6. Paul Hausman (Art Department, The Myth of Fingerprints (1997))
  7. Jack Hausman (Actor, The Heartbreak Kid (1972))
  8. Ernest Hausman (Actor, Ich liebe dieses Land (2002) (TV))
  9. Jay Hausman (Actor, Emmanuelle's Love (1993))
  10. Catherine Hausman (Actress, Born Yesterday (1993))
  11. Brigham Hausman (Actress, Soldiers at War (1998) (VG))
  12. Professor Michael Hausman (Miscellaneous Crew, Laurel Canyon (2002))
  13. Willo Hausman (Actress, House of Games (1987))
     aka "Willo Varsi Hausman"
  14. Hausman De Pass (Actor, Foes (1977))
  15. Cyrena Hausman (Casting Director, House of Games (1987))
  16. Matt Hausman (Set Decorator, Enfants terribles (2005))
  17. David Hausman (Actor, Osa (1985))
  18. Ron Hausman (Actor, Charly (2002))
  19. Hugues Hausman (Actor, Festin de la mante, Le (2003))
  20. Ernst Hausman (Actor, Secret Enemies (1942))
  21. Elaine Hausman (Actress, Joshua's Heart (1990) (TV))
  22. Richard Hausman (Actor, Capone's Lost Treasure (1994))
  23. Frédéric Hausman (Composer, The Twice a Month Gang (2002))
  24. Shawn Hausman (Art Director, The People vs. Larry Flynt (1996))
  25. Evelyn Hausman (Actress, Dreams That Money Can Buy (1947))
  26. Frank Hausman (Miscellaneous Crew, Centipede (1982) (VG))
  27. Vadim Hausman (Actor, All About BelAmi (2001) (V))

 Kalinowski
Kalinowsky (Special Effects, Philosophie dans le boudoir, La (1969))

  1. Dietmar Kalinowsky (Cinematographer, Das ist des Arbeitsmannes Los - Auf der Suche nach alten Liedern aus dem Ruhrgebiet (1979) (TV))
  2. Yvonne von Kalinowsky (Cinematographer, Gernsehabend: Der Staatsanwalt hat das Wort (2003) (TV))
  3. J.J. Kalinowsky (Actor, Dogtown (1997))
  1. Susan V. Kalinowski (Make-Up Department, The Thin Red Line (1998))
     aka "Sue Kalinowski"
     aka "Susan Kalinowski"
  2. Waldemar Kalinowski (Production Designer, Leaving Las Vegas (1995))
  3. Daniel Kalinowski (Actor, Black Swan (2003))
  4. Tadeusz Kalinowski (Actor, Popiól i diament (1958))
     aka "T. Kalinowski"
  5. Aleksander Kalinowski (Actor, Trzy kolory: Bialy (1994))
     aka "A. Kalinowski"
  6. Igor B. Kalinovski (Sound Department, Boudu sauvé des eaux (1932))
     aka "Igo Kalinowski"
     aka "Kalinowski"
     aka "Igor B. Kalinowski"
  7. Elzbieta Kalinowska (Actress, Zagubione uczucia (1957))
  8. Timur Kalinovsky (Actor, Bitva pyati voynst (2000))
  9. Juliusz Kalinowski (Actor, Wojna swiatów - nastepne stulecie (1981))
     aka "Julian Kalinowski"
  10. Ed Kalinowski (Miscellaneous Crew, State of Grace (1990))
     aka "Edmund Kalinowski"
  11. Jennifer Kalinowski (Actress, Mya's Normal Night (2003))
  12. Stanislav Malinowsky (Art Department, Sleeping Dogs (1998))
  13. Feliks Kalinowski (Actor, Skarb (1949))
  14. Maria Kowalik (Actress, Opadly liscie z drzew (1975))
     aka "Maria Kowalik-Kalinowska"
  15. John Kalinowski (Producer, Zombie Army (1991))
  16. Tomasz Kalinowski (Miscellaneous Crew, Powrót wilczycy (1990)) 

 

Unell

  1. Robyn Unell (Actress, Short Cut Road (2003) (V))
  2. Kristian Unell (Composer, Family Bondage (1999)) 

 

  Je n'ai rien trouvé concernant ces noms mais au cas où ils auraient un rapport avec le showbiz... (voir colonne de gauche)

 

    Papas, Cooney

 

Papas

  1. Irene Papas (Actress, Z (1969))
     aka "Irène Papas"
  2. Mark Pappas (Sound Department, The Exorcist (1973))
     aka "Mark Papas"
  3. Michelle Phillips (I) (Actress, Monterey Pop (1968))
     aka "The Mamas and the Papas"
     aka "Mamas and Papas"
  4. Agapi Papas (Miscellaneous Crew, X2 (2003))
  5. John Phillips (II) (Composer, The Rock (1996))
     aka "The Mamas and the Papas"
     aka "Mamas and Papas"
  6. Denny Doherty (Actor, Monterey Pop (1968))
     aka "The Mamas and the Papas"
     aka "Mamas and Papas"
  7. Laszlo Papas (Director, End of the Rainbow (1986))
  8. Alkis Papas (Director, Psit... koritsia! (1959))
  9. Helen Papas (Actress, Graveyard Shift (1987))
  10. 'Mama' Cass Elliot (Actress, Monterey Pop (1968))
     aka "The Mamas and the Papas"
     aka "Mamas and Papas"
     aka "The Mamas & Papas"
  11. Michael Papas (Director, The Lifetaker (1975))
  12. Alexis Papas (Actor, Diakopes stin Idra (1984))
  13. Athena Papas (Actress, Akrovates tou kipou, Oi (2001))
  14. Maria Papas (Actress, Luminal (2004))
  15. Nicole Papas (Miscellaneous Crew, "All My Children" (1970))
  16. Herbert Hofer (Actor, Diakopes stin Idra (1984))
     aka "Alexis Papas"
  17. Trisha Papas (Miscellaneous Crew, Johnny Mnemonic (1995))
  18. Katie Papas (Producer, After Image (2001))
  19. Chewie Papas (Miscellaneous Crew, The Badge (2002))
  20. Xiro Papas (Actor, Bestia in calore, La (1977))
     aka "Xiros Papas"
     aka "Ciro Papas"
  21. William Papas (Actor, The Mummy's Kiss (2003))
  22. Kostas Papas (Actor, Kanoni ke t' aidhoni, To (1968))
  23. Dimitris Papas (Actor, "Kokkino feggari, To" (1994))
  24. Diane Papas (Miscellaneous Crew, Not Again! (1995))
  25. Arianne Papas (Guest, "Une femme d'honneur" (1996)) 

Cooney

 

  1. Michael Cooney (Writer, Identity (2003))
  2. Tim Cooney (Sound Department, Lethal Weapon 4 (1998))
  3. Stephanie Cooney (Art Department, L.A. Confidential (1997))
  4. Kevin Cooney (I) (Actor, Dead Poets Society (1989))
  5. David Cooney (Art Department, "Sex and the City" (1998))
  6. Caroline B. Cooney (Writer, The Face on the Milk Carton (1995) (TV))
  7. Ray Cooney (Writer, There Goes the Bride (1980))
  8. Kelly Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Shrek 2 (2004))
  9. Chris Cooney (Producer, Skins (2002))
  10. Kam Cooney (Special Effects, The X Files (1998))
     aka "M. Kam Cooney"
  11. Jenni Cooney (Art Department, King Arthur (2004))
  12. Joe Cooney (Art Department, Wet Hot American Summer (2001))
  13. James J. Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Wild Things (1998))
  14. Liam Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Waking Ned (1998))
  15. Brek Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, The Devil's Advocate (1997))
  16. Alan Cooney (Special Effects, Zeus and Roxanne (1997))
  17. Declan Cooney (Sound Department, The Jim Conway Blues (1998))
  18. Andrew Cooney (Actor, Long Road Home (2003/II))
  19. Kevin Cooney (III) (Actor, "KCCI News at 5" (1995))
  20. Laurette Taylor (Actress, One Night in Rome (1924))
     birth name "Helen Loretta Cooney"
  21. Joan Ganz Cooney (Producer, "Sesame Street" (1969))
  22. Dennis Cooney (Actor, "As the World Turns" (1956))
     birth name "Dennis J. Cooney"
  23. Ron Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Twister (1996))
     aka "Ronn Cooney"
  24. Gary Cooney (Make-Up Department, Moontrap (1989))
  25. Tiff Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Stargate (1994))
  26. Perry Cooney (Sound Department, Lewis Carroll's Alice in Wonderland (1982) (TV))
  27. Matthew Rutson Cooney (Actor, When Trumpets Fade (1998) (TV))
     aka "Matthew Cooney"
  28. Marti Cooney (Actor, Detention (2004))
  29. Jeff Cooney (Producer, Skins (2002))
  30. Dani Lynn Cooney (Actress, Jack Frost 2: Revenge of the Mutant Killer Snowman (2000))
  31. Theresa Cooney (Actress, Evil Altar (1989))
  32. Jim Cooney (Actor, Combat Shock (1986))
  33. Aidan Cooney (Actor, "Ireland AM" (1999))
  34. Kara Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Robocop 2 (1990))
  35. Kevin Cooney (V) (Actor, Koya no toseinin (1968))
  36. Soffia Cooney (Actress, Careful (1992))
  37. Kenneth J. Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Con Air (1997))
     aka "Kenneth Cooney"
  38. Cecil R. Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, "Minder" (1979))
     aka "C. Cooney"
     aka "Cecil Cooney"
     aka "Cece Cooney"
     aka "Cec Cooney"
     aka "R.C. Cooney"
     aka "Ces Cooney"
  39. Martha J. Cooney (Actress, Lie Down with Dogs (1995))
     aka "Marti J. Cooney"
  40. Linda Cooney (Art Department, Jack Frost 2: Revenge of the Mutant Killer Snowman (2000))
  41. Stephen Cooney (II) (Composer, The Outcasts (1982))
  42. Cooney Horvath (Sound Department, The Elephant's Egg (2004))
  43. Arlene Cooney (Actress, The Rest of Your Life (2001))
  44. Buck Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, U2: Rattle and Hum (1988))
  45. Cathal Cooney (Actor, The Boy from Mercury (1996))
  46. Claire Cooney (Actress, The Last Slumber Party (1987))
  47. John Cooney (I) (Actor, Raising Helen (2004))
     birth name "John Burke Cooney II"
  48. Michelle Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, HouseSitter (1992))
  49. Robert Cooney (Art Director, Sleepwalk (1986))
  50. Ronin Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, "Crossing Jordan" (2001))
  51. Meghan Cooney (Art Department, "Ned's Declassified School Survival Guide" (2004))
  52. Alfred Cooney (Production Designer, Satellite (2004))
  53. Marcus Cooney (Writer, "Nice Day at the Office" (1972))
  54. Marie G. Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Embrace of the Vampire (1994))
  55. Jacob Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, The Majestic (2001))
     aka "Jake Cooney"
     birth name "Jacob Elias Cooney"
  56. Shane Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Kleines Arschloch (1997))
  57. Thomas D. Cooney (Producer, Another Day at the Races (1975))
  58. Thomas F. Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Pumpkinhead (1989))
  59. Kevin Cooney (II) (Actor, Hard Promises (1991))
  60. Kevin Cooney (IV) (Editor, Dancing on the Face of the Moon (1992))
  61. Frank Cooney (Actor, O.J. Simpson: Juice on the Loose (1974))
  62. Nicky Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, "The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes" (1984))
  63. Seumas Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Vertical Limit (2000))
  64. Steve Cooney (Producer, WWE Viva Las Divas (2005) (V))
  65. Sharron Cooney (Actress, Lovers, Liars and Thieves (1997))
  66. Genevieve Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Choose Me (1984))
  67. Brenda Cooney (Actress, The Off Season (2004))
  68. Jay Cooney (Sound Department, Driftwood (2003))
  69. Dean Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Love Child (1995))
  70. Gerry Cooney (Actor, Mob Queen (1998))
  71. Thomas Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Friends & Lovers (1999))
  72. Mike Cooney (Actor, Assault of the Killer Bimbos (1988))
  73. John Cooney (II) (Miscellaneous Crew, Bed of Roses (1933))
  74. Sean Cooney (Director, Either Way You Lose (1995))
  75. Laura Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, To Catch a Yeti (1995) (TV))
  76. Val Cooney (Actress, Smiley Gets a Gun (1958))
  77. George Cooney (Actor, Say Yes (1986))
  78. Stephen Cooney (I) (Actor, Morning of the Earth (1971))
  79. Dave Cooney (Actor, Nowhere Fast (1997))
  80. James E. Van Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, Poker (1997))
  81. Aaron Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, The Only Hotel (2003))
  82. Eugenia Cooney (Miscellaneous Crew, "Coulter and Company" (2003))
  83. Jenny Cooney (Actress, Shirtless: Hollywood's Sexiest Men (2002) (TV))
  84. Helene Cooney (Actress, Haunted Palace (1949))
  85. Doug Cooney (Writer, "The Famous Jett Jackson" (1998))
  86. Judith Cooney (Guest, "Most Haunted" (2002))
  87. Terry Cooney (Guest, "ESPN Sports Century" (1999))
  88. Bob Cooney (Guest, "Toast of the Town" (1948))

 

Même chose, rien trouvé pour Papas et Cooney.

 

  Maria et Michael.

 

  Il semble qu'en anglais, le mot "inacceptable" aie un sens moins fort qu'en français. Il suggère, un peu...

V.O. : Je suis désolé, cela est inacceptable.
V.F. : Je ne peux pa
s
Sous-titre : C'est impossible.

 

  Toute fois le prof n'aime pas la réponse de Maria.

  Prof : "Je vous demande pardon."
  Maria : "Le type n'est même pas là."

Maria n'aime pas beaucoup Michael ? ? ? ! ! !

 

 Trussel, Wolf.

 

  Trussel et Wolf sont deux intervenant dans Roswell.

Carol Dunn Trussel est l'une des productrice de Roswell.

 
Bonus DVD Saison 1

  1. "John Doe" (2002) TV Series (co-executive producer)
  2. "Ryan Caulfield: Year One" (1999) TV Series (producer)
  3. "Roswell" (1999) TV Series (producer)
    ... aka Roswell High (UK) (USA: working title)
  4. Bad to the Bone (1997) (TV) (producer)
  5. Hostile Advances: The Kerry Ellison Story (1996) (TV) (co-executive producer)
  6. Roseanne: An Unauthorized Biography (1994) (TV) (producer)
  7. Web of Deception (1994) (TV) (producer)
  8. Reflections on a Crime (1994) (producer)
    ... aka Reflections in the Dark
  9. Baby Snatcher (1992) (TV) (producer)

 

 

Gordon Wolf est manager

Production Manager - filmography

  1. A Painted House (2003) (TV) (production manager)
    ... aka John Grisham's A Painted House (USA: complete title)
  2. The Locket (2002) (TV) (unit production manager)
  3. Follow the Stars Home (2001) (TV) (unit production manager)
    ... aka A Second Chance (Australia)

  4. "Roswell" (1999) TV Series (unit production manager)
    ... aka Roswell High (UK) (USA: working title)
  5. Black Cat Run (1998) (TV) (unit production manager)
  6. Buffalo Soldiers (1997) (TV) (unit production manager)
  7. The Cherokee Kid (1996) (TV) (unit production manager)
  8. A Season of Hope (1995) (TV) (unit production manager)
    ... aka The Lemon Grove
  9. Fugitive Nights: Danger in the Desert (1993) (TV) (unit production manager)
    ... aka Fugitive Nights
  10. A Child Lost Forever: The Jerry Sherwood Story (1992) (TV) (unit production manager)
    ... aka A Child Lost Forever (USA: short title)
  11. Ladykiller (1992) (TV) (unit production manager)
  12. Bed of Lies (1992) (TV) (production manager)
  13. Writer's Block (1991) (TV) (unit production manager)
  14. Grand Isle (1991) (production manager)
  15. Men at Work (1990) (unit production manager)

  16. Pumpkinhead (1989) (unit production manager)
    ... aka Vengeance: The Demon
  17. The Blob (1988) (unit production manager)
  18. Casebusters (1986) (TV) (unit production manager)

Producer - filmography
(2000s) (1990s) (1980s)

  1. A Painted House (2003) (TV) (line producer)
    ... aka John Grisham's A Painted House (USA: complete title)
  2. The Locket (2002) (TV) (line producer)
  3. Follow the Stars Home (2001) (TV) (line producer)
    ... aka A Second Chance (Australia)
  4. "Malcolm in the Middle" (2000) TV Series (producer)
  5. Passing Glory (1999) (TV) (producer)
  6. Black Cat Run (1998) (TV) (co-producer)
  7. Buffalo Soldiers (1997) (TV) (producer)
  8. The Cherokee Kid (1996) (TV) (associate producer)
  9. Amelia Earhart: The Final Flight (1994) (TV) (line producer)
  10. Slam City with Scottie Pippen (1994) (VG) (producer)
  11. Ladykiller (1992) (TV) (producer)
  12. Are You Lonesome Tonight? (1992) (TV) (producer)
  13. Bed of Lies (1992) (TV) (associate producer)
  14. Writer's Block (1991) (TV) (co-producer)
  15. Casebusters (1986) (TV) (associate producer)
  16. The Richest Cat in the World (1986) (TV) (associate producer)
  17. UFOria (1980) (producer)

Miscellaneous Crew - filmography

  1. Maximum Surge (1996) (VG) (production executive)

 

 

 

  Maria : "Y aurait pas un truc genre convention de Genève contre ce genre de chose."

En VF, elle parle de loi.

 

  La convention de Genève  s'occupe des droits de l'homme, des droits des prisonniers, des réfugiés, etc...

Site

  Pour Maria, il lui faut au moins une convention de genève pour résoudre ses problèmes !

 

  Une affiche d'un journal lycéen ?

Enchanted Spirit

  Il date de juillet 1999.

  Les lycéens travaillent au mois de juillet ?

 

  Topolsky a fait une thèse sur l'importance de l'histoire orale en psychologie.

  Info ou intox ?

  C'est un dipôme plutôt élévé pour une simple conseillère en orientation !

 

    Un gros plan extérieur du bureau du sherif qui est en fait la mairie de Covina.

  Ce qui est bizarre, c'est que Max soit convoqué au bureau du sherif à 8 h moins 5 après son cours d'histoire !

 

  Milton se sent "violé" alors qu'en V.F. il parle "d'humiliation."

  Toujour ce problème de politiquement correct des chaines françaises...

 

  Milton traite Michael de hoodlum, c'est à dire de truand dans le sens de voyou violent, de bagarreur alors qu'en V.F., il se contente de dire "type comme ça".

 

  Michael : "Je les ai perdues, les clés, alors je me suis faufilé."

Snuck est le preterit américain de sneak (sneaked en anglais) qui a plein de sens suivant le contexte : moucharder, entrer furtivement, chiper...
Language des enfants et ados.

 

  Aujourd'hui, nous sommes le 28 (juillet ?).

  Parmi les photos des enfants disparus, la petite fille en haut à gauche pourrait être la fille de David Nutter qui joue Isabelle-enfant.

 

      La 1ère bannière en haut : I LOVE U C?METS

Comets est le nom de l'équipe de basket du lycée.

 

2) : Touch Down ?
Le Touch down est l'essai marqué au football américain.

 

3) ???
ARE
OUT OF
THIS
???  
4) It's the Katherine Lestor Dance
Next Friday Nite
???

  Concernant Katherine Lestor qui est un personnage fictif, voir le script niédit ci-dessous

 

ATTENTION

SCRIPT INEDIT

  D'après un certain nombre de site dont le crashdown.com et antarians.com, il existe un scénario original d'un épisode qui n'a jamais été tourné.

  Il était supposé suivre "Monster" (1ada02).

  Cet épisode s'appelle "THE DANCE" et introduisait l'histoire de Katherine Lestor...

  Voici pour vous le scénario en anglais :

 (Je le traduirais et le mettrais dans un dossier à part plus tard.)


 

Teaser

Scene 1

FADE IN:

EXT. LIZ's ROOF - NIGHT

LIZ PARKER:, 16, alone on her roof. She writes in her diary.

LIZ's VOICE
(curled up in pajamas)
October 27, 1999. Here's what I'm noticing about high school. No--life. You have all these ideas about how things are supposed to be. Friends, sex, teachers, parents. And the thing about it is... they never are. Maybe the trick is trying to live in the moment; not have too many expectations.


Scene 2

EXT. WEST ROSWELL HIGH- FOOTBALL FIELD/SURROUNDING TRACK- DAY

CLOSE ON a set of running shoes, hitting the track. HEAR the sound of someone's labored, even breath as each foot rhythmically hits the pavement over and over again.

WIDEN to reveal MAX EVANS, (wife beater and running shorts) jogging around the periphery of the football field. He is followed closely by KYLE VALENTI, who pulls ahead and falls in next to him. Step for step they eye each other. Max increases his pace and Kyle does the same.

ANGLE ON : Liz, MARIA DELUCA, ISABEL EVANS and VANESSA MARTINEZ, an attactive classmate, doing calisthenics on the football field. MISS WELLS, an uninspired P.E. teacher, drones on.

MISS WELLS: and one and two and one and... Ms. Deluca. Fundamental rule of physical fitness: it involves actual movement of the body.

MARIA: (I'm moving)

LIZ's POV of Max. She can't take her eyes off him.

LIZ's VOICE
All expectations do is build false hope. Because even when, by some freaky twist of fate, things turn out better than you thought they would, you still want to have a mini-stroke when you realize that nothing--is ever--what it seems.
(still staring at Max Evans)

WIDE ON Max and Kyle, still running. Their pace has steadily increased. A clear competition is underway.

MISS WELLS: Keep going, girls. One and two and one and two...

MARIA: (to Liz, imitating)
General rule of life, Ms. Wells: being a gym teacher makes you an enormous, androgynous loser.

ISABEL's POV of two boys jogging near Max. They are STU WELDON, a bleached-out blonde and TED GREEN, a pumped-up jock with a ponytail. Stu passes Isabel.

STU: Hey Isabel.

ISABEL: Hey, Stu. Good hair.

CLOSER ON: Max and Kyle. They are neck in neck, sprinting now. Both have their eyes on the finish line. Kyle pulls ahead. Max keeps up. Max pulls ahead. Kyle keeps up. They cross the line at exactly the same time, then slow down and double over, catching their breath.

RESUME SCENE. Liz has seen the whole thing. Vanessa notices Liz watching the boys.

VANESSA: How cute is he?

LIZ: (surprise) Who?

VANESSA: Max Evans.

Liz is speechless.

VANESSA: (cont'd)
I know I've only been here a few months, but, I've scoped out every guy in this school and he--is definitely--it.

Off Liz, who looks at Vanessa, dumbstruck, and then back at Max. She's a deer caught in the headlights.

FADE OUT

END OF TEASER

 


 

ACT ONE

Scene 3

FADE IN:

INT: VALENTI'S OFFICE - DAY

SHERIFF VALENTI, alone in his office, lost in thought. He stares into the file drawer which once contained the confiscated 1959 murder photos and mystery key. A FLASH of white light (a la the Roswell pilot) and we

SMASH CUT TO:
an INSERT SHOT from Episode 1 (scene 16) of Valenti depositing the now missing key into a thermos for safe keeping.

RESUME SCENE. Valenti slams the drawer closed in frustration. He paces, goes to this desk and sits.

Another FLASH of white light and we SMASH CUT TO:

An INSERT SHOT from Episode 1 (scene 73) of Valenti; discovering the key is missing.

RESUME SCENE. Valenti sits back in his chair, determined to piece together the puzzle.

A brief KNOCK and DEPUTY BLACKWOOD opens the door.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: Excuse me, Sheriff. (pointing) Maintenance needs you to unlock your window gate. They're going to replace it tomorrow.

Valenti removes a set of keys from his belt and approaches the window. He unlocks the inner lock and slides the glass to one side. He grabs the gate and rattles it, checking to make sure it is secure. He takes another key from his belt, unlocks the gate, and slides it back.

ANGLE ON: the window sill and the extended window ledge which contains an obvious MUDDY FOOTPRINT.

VALENTI: What's this?

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD (approaching): What?

Valenti points to the ledge and Blackwood observes.

VALENTI: A footprint.

Another FLASH of white light and a SMASH CUT TO:

An INSERT SHOT from Episode 1 (scene 60). Valenti, Blackwood and Isabel in the hallway of the sheriff's station. They hear a noise from Valenti's office. Valenti and Blackwood eye each other.

RESUME SCENE. Blackwood is studying the print.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: Strange.

Yet another FLASH fo white light and a SMASH CUT TO:

An INSERT SHOT from Episode 1 (scene 64) of Valenti and Blackwood entering his empty office.

RESUME SCENE. Valenti is still staring at the window ledge.

VALENTI: Let's get Sanchez in here, get some pictures and a sample for the lab.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD (studying him): You think someone was trying to break in?

Valent grabs his jacket and hat.

VALENTI (moving): I don't know why else anyone would have their foot on my window ledge.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: FBI?

VALENTI (resentful): Last time the FBI wanted to get in, they used the front door.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: Who else would take a chance like that? It doesn't make sense.

VALENTI (at the door): A lot of things happening around here lately that don't make sense.

He glances at the window one last time and heads out the door. Off Blackwood, curious.


Act 1 Scene 4

INT. WEST ROSWELL HIGH-GIRLS' LOCKER ROOM- DAY

Liz, Maria, Isabel and Vanessa are dressing. Vanessa notices a poster which reads "Katherine Lestor Day Dance."

VANESSA: So, what's the story with this dance?

MARIA: I knew someone would bring this up.

LIZ: (to Maria)
What is your problem?

MARIA: My mother. My mother is in charge of decorating and refreshments. I mean, this is a woman who gave birth to me in a tub of water, for god's sake. All of a sudden she's Shirley Partridge.

VANESSA: So, who's Katherine Lestor?

LIZ: It's called the Katherine Lestor Dance after the Legend of Katherine Lestor.

MARIA: It's a Roswell thing.

ISABEL: Which would actually be cool if they didn't have to make it creepy.

LIZ: The legend goes that there was this high school couple who lived here and they were going out for, like, four years and they were madly in love but they could never tell each other. So on the afternoon before the UFO crash, the boyfriend finally told Katherine how he felt by saying that his soul belonged to her and he wanted to know if he could be trusted with hers.

VANESSA: (romantic) WOW.

MARIA: But she was so freaked by his telling her after all those years, she couldn't answer. So they made this deal. She was supposed to come to his house and tell him how she felt. But by the time she got there, the crash had happened and he'd disapeared. Never to be seen again.

They all grab their bags and head for the door.

ISABEL: Supposedly kidnapped by the aliens, which is so stupid, because how could they take him if they crashed?

She pushes open the door.


Act 1 Scene 5

INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY- CONTINUOUS

VANESSA: That doesn't exactly seem to be the point.

ISABEL: Well, what is the point?

At this point, Max is walking down the hall. Liz is looking at him. He turns his head and smiles at her.

VANESSA: That you can't wait to tell people how you feel.

ISABEL: Give me a break.

She walks away. CAMERA picks up MICHAEL, catching up to Max. He and Maria catch each other's eyes. He looks away. Maria frowns in distaste.

MARIA: (to Liz, re: Michael)
Would a shower be too much to ask?

Liz can't help herself, smiles.

LIZ: (to Vanessa) Anyway, that's the story.

MARIA: So now every year, on cue, every girl at this school has to submit herself to more insecurity and uncertainty than usual and ask some guy to this thing. This thing, decorated by my mother. Kill me now.

VANESSA: I think it's cool. They guys are always the ones who have to stick their necks out. Who are you going to ask, Liz?

LIZ: I don't know. I mean, I'm probably not going. It's so dork-infested. They have it at the UFO Center.

VANESSA: Oh. (to Maria) Are you?

MARIA: I'd rather have my skin removed.

She's gone.

VANESSA: I think I want to go. I'll meet people. You're really not going?

Down the hall, Liz spots Kyle talking to a friend.

LIZ: I've just...I've got so much going on right now.

VANESSA: Well, I hope you change your mind. See you later.

LIZ: See you.

Off Liz, left alone, her confusion showing.


Act 1 Scene 6

INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY- DAY
Alex walks down the nearly empty hallway. Isabel comes around the corner.

ISABEL: Alex. Just the man I was looking for.

ALEX: Me? You were looking for me? You were looking for me?

ISABEL: Yes.

ALEX: Why?

ISABEL: (walking)
Do you understand this Chemistry thing?

ALEX: Well, I think...you know...it's either something two people have or they don't.

ISABEL: (looks at him oddly)
No, I mean, the lecture. From yesterday. 'Cause I was wondering if I could borrow your notes.

ALEX: (backpedaling)
Oh. Yeah. No, I knew that. Yeah, yeah, of course.

They arrive at a doorway. A sign reads "Peer Counseling Room."

ISABEL: Okay. I'll catch you later.

And she's off. Alex leans against the door, wanting to die.


Act 1 Scene 7

EXT. LUNCH ATRIUM - DAY

Max and Michael are hanging out. Other students are having lunch. Posters for the coming dance are hanging in obvious places on the windows. Isabel approaches with Ted Green. She stops and sits. Ted keeps going.

TED: (walking) See you.

ISABEL: Bye.

He turns, talks to Isabel as he walks backward.

TED: I'll be home tonight. If you want to stop by.

Isabel nods. Ted is gone.

MICHAEL: (re: Ted)
That guy's a jerk.

ISABEL: I think he's kind of cute.

MICHAEL: If he's so cute, why don't you ask him to "the dance"? Then you can watch Jerry Springer and live "La Vida Loca" like the rest of the stupid human race.

ISABEL: Maybe I will. I've now dreamwalked almost every guy in this school-- sophmores to seniors-- and let me tell you, the pickings are slim. This country thinks MTV is a problem? I've never seen so much camouflage in my life. Charlton Heston would have a field day.

MICHAEL: Just forget the whole thing. You shouldn't be going to that anyway.

MAX: Lighten up.

MICHAEL: The more time you spend with them, the more danger you put us in. I don't get you two. We have the key. If we figure out what it means, we could find out who we are.

Just then, Max spots Liz, who sits down with some girlfriends.

MAX: What if we find out our life spans are about seventeen years? That means we'll have spent the first sixteen avoiding everyone and the last one figuring out we're about to kick. We're here, Michael.

ISABEL: We might as well enjoy it.

MICHAEL: You enjoy it. I've got more important things to do.

He walks. Off Isabel and then Max-- at least he's consistent.


Act 1 Scene 8

INT. PEER COUNSELING ROOM- DAY

The room is a lounge with posters, self-help books, etc. CLOSE ON Alex on one of the sofas, reading. Maria enters.

MARIA: Hey, Sorry I'm late.

ALEX: (recovering) Maria, you're always late. It's kind of blatantly passive aggressive, if you think about it.

MARIA: Then don't.

ALEX: You're ovbiously avoiding something.

MARIA: Maybe it's you.

ALEX: You're in denial. Or you're just not ready to do "the work." Whatever it is, you need to face it and deal with it.

MARIA: Or I could just kill you.

ALEX: Hostility would be one way to go. I'm just saying, if you want to counsel, you've got to show up on time. You can't keep people waiting.

WIDE ON the room, completely empty.

MARIA: (lookin around) Like who?

Ms. TOPOLSKY enters.

TOPOLSKY: Good morning.

ALEX: Hey, Ms. Topolsky.

TOPOLSKY: Mr. Whitman, I'd like to discuss the peer counseling program with you.

ALEX: Great.

TOPOLSKY: No one is getting counseled, Alex.

ALEX: Not no one. Yes, today no one, but, normally...We're just going through a dry spell.

TOPOLSKY: (checks her notebook)
According to the records, Alex, in the year that this program has been in place, no one has ever signed up.

ALEX: Oh, signed up. Well, if you're going to put it that way...

TOPOLSKY: We could really use this space, Alex. We may need to do away with the whole program.

ALEX: Do away...? I don't think...

TOPOLSKY: Nothing's been decided yet. Let's just see what happens.

She smiles sympathetically, exits. Off Alex, miserable.


Act 1 Scene 9

INT. BIO LAB- DAY

MS HARDY instructs the class.

MS HARDY: Make sure and mark down any changes you see in color or consistency. And keep checking the level. The rate of dissipation is important here.

ANGLE ON: Liz and Max, side by side, watching their bunsen burner.

LIZ: So... Maria's all freaked because her mother's in charge of the UFO Center thing. You know...that dance they're having.

MAX: Oh, yeah.

A moment. Liz musters more courage.

LIZ: The girls have to ask the guys. You know, there's this story...

MAX: Yeah, I know.

Liz writes her observations in her notebook. Max looks over her shoulder.

LIZ: You dance?

MAX: Dance? No. I mean, I'm...I don't...I don't dance.

LIZ: Oh.

MAX: I don't even...I mean...I don't usually go to those things, so I...

LIZ: Yeah. No. Me either.

MAX: Yeah...

MS. HARDY: Okay, people. As soon as it hits 212, pull the plug or your results will be screwy.

Liz and Max stare at their thermometer, not seeing it. Ms. Hardy wanders by.

MS. HARDY: (cont'd)...Guys? You're at the boiling point. It's now or never.

She stands there watching them. Max picks up the tongs and removes the burner from the flame. The moment is gone.


Act 1 Scene 10

INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY- DAY

Maria hangs out as Liz exchanges books. Nearby, a dance poster is being hung.

MARIA: You're aware, right, that Kyle is going to expect you to ask him to the dweeb fest?

LIZ: I know.

They walk. The hallway is nearly empty.

MARIA: I've seen more enthusiasm at a bikini waxing.

LIZ: (lowers her voice)
I'm just so...confused.

MARIA: About what?

LIZ: Max. Ever since he saved my life. No way before that. I've had these feelings for him and...I don't know what they mean. I've never felt this way before.

MARIA: I know, but you and Kyle...

LIZ: That's the thing. Kyle is so great. He's so different from Max. So what if hes not Mister Smooth, Romantic, Articulate Man? He's sweet and awkward and it's, like, totally endearing. He makes me feel safe.

MARIA: Yeah. Just the fact that he's from earth...
(off Liz's disapproval)
Look, Liz, didn't Max already tell you that you and he couldn't happen? That it wasn't safe? I mean, do you need to be hit over the head?

LIZ: You're right. You're right. I mean, there's no dilemma, really. I'm crazy about Kyle and we've been seeing each other and I need to live my life.

MARIA: Gather ye rosebuds, girl.

LIZ: Ye?

MARIA: Bye.

LIZ: Bye.

Maria goes. Off Liz, trying to swallow her own story.


Act 1 Scene 11

INT. CLASSROOM-DAY

Liz and Kyle sit in English Lit. They sit next to each other. Liz is staring at Kyle. She seems as if she has something to say. Kyle notices.

KYLE: What?

LIZ: (jolted) Nothing.

Mrs. WILTON, a high school English teacher rapidly approaching the age of 70, addresses them.

MRS WILTON: Today, we continue our journey through the works of Mr. William Shakespeare, whose brilliance was depicted so inadequately in Hollywood's most recent debauchery, Shakespeare In Love. I hope you all enjoyed Mr. Shakespeare's sonnet.

Which one of you would like the privilege of explaining its significance? (then)
Mr. Weldon?

Stu Weldon stands, opens his notebook.

STU: The guy who's writing...he's, like, a scorned lover. And he's saying, talking himself into the fact, that this girl's not good enough. Like, maybe she's cheated on him or...whatever. And he's pissed.

MRS WILTON: I beg your pardon?

STU: Mad. And he's, you know, convincing himself. Like when he says... (looking at his book) "My mistress eyes are nothing like the sun/Coral is far more red than her lips..."

Stu stops and waits for her reply.

MRS WILTON: That would be one interpretation.

KYLE: It's an answer to someone else's poem.

All eyes turn, surprised. Kyle stands, equally surprised.

MRS WILTON: Mr. Valenti?

KYLE: Some guy wrote another poem, saying his girlfriend is perfect. So Shakespeare writes this thing back saying his girlfriend isn't. Instead, he says..."My mistress, when she walks, treads on the ground." He's saying she's fragile and real.
(reading)
"And yet, by heaven, I think my love as rare as any." He loves her the way she is.

Dead silence. Liz is staring at Kyle. In fact, the whole class is staring at Kyle. Mrs. Wilton is near orgasm.

MRS WILTON: (flushed) Well, Mr. Valenti.
(then) I couldn't have said it better myself.

Kyle sits, feeling a bit exposed. Off Liz, still in shock.


Act 1 Scene 12

INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY-MOMENTS LATER

The hallway is full. Liz and Kyle are exiting Mrs. Wilton's class. Liz stops, turns to Kyle.

LIZ: That was amazing.

KYLE: (embarrassed) Thanks.

LIZ: How did you...?

KYLE: I don't know.

Liz studies him.

LIZ: So, listen, I was thinking about you and me...and how things are going. They're good, right?

KYLE: (where's she going?) Right.

LIZ: So I was thinking that maybe we should go to the dance together.

KYLE: You were?

LIZ: Yeah. If you want to go with me.

KYLE: Yeah. Yeah, I do.

LIZ: You do?

KYLE: Yeah.

LIZ: Good. Okay then.

KYLE: Okay.

LIZ: I better get to class.

Kyle turns to go. He stops, turns.

KYLE: I'm glad we're going.

LIZ: Me, too.

She smiles. He moves. Off Liz, wondering if she's done the right thing.

FADE OUT

END OF ACT ONE

 


 

ACT TWO

Act 2 Scene 13

FADE IN:

INT. VALENTI's OFFICE- NIGHT

Valenti enters, removes his jacket and turns on a desk lamp. Blackwood enters holding serveral computer enhanced photos of a bootprint, as it would appear from several angles. The boot has a very specific tread and logo embedded in it.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: Photo came back from the lab, Sheriff.

VALENTI: (study it) Looks like a workboot.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: See this pattern? I took it over to Belson's Sporting Goods. They're the only ones around who carry it. Old Man Belson told me he sells ten, fifteen pairs a month. Mostly to high school kids.

VALENTI: High school kids? (then)
What would high school kids want in my office?

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: Police reports? Records?

VALENTI: I don't keep any records in here.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: They don't know that.
(then, showing his hand)
Maybe it was those kids from the Crashdown.

VALENTI: What kids?

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: The one you questioned at the Crash Festival and his friend who was with him the day of the shooting.

Valenti takes a moment, deciding how to play this.

VALENTI: What would make you think that?

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: The Parker girl lied to you about those two boys leaving the scene of the crime. And then, the day the FBI claims to find a lack of evidence on the girl's uniform, they seize your records and the sister of the one of those boys shows up here, trying to distract us with a flat tire.

Valenti takes a moment, makes a decision.

VALENTI: Seems like a stretch, Deputy. Those kids wouldn't take a chance like that unless they knew for sure there was something incriminating in here.
(then)
Good work on the photo, though.

Blackwood stares at him, not ready to give up.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: We've been friends a long time, Jim.
(then)
What's going on?

Valenti studies him. His face unreadable, he walks to the door and reaches for the handle. He turns slowly back towards Blackwood, prepared to fill him in.


Act 2 Scene 14

INT. WEST ROSWELL HIGH- PEER COUNSELING ROOM/HALLWAY-DAY14

Alex steps out of the counseling room into the empty hallway. He closes the door behind him as he HEARS the sound of two high heels clicking loudly on the linoleum. Ms. Topolsky comes around the corner. She seems to be heading straight towards him. Anxious to avoid a confrontation, he turns the other way and spots Kyle coming down the hall. He turns back and sees Topolsky getting closer.

ALEX: (grabbing his arm) Kyle. Come right in.

He re-opens the door and pulls a confused Kyle into the counseling room, closing the door behind them. Kyle looks down at Alex's hand on his arm.

KYLE: Whitman? What do you think you're doing?

ALEX: (unhanding him) Sorry.

Topolsky enters.

TOPOLSKY: Alex?

ALEX: Hi.

TOPOLSKY: Hi. I just wanted to go over my plans for the program. Is this a good time?

ALEX: Sorry, Ms. Topolsky. Kyle and I were just about to begin a session.

TOPOLSKY: Oh. I didn't see that on the schedule. Good. Okay. I'll catch up with you later.

She exits. Kyle turns to Alex.

ALEX: Could you do me a favor, Kyle? Could you let me counsel you?

Off Kyle-- You want to...?


Act 2 Scene 15

INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY/CLASSROOM-DAY

CLOSE ON a pair of worn workboots, laces half untied, moving down the hallway. PULL BACK to reveal Max and then a few scattered stragglers. The BELL RINGS. Max rounds the corner. Sensing something over his shoulder, he turns around.

MAX's POV of the empty hallway behind him.

He turns back and continues, opening a classroom door and entering. The door closes.

Valenti steps around the corner into the hallway. He approaches the door. Topolsky comes out of nowhere and steps in his path.

TOPOLSKY: Sheriff.

VALENTI: Ms. Topolsky.

TOPOLSKY: What are you doing here?

VALENTI: Police business.

TOPOLSKY: Nothing serious, I hope.

She continues down the hallway. Valenti waits for her to round the corner and then approaches the door which Max previously entered and looks through the glass portion.

VALENTI's POV of Max, sprawled in a desk chair. His foot is placed on the empty chair in front of him. Valenti's eyeline goes to Max's feet. ZOOM IN to Max's boot, where we specifically see the logo that Valenti is looking for.


Act 2 Scene 16

INT. PEER COUNSELING ROOM- DAY

Kyle and Alex.

KYLE: So, what am I supposed to talk about?

ALEX: Often times, it's helpful to talk about things you have in common.

KYLE: We don't have anything in common.

ALEX: True. (then) What about Liz?

KYLE: Liz? Yeah. Have you noticed anything strange about her lately?

ALEX: Go with that thought.

KYLE: Well, that guy Max. Have you noticed them hanging out a lot?

ALEX: Is that what you've noticed?

KYLE: Yeah. Ever since that thing at the Crashdown when people thought she got shot.

ALEX: What I hear you saying is that you feel insecure about Max.

KYLE: I did, for a second. But now, it's like she's totally turned around. She said this thing about how things are between us. That they're good. You know, the thing about girls is, you gotta just let them go through their stuff. They end up figuring it all out. It's like, you can't try to control them. You do the right thing, you act like a man and everything falls into place.

ALEX: Let me be honest with you, Kyle. You're deeply troubled. You need me.

Off Kyle, doubtful.


Act 2 Scene 17

INT. CRASHDOWN CAFE- DAY

CLOSE on two funky "girl" shoes walking behind the lunch counter, away from the kitchen.
WIDEN TO reveal Liz, in her waitress uniform. She approaches the counter and places a plate in front of Vanessa, who sips a milkshake. Maria can be seen in the background, picking up food.

LIZ: One Interplanetary Platter, no mayo.

Vanessa is distracted by Max, who sits at a front table with Michael. Liz notices.

LIZ: (to Vanessa) How's the milkshake?

VANESSA: Good. (then) So, what do you think of Max?

LIZ: What do I...? He's okay.

VANESSA: Just okay?

LIZ: He's nice.

VANESSA: I wonder if he's going to the dance.

LIZ: (on it) No.

VANESSA: How do you know?

LIZ: I asked him.

VANESSA: To the dance?

LIZ: No. I asked him if he was going and he said he doesn't really go to stuff like that.

VANESSA: (disappointed) Oh.
(then)
Maybe if somebody asked him, he'd go.

Liz thinks about this.

LIZ: You never know unless you go for it.

Just then, Maria passes and Liz grabs her arm.

LIZ: (cont'd) Maria, can I talk to you?

She drags her away.


Act 2 Scene 18

INT. CRASHDOWN CAFE- BACK ROOM- DAY

LIZ: Vanessa's going to ask Max to the dance.

MARIA: Are you sure?

LIZ: Yes. And I'm out there encouraging her. What am I doing?

MARIA: You're being a good person.

LIZ: Good? I'm evil. I'm standing here praying that milkshake makes her skin break out.

MARIA: Liz, what are you worrying about?

LIZ: I don't know. That's the problem with evil. It's irrational.

MARIA: Max isn't going to go to this dance. He told you that.

LIZ: You're right. You're right. He doesn't do stuff like this. That's what he said.

MARIA: So everything's great.

Off Liz--everything is not great.


Act 2 Scene 19

INT. ISABEL's ROOM-NIGHT

Isabel is on her bed, an open West Roswell High yearbook in front of her. She is looking at a picutre of Ted Green. All the other boys' photos have large ink-marked "X's" across their faces, indicating they've already been dreamwalked and eliminated. Isabel sits up, places the book on her lap and closes her eyes, concentrating on Ted.


Act 2 Scene 20

INT. TED GREEN's BEDROOM-NIGHT

Ted Green, asleep in his bed.


Act 2 Scene 21

INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY-DAY

The hallway is crowded with students. Ted, holding his backpack, walks casually down the corridor wearing nothing but his pajama bottoms.

Several students stop and take this in. Ted notices the odd looks, but doesn't catch on. Isabel come around a corner and approaches.

ISABEL: Ted. You're wearing your pajamas.

Ted looks down. A pained expression crosses his face. Isabel takes his hand and leads him to a door.

She opens it and gently pushes him inside, closing it behind him. Within one second, the door re-opens and Ted steps out, dressed. Isabel takes his hand again.

TED: Where are we going?


Act 2 Scene 22

INT. UFO CENTER-NIGHT

Isabel and Ted enter. The dance is in full swing. HEAR Cowboy Junkies' "Where Are You Tonight?"

TED: What's this?

ISABEL: The dance. We're on a date.

TED: (going along) Okay...

Isabel leads Ted onto the crowded dance floor. They begin to dance. After a few steps, Isabel pulls away and notices that the center is empty except for the tow of them. Ted doesn't seem to notice. She shrugs and leans against him again, relaxing until...His hand comes up her back and begins to unzip her dress.

CLOSE ON Isabel's face, getting a clue. She pulls away.

ISABEL: What are you doing?

Ted pulls her in and continues what he was doing.

TED: (don't stress) We're alone. Dance for me.

He begins to slip the dress off her shoulder. She grabs her shoulder strap and gives him a shove with one arm while holding the dress with the other.

ISABEL: You jerk..

She walks away, zipping up her dress as best she can.

TED: (after her) Hey, it's my dream!


Act 2 Scene 23

INT. ISABEL's ROOM-NIGHT

Isabel, still in her position of concentration, opens her eyes, disgusted. She picks up a black marker andputs a big "X" across Ted's photo before she slams the yearbook closed and throws it across the room. It lands a certain way and opens up. Isabel notices and approaches, curiously. The book has specifically, almost magically, opened to the page containing Alex Whitman's photo--the only remaining one wihtout an "X".


Act 2 Scene 24

INT. UFO CENTER- DAY

CLOSE ON a pair of Birkenstocks, climbing down a ladder.

WIDER ON AMY DELUCA, mid-thirties, hard at work decorating the place. A Solar System and hundreds of "star" lights hang from the ceiling. Max is busy hanging life-sized cardboard cutouts of well-known historical and fictitious lovers. Maria enters.

MARIA: What's this supposed to be?

AMY: It's supposed to be the universe. And hello to you, too.

Amy unravels some crepe paper.

MARIA: I brought your keys.

AMY: Thank you. Do you know Max? He goes to your school.

MARIA: (to Max) What are you doing here?

MAX: I work here.

MARIA: (laughing) You work here?

MAX: (don't start) Yeah.

MARIA: How convenient.

AMY: (re: crepe paper) You think this stuff is recyclable?

Maria shrugs, approaches Max.

MARIA: (re: cutouts) What are these?

AMY: (moving) I decided to do a theme. "Star-Crossed Lovers."

MAX: Romeo and Juliet, Antony and Cleopatra, Samson and Delilah.

MARIA: Superman and Lois Lane?

AMY: Cute, huh?

MARIA: (no) I am so glad I'm working that night.

AMY: You're not coming?

MARIA: There's not a guy within four hundred miles of this town I would dance with.

AMY: Why don't you and Liz just come solo?

MARIA: Because Liz isn't solo. She's coming with Kyle.

Off Max. This is the first he's heard of it.

FADE OUT

END OF ACT TWO

 


 

ACT THREE

Act 3 Scene 25

FADE IN:

INT. WEST ROSWELL HIGH-PEER COUNSELING ROOM-DAY

Topolsky and Maria.

TOPOLSKY: So, as you know, I've decided to make peer counseling mandatory for some students. I've scheduled an appointment for you to counsel...

Michael enters.

TOPOLSKY: (cont'd) Ah. Mr. Guerin.

MARIA: What?

TOPOLSKY: (to Maria) I have chosen you to be Michael's counselor.

MARIA: Big mistake. Lewinsky proportions.

TOPOLSKY: I disagree. I think you'll find you have a lot in common.

MARIA: You don't know how wrong you are. He's from another world.
(off Topolsky's silence)
We're nothing alike.

TOPOLSKY: This is a mandatory assignment, Maria. Deal with it. Mr. Guerin, I expect your cooperation.

Topolsky exits. Maria eyes Michael, who seems unaffected. He flops into a chair. Maria sits.

MARIA: Well, I guess we better make the most of it.
(then)
I think we're supposed to talk about what a loser you are.

MARIA: (cont'd) For never going to class and flunking stuff and whatever else you do.
(off his silence)
You know, you don't have to be so anti-social all the time. Just because you are...what you are. Most people feel like outsiders at least some of the time. I know I do.

MICHAEL: (dismissive) You?

MARIA: Yeah. Like, take this moronic dance. Everyone's going to the stupid thing; making plans and acting like it matters. Like we all didn't come into this world totally alone and we're not going out the same way. And everyone else says they're not into it and then they run around pairing up like the ark is coming. I mean, what is wrong with everyone?
Michael has no idea.

MARIA: (cont'd) And then this thing with my mother. I mean, I know she probably feels guilty because she's a single mother and everything. So I get that, because she probably thinks I want her to do stuff like decorate for the dance, but--newsflash--I don't. That's the thing with parents, they're always doing things that weren't done for them when they were kids. Like, stop reliving your own nightmares and deal with mine for once.
(then)
You know?

Maria's expression changes.

MARIA: (cont'd) This is bizarre. I sat down feeling totally negative about this; you and me, trying to communicate. But I think getting things off your chest might be really good for you. Freeing. And being helpful might be really good for me. Because I'm feeling kind of...better. Are you?

Michael stares at her.

MICHAEL: No.

Off Maria--he's impossible.


Act 3 Scene 26

INT. SCHOOL HALLWAY-DAY

Max is at his locker. The hallway is emptying. Vanessa approaches.

VANESSA: Hey, Max.

MAX: Hey, Vanessa. What's up?

VANESSA: I wanted to ask you something.

MAX: Sure.

VANESSA: What would you think about going to the dance with me?

MAX: Oh. I, uh...I don't usually...

VANESSA: Yeah, I know. But, here's the thing. I'm an army brat. I've gone to four schools in the last five years and I thought, hey, I never do anything. And my life is so, like, out of control and I'm here, you know?

MAX: Yeah. The thing is, Vanessa, I kind of...I'm kind of involved with someone.

VANESSA: Oh. So, you're going with her?

MAX: No. I mean, it's not really working out, so...

VANESSA: Oh. I'm sorry. So, hey, I've got an idea. Let's go as friends. I mean, I've been hanging out with Liz and she's going with Kyle. It would be fun.

VANESSA: (cont'd) And I could meet more people and feel normal, for once. What do you think?

MAX: (half to himself) Normal, huh?
(then)
As friends, right?

VANESSA: Right.

Max takes a moment.

MAX: Okay.

VANESSA: Okay.

Max closes his locker, starts to go.

MAX: Oh, yeah. One thing I should tell you. I am the worst dancer.

VANESSA: (smiles) Me, too.

MAX: See ya.

VANESSA: See ya.


Act 3 Scene 27

INT. EVANS HOUSE-NIGHT

DIANE EVANS, Max's mother, is in the living room, writing on her laptop. Max wanders in.

DIANE: Hey, Honey.

MAX: Hey.

He sits in a nearby chair, his elbows on his knees. Diane eyes him.

DIANE: What's up?

(off his silence) Everything okay?

MAX: I gotta go to this dance Friday.

DIANE: Really?

MAX: Yeah.

DIANE: That's great. I don't remembering you ever doing anything...like that.

MAX: This person asked me.

DIANE: (covering her delight) A girl?

MAX: Her name's Vanessa. She's just a friend.

DIANE: Oh.

MAX: So, I don't...I never...could you show me how to dance?

DIANE: Sure.

She approaches him.

DIANE: Unless I am seriously old, you're going to stand up for this.

Max does. Diane puts her hands out. Max takes them. The doorbell RINGS.

DIANE: (cont'd) I'll get it.

Diane move and opens the door to Liz.

LIZ: Hi.

DIANE: Hello.

LIZ: Um, could I speak to Max?

DIANE: Sure. He's right here. Come on in. (moving)
You must be Vanessa.

They arrive in the living room.

DIANE: (cont'd) Max, look who's here.

MAX: Liz.

DIANE: Oh, I'm sorry. I thought you were...

LIZ: I'm Liz.

DIANE: (sotto, to Max) When it rains, it pours.
(then)
Are you going to the dance, too?

LIZ: Too?

DIANE: Max is going with Vanessa.

Liz looks at Max, reacts to the news.

LIZ: Oh.
(then)
That's actually what I came over to tell you. I'm going to go with Kyle.

MAX: I heard.

DIANE: That'll be fun, won't it?

LIZ: (no) Yeah.

MAX: Fun.

DIANE: Anyway, I'm glad you're here, Liz. We were just having a dancing lesson. Could you help us out?

MAX: Ma, no...

DIANE: I'm too tall for you, anyway. Liz, you don't mind, do you?

LIZ: Um...I...

DIANE: Come on, don't be shy.

She moves the two of them together.

DIANE: (cont'd) Now you put your left hand here and your right hand here and just sort of pull here in close. Then...hold on.

She moves to the stereo. Max and Liz are left gazing at each other, motionless. Diane turns on the stereo and we HEAR John Lennon's "Imagine." She turns back to the kids.

DIANE: (cont'd) Then you just...

But she sees that Liz and Max are moving, just doing what comes naturally.

DIANE: (cont'd) ...that.

The two are lost in their own world. They gaze at each other as they slowly move. The rest of the universe seems to have disappeared. The moment goes on and on...

Off Diane, motionless in the face of the chemistry.


Act 3 Scene 28

INT. BAR-NIGHT

A dark, smoky pub-type place. The room is crowded with small tables and young people. Alex is on stage, playing Buddy Guy's "Feels Like Rain" on guitar. He pauses momentarily to drink from his root beer.

ALEX's POV of the audience. A hip crowd of drinkers in awe of his talent. Suddenly, Isabel appears in the doorway, holding a beer bottle. She walks slowly to the stage and offers the bottle.

ISABEL: It's a dream. Live a little.

Alex takes the beer, drinks from it. Isabel takes his hand. He puts down the guitar and follows her to the door.

ALEX: Where are we going?

Isabel doesn't answer. She walks through the door of the pub and directly into...


Act 3 Scene 29

INT. UFO CENTER-CONTINUEOUS

Again, We HEAR Cowboy Junkies "Where Are You Tonight?" Alex look around, impressed.

ALEX: Cool. (then, to Isabel) You want to dance?

She nods. He leads her onto the dance floor.

ALEX: (cont'd) Bear with me here.

But he puts his arms around her and dances perfectly. CLOSE ON Isabel, slightly tentative. Alex pulls back and looks into her face, smiling at her and moving her hair out of her eyes. She looks perfectly stunned. He embraces her again and continues dancing.

ALEX: I wonder about you.

ISABEL: What?

ALEX: How anybody so smart got to be so pretty.

He reaches over and gives her a gentle kiss on the lips. Off Isabel, immobilized by his sweetness.


Act 3 Scene 30

INT. ISABEL's ROOM-NIGHT

Isabel opens her eyes, a confused expression on her face. She looks down at her yearbook, open to Alex's photo, not knowing what to make of his dream. CLOSE ON the yearbook. The only photo unmarked by a black "X" is Alex's. Isabel picks up her black marker and circles the picture.


Act 3 Scene 31

INT. VALENTI's OFFICE-NIGHT

Valenti and Blackwood are looking at the computer enhanced photos of the bootprint which are hanging on an evidence board.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: Are you going to bring him in?

VALENTI: Don't have to. Those kids are going to self-destruct if we give them half a chance.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: How?

VALENTI: They're already getting careless; breaking into my office. And they're telling people. The Parker girl and her ditzy friend. She's the key. If I can find a way to her, I've got 'em.

DEPUTY BLACKWOOD: How are you going to do that?

VALENTI: I'm just going to bid my time. Make my presence felt until they slip up again.
(then)
Believe me, it won't be long.


Act 3 Scene 32

INT. ALEX's BEDROOM-NIGHT

Alex is on his bed, fiddling with is guitar. His back is to the door. A knock.

ALEX: (over his shoulder) Come in.

The door swings open, revealing Isabel. Alex turns and, shocked, begins to get up. He hits himself in the head with the guitar.

ALEX: (cont'd) Isa..Ow...

ISABEL: Are you okay?

ALEX: Yeah, yeah. I was just...playing.

ISABEL: Very smooth.

ALEX: Yeah.

He looks at her--What are you doing here?

ISABEL: So, look. I want to go to the dance. And there's nobody I want to go with. Every guy in school is, like, a sexual assault waiting to happen. So, I thought, if nobody's asked you...we should go.

ALEX: (ridiculous) What?

ISABEL: I said...

ALEX: I heard. Yes. Yes. I'll go.

ISABEL: Good. And just so you know...this isn't a date. We're just going...together.

ISABEL: (satisfied) I'll pick you up.

ALEX: Okay.

Isabel exits.

ALEX: (cont'd) (after her) And don't be late.

Isabel sticks her head back in the doorway--What?

ALEX: (cont'd) Kidding.

She smiles, shaking her head, then goes. Off Alex, wondering whose life he's living.


Act 3 Scene 33

INT. CLOTHING STORE FITTING ROOM-NIGHT

A three-way mirror. Several dressing room doors on either side. Liz is in front of the mirror wearing a conservative black, Audrey Hepburnish dress. Maria looks her up and down.

LIZ: What do you think?

MARIA: I like it. It's elegant, it's subtle. It's understated. Very chic.

LIZ: (doubtful) I don't know...

MARIA: Here's the thing to remember about this whole thing. He would probably rather be with you. And he's not you. You're it. You're the one. Whoever she may be, she doesn't have what you have. She's not you.

Just then, one of the dressing room doors opens and Vanessa steps out wearing an incredibly sexy red dress. She is fiddling with her zipper and doesn't see Liz and Maria. They see her, though. Their mouths are on the floor. Vanessa looks up.

VANESSA: Liz? Hi, Maria.

MARIA: Hi.

VANESSA: Are you shopping for the dance?

LIZ: Yeah.

VANESSA: Me, Too.
(re: Liz's dress)
I love that.

LIZ: Thanks.

VANESSA: What do you think of this?

LIZ: It's...it's...

MARIA: Red.

VANESSA: Yeah.

LIZ: You look good in red.

VANESSA: Really?

MARIA: I think that would look great with a jacket over it.

VANESSA: Yeah?

MARIA: A big red jacket. Like the kind of oversized blazer thing. Big.

VANESSA: Really? I'm not much of a jacket person.
(sincere)
Thanks for the input, though.

She goes back in the fitting room, closes the door. Liz turns back to the mirror and looks at herself.

LIZ: (unbuttoning) This is not going to work.

FADE OUT

END OF ACT THREE

 


 

ACT FOUR

Act 4 Scene 34

INT. UFO CENTER- NIGHT

The early stages of the dance. The room looks incredible-- otherworldly. romantic and arcane. The "planets" are lit from inside, the stars are aglow. The star-crossed lovers are everywhere. Dance music is playing. Kids are loitering at the alien displays and the food table. Liz and Kyle enter. Kyle is wearing his VARSITY LETTER JACKET. Amy DeLuca is at the door, greeting people.

LIZ: Hi, Ms. DeLuca. You know Kyle.

AMY: Hi, Kyle. Come on in, guys.
(checking her clipboard)
Hey, you two are nominated for "couple of the night." Don't forget to vote for yourselves.
She points to the ballot box, on a nearby table.

KYLE: Thanks.

Just then, a PHOTOGRAPHER comes out of nowhere, snapping a picture of Liz and Kyle.

PHOTOGRAPHER: Smile, young ones!

The flash goes off and Liz and Kyle are momentarily frozen. Max enters with Vanessa, who immediately spots Liz.

VANESSA: Hi, Liz!

LIZ: Hi.

Max and Liz look at each other. An awkward moment. Max looks at Kyle, who nods his head in acknowledgement. Max nods back.

AMY: Hi, Max.

MAX: Hey, Ms. DeLuca. The place looks great.

AMY: Thanks. I'm only sorry a certain daughter of mine couldn't be here to see it. But, young people need the freedom to express themselves in whatever way they see fit and as long as that doesn't include religious sacrifice or serial killings, I intend to let my daughter explore her own emotional life.

VANESSA: You must be Maria's mother. I'm Vanessa.

AMY: Hi. Isn't this fun?

Vanessa nods enthusiastically.

LIZ: Fun.

MAX: Yeah.

Isabel enters with Alex.

ALEX: Wow. Look at this place.

AMY: Hi, Alex.

ALEX: Hi, Ms. DeLuca.

Liz reacts to Alex and Isabel. So does Max.

AMY: (to Isabel) I don't believe I know you.

ISABEL: (looking around) I'm Isabel. You've got Saturn in the wrong place.

Amy looks up.

AMY: I don't think so, Hon.

ISABEL: Trust me.

KYLE: (to Liz) Let's get something to drink.

Liz and Max eye each other before Liz moves off with Kyle.

Max and Vanessa are caught by the Photographer.

PHOTOGRAPHER: Smile, young people!

He snaps the photo.

LIZ's POV, from the punch table, of Max and Vanessa having their picture taken. Kyle hands her a drink.

RESUME SCENE

The Photographer snaps a picture of Alex and Isabel.

Sheriff Valenti enters, pauses at the door. he spots Max and looks him up and down. Max meets his eye. Valenti breaks the moment, looks directly at Isabel, who also meets his eye. Again, he breaks the look, looking around the room. He moves off.

AMY: (to Max) Isn't that the sheriff?

Max nods.

ISABEL: (sotto, to Max) What's he doing here?

Max shrugs.

MAX: Stay away from him.

(then to Vanessa)

Want to get something to eat?

Vanessa nods, they move off. The music changes and we HEAR Liz Phair's "Johnny Feelgood." Alex turns to Isabel.

ALEX: (gawking) I can't believe how good you look. I mean, I can't believe...

ISABEL: (putting an end to this) Down boy.

She grabs his hand and drags him onto the dance floor. She begins to dance--really well. Alex, mouth open in awe, stands still. Isabel stops, puts her hands on her hips and glares at him. Alex contains himself and launches into his own movement which resembles some sort of interpretive modern dance. He's kind of making a fool of himself and it's all for Isabel's benefit. She can't help herself--she laughs in appreciation and dances again.

ANGLE ON: Valenti, making his way through the crowd, checking everyone out.

VALENTI's POV of the students, who look him up and down as he goes by.

ANGLE ON: Liz and Kyle. They see Valenti approaching.

VALENTI: Kyle.

KYLE: Hey. I didn't know you'd be here.

VALENTI: (pointedly) Hello, Liz.

LIZ: (uncomfortable) Hi, Mr. Valenti.

They all watch the dance floor. Liz would like to escape.

LIZ: (to Kyle) You want to get some air?

KYLE: Yeah.

Kyle nods at his father and he and Liz head for the door.

CAMERA PICKS UP Max and Vanessa, watching Alex and Isabel.

MAX: (feeling pressure) You want to...?

He gestures at the dance floor. Vanessa shakes her head.

VANESSA: Maybe we could just wait for a slower song.

MAX: (relieved) You want to get some air?


ACT 4 Scene 35

EXT. UFO CENTER-ENTRYWAY/STREET-NIGHT

Liz and Kyle are across the street from the center, under a streetlight. Over Kyle's shoulder. Liz can see the entryway door.

KYLE: I'm glad we came out here.

LIZ: Why?

KYLE: There's something I wanted to ask you.

LIZ: What?

KYLE: I've been thinking about us, too. And I thought, maybe...
(slipping off his jacket)
I want you to wear this.

ANGLE ON: the entryway door, where Max and Vanessa are exiting. Max holds the door for her.

VANESSA: Thanks.

They walk a few steps. Vanessa stops, leans against the wall. Max leans next to her. They can not see Liz and Kyle.

ANGLE ON: Liz and Kyle. He places the jacket around her shoulders.

KYLE: I think we should just see each other. Not see other people.
(then)
If that's okay with you.

ANGLE ON: Max and Vanessa. Vanessa looks over at Max, noticing something.

VANESSA: (leaning) You have a piece of...

She removes a piece of lint from his shirt.

ANGLE ON: Liz and Kyle. Liz looks up just in time to see Vanessa touching Max. She absorbs this for a moment and then slowly slips her arms into the jacket.


Act 4 Scene 36

INT. CRASHDOWN CAFE-NIGHT

Maria lets the last two customers of the night out of the Cafe. She puts the keys in the door and begins to lock it. Michael arrives on the other side and knocks. Maria turns over the CLOSED sign. Michael knocks again. Maria unlocks the door and opens it a crack.

MARIA: We're closed.

MICHAEL: Not for another ten minutes.

MARIA: Look, it was a slow night...

MICHAEL: You have to let me in. Legally.

Maria glares at him, then opens the door wide and gestures him in.

MICHAEL: (cont'd) Thanks.

He moves to the counter. She follows.

MICHAEL: (cont'd) So, why aren't you at the dance?

MARIA: I'm not into organized events.

MICHAEL: Yeah, me either.

It looks as though these two might have more in common than they thought.

MICHAEL: (cont'd) (friendly) So, what do you say? Can I get a cheeseburger and a side of fries?

Maria doesn't move.

MARIA: No.

MICHAEL: What do you mean, no?

MARIA: I mean no. I had to let you in. Legally.
(then)
I didn't say the cook was still here.

Michael gets up.

MICHAEL: Funny.

He moves toward the door. Maria watches.

MARIA: (begrudgingly) I guess I could make you a sandwich.

He turns back, looks at her.

MICHAEL: (understated) Cool.

He walks back and sits. Maria takes a roll from the covered cake stand and begins to cut it. Off Michael, his expression carefully in check.


Act 4 Scene 37

INT. UFO CENTER- NIGHT

Valenti stands against the wall, surveying the scene. Amy approaches.

AMY: (hand out) Sheriff? I'm Amy DeLuca. I'm in charge tonight.

VALENTI: (shakes) Nice to meet you. DeLuca. You must be Maria's mother.

AMY: You know my daughter?

VALENTI: Through my son, Kyle.

AMY: Oh, of course.

VALENTI: (looking around) I haven't seen Maria tonight.

AMY: She's not here. Teenage rebellion. I think it's healthy, don't you?

VALENTI: I do.

Amy smiles at him, pleased.

AMY: I'm surprised to see you here. There's no trouble, is there?

VALENTI: No, no. Just came to check in. It's good for the kids to see us here.

AMY: (flirting) I know it's good for me.

The photographer snaps a picture of them.

PHHOTOGRAPHER: Smile, chaperones!

Valenti gives him an ugly stare.

ANGLE ON: the door as Max and Vanessa re-enter. The music changes and we HEAR Jonathan Brooke's "Because I Told You So."

MAX: (re: the floor) You want to...?

VANESSA: Sure.

They approach the dance floor. Max takes her hand and they begin to move, slowly.

ANGLE ON: Amy and Valenti.

VALENTI: Ms. DeLuca?

AMY: Amy.

VALENTI: Amy. Would you like to dance?

AMY: Aren't you on duty?

VALENTI: It's not a martini, it's a dance.

AMY: (smiles) I'd love to.

He puts out his hand and she takes it. He leads her onto the floor and they dance.

ANGLE ON: the door, where Liz and Kyle re-enter. Kyle spots some friends nearby and begins talking to them with his back to Liz and the dance floor. Liz is frozen, watching Max slow dance with Vanessa, her heart breaking.

ANGLE ON: Max, his eyes locked to Liz's. She involuntarily shakes her head and bolts for the door. Max takes this in.

MAX: (to Vanessa) I'll be back.

Max walks away from Vanessa, who looks baffled. He spots Alex near the dance floor.

MAX: Alex, dance with Vanessa.

ALEX: What?

Max grabs him and leads him to the floor.

MAX: I'll be right back.

Alex shrugs--God, life is strange these days. Vanessa goes with it, smiling at Alex. They dance.


Act 4 Scene 38

EXT. UFO CENTER-ENTRYWAY/STREET- CONTINUOUS

Liz leans against the wall, near tearas. Max exits the center, spots her and approaches.

MAX: You okay?

LIZ: I'm fine.

MAX: You don't seem fine.

LIZ: Well, I am.

Max watches her.

MAX: (tell me) Liz.

LIZ: I thought you didn't come to these things.

MAX: I don't. I didn't. I mean, I told you, I don't come to these things because I don't dance. I didn't know how to dance.

LIZ: That's what you said?

MAX: What'd you think I said?

LIZ: I don't know.

MAX: (turning the tables) I thought you didn't come to these things.

LIZ: I don't. I mean, I wasn't going to.
(then)
You should go back and dance with Vanessa.

MAX: Is that why you're out here? Because I'm dancing with Vanessa?

LIZ: No. You came with her.

A long beat.

MAX: I came with her because she asked me.

Liz looks into Max's eyes trying to figure out what he's saying. He stares back at her. No one can look away.

Just then, the entryway door opens and Alex sticks his head out, spotting Liz and Max. We can HEAR the sounds of the dance from inside.

ALEX: Liz. Kyle's looking for you.

Liz looks at Alex and back at Max.

AMY: (O.S.) Ladies and gentlemen, we're ready to announce our winners...

DISSOLVE TO:


Act 4 Scene 39

INT. UFO CENTER-NIGHT

CLOSE ON a hand, reaching out. PULL BACK to reveal that it's Kyle's hand. He's on the dance floor, reaching for Liz.

AMY: (reading) ...and the couple of the evening are...Kyle Valenti and Liz Parker.

Claps and whoops as Liz takes Kyle's hand and allows him to lead her onto the otherwise empty dance floor. HEAR David Gray's "Say Hello, Wave Goodbye." Kyle pulls Liz in close and they dance, alone in the spotlight.

MOVE IN on Liz, watching Max over Kyle's shoulder.

LIZ's VOICE
The other thing I'm noticing about life is...sometimes, even when you try really hard not to have too many expectations, the things you want don't go away. They're still right there...reminding you, all the time, of what you can't have.

MOVE IN on Max, his eyes glued to Liz's. Time seems momentarily suspended as the CAMERA PULLS BACK and we...

FADE OUT

THE END  

 

  

 

 Retour à notre épisode...

 

 Marathon, Texas existe...

Elevation 4,040’
Population 600

  Ils ont même un site.

Autre site.

 

  L'étoile correspond à "Marathon".

 

 

 

Les rues n'ont pas de nom ?

  Une petite ville avec une  route principale, un chemin de fer et une rivière...

 

 

  Pour remplir le fameux questionnaire demandé par le prof d'histoire, Maria attrape Michael au vol.

Q : Parfum de glace préféré
R : ?

 

Q : Parent Préféré

R : ?

 

  Q04 : Programme TV préféré ?

 

  Max R : Je ne regarde pas beaucoup la TV, et toi ?

 

    Kyle R :America's Most Wanted.

 

  America's Most Wanted que l'on peut traduire par "Les personnes les plus recherchées d'Amérique" est une émission de télé sur la FOX le samedi soir, un reality show un peu comme "perdu de vue" mais en plus violent car le présentateur, John Walsh

 un ancien avocat, se substitue à la police pour de vrai...



 

 

  Q 05(?) Quelle est la meilleure chose qui te soit arrivée ?

 

  Max R : Mon adoption, je suppose.

 

  Kyle R : Gagner la compétiton nationale de tir junior.

D'après ce document, vous avez raté l'édition 2005... Et les juniors ont entre 8 et 11 ans ! et les séniors entre 15 et 19 ans ! !

 

 Le parfum de glace favorit de Liz est la vanille, ce qui a l'air de dégoûter Isabelle.

 

  Q08 ...

 

 Avez-vous déjà été amoureux ?

 

  Max R : Non.

 

  CLEAN

RESTROOMS (?)

 

Toilettes Propres

 

    J'adore la fusée Pete's Lift-Off !

Sur la pompe, il faut payer d'abord ! PAY-FIRST

  Je me rappelle quand j'étais petit, dans les rares stations services où le pompiste venait vous servir, on pouvait voir tous ces petits fanions triangulaires multicolors, parfois il y avait des drapeaux et même des oriflammes !

 

  Maria : Tu ne regarde pas "The View"

 










 

  The view  est un talk show sur ABC, du lundi au vendredi en matinée vers 10 h, une émission pour la "ménagère de moins de 50 ans" où on discute avec des personnalité. Il y a plusieurs présentatrices...

  Ça doit être le côté féminin de Michael !





 

 COD : Cash On Delivery

  Paiement à la livraison.

 

 Maria préfère être payée en liquide.
Une réplique comme ça me semble impensable en France, la production aurait le fisc au cul en moins de 2 et le CSA !

Muffler : Silencieux d'échappement
Brake : Freins
Road Service : ?
Tune-ups : Mise au point moteur
Battery : Batterie

 

  En haut à droite, il a de quoi faire les premiers soins et le panneau en bois dit : Tous les voleurs seront poursuivis une fois attrapés.

 

Fan belt : Courroie de ventilateur

Wheel balance : Equilibrage des roues.

Repair : Réparations.

 

  Spark Plugs : Bougie d'allumage

 

  Le prix du carburant est-il cher ?
Normalement, c'est le prix au "gallon" et 1 gallon = 3,7854118 litres. Alors le prix au litre du carburant en Euro laisse rêveur...

0,33 €/L
0.36 €/L
0,39 €/L

 

  Fresh BEEF JERKY
Viande de boeuf séchée.

Maria : "you're abducting me !"
Abduction : Enlèvement

Abduct : mot typique des ufologues pour un enlèvement par des extraterrestres.

  Maria fait donc la différence entre un kidnapping et une abduction extraterrestre.

  Sur différents sites, les américains semblent obsédés par la fraicheur de leur boeuf séché...Allez comprendre !

 Mmmmmm ! beuuuuuurhhhh !

    Vous voulez acheter du boeuf séché par internet, c'est ici et vous recevrez ça
 

 

    ...C'est pour nous rappeler que nous allons à Marathon, Texas par la 285 South...

 

  Michael : "Tu parles toujours autant ?" ;)

  V.F. "Quand est-ce que t'arrêtes  de parler ?"

 

 Planet WUU

  Peut-être une onomatopé du genre Homer Simson quand il dit "wououou ououh !"

  Ça ressemble aussi au langage Ummite, une espèce d'extraterrestre...

 

 Quelques mots Ummites commençant par "W" :

WAAM Cosmos, univers [religion]
WAAM DI SAIAYA Centre Coordinateur du Cosmos [histoire]
WAAMIAAYO Point ou origine d'une seule coordonnée qui serait précisément le temps
WAAMU ODEU Penseurs et philosophes
WAAMTOA Histoire de la Cosmologie [histoire]
WAAMWAAM Pluricosmos
WADOOXXIA Trafic de l'information
WOA Dieu, créateur. [religion]
WOALAOLOO Théologues
WOASSEE Créationiste, Théiste [religion]
WOODOO Police
WUA Mathématiques

  ... qui aurait pris contact avec des espagnoles, des français, ... dans les année 60.

  Ils seraient toujours sur Terre pour nous étudier, ils sont humanoïdes et ressemblent à des nordiques (grand et blond).

  Un mini dictionnaire OUmmite (en fait il faudrait prononcer "Oummmmite") ici et .

  Encyclopédie et enfin les lettres Ummites "originales"

 

  L'affaire Ummo a fait couler beaucoup d'encre, comme avec VSD par exemple :

... Certains n'y croit pas comme ici ou .

  Voici ce que nous apprend rr0.org :

Ummo, ou le mystère Ummite (1966)

  Le 14 Janvier Janvier 1966, Fernando Sesma reçoit le premier appel téléphonique des Ummites :

— Allô, monsieur Sesma, nous avons lu votre livre. Nous sommes des extraterrestres.

  La nouvelle n'est pas de nature à le destabiliser

  Sesma :

— De quelle planète venez-vous ?
— D'une planète que nous nommons Ummo et qui est à une quinzaine d'années-lumières de la Terre.

  A l'époque Sesma se dit déjà en contact avec des ressortissants d'une planète nommée Auco et bien d'autres encore. Ummo, Auco, il n'en est plus à une planète près mais demande à ses interlocuteurs qui semblent s'exprimer avec difficulté, avec une voix nazillarde, pourquoi ils s'adressent à lui.

— Voyez-vous, nous avons trouvé dans votre livre des éléments, disons, assez inexacts. Cependant vous y dites certaines choses qu'un habitant de la Terre n'est pas censé connaître. Nous pensons donc que vous êtes réellement en contact avec d'authentiques extraterrestres et nous voudrions vous envoyer des lettres, des documents, pour que vous les lisiez lors des réunions que vous tenez dans votre club, "la Baleine Joyeuse".

Photo d'une nef ummite 
Photo d'une nef ummite

  Sesma ne fait aucune difficulté. Les "Ummites" prennent contact avec un dactylo espagnol, via une petite annonce. Ils lui demandent de taper et envoyer des lettres à différents contactés, sous la dictée d'un homme prétendant s'appeler DEI 98. Comme le salaire est énorme par rapport au marché de l'emploi de l'époque, l'homme ne se pose pas de questions, et les lettres se mettent à parvenir à Sesma et à d'autres, avec régularité.

  Pendant une année, Sesma, mais aussi Alicia Araujo (secrétaire de l'Ambassade des USA), Dionisio Garrido (policier), Ribera, Farriols et d'autres reçoivent des centaines de pages dactylographiées que lui adressent ceux qui s'intitulent eux-mêmes Los Ummitas, les Ummites. Les lettres, qui arrivent des quatres coins du globe, portent un en-tête invariable : UMMOAEELEWE, qui est censé signifier gouvernement général de Ummo. Elle sont signées et portent un tampon. Dans une de leurs lettres, les Ummites précisent que ce tampon, porteur d'un symbole qui ressemble à une des lettres de l'alphabet cyrillique, se fixe sur le pouce avant d'être encré et appliqué sur le document. On remarque au passage que des numéros suivent les "noms" : c'est une constante chez ces gens, qui peuvent très bien s'appeler ISEI 456 ou DEI 98.

  Cette année-là, Sesma reçoit une lettre contenant le passage suivant : M. Sesma, vous êtes un homme inconnu dans le domaine scientifique et dans le domaine philosophique, mais vous êtes un homme courageux et indépendant dans un pays ayant la réputation internationale du pays le plus arriéré d'Europe, dirigé par un gouvernement dictatorial lié aux expériences nazies et fascistes. Votre pays souffre des opressions interdisant tous développements scientifiques, technologiques et idéologiques. Tous les grands intellectuels sont en exil ou ont été punis de mort par les oligarques comme Garcia Lorca.

Des objets prétendumment ummites 
Des objets prétendumment ummites
Trace d'atterrissage d'une nef ummite 
Trace d'atterrissage d'une nef ummite

  Un jour de 1967, DEI 98, le responsable de cette opération de diffusion d'informations, dicte une lettre annonçant aux différents contactés que plusieurs nefs, des navettes, sont sur le point de prendre contact avec le sol de notre planète, dont une à proximité de Madrid. On apprendra, à travers les lettres qui parviendront plus tard, que la navette madrilène est censée ramener ce personnage dans sa planète d'origine, après un long séjour sur la Terre. Le dactylographe expédie cette lettre sans y prêter plus d'attention que les précédentes. Mais qu'elle n'est pas sa surprise de découvrir dans les journaux la mention d'un atterrissage d'ovni dans la banlieue de Madrid, le 1er Juin 1967, la date indiquée dans la lettre. Rien ne manque : traces au sol, témoins nombreux, etc.

  En 1987, une lettre indique : Gorbatchev est intelligent et honnête (...) Le marxisme est la meilleure voie politique (...) le SIDA a été créé par l'Armée US.

Révélations

  Javier Sierra, rédacteur en chef de la revue Más Allá découvre que les 2 témoins d'Aluche, c'est-à-dire Sesma et Vicente Ortuño se connaissent très bien. Il interroge donc Ortuño en 1988, qui avoue. En 1993, c'est le tour de Peña.

  Jean-Pierre Petit à également écrit divers ouvrages à propos des Ummites.

Références :

 


 Peña

 


Farriol

 

La dernière lettre Ummite (suposée) date de 2004.

 

  Retour au drapeau "Palanet WUU"

  Tous les accessoires de la série ont été mis en vente sur e-bay par la production et la Fox.

  Ce drapeau a été mis en vente pour 46 $.

  Vous trouverez des photos grand format ici. Tous ce qui commence par ROS provient de Roswell.

  L'autre drapeau...

  La planète STYMULA ?

Ils devaient être en manque ;)

 

ARTICLES DU CRASHDOWN

mis en vente sur e-bay

Articles

Description eBay price
"Planet Wuu" cloth banner outside the Crashdown US$46
"Planet Stymula" cloth banner outside the Crashdown US$56
Heat lamps: to keep food warm US$162.50 /$125
Funky hanging lights in five different colours US$640/ $560 /$560 /$625 /$584
Ticket Holder for orders US$1200+
Bell -
Fixed Menu board at the rear of the Crashdown -
Dry erase menu board at the waitress station

US$898.11

Display cabinet for alien themed knick-knacks US$116.23
Display cabinet US$48.06
"Hi !" sign near register -
Funky lamp near register -
Neon 'Coffee' sign on the Crashdown exterior US$355
Padded stool at the counter US$36
Internal cafe chairs US$102.50
Outside painted chairs

US$82 /$89 /$112 /$155 /$122 /$100 /$102

Outside tables with decorated top -
Outside table with Mexican-style decoration US$203.50/ $202.50 $130 /$127.50
 
Break room lockers US$155 /$305 /$255
Crashdown time clock US$102.50
Booster chair US$33
Break room Dartboard US$107.50
Cafe curtains US$77
alien head lolly jar on counter US$365
Stainless steel sink US$220
Table lamp in break room -
silver alien toy
(that Maria uses as a voodoo)
US$102.50
No Parking sign in the Crashdown alleyway -
Bloodstained waitress uniform for when Liz was shot US$1685
$710
waitress apron
& antennae
US$102.50 HEADBANDS
US$635 /$305
APRON
waitress uniform US$187.50 /$265 TOP
US$482.77 /$787 FULL
Cook's T-shirt US$74
Alien tie US$90.50
Framed newspaper prints US$2000+
Black and White framed photos of Roswell and military bases -
Alien Art -
Poster art -
Alien portraits on main wall of Crashdown -
  -
  -
  -
  -
  $100+
  US$461
  -
  -
  -
Cattle skull hung below the neon clock $70+
Art from the Crashdown restroom -
Grey alien at the doors to the Crashdown -
Green alien with a flip-top skull
(Michael manhandled him in Missing)
US$301
License plates decorating the top of the cabinets -
Hats decoration above the specials board -
Hanging lights US$185.25--
various alien lights US$150.50 /$105/ -
Decorations US$31 BARBIE
$102.50 BEADED CURTAIN
$76 PARTY LIGHT
Stuffed animal in the Parker's living room US$182.50
Exit sign above the rear alley-way exit -
Saturn-ring and fries baskets -
Crashdown menu -
Diner plate and alien/silly straws --US$52.51 STRAWS
Table goods: sugar shakers, napkin dispensers and tabasco ---
Plates and coffee cups -
Glassware: soda glass, dessert cups and ice cream floats -
Multi coloured plastic tumblers and coloured drinking glasses -
plastic kitchenware -
Cutlery holder, plastic serving trays and drink trays US$29/ $46/ $30TRAY
Mixed kitchen pots and pans, colanders --US$50 --
tongs, bowls, pans US$21.50----
    [-] INDICATES HAS NOT BEEN SOLD YET ON EBAY
    [+] AN APPROX. PRICE

    


ARTICLES CHAMBRE DE LIZ

mis en vente sur e-bay

Articles

Description eBay price

Van Gogh style picture of windmill -
Wooden star US$100
Paper mache tribal mask $90+
Cork board with pictures and quotes -
Yahoo sign formerly pinned on board -
Wooden desk ?
feature pillow from Liz's bed US$177.50
Indian elephant pillow from the throw pillows on Liz's trunk US$188.50
Top bed spread
circa season 2
US$181
Sheets: circa season 2 US$ 250
Sheets  
Framed autumn forest photo from bookshelf/bedhead US$110+
Standing oval mirror US$676
Straw hat decorating mirror -
Dresser US$127.50
Mirror attached to dresser US$51
Vanity US$510
Birdcage from balcony with lights US$51
Mexican blanket/throw -
PJs circa season 1 US$610
Rouched top circa season 3 US$510
Black top US$210

 

 

 

  Un message...

 

  ... codé, sans doute en changeant simplement de police de caractère car le "E" est toujours représenté par le signe "vénus", le "O" par le signe "cancer", etc.

  D'ailleurs, ces signes sont des signes astrologiques !

 

    Une soucoupe et une planète collées sur l'envers du rétroviseur...

   C'est du vice ?

 

  Michael vient d'éclater le portable de Maria...

  ...et elle se met à parler comme un avocat ! (enfin presque)
"Vandalisme sur propriété personnelle."

 

  V.F. : "Qu'est-ce qu'il y a à Marathon? Le roi des martien ? Une belle femme ? Quoi ?"

  V.O. : "Qu'est-ce qu'il y a à Marathon ? Contrebande ? Une femme ? Quoi ?

 

  1 mile/h=1 609.33 km/h

  Michael roulait à 94 mph, soit 150 km/h.

  V.F. : "112".

  Sous-titre : "150".

 

 V.F. "Tout à l'heure on s'est arrêté et j'avais tellement soif que j'ai bu une bouteille d'eau...".

  V.O. : "J'ai, disons, une vessie plutôt fragile, et j'ai bu un "Big Gulp" ".

 

    Les "Gulp" et autre "Big Gulp" sont des noms généraux pour désigner des boissons que l'on achète que dans les stations servives. Ça peut être des jus de fruits, de l'eau,...


La marque 7 eleven semble assez populaire.

 

    ... "et un grand café, et 10' plus tard je lui ai encore de mandé de s'arrêter à une station".

  ... "et j'ai pris de la caféïne, alors ça m'oblige à aller plus souvent."

Maria + cafeïne = ?   ;)

 

  "C'est vrai qu'il roulait vite mais moi je suis vraiment pressée."

  "Alors il roulait vraiment vite pour rejoindre la prochaine station, où je pourrais faire pipi."

 

  V.F. "Tu peux me remercier".

  V.O. "Tu m'en dois une grosse". ;))

 

  Je n'ai rien trouvé concernant ces 2 boxeurs : LUOMA  et RUNCO ni concernant l'AUDITORIUM HILLSIDE

  Vous pouvez acheter le poster ici

 

 

  Kyle aime aussi le hockey, ça doit le changer du désert.

  In your face = Dans ta gueule !

 

  Ça ressemble à la boutique "General Store" à Agua Dulce.

 

  Un rodeo le 27 28 29 jullet à Rockspring au Texas ?

  D'après la "Horse gazette" le rodeo 2005 se fera le May 21-22
All Breed Rocksprings Trail Ride, Epperson Ranches, Rockspring, TX. Join us for a great time of family-oriented trail riding on a beautiful Hill Country ranch. Meals and Drinks provided. American Paint Horse Approved Ride. Sponsored by the Central Texas Paint Horse club. FMI
& Reservations call 830-683-3131.

 

    Rockspring existe bien au Texas.

  Depuis Roswell, il faut prendre la 285 South, dans la réalité aussi !

 

  

Une petite ville.

 

    Elle Macpherson est une mannequin star des années 80. Son surnom était "The body" (Le corps).  Elle s'est essayée à la comédie et à fait des apparitions dans Friends. C'est aujourd'hui une femme d'affaire.  Née le 29 mars 1963 (ou 1964 ou 1965 ?) près de Sydney en Austalie.

 

  

Elle Macpherson

Elle Macpherson

Actress - filmography
(2000s) (1990s)

  1. South Kensington (2001) .... Camilla
  2. "A Girl Thing" (2001) (mini) TV Series .... Lauren Travis
  3. With Friends Like These... (1998) .... Samantha Mastandrea
  4. The Edge (1997) .... Mickey Morse
  5. Batman & Robin (1997) .... Julie Madison
  6. The Mirror Has Two Faces (1996) .... Candice
  7. If Lucy Fell (1996) .... Jane Lindquist
  8. Jane Eyre (1996) .... Blanche Ingram... aka Jane Eyre (France)
  9. "H3O" (1995) TV Series .... Guest
  10. Sirens (1994) .... Sheela
  11. Alice (1990) .... Model

Herself - filmography
(2000s) (1990s)

  1. "I Love the '90s: Part Deux" (2005) (mini) TV Series .... Herself
  2. Intimate Portrait: Naomi Campbell (2001) (TV) .... Herself
  3. Miss Universe 2001 (2001) (TV) .... Host
  4. Wax Museum: History of Madame Tussaud's (2001) (TV) .... Herself
  5. The Orange British Academy Film Awards (2000) (TV) .... Herself
  6. 42nd Annual TV Week Logie Awards (2000) (TV) .... Herself
  7. A Royal Birthday Celebration (1998) (TV) .... Herself
  8. Beautopia (1998) .... Herself
  9. "Celebrity Profile" (1997) TV Series .... Herself
  10. Your Personal Best with Elle MacPherson (1996) (V) .... Herself
  11. A Day with (1995) (TV) .... Herself
  12. Schönsten Frauen der Welt - Elle MacPherson, Die (1995) (TV) .... Herself
  13. Sports Illustrated 1994 Swimsuit Issue Video (1994) (V) .... Herself
    ... aka Sports Illustrated 1994 Swimsuit Issue Video Extended Version (USA: LD title)

Archive Footage

  1. "Retrosexual: The 80's" (2004) (mini) .... Herself
  2. 101 Biggest Celebrity Oops (2004) (TV) .... Herself - #101: Supermodels: Eat Like Us!
  3. Happy Birthday 2 You (2000) (TV) (as Elle MacPherson) .... Herself

Notable TV Guest Appearances

  1. "The Friday Night Project" playing "Herself" (uncredited) (episode # 1.2) 11 February 2005
  2. "Rove Live" playing "Herself" (episode # 5.17) 1 June 2004
  3. "This Morning" playing "Herself" 7 May 2004
  4. "Friends" playing "Janine" (archive footage) (uncredited) in episode: "The One with All the Other Ones: Part 2" (episode # 10.18) 6 May 2004
  5. "Friends" playing "Janine Lecroix" in episode: "The One with the Apothecary Table" (episode # 6.11) 6 January 2000
  6. "Friends" playing "Janine Lecroix" in episode: "The One with the Routine" (episode # 6.10) 16 December 1999
  7. "Friends" playing "Janine Lecroix" in episode: "The One Where Ross Got High" (episode # 6.9) 25 November 1999
  8. "Friends" playing "Janine Lecroix" in episode: "The One with Ross' Teeth" (episode # 6.8) 18 November 1999
  9. "Friends" playing "Janine Lecroix" in episode: "The One Where Phoebe Runs" (episode # 6.7) 4 November 1999
  10. "Saturday Night Live" playing "Herself" (uncredited) (episode # 21.15) 16 March 1996
  11. "Saturday Night Live" playing "Host" (episode # 21.14) 24 February 1996
  12. "Tal cual" playing "Herself" 15 July 1994

 

Mensurations : 90-61-88
Taille : 1m83
Poids : 57 Kg
Yeux : Vert Doré
Cheveux : Blond Châtain
Agence : Ford, New York
Particularité : Elle est connu pour être la plus riche des Tops Models.
Elle aime : Les livres de Milan Kundera, de Mario Vargas-Liosa, de Marguerite Yourcenar. Les rythmes brésiliens et l'opéra.
Elle n'aime pas : La pollution de l'environnement.
Recettes de Beauté : Gymnastique, natation, jogging sans exagérer. Elle mange de la salade, du fromage de chèvre, du Bleu de Bresse, du Roquefort, de la tomme de Savoie, de l'espadon, du requin et du thon.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  La question n°12 du questionnaire est ...

 

   ...Qui enviez-vous le plus ?

 

  Et toi ?

 

  .. Personne

 

  D'après le distributeur, on est dans la ville de PECOS et le lait vaut $2.79 le gallon soit 0€74 le litre.

  Roswell est à environ 280 Km en arrière et il reste à faire environ 200 km vers Marathon

 

 Pecos, Roswell au Nord, Midland à l'Est et Marathon au Sud

 

 Pecos fait plusieurs kilomètres-carré !

 

  A la droite de l'agent du FBI, un distributeur de journaux : "Midland Reporter Telegram".

 

 

    Il existe bien...

Reporter Telegram
(432) 682-5311
201 E Illinois Ave
Midland , TX 79701-4852
Site web (?)

C'est le plus lu des journaux locaux ("division 2") avec un tirage entre 7 000 et 10 000 exemplaires par jour.

 

    Sur sa gauche,  un autre distributeur de journaux : " The Dallas Morning News"

 

 

  

  Il existe aussi...

Dallas Morning News
(325) 946-6028
Po Box 61444
San Angelo , TX 76906-1444

Site

  C'est le plus lu des journaux texan "nationaux" ("Division 1") avec un tirage de plus de 10 000 exemplaires.

 

  V.O. Maria : "Est-ce que t'as repoussé le truc du starter ?"
Michael : "Oui, j'ai repoussé le truc du starter."

  V.F. Maria : "Je t'avais dit de surveiller le voyant !"
Michael : "C'est ce que j'ai fait, je ne l'ai pas quitté des yeux."

  Sous-titre  Maria : "Tu as bien fait le plein d'essence ?"
Michael : "Oui j'ai fait le plein d'essence."

 

 Un peu de politiquement correct avec Michael...

Maria :

  V.O. "Alors, fais quelque chose, allez !"

  V.F. "T'as plus qu'a la réparer, allez !"

 

 Michael :

  V.O. "Ne me tente pas."

  V.F. "Commence pas."

  Le "Ne me tente pas " est nettement plus "voyou"...(+ le regard de Michael !)

 

  En V.F., le "Jeannie-alien thing" a disparu.

  Le "Samantha" fait évidamment référence à "Ma sorcière bien-aimée".

  Une image plus loin, les sous-titres V.F. parlent d'E.T ! ?

 

  Ma sorcière bien-aimée (Bewitched) est sortie en 1964 en noir et blanc. Vu le succès de la série (252 épisodes), un "clône" est apparu en 1965 sous le nom de "I dream of Jennie", (139 épisodes) joué par Barbara Eden et Larry Hagman (le "fameux" JR dans Dallas)

 

Comparez les génériques des 2 séries...

  Saison 1

Générique début
Générique de fin

Autres saisons

1964 noir et blanc
1964 colorisé

Avec Dick York
Avec Dick Sargent

  La série à commencé le 17 septembre 1964 et s'est terminée le 1 juillet 1972, sur ABC le samedi matin de 8h à 8h30.

  Le mari de Samantha, l'acteur Dick York mourra en 1969 et sera remplacé par Dick Sargent.

  Le hazard fait que l'acteur qui joue le père de Samantha s'appelle Maurice EVANS dans la vie.

  La fille Tabitha (tabata en français) apparait le 13 janvier 1966 et le fils, Adam, arrive le 16 octobre 1969, très épisodiquement et ne sera réellement présent que pendant les années 1971-1972.

  Que sont devenue tabata et adam ici

 

  Site

 


  

I DREAM OF JEANNIE

 

  La série démarre le 18 septembre 1965 et se fini le 1 septembre 1970 sur la chaine NBC, le samedi matin à 8h puis le lundi puis le mardi..

  C'est l'histoire d'une jeune danseuse de harem irakien qui en 64 avant JC se refuse à un génie. Il l'enferme dans une bouteille et l'envoie dans un désert lointain.

  En 1965 le capitaine Tony Nelson, astronaute, se crash à cap canaveral en floride. Cherchant de quoi faire un SOS, il trouve la bouteille et l'ouvre, Jeannie en sort...

  Il va l'avoir sur le dos du matin au soir + des quiproquos avec le psychiatre de la base en font une série basé sur l'absurde ...

  Site1   2

  Une interview de jeannie

 

  Maria lui demande de réparer la voiture, et...

  En V.F., Michael dit qu'il n'est pas Merlin l'Enchanteur !

  En V.O., il n'est pas que bon à cela !

 

  Pour plus de précisions sur ce motel, voir le dossier "Lieux de tournage".

 

  L'itinéraire entre Roswell et Marathon est tout à fait réel...

 

  ... Direction Dexter et Hagerman au Sud-Est...

 

Itinéraire : Départ : Roswell, nouveau Mexique - Arrivé : Marathon, Texas.

1: Allez à l'Ouset sur l'US-380/E 2ND ST vers US-285/US-70/N MAIN ST.<0.1 miles

Total Est. Temps : 6 heures, 14 minutes
Total Est. Distance: 273.81 miles

 

2: A gauche sur US-285 S/N MAIN ST. Continuer sur US-285 S. 214.3 miles

3: A gauche sur I-10 BL/W DICKINSON BLVD/US-285. 0.9 miles

4: A droite sur US-385/TX-194 SPUR/N JACKSON ST. Continuer sur US-385/TX-194 SPUR. 0.9 miles

5: A gauche sur US-385. 55.7 miles

6: A droite aussitôt . 0.1 miles

7: A droite aussitôt sur US-385 S/US-90 W. Continuer sur US-90 W. 1.4 miles

8: A gauche sur POST RD/AVENUE D S. <0.1 miles

9: A gauche sur S 1ST ST. <0.1 miles

10: Arrivé à Marathon, TX US

 

  ...

 

  ... Puis Carlsbad...

 

  ...

 

  ... Fort Stockton...

 

   ...

 

  ... et enfin Marathon

 

  Les policiers comme les pompiers et les ambulances ont des codes radios : 1 2 3 

10-4 Acknowledge

On peut le traduire par "Reçu"

 

    Retour au motel.

 

  

 

   En VF, Michael parle de "précieuse" au lieu de "princesse".

 

  Le présentateur radio s'appelle "Donny JENKINS".

  Il existe beaucoup de donny, donnie et de donald Jenkins... C'est peut-être une allusion à un groupe de musique, les "Donald Jenkins & The Delighters Posters" ?

 

  Etrangement, presque toutes les stations de radios comencent par "K".

   A Pecos, il existe la KPTX

 

    Au Sud-Ouest du Texas, il existe bien la KZTX-FM dans le comté de Refugio sur 106.1.

  La liste des radios du Texas ici.

 

  Des cochoneries...

 

 Des gateaux "Barnums animals"

 

  Des Doritos

 

 Des cookies "Chips Ahoy"

 

  Une barre chocolatée ? "MARK" ???

 ?

 

  Question n° ? : Parfum de glace favori .

 

  Pistache

 

  Question n° ? : Show TV favori ?

 

  Win Ben stein's money est un talk show de la chaine comedy Central, tous les soirs à 19h30.

  Le présentateur Ben Stein, pose des questions à des candidats.Une sorte de "millionnaire".

  Un site

 

  Question n° ? : Livre favori ?

 

  Ulysse de James Joice

 

Résumé d'Ulysse

  Le Télémaque du livre est Stephen Dedalus, qui nous a été présenté dans Portrait de l'artiste en jeune homme : c'est en grande partie James Joyce lui-même avant son exil d'Irlande. Elevé dans la religion catholique, Stephen s'est insurgé contre la bigoterie de ses compatriotes et l'ordre social en général. Il refuse de servir aucune idéologie et se moque bien de la Renaissance gaélique qui agite le milieu artistique dublinois. A la fin du précédent roman, il partait pour Paris poursuivre des études de médecine.

  Quand Ulysse commence, environ 6 mois plus tard, nous retrouvons Stephen à Dublin où il a été rappelé par un télégramme de son père au chevet de sa mère mourante. Il s'est installé avec son ami Buck Mulligan dans la Tour Martello de Sandycove. Les deux amis ne se ressemblent pas. Stephen se voit accusé d'avoir en lui "de la maudite essence de jésuite". C'est un jeune homme désillusionné, en proie au doute, un artiste conscient de sa stérilité. Son orgueil brimé le pousse à mépriser la matière et à affirmer son absolue liberté.

  L'Ulysse moderne est Léopold Bloom, un démarcheur publicitaire. Son géniteur, Rudolph Virag, Juif d'origine hongroise converti au protestantisme, avait changé son nom en Bloom après son arrivée en Irlande. Peu après le suicide de ce père mélancolique, Léopold se convertit au catholicisme pour épouser Marion Tweedy, une chanteuse qui participe à des tournées dans toute l'Irlande. Ensemble "Poldy" et "Molly" ont eu une fille, Millicent, qui a maintenant 15 ans, et un fils, Rudy, qui ne vécut que 11 jours.

  Bloom est un homme simple, petit bourgeois discret, bienveillant et tolérant. C'est aussi un sceptique, conscient de sa solitude, ferme dans ses idées et qui croit encore à l'amour du prochain. Les dix années qu'Ulysse passa loin de chez lui, Bloom les passa sans relations sexuelles complètes avec sa femme. Celle-ci par contre, à la différence de Pénélope, collectionne les amants. Le dernier en date est le séduisant chanteur Dache Boylan.

  L'histoire se déroule le jeudi 16 juin 1904, de 8h00 du matin à 3h00 de la nuit. Le jeudi est jour de Jupiter dont un symbole est le tonnerre, que Joyce assimile à un appel divin et qui va effectivement se faire entendre aux premières heures de la nuit. La raison pour laquelle Joyce a choisi cette date du 16 juin 1904 alors qu'il n'a lui-même séjourné dans la Tour Martello qu'en septembre 1904, est évidemment liée à la personne qui a eu le plus d'influence sur sa vie et son œuvre : sa future compagne Nora Barnacle, qu'il avait abordée 6 jours plus tôt et avec laquelle il eut un rendez vous galant ce jour-là.

  Les lieux de l'action d'Ulysse, ce sont les rues et les établissements de Dublin qui constituent ce Labyrinthe dans lequel Dedalus se considère comme prisonnier mais qu'il aspire à recréer comme son éponyme Dédale créa celui de Cnossos. A la fin du précédent roman, l'artiste jeune homme se fixait comme mission de "façonner dans la forge de [s]on âme la conscience incréée de [s]a race".

  Les 3 premiers épisodes constituent la Télémachie, les 14 suivants les tribulations d'Ulysse, les 3 derniers le retour en Ithaque. A chaque épisode sont associés un organe, un art, une couleur et une technique littéraire. Le monologue final de Molly est plus une annexe qu'un véritable épisode : il est associé à la chair qui vient en quelque sorte remplir l'organisme constitué par les épisodes sur Bloom.

-°0°-
~

  Le livre commence par une invocation à Dieu, parodiant l'invocation aux Muses du prologue de l'Odyssée et la messe où l'Eucharistie rejoue l'Incarnation du Verbe et sa Passion. Stephen (Télémaque) et Buck Mulligan (Antinoos) prennent leur petit déjeuner avec leur invité Haines (Eurymaque), Anglais admirateur de folklore irlandais, qui a réveillé Stephen la nuit précédente en hurlant dans son sommeil, ayant rêvé d'une panthère noire.

  La discussion tourne autour du décès de la mère de Stephen : celui-ci a refusé de satisfaire sa dernière volonté et de prier à son chevet. Un tel comportement choque Mulligan qui se considère pourtant libre penseur. Citant Nietzsche, Mulligan rêve d'helléniser l'Irlande et salue la mer comme notre grande Mère commune. Stephen, qui n'a pas abandonné le christianisme pour régresser dans le paganisme, ne voit là qu'un concentré de l'idolâtrie irlandaise. Son geste vis-à-vis de sa mère le hante et le fantôme de celle-ci vient le tourmenter. Sa conscience connaît "la morsure de l'ensoi" de la culpabilité, mais il refuse le remords au nom d'une liberté dont il trouve paradoxalement les échos dans la théologie et la liturgie de l'Eglise Catholique Romaine.

  Une vieille femme (Athéna) vient apporter du lait aux jeunes gens qui le mélangent à leur thé, puis ils descendent sur la plage où Mulligan décide de se baigner. Sous prétexte de maintenir à plat sa chemise, Mulligan réclame à Stephen la clé de la Tour.

  (D'après Jean-Michel Rabaté, si la vieille représente l'Irlande, Stephen est le fils dépossédé, Mulligan l'usurpateur et Haines le maître anglais).

Pour lire la suite de l'étude d'Ulysse de Michel CHASSAING, c'est ici (doc de 84 pages !)

 

 

JAMES JOYCE

Ecrivain irlandais
Né à Dublin le 02 février 1882
Décédé à Zürich le 13 janvier 1941

«Les erreurs sont les portes de la découverte»

 

LA BIOGRAPHIE DE JAMES JOYCE

  "Perdez-le dans le désert, il en dessinera le plan", c'est ainsi que le père de Joyce voyait son fils, le futur auteur adulé des avant-gardes. James Joyce qui se déplaisait en Irlande, vint s'installer à Paris en 1902 et fréquenta avec assiduité les bancs de la bibliothèque Sainte-Geneviève, au point de s'en user les yeux. En 1904, il fit la connaissance de Nora Bernacle, qui fut la femme de toute sa vie. Ils vécurent assez pauvrement, Joyce qui était venu s'installer à Trieste ayant des difficultés à trouver un emploi et devant se contenter de donner des leçons d'anglais. Néanmoins, Joyce avait désormais du temps libre pour écrire et publia son premier recueil de vers intitulé 'Musique de chambre', puis 'Gens de Dublin' qui fut refusé par les éditeurs irlandais jugeant l'ouvrage trop subversif, et bien qu'a posteriori, il fut le plus sage qu'écrivit Joyce. Il poursuivit courageusement son travail, épaulé par l'amitié des poètes, comme Pound et Eliot. 'Ulysse' parut en 1922 et fut rapidement tenu pour un livre incomparable. La traduction française date de 1929 et fut en grande part l'oeuvre de Valéry Larbaud.

Un extrait
 

    

 

    Une citation...

 

  ... Page 655.

 

  Question n°16 : De quoi as-tu le plus peur ?

 

 ...

 

    Chambre n°3 (voir dossier "lieux de tournage" à "Agua dulce".

 

  Le dôme...Un peu petit, non ! ?

 

  Le bâtiment à droite du dôme se trouve sur l'aerodrome d'Agua Dulce. Il a servi de décors au "Pepper's Café" durant la convention UFO (côté nord), le café "Roadside" dans "Le côté humain" (Disturbing Behavior) (côté ouest), la station service "Lift-off" dans "Le temps d'un rêve" (Monster) (côté sud) et "Le mystère du dôme" (285 South) (côté nord) et la séance photo Levi. On y trouve aussi des éléments du décor de la saison 3 dans l'épisode Hold-Up (Busted) et Enigma (A tale in 2 parts).

 

  A l'intérieur du dôme...

 

  ...Le plafond...

 

  ... Et là on n'est plus dans le dôme, on est dans le bâtiment à côté du dôme parce qu'il y a du ciment et des briques...

 

  ... Un grand couloir...

 

  ... Une des pièces...

 

 ...

 

  Le calendrier a un problème, il indique le mois d'août 1950 (?) mais il ne comporte que 30 jours ! ! !

 


 

  La compagnie de chemin de fer Union Pacific Railroad existe toujours, site...

 

... Et vous pouvez même acheter leur calendrier ici

 

  .. Jackpot.

 

  A suivre ...

 

 

  L'épisode suivant est tout aussi excellent... A suivre ;)

 

Sommaire     Retour Dialogue

Mesaliko.